Skip to main content

Full text of "Bulletin of Wake Forest University"

See other formats


BULLETIN 



The Undergraduate Schools 

2005-2006 




Wake Forest University is committed to administer all educational and employment 
activities without discrimination because of race, color, religion, national origin, age, 
sex, veteran status, or disability status, as required by law. In addition, Wake Forest 
rejects hatred and bigotry in any form and adheres to the principle that no person 
affiliated with Wake Forest should be judged or harassed on the basis of perceived or 
actual sexual orientation. In affirming its commitment to this principle, Wake Forest 
does not limit freedom of religious association or expression, does not control the 
policies of persons or entities not affiliated with Wake Forest, and does not extend 
benefits beyond those provided under other policies of Wake Forest. The University 
has adopted a procedure for the purpose of resolving discrimination complaints. 
Inquiries or concerns should be directed to: Reynolda Campus, 336.758.4814; 
Bowman Gray Campus, 336.716.6123. Individuals with disabilities or special print- 
related needs may contact the Learning Assistance Center at 336.758.5929 or 
lacenterfawfu.edu for more information. 



New Series 

June 2005 

Volume 1 00, Number 3 



THE UNDERGRADUATE SCHOOLS 










Wake Forest College 

and The Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy 
ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR 2005/2006 

www.wfu.edu 



BULLETIN of Wake Forest University (USPS 078-320) is published eight times a year in February, April, 
June (2 issues), July (3 issues), and August by the Office of Creative Services, Wake Forest Univer- 
sity P.O Box 7205 (1834 Wake Forest Road), Winston-Salem, NC 27109-7205. Periodicals postage paid 
at Winston-Salem, NC, and additional mailing offices. POSTMASTER: Send address changes to: 
BULLETIN of Wake Forest University, Director of Admissions, P.O. Box 7305, Winston-Salem, NC 
27109-7305. 



The Academic Calendar 




Fall Semester 2005 

August 1 8 
August 19-23 
August 20 
August 21 
August 22-23 
August 24 
September 
September 7 
September 28 
October 12 
October 14 
November 23-27 
November 28 
December 2 
December 5-10 
December 10 
Dec. 11-Jan. 8 



Thursday 

Friday-Tuesday 

Saturday 

Sunday 

Monday-Tuesday 

Wednesday 

(date to be announced) 

Wednesday 

Wednesday 

Wednesday 

Friday 

Wednesday-Sunday 

Monday 

Friday 

Monday-Saturday 

Saturday 

Sunday-Sunday 



Move-in day for new students* 

Orientation for new students 

Residence halls open for returning students* 

Residence halls open for returning students" 

Check in/Registration 

Classes begin 

Opening Convocation 

Last day to add courses** 

Last day to drop courses** 

Midterm grades due 

Fall break 

Thanksgiving holiday* 

Classes resume 

Classes end 

Examinations 

All residence halls close at 7 p.m.* 

Winter recess 



Spring Semester zoo6 



January 7 


Saturday 


Residence halls open* 


January 8 


Sunday 


Orientation for new students 
Residence halls open* 


January 9 


Monday 


Check in/Registration 


January 10 


Tuesday 


Classes begin 


January 16 


Monday 


Martin Luther King Jr. Day — no classes 


January 25 


Wednesday 


Last day to add courses** 


February 


(date to be announced) 


Founders' Day Convocation 


February 15 


Wednesday 


Last day to drop courses** 


March 3 


Friday 


Midterm grades due 


March 4-12 


Saturday-Sunday 


Spring break* 


March 13 


Monday 


Classes resume 


April 14 


Friday 


Good Friday — no classes 


April 26 


Wednesday 


Classes end 


April 27 


Thursday 


Reading Day 


April 28-29 


Friday-Saturday 


Examinations 


May 1-4 


Monday-Tuesday 


Examinations* 


May 14 


Sunday 


Baccalaureate 


May 15 


Monday 


Commencement* 



Consult Residence Life and Housing for schedule of opening and closing times. 

For courses taught in less than the full term's duration (e.g., 7.5 week classes), proportional drop 

and add deadlines will be in effect. 



Table of Contents 



The Academic Calendar 










Off-campus Housing Policy 


27 


The University 


6 


Academic Calendar 


27 


Buildings and Grounds 


7 


Orientation and Advising 


27 


Information Systems 


8 


Registration 


27 


Libraries 


10 


Classification 


28 


Recognition and Accreditation 


11 


Part-time Students 


28 


The Undergraduate schools 


12 


Class Attendance 


28 






Auditing Courses 


29 


Wake Forest College 


13 










Dropping a Course 


29 


Statement of Purpose 


13 










Withdrawal 


30 


Honor System 


14 










Examinations 


30 


Summary of Computing Rights 




Grading 




and Responsibilities 


15 


30 


Student Complaints 


16 


Grade Reports and Transcripts 


31 


History and Development 


17 


Dean's List 


31 


Chronological History of Wake Forest 




Graduation Distinctions 


31 


University 


17 


Repetition of Courses 


31 


Presidents of Wake Forest University 


18 


Probation 


32 






Requirements for Continuation 


32 


Procedures 


19 


Requirements for Readmission 


33 


Admission 


19 


Summer Study 


33 


Application 


20 


Transfer Credit 


34 


Early Decision — Single/First Choice 


20 


Independent Study, Individual Study 




Admission of Students with Disabilities 


21 


Directed Reading 








and Internship Courses 


34 


Advanced Placement and CLEP 


21 




Admission of Transfer Students 


21 


Approval of Overseas Programs 


34 


Expenses 


22 










Scholarships and Loans 


36 


Tuition 


22 


Academic Progress for 




Room Charges 


22 


Financial Aid Eligibility 


36 


Wake Forest University Dining Program 


22 


Institutional Financial Aid 


36 


Other Charges 


23 


Federal Financial Aid 


36 


Refunds 


24 


Scholarships 


38 


Return of Title IV Program Funds 


25 


Federal Financial Aid Programs 


55 


Return of Non-Title IV Program Funds 
Housing 


26 
26 


Exchange Programs and Scholarships 


55 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 



Loans 


55 


Other Aid Programs 


55 


Outside Assistance 


56 


Special Programs 


58 


Honors Study 


58 


Open Curriculum 


58 


Study at Salem College 


58 


International Studies 


59 


Center for International Studies 


59 


International Students 


59 


Foreign Area Studies 


59 


Requirements for Degrees 


63 


Degrees Offered 


63 


General Requirements 


63 


Core Requirements 


64 


Basic Requirements 


64 


Divisional Requirements 


65 


Additional Requirements 


66 


Requirement in Health and 




Exercise Science 


66 


Proficiency in the Use of English 


66 


Declaring a Major 


67 


Maximum Number of Courses 




in a Department 


68 


Options for Meeting 




Major Requirements 


68 


Double Majors 


68 


Minors 


68 


Interdisciplinary Minors 


68 


Foreign Area Studies 


69 


Senior Testing 


69 


Combined Degrees in 




Medical Technology 


69 


Degrees in Engineering 


70 


Degrees in Forestry and 





Environmental Studies 70 

Five-Year Cooperative Degree 

Program in Latin- American Studies 70 



Courses of Instruction 

Wake Forest College 71 

American Ethnic Studies 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 72 

Anthropology 73 

Art 77 

Biology 84 

Chemistry 91 

Classical Languages 95 

Communication 99 

Computer Science 1 04 

Counseling 1 07 

Cultural Resource Preservation 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 1 07 

Early Christian Studies 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 108 

East Asian Languages and Cultures 1 09 

East Asian Studies (Foreign Area Study) 113 

Economics 115 

Education 119 

English 125 

Environmental Program 

(Interdisciplinary Minors) 132 

Film Studies 134 

German and Russian 136 

German Studies (Foreign Area Study) 140 

Global Trade and Commerce Studies 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 141 

Health and Exercise Science 1 42 

Health Policy and Administration 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 1 45 

History 147 

Humanities 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 153 

Interdisciplinary Honors 1 58 

International Studies 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 1 60 

Italian Studies (Foreign Area Study) 162 

Journalism 163 

Languages Across the Curriculum 1 64 

Latin- American Studies 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 1 65 

Linguistics (Interdisciplinary Minor) 1 66 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 



Mathematics 1 68 

Medieval Studies 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 1 73 

Middle East and South Asia Studies 1 74 

Military Science 1 75 

Music 1 77 

Neuroscience (Interdisciplinary Minor) 1 84 

Philosophy 185 

Physics 189 

Political Science 1 93 

Psychology 200 

Religion 204 

Romance Languages 211 

Russian and East European Studies 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 227 

Sociology 228 

Spanish Studies (Foreign Area Study) 232 

Theatre and Dance 233 

Urban Studies 239 

Women's and Gender Studies 240 

Other Courses 243 

Wayne Calloway School of 

Business and Accountancy 244 

Core Purpose 244 

Programs 245 

Objectives 245 



Admission 246 

Transfer of Credit from Other Schools 246 

Requirements for Continuation 247 

Requirements for Graduation 247 

Senior Honors Program 248 

Beta Gamma Sigma, National 

Honor Society 249 

Courses of Instruction 249 

Business 249 

Accountancy 255 



Enrollment 

The Board of Trustees 

The Board of Visitors 



257 
258 
259 



The Board of Visitors, W. Calloway School 260 



The Administration 

The Undergraduate Faculties 

Emeriti 

The Committees of the Faculty 

Index 

Notes 

The Bulletins of Wake Forest 



261 

275 
301 
307 
311 
317 
320 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 



The University 




*83 • 



Wake Forest University is 
characterized by its devotion to 
liberal learning and professional 
preparation for men and women, 
its strong sense of community and 
fellowship, and its encouragement 
of free inquiry and expression. 



Wake Forest Institute was founded in 1834 
by the Baptist State Convention of North 
Carolina. The school opened its doors on 
February 3 with Samuel Wait as principal. 
Classes were first held in a farmhouse 
on the Calvin Jones plantation in Wake 
County, North Carolina, near which the 
village of Wake Forest later developed. 

Rechartered in 1838 as Wake Forest 
College, Wake Forest is one of the oldest 
institutions of higher learning in the state. 
The School of Law was established in 1894, 
followed by a two-year medical school 
in 1902. Wake Forest was exclusively a 
college for men until World War II, when 
women were admitted for the first time. 

In 1941 the medical school moved to 
Winston-Salem to become affiliated with 
North Carolina Baptist Hospital and was 
renamed the Bowman Gray School of Medi- 
cine. In 1946 the trustees of Wake Forest 
and the Baptist State Convention of North 
Carolina accepted a proposal by the Z. 
Smith Reynolds Foundation to relocate the 
College to Winston-Salem. The late Charles 
and Mary Reynolds Babcock donated 



much of the R.J. Reynolds family estate as 
the site for the campus and building funds 
were received from many sources. From 
1952 to 1956, the first fourteen buildings 
were constructed in Georgian style on the 
new campus. The move to Winston-Salem 
took place in the summer of 1956; the 
original, or "old" campus, is now home to 
Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary. 

Following the move, Wake Forest grew 
considerably in enrollment, programs, and 
stature and became a University in 1967. 
The School of Business Administration, 
first established in 1948, was named the 
Charles H. Babcock School of Business 
Administration in 1969 and admitted its 
first graduate students in 1971. In 1972 
the school enrolled only graduate students 
and the name was changed to the Babcock 
Graduate School of Management; depart- 
ments of business and accountancy and 
economics were established in the College. 
In 1980 the Department of Business and Ac- 
countancy was reconstituted as the School 
of Business and Accountancy; the name was 
changed to the Wayne Calloway School 
of Business and Accountancy in 1995. 

The Division of Graduate Studies, 
established in 1961, is now organized as 
the Graduate School and encompasses 
advanced work in the arts and sciences 
on both the Reynolda and Bowman Gray 
campuses. In 1997 the medical school 
was renamed the Wake Forest University 
School of Medicine; its campus is now 
known as the Bowman Gray Campus. The 
Divinity School was established in 1999. 

Wake Forest honors its Baptist heritage 
in word and deed. The University will fulfill 
the opportunities for service arising out of 
that heritage. Governance is now by an 
independent Board of Trustees; there are ad- 
visory boards of visitors for the College and 
each professional school. A joint board of 
University trustees and trustees of the North 
Carolina Baptist Hospital is responsible 



THE UNIVERSITY 



for Wake Forest University Baptist Medical 
Center, which includes the hospital and the 
medical school. 

The College, Wayne Calloway School 
of Business and Accountancy, Babcock 
Graduate School of Management, School of 
Law, the Graduate School, and the Divinity 
School are located on the Reynolda Campus 
in northwest Winston-Salem. The Wake 
Forest School of Medicine is about four 
miles away, near the city's downtown. The 
University also offers instruction regularly 
at Casa Artom in Venice, at Worrell House 
in London, at Flow House in Vienna, 
and in other places around the world. 

The College offers courses in more 
than forty fields of study leading to the 
baccalaureate degree. The Wayne Calloway 
School of Business and Accountancy offers 
courses of study leading to baccalaureate 
degrees in business, finance, or mathematical 
business (in cooperation with the Depart- 
ment of Mathematics); and a combination 
baccalaureate and master of science degree 
in accountancy through the Graduate School 
of Arts and Sciences of the University. The 
Divinity School offers the master of divinity 
degree. The School of Law offers the juris 
doctor and master of laws in American law 
degrees, and the Babcock Graduate School 
of Management, the master of business 
administration degree. Both schools also 
offer a joint JD/MBA degree. In addition 
to the doctor of medicine degree, the Wake 
Forest School of Medicine offers, through 
the Graduate School, programs leading 
to the master of science and doctor of 
philosophy degrees in biomedical sciences. 
The School of Medicine and the Babcock 
School offer a joint MD/MBA program. The 
Graduate School confers the master of arts, 
master of arts in education, master of arts in 
liberal studies, and master of science degrees 
in the arts and sciences and the doctor of 
philosophy degree in biology, chemistry, and 
physics. The Graduate School also offers 
MD/PhD and PhD/MBA programs. 



Buildings and Grounds 

The Reynolda Campus of Wake Forest is 
situated on approximately 340 acres; its 
physical facilities consist of over thirty 
buildings, most of which are of modified 
Georgian architecture and constructed of 
Old Virginia brick trimmed in granite and 
limestone. The Reynolda Gardens annex, 
consisting of about 150 acres and includ- 
ing Reynolda Woods, Reynolda Village, 
Reynolda Gardens, and Reynolda House, 
Museum of American Art, is adjacent to the 
campus. The Graylyn International Confer- 
ence Center is nearby. 

'Wait Chapel, named in memory of the 
first president of the College, seats 2,300. 
The Wait Chapel tower contains the 
Janet Jeffrey Carlisle Harris Carillon, an 
instrument of forty-eight bells. Wing- 
ate Hall, named in honor of President 
Washington Manly Wingate, houses the 
Department of Religion, the Divinity 
School, and the offices of the University 
chaplain and Wake Forest Baptist Church. 

Reynolda Hall, across the upper plaza from 
Wait Chapel, houses most of the administra- 
tive offices for the Reynolda Campus. The 
Benson University Center is the central 
hub for student activities and events. The 
Z. Smith Reynolds Library and its Edwin 
Graves Wilson Wing house the main col- 
lection of books and documents on the 
Reynolda Campus. Along with eight floors 
of open stacks, it has reading and reference 
rooms for study. Carswell Hall houses the 
Departments of Communication, Econom- 
ics, and Sociology, and a large multimedia 
lecture area, the Annenberg Forum. 

Winston Hall houses the biology depart- 
ment; Salem Hall, the chemistry department. 
Both buildings have laboratories as well 
as classrooms and special research facili- 
ties. The Olin Physical Laboratory houses 
the physics department. Harold W. Tribble 



THE UNIVERSITY 



Hall accommodates primarily humanities 
departments and the women's and gender 
studies program, and has seminar rooms, a 
philosophy library, and a multimedia lecture 
area, DeTamble Auditorium. The Museum 
of Anthropology houses the anthropology 
department and North Carolina's only 
museum dedicated to the study of world 
cultures. The Wayne Calloway School 
of Business and Accountancy is located 
in Kirby Hall, and the Departments of 
Mathematics and Computer Science are in 
adjacent West Hall. William B. Greene Jr. 
Hall houses psychology, German and Rus- 
sian, and Romance languages. 

The James R. Scales Fine Arts Center is of 
contemporary design appropriate to the 
functions of studio art, theatre, musical and 
dance performances, and instruction in art 
history, drama, and music. Off its lobby is 
the Charlotte and Philip Hanes Gallery for 
special exhibitions. In the art wing are spa- 
cious studios for drawing, painting, sculp- 
ture, and printmaking, along with a smaller 
gallery and classrooms. In the theatre wing 
are design and production areas and two 
technically complete theatres, the larger 
of traditional proscenium design and the 
smaller for experimental ring productions. 
The music wing contains Brendle Recital 
Hall for concerts and lectures, classrooms, 
practice rooms for individuals and groups, 
and the offices of the music department. 

The Worrell Professional Center for Law 
and Management houses the School of 
Law and the Babcock Graduate School 
of Management under one roof. 

The William N. Reynolds Gymnasium has 
classrooms for instruction in health and 
exercise science, courts for indoor sports, a 
swimming pool, and offices for the Depart- 
ment of Health and Exercise Science and 
Student Health Service. Adjacent are tennis 



courts, sports fields, Kentner Stadium, the 
Manchester Athletic Center, and the Ken- 
neth D. Miller Center. 

The Information Systems Building houses 
the information systems and military sci- 
ence departments, as well as a University 
Stores annex and a food service area. 

The Wake Forest campus has a wide variety 
of housing options available to students. 
Babcock Hall, Bostwick Hall, Collins Hall, 
Davis Hall, Efird Hall, Huffman Hall, 
Johnson Hall, Kitchin Hall, Luter Hall, 
Martin Hall, Palmer Hall, Piccolo Hall, 
Polo Hall, Poteat Hall, the Student Apart- 
ments, and Taylor Hall are coeducational 
by floor, wing, or apartment. Substance-free 
living environments are available in some 
residence halls. Student housing is also 
available in the townhouse apartments 
and several small houses owned by the 
University. On the edge of the main cam- 
pus are apartments for faculty and staff. 

Information Systems 

Information Systems supports the instruc- 
tion, research, and administrative needs 
of the Reynolda Campus of Wake Forest 
University. The campus computer network 
offers high-speed wired and wireless con- 
nectivity from all residence hall rooms, 
classrooms, offices, and most public areas. 

Upon enrollment, all undergradu- 
ate students receive an IBM ThinkPad 
computer equipped with wireless con- 
nectivity and color printer. At the begin- 
ning of the junior year, students exchange 
the ThinkPad for a new model. Upon 
graduation, the ThinkPad and the printer 
become the property of the student. 

These laptop computers contain a 
standard suite of powerful programs that 
allow students easy access to research 
and class materials and offer the ability 
to interact with faculty, staff, and other 



THE UNIVERSITY 



students through the campus network. 
Software programs include Microsoft Office 
and e-mail and Internet applications like 
Mozilla and Macromedia Dreamweaver. 
A large variety of instructional, classroom, 
and research resources are also available 
on the ThinkPad. These include the online 
catalog, databases, and electronic journals 
provided by the Z. Smith Reynolds Library. 

Information Systems maintains an ex- 
tensive array of online information systems 
that support University admissions, student 
registration, grade processing, payroll ad- 
ministration, accounting services, and many 
other administrative and academic applica- 
tions. In addition, the Wake Forest Informa- 
tion Network (WIN) provides the University 
community with features like faculty, staff, 
and student directories; an alumni direc- 
tory and career networking service; online 
class registration; and vehicle registration. 

Students also have access to computing 
resources outside the University. The Uni- 
versity is a member of the Inter-University 
Consortium for Political and Social Re- 
search (ICPSR), located at the University of 
Michigan. Membership in ICPSR provides 
faculty and students with access to a large 
library of data files, including public opinion 
surveys, cross-cultural data, financial data, 
and complete census data. The University is 
also a member of EDUCAUSE, a national 
consortium of colleges and universities 
concerned with computing issues. 

The University has an extensive collec- 
tion of computing facilities serving both aca- 
demic and business needs. An HP 3000/979 
and 3000/969 along with 12 LINUX servers 
and 20 Windows-based servers provide for 
business computing needs and services. 
A mix of 47 LINUX and AIX systems and 
30 Windows-based systems provide for 
messaging, systems management, Internet, 
intranet, courseware, various research needs, 
and file and print services. A 128-node 
LINUX supercomputing cluster provides 



supercomputing services for math, computer 
science, physics, and other scientific research 
applications. These systems are available to 
students, faculty, and staff 24 hours a day 
through the Wake Forest University network 
or ISP connectivity. All connections are pro- 
tected by VPN and firewalls. 

Wake Forest's network infrastructure 
includes a gigabit Ethernet backbone, 
100 megabit switched connectivity to the 
desktop, and pervasive, 802.1 la/g wireless 
connectivity in all classrooms and residence 
halls and most other campus buildings. 
Wake Forest has a gigabit Ethernet connec- 
tion to the Winston-Salem RPOP (regional 
point of presence) for Internet access. This 
RPOP connects the University to the North 
Carolina Research and Education Network 
(NCREN), the Internet service provider for 
the majority of North Carolina colleges and 
universities. Through this connection, Wake 
Forest has access to additional extensive 
supercomputing facilities located throughout 
the state of North Carolina as well as access 
to all the premiere research networks in the 
world, including Internet II, Abilene, and 
the VBNS (Very high performance Back- 
bone Network Service). Wake Forest works 
closely with NCREN on other advanced 
network and Internet technologies. 

Information Systems also provides 
telephone and cable television services to the 
students, faculty, and staff of Wake Forest 
University. All residence hall rooms are 
equipped with telephone jacks and cable TV 
connections. Local dial service for the cam- 
pus and Winston-Salem area is provided as 
part of the housing package. Students who 
reside in campus housing receive personal 
security codes for dialing long-distance 
calls, which are billed to them each month. 

Cable television, while providing a 
recreational outlet, plays an important 
role by providing access to campus in- 
formation and educational offerings. 
Cable channels 2 and 6 are Wake Forest 



THE UNIVERSITY 



University information channels, which 
provide information, a calendar of campus 
events, and student-oriented programming. 
Channels 20 and 22 carry SCOLA and 
SCOLA2, nonprofit educational services 
that feature television programming from 
more than 50 different countries in their 
original languages. For the complete CATV 
lineup, visit www.wfu.edu/technology/tele- 
com/multimedia/cabletv/lineup04.html. 

Information Systems provides assistance 
by telephone at xHELP (x4357) and sup- 
ports walk-in customers in room 256 of the 
Information Systems Building from 8 a.m. 
until 9 p.m. Monday through Thursday; 
8 a.m. until 5 p.m. on Friday; and 5 p.m. 
until 9 p.m. on Sunday. A voice mail re- 
trieval system is activated on weekends and 
during holiday breaks to respond to emer- 
gency calls. On-site computing support in 
the residence halls is available from Resident 
Technology Advisors (xRTAS). In addition, 
students have 24-hour access to online 
support resources at http://sos.wfu.edu. 

Libraries 

The libraries of Wake Forest University sup- 
port instruction and research at the under- 
graduate level and in the disciplines award- 
ing graduate degrees. The libraries of the 
University hold membership in the Associa- 
tion of College and Research Libraries, and 
in the Association of Southeastern Research 
Libraries. They rank among the top libraries 
in the Southeast in expenditures per student. 

The Wake Forest University libraries 
include the Z. Smith Reynolds Library, the 
Professional Center Library (serving the Law 
School and the Babcock Graduate School of 
Management), and the Coy C. Carpenter Li- 
brary of the Wake Forest University School 
of Medicine. The three libraries maintain 
collections totaling over 1.7 million print 
volumes and subscriptions to more than 
16,000 periodicals and serials, largely of 
scholarly content. The Z. Smith Reynolds 



Library holds over 1.4 million volumes in 
the general collection, over 1 million reels 
of microfilm and pieces of microtext, and 
expanding media collections. As a congres- 
sionally-designated selective federal de- 
pository and depository of North Carolina 
government information, the Z. Smith 
Reynolds Library holds nearly 170,000 
government documents. The Professional 
Center Library holds over 200,000 volumes 
and is open to undergraduates with research 
needs for its collection. The Coy C. Carpen- 
ter Library holds over 150,000 volumes. 

The Wake Forest libraries share an 
online catalog that also provides access to 
electronic resources, databases, and an ever- 
increasing collection of electronic journals, 
all accessible via the campus network and 
remotely. 

The Z. Smith Reynolds Library 
provides comprehensive reference and 
research services including assistance with 
directed and independent research and 
online searching; discipline-related library 
instruction; information literacy classes; gen- 
eral library orientation; and tours. Reference 
tools are available in electronic and print 
formats. Library staff offer undergradu- 
ates a one-credit course, LIB100: Accessing 
Information in the 21st Century, which 
focuses on effective use of research strate- 
gies, search techniques, and evaluation of 
resources. Wake Forest students, faculty, 
and staff may use interlibrary loan services 
to borrow materials from other libraries 
throughout the country at no charge. 

Special collections in the Z. Smith 
Reynolds Library include the Rare Books 
Collection, greatly enhanced by the dona- 
tion of rare and fine books of the late 
Charles H. Babcock, which emphasizes 
American and British authors of the late 
nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. 
Among the collections are those of Mark 
Twain, Gertrude Stein, William Butler Yeats, 
and T. S. Eliot. There is also an extensive 



THE UNIVERSITY 



IO 



Anglo-Irish literature collection. The Ethel 
Taylor Crittenden Baptist Historical Collec- 
tion contains significant books, periodicals, 
manuscripts, and church records relating to 
North Carolina Baptists, as well as a collec- 
tion of the personal papers of prominent 
ministers, educators, and government offi- 
cials with ties to Wake Forest. The Wake 
Forest College/ University Archive is main- 
tained in this library as well. The Z. Smith 
Reynolds Library also houses a major collec- 
tion on the Holocaust. 

Facilities in the Z. Smith Reynolds 
Library include the Information Technology 
Center (ITC) which is equipped for multi- 
media viewing, editing, and scanning and 
has a computer lab for student use. Training 
in computer and multimedia technologies 
is available through the ITC. Several small 
group study rooms are located throughout 
the library and may be reserved. Two 24- 
hour study areas, one with a cyber cafe, are 
accessible by key-card after regular library 
hours. The entire library is equipped for 
wireless Internet access. 

Recognition and 
Accreditation 

Wake Forest University is accredited by the 
Commission on Colleges of the Southern 
Association of Colleges and Schools to 
award bachelor's, master's, and doctoral 
degrees. The Commission can be con- 
tacted at (404) 679-4501, 1866 Southern 
Lane, Decatur, Georgia 30033-4097 and 
http://www.sacscoc.org/. Inquiries should 
relate only to the accreditation status of the 
institution, and not to general admission 
information. 

The Wake Forest University School 
of Medicine is a member of the Associa- 
tion of American Medical Colleges and is 
fully accredited by the Liaison Committee 
on Medical Education, the joint accredit- 
ing body of the Association of American 
Medical Colleges and the American Medical 



Association. The School of Law is a member 
of the Association of American Law Schools 
and is listed as an approved school by the 
Council of the Section of Legal Education 
and Admissions to the Bar of the American 
Bar Association and by the Board of Law 
Examiners and the Council of the North 
Carolina State Bar. The Babcock Gradu- 
ate School of Management and the Wayne 
Calloway School of Business and Accoun- 
tancy are accredited by the Association to 
Advance Collegiate Schools of Business. 
The Babcock Graduate School is also ac- 
credited by the European Foundation for 
Management Development. The program 
in counseling leading to the master of arts 
in education degree is accredited by the 
Council for Accreditation of Counseling and 
Related Educational Programs. The Divinity 
School has obtained associate membership 
in the Association of Theological Schools. 

Wake Forest University is a member 
of many institutional organizations and 
associations at the national, regional, and 
statewide levels, including the follow- 
ing: the American Council on Education, 
the Association of American Colleges, 
the National Association of Independent 
Colleges and Universities, the Council of 
Graduate Schools in the United States, the 
Commission on Colleges of the Southern 
Association of Colleges and Schools, Oak 
Ridge Associated Universities, Southern 
Universities Conference, the North Caro- 
lina Conference of Graduate Schools, the 
North Carolina Association of Colleges and 
Universities, the North Carolina Depart- 
ment of Public Instruction, and the North 
Carolina Association of Independent 
Colleges and Universities. In addition, 
many offices of the University are members 
of associations which focus on particular 
aspects of University administration. 

Wake Forest has chapters of the princi- 
pal national social fraternities and sororities, 
professional fraternities, and honor societies, 



II THE UNIVERSITY 



including Phi Beta Kappa and Sigma Xi. 
There is an active chapter of the American 
Association of University Professors on 
campus. 

The Undergraduate schools 

The undergraduate schools, Wake Forest 
College and the Wayne Calloway School 
of Business and Accountancy, are governed 
by the Board of Trustees, the University 
administration, and by their respective 
faculties. Responsibility for academic 
administration is delegated by the president 
and trustees to the provost, who is the chief 
academic officer of the University. The 
deans of the schools report to the provost 
and are responsible for academic planning 
and administration for their schools. 

Wake Forest University is committed to 
administer all educational and employment 
activities without discrimination because of 
race, color, religion, national origin, age, sex, 
veteran status, handicapped status, or dis- 
ability as required by law. The University has 
adopted a procedure for the purpose of re- 
solving discrimination complaints. Inquiries 



or concerns should be directed to: Harold 
Holmes, dean of student services, at (336) 
758-5226; Deborah L. Best, dean of the col- 
lege, at (336) 758-5312; or Doris McLaugh- 
lin, assistant director of human resources, 
director of equal employment opportunity, 
and Title IX coordinator, at (336) 758-4814. 

The Higher Education Act requires 
that institutions of higher education make 
available by October 15 of each year a copy 
of the Equity in Athletics Disclosure Act 
annual report to any student who requests 
one. Please contact the athletic department 
to request a copy of this document. 

Wake Forest rejects hatred and bigotry 
in any form and adheres to the principle 
that no person affiliated with Wake Forest 
should be judged or harassed on the basis 
of perceived or actual sexual orientation. In 
affirming its commitment to this principle, 
Wake Forest does not limit freedom of 
religious association or expression, does not 
presume to control the policies of persons or 
entities not affiliated with Wake Forest, and 
does not extend benefits beyond those pro- 
vided under other policies of Wake Forest. 



THE UNIVERSITY 



12 



Wake Forest College 



a, - /< 



Wake Forest College is the 
undergraduate school of arts and 
sciences of Wake Forest University. 
It is the center of the University's 
academic life; through it, the 
University carries on the tradition 
OF PREPARING men and women for 

PERSONAL ENRICHMENT, ENLIGHTENED 
CITIZENSHIP, AND PROFESSIONAL LIFE. 

Wake Forest College is a place of meeting. 
Its teachers and students are of diverse back- 
grounds and interests, and that diversity is 
crucial to the distinctive character of the 
College. Wake Forest continually examines 
its educational purpose and evaluates its 
success in fulfilling it. A formal statement 
of purpose was prepared as part of the 
school's decennial reaccreditation process 
and was adopted by the Board of Trustees. 

Statement of Purpose 

Wake Forest is a university dedicated to the 
pursuit of excellence in the liberal arts and 
in graduate and professional education. Its 
distinctiveness in its pursuit of its mission 
derives from its private, coeducational, and 
residential character; its size and location; 
and its Baptist heritage. Each of these 
factors constitutes a significant aspect of 
the unique character of the institution. 

The University is now comprised of 
seven constituent parts: two undergraduate 



institutions, Wake Forest College and the 
Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy; the Graduate School; and four 
professional schools: the School of Law, the 
Wake Forest University School of Medicine, 
the Babcock Graduate School of Manage- 
ment, and the Divinity School. It seeks to 
honor the ideals of liberal learning, which 
entail commitment to transmission of cultur- 
al heritages; teaching the modes of learning 
in the basic disciplines of human knowledge; 
developing critical appreciation of moral, 
aesthetic, and religious values; advancing 
the frontiers of knowledge through in-depth 
study and research; and applying and using 
knowledge in the service of humanity. 

Wake Forest has been dedicated to the 
liberal arts for over a century and a half; 
this means education in the fundamental 
fields of human knowledge and achieve- 
ment, as distinguished from education that 
is technical or narrowly vocational. It seeks 
to encourage habits of mind that ask "why," 
that evaluate evidence, that are open to new 
ideas, that attempt to understand and appre- 
ciate the perspectives of others, that accept 
complexity and grapple with it, that admit 
error, and that pursue truth. Wake Forest 
College has by far the largest student body 
in the University, and its function is central 
to the University's larger life. The College 
and the Graduate School are most singularly 
focused on learning for its own sake; they 
therefore serve as exemplars of specific 
academic values in the life of the University. 



13 



WAKE FOREST COLLEGE 



Beginning as early as 1894, Wake For- 
est accepted an obligation to provide profes- 
sional training in a number of fields, as a 
complement to its primary mission of liberal 
arts education. This responsibility is fulfilled 
in the conviction that the humane values 
embodied in the liberal arts are also central- 
ly relevant to the professions. Professional 
education at Wake Forest is characterized by 
a commitment to ethical and other profes- 
sional ideals that transcend technical skills. 
Like the Graduate School, the professional 
schools are dedicated to the advancement 
of learning in their fields. In addition, they 
are specifically committed to the application 
of knowledge to solving concrete problems 
of human beings. They are strengthened 
by values and goals which they share with 
the College and Graduate School, and the 
professional schools enhance the work of 
these schools and the University as a whole 
by serving as models of service to humanity. 

Wake Forest was founded by private 
initiative, and ultimate decision-making 
authority lies in a privately appointed Board 
of Trustees rather than in a public body. 
Funded to a large extent from private sources 
of support, Wake Forest is determined to 
chart its own course in the pursuit of its 
goals. As a coeducational institution, it seeks 
to "educate together" persons of both sexes 
and from a wide range of backgrounds — 
racial, ethnic, religious, geographical, socio- 
economic, and cultural. Its residential fea- 
tures are conducive to learning and to the 
pursuit of a wide range of cocurricular 
activities. It has made a conscious choice 
to remain small in overall size; it takes pride 
in being able to function as a community 
rather than a conglomerate. Its location in 
the Piedmont area of North Carolina engen- 
ders an ethos that is distinctively Southern, 
and more specifically North Carolinian. As 
it seeks further to broaden its constituency 
and to receive national recognition, it is also 
finding ways to maintain the ethos associ- 
ated with its regional roots. 



Wake Forest is proud of its Baptist and 
Christian heritage. For more than a century 
and a half, it has provided the University 
an indispensable basis for its mission and 
purpose, enabling Wake Forest to educate 
thousands of ministers and lay people for 
enlightened leadership in their churches 
and communities. Far from being exclusive 
and parochial, this religious tradition gives 
the University roots that ensure its last- 
ing identity and branches that provide a 
supportive environment for a wide variety 
of faiths. The Baptist insistence on both 
the separation of church and state and 
local autonomy has helped to protect the 
University from interference and domina- 
tion by outside interests, whether these be 
commercial, governmental, or ecclesiasti- 
cal. The Baptist stress upon an uncoerced 
conscience in matters of religious belief has 
been translated into a concern for aca- 
demic freedom. The Baptist emphasis upon 
revealed truth enables a strong religious 
critique of human reason, even as the claims 
of revelation are put under the scrutiny of 
reason. The character of intellectual life at 
Wake Forest encourages open and frank 
dialogue and provides assurance that the 
University will be ecumenical and not pro- 
vincial in scope, and that it must encompass 
perspectives other than the Christian. Wake 
Forest thus seeks to maintain and invigorate 
what is noblest in its religious heritage. 

Honor System 

Wake Forest University upholds the ideals 
of honor and integrity. The Honor System 
is central to University life; its essence is a 
commitment by each person to do what is 
right and abide by community standards. 
Each student is pledged to be trustworthy 
in all matters, and a violation of that trust 
is an offense against the community as a 
whole. In the specific terms of the Honor 
Code, a student pledges in all phases of life 
not to cheat, plagiarize, engage in other 



WAKE FOREST COLLEGE 



14 



forms of academic misconduct, deceive, or 
steal. The strength of the Honor System 
derives from the commitment of each 
and every student to uphold its ideals. 

The Honor System is jointly adminis- 
tered by the dean of student services, the as- 
sociate dean/judicial officer, the Honor and 
Ethics Council, and the Judicial Council (see 
page 310). Complete details are available at 
the Office of the Dean of Student Services. 

Summary of Computing 
Rights and Responsibilities 

The policy applies to all computer and 
computer communication facilities owned, 
leased, operated, or contracted by the 
University. This includes, but is not limited 
to, word processing equipment, micro- 
computers, minicomputers, mainframes, 
computer networks, computer peripherals, 
and software, whether used for administra- 
tion, research, teaching, or other purposes. 
The policy extends to any use of University 
facilities to access computers elsewhere. 

Wake Forest University provides each of 
its students and faculty with a computer and 
an e-mail account. Outside of the classroom, 
e-mail is an important means of communi- 
cation between faculty, staff, and students. It 
is the responsibility of the student to regu- 
larly monitor his or her Wake Forest e-mail 
account for University communications. 

Basic Principles. The University's comput- 
ing resources are for instructional and 
research use by the students, faculty, and 
staff of Wake Forest University. Ethical 
standards that apply to other University 
activities (Honor and Ethics System, the 
Social Rules and Responsibilities, and all 
local, state, and federal laws) apply equally 
to use of campus computing facilities. 

As in all aspects of University life, users 
of computing facilities should act honorably 
and in a manner consistent with ordinary 



ethical obligations. Cheating, stealing, mak- 
ing false or deceiving statements, plagiarism, 
vandalism, and harassment are just as 
wrong in the context of computing systems 
as they are in all other domains. 

Use of campus facilities is restricted 
to authorized users. An "authorized user" 
is an individual who has been assigned 
a login ID and password by Information 
Systems staff (on any relevant system), or 
by an authorized agent. Individual users 
are responsible for the proper use of their 
accounts, including the protection of their 
login IDs and passwords. Users are also 
responsible for reporting any activities that 
they believe to be in violation of this policy, 
just as students are responsible for report- 
ing Honor and Ethics System violations. 

Individuals should use these facilities: 

• in a manner consistent with the 
terms under which they were 
granted access to them; 

• in a way that respects the rights and 
privacy of other users; so as not to 
interfere with or violate the normal, 
appropriate use of these facilities; and 

• in a responsible and efficient manner. 

Abusive activities which are already covered 
under other University policies are to be 
handled in the same way, and by the same 
authorities, as if a computer had not been 
involved, following established guidelines. 

Systems Monitoring. This statement serves 
as notice to all users of campus computing 
systems that regular monitoring of system 
activities may occur. Only designated staff 
of Information Systems have authoriza- 
tion to engage in systems monitoring. 

Privacy. All individuals, including members 
of the Information Systems staff, should 
respect the privacy of other authorized 



15 



WAKE FOREST COLLEGE 



users. Thus they should respect the rights of 
other users to security of files, confidential- 
ity of data, and the ownership of their own 
work. Nonetheless, in order to enforce the 
policies set out here, designated Informa- 
tion Systems staff are permitted to monitor 
activity on local computing systems. 

In the event that staff should investigate 
a user, a record of the investigation shall 
be placed in a permanent file to be kept in 
Information Systems, beyond the standard 
log of all systems monitoring. This record 
shall state why the user was investigated, 
what files were examined, and the results 
of the investigation. Information Systems 
staff shall not reveal the contents of users' 
files, users' activities, or the record of 
investigations except in the following cases 
(and then only with the approval of the 
chief information officer or the provost): 

• Evidence of Honor and Ethics Sys- 
tem or Social Rules and Regulations 
violations will be referred to the 
dean of the appropriate school, or 
to the dean of student services. 

• Evidence of improper activities by 
University employees will be referred 
to the director of human resources or 
the appropriate University officers. 

• Evidence of violations of law 
will be referred to the appropri- 
ate law enforcement officials. 

Disciplinary actions. Substantial evidence of 
a violation of the principles described in this 
policy statement may result in disciplinary 
action. As stated above, in cases where a 
policy already exists, and the only difference 
is that a computer was used to perform the 
activity, such action will be taken through 
appropriate University channels such as 
administrative procedures, the Honor and 
Ethics Council, the Graduate Council, or 
other supervisory authority to which the 
individual is subject. Violation of state 



or federal statutes may result in civil or 
criminal proceedings. Otherwise, those who 
engage in computer violations are subject 
to the authority of Information Systems. 

Violation of the policies articulated here 
may result in one or more of the follow- 
ing, plus any additional actions deemed 
appropriate by Information Systems: 

• Suspension of one's ability to perform 
interactive logins on relevant machines 
on campus. 

• Suspension of one's ability to login to a 
campus network. 

• Suspension of one's ability to send e-mail. 

• Suspension of one's ability to receive 
e-mail. 

• Increased monitoring of further compu- 
ter activity (beyond normal systems 
monitoring) . 

Any disciplinary action taken by Informa- 
tion Systems may be revoked and/or modi- 
fied by the provost of the University or 
anyone the provost designates to deal with 
such matters. 

Locating Computing Policy Information 
and Policy Updates. The above summary 
is based on the "Policy on Ethical and 
Responsible Use of Computing Resources" 
and other computing policies. These policies 
may be updated, shortened, or expanded 
from time to time. Full policies can be re- 
viewed online at www.wfu.edu/technology/. 

Student Complaints 

Situations may arise in which a student 
believes that he or she has not received fair 
treatment by a representative of the Univer- 
sity or has a complaint about the perfor- 
mance, actions, or inaction of the staff or 
faculty affecting a student. The procedure 
for bringing these issues to the appropriate 



WAKE FOREST COLLEGE 



16 



person or body is outlined here. Students are 
encouraged to seek assistance from their 
advisers or another member of the faculty or 
staff in evaluating the nature of their com- 
plaints or deciding on an appropriate course 
of action. 

A complaint should first be directed as 
soon as possible to the person or persons 
whose actions or inactions have given 
rise to the problem — not later than three 
months after the event. For complaints in 
the academic setting, the student should talk 
personally with the instructor. Should the 
student and instructor be unable to resolve 
the conflict, the student, if unsatisfied, 
should then turn to the chair of the involved 
department (the dean in the Calloway 
School) for assistance. The chair (or dean) 
will meet with both parties, seek to under- 
stand their individual perspectives, and with- 
in a reasonable time, reach a conclusion and 
share it with both parties. Finally, a student 
may appeal to the Committee on Academic 
Affairs which will study the matter, work 
with the parties, and reach a final resolution. 

Students having complaints outside 
the academic setting, and who have been 
unable to resolve the matter with the indi- 
vidual directly involved, should process the 
complaint in a timely manner through the 
administrative channels of the appropriate 
unit. Students uncertain about the proper 
channels are encouraged to seek advice from 
faculty advisers, deans' offices, or the Office 
of the Dean of Student Services. Complaints 
which rise to the level of a grievance (as 
determined by the earlier steps in the pro- 
cess) may be heard as a final appeal before a 
University official designated by the provost 
after reviewing the nature of the complaint. 
The committee will include a representa- 
tive of the faculty and a member of the 
student body. The grievance must be filed 
in writing. Grievances not deemed frivolous 
by the committee will be heard. The student 



may be assisted during the hearing by a 
member of the University community. 
The complaint/grievance process 
outlined above is meant to answer and 
resolve issues arising between individual 
students and the University and its vari- 
ous offices from practices and procedures 
affecting that relationship. In many cases, 
there are mechanisms already in place for 
the reporting and resolution of specialized 
complaints (harassment and discrimination, 
for instance), and these should be fully used 
where appropriate. Violation of student 
conduct rules or the honor system should 
be addressed through the judicial process 
specifically designed for that purpose. 

History and Development 

Since 1834, Wake Forest College has 
developed its distinctive pattern of char- 
acteristics: tenacity, independence, a fierce 
defense of free inquiry and expression, 
and a concern that knowledge be used 
responsibly and compassionately. That these 
characteristics have served the school well 
is displayed by its growth from a small 
sectarian school to one of the nation's 
significant small private universities. 
A brief history of Wake Forest is 
useful in understanding the Univer- 
sity as it is today and appreciating the 
process through which it developed. 

Chronological History of 
Wake Forest University 

1 834 Founded in the town of Wake Forest, 

North Carolina, as Wake Forest Manual 
Labor Institute by Baptist State Conven- 
tion of North Carolina 

1 838 Named Wake Forest College 

1 894 School of Law established 

1 902 Two-year School of Medicine 
established 



17 



WAKE FOREST COLLEGE 



1 92 1 First summer session 

1 941 Relocation of the School of Medicine 
to Winston-Salem and eventual change 
of name to Bowman Gray School of 
Medicine and association with the 
North Carolina Baptist Hospital 

1942 Women admitted as undergraduate 
students 

1 956 Move to Winston-Salem in response to an 
endowment from the Z. Smith Reynolds 
Foundation 

1 961 Graduate School of Arts and Sciences 
established 

1 967 Change of name to Wake Forest 
University 

1 969 Charles H. Babcock Graduate School 
of Management established 

1984 Sesquicentennial anniversary 

1 986 Redefined the relationship with the Baptist 
State Convention of North Carolina 

1 995 School of Business and Accountancy is 
renamed the Wayne Calloway School 
of Business and Accountancy 

1 997 Change of name to Wake Forest 
University School of Medicine 

1 999 Divinity School founded 



Presidents of 

Wake Forest University 

1834 Samuel Wait 

1 845 William Hooper 

1 849 John Brown White 

1 854 Washington Manly Wingate 

1 879 Thomas Henderson Pritchard 

1 884 Charles Elisha Taylor 

1 905 William Louis Poteat 

1927 Francis Pendleton Gaines 

1 930 Thurman D. Kitchin 

1 950 Harold Wayland Tribble 

1 967 James Ralph Scales 

1983 Thomas K. Hearn Jr. 

2005 Nathan O. Hatch (elected 1 3th 
president effective July 1 , 2005) 



WAKE FOREST COLLEGE 



Procedures 



All students are responsible for 
familiarizing themselves with 
the portions of this bulletin 
that pertain to their course of 
study. Statements concerning 
courses and expenses are not to 
be regarded as irrevocable con- 
tracts between the student and 
the institution. the university 
reserves the right to change the 
schedule of classes and the cost 
of instruction at any time within 
the student's term of residence. 

Admission 

Candidates for admission must furnish 
evidence of maturity and educational 
achievement. The Committee on Admis- 
sions carefully considers the applicant's 
academic records, scores on tests, and 
evidence of character, motivation, goals, 
and general fitness for study in the College. 
The applicant's secondary school program 
must establish a commitment to the kind 
of broad liberal education reflected in the 
academic requirements of the College. 
Admission as a first-year student 
normally requires graduation from an ac- 
credited secondary school with a minimum 
of sixteen units of high school credit. These 
should include four units in English, three 
in mathematics, two in history and social 
studies, two in a single foreign language, 






and one in the natural sciences. An applicant 
who presents at least twelve units of differ- 
ently distributed college preparatory study 
can be considered. A limited number of 
applicants may be admitted without the high 
school diploma, with particular attention 
given to ability, maturity, and motivation. 

Wake Forest University and North 
Carolina State Law (G.S. 130A-152) require 
documentation of certain immunizations 
of students attending a North Carolina 
college or university. Students must sub- 
mit certification of these immunizations 
PRIOR TO REGISTRATION. Certification 
is required for measles, mumps, rubella, 
tetanus, diptheria, and polio in accordance 
with the immunization record on page 
four of the Wake Forest University Stu- 
dent Health Service Health Information 
Summary Form. Details are also online 
at www.wfu.edu/shs/vaccines.html. The 
state statute applies to all students except 
those registered in off-campus courses only, 
attending night or weekend classes only, or 
taking a course load of four credits or less. 

Documentation should be on or 
attached to the completed Wake Forest 
University Student Health Service Health 
Information Summary Form in order to 
assure correct identification of the stu- 
dent. Acceptable documentation must be 
signed by the appropriate official(s) hav- 
ing custody of the records of immuniza- 
tion, such as a physician, county health 
department director, or a certificate from 
a student's high school containing the 
approved dates of immunizations. Dates 
must include the month, day, and year the 



19 



PROCEDURES 



immunization was administered. If these 
dates are unavailable, a copy of the labora- 
tory test results and interpretation values 
must be submitted to document antibody 
titers for measles, mumps, or rubella. 

The North Carolina Department of 
Health and Human Services monitors Uni- 
versity immunization records. 

Application 

An application is secured from the Office 
of Undergraduate Admissions in person or 
by mail (P.O. Box 7305, Winston-Salem, 
North Carolina 27109-7305) or online 
at http://www.wfu.edu/admissions/. It 
should be completed and returned to that 
office no later than January 15 for the 
fall semester. Most admissions decisions 
for the fall semester are made by April 1, 
with prompt notification of applicants. For 
the spring semester, applications should 
be completed and returned no later than 
November 15. Except in emergency, the 
final date for applying for the fall semester 
is August 1 and for the spring semester, 
January 1. Application on this last-date 
basis is primarily for nonresident students. 

Wake Forest accepts the Common 
Application in lieu of its own form and 
gives equal consideration to both. Stu- 
dents may obtain copies of the Common 
Application from their high schools. 

The admission application requires 
records and recommendations directly from 
secondary school officials. It also requires 
test scores, preferably from the senior year, 
on the SAT I: Reasoning Test of The College 
Board. SAT II: Subject Test scores are op- 
tional. All test scores should be sent directly 
to the University by Educational Testing Ser- 
vice. A nonrefundable $40 fee to cover the 
cost of processing must accompany an appli- 
cation. It cannot be applied to later charges 
for accepted students or refunded for others. 
The University reserves the right to reject 
any application without explanation. 



A $300 admission deposit is required 
of all regularly admitted students and must 
be sent to the Office of Undergraduate 
Admissions no later than May 1 following 
notice of acceptance. It is credited toward 
first semester fees and is nonrefundable. 
Students notified of acceptance after May 
1 for the fall semester or November 1 for 
the spring semester should make a non- 
refundable admission deposit within two 
weeks of notification. Failure to make the 
admission deposit is taken as cancellation 
of application by the student. No deposit is 
required for summer session enrollment. 

Early Decision 

Two early decision deadlines and notifica- 
tion schedules are available to well-qualified 
high school students who decide, by the 
close of their junior year, that Wake Forest 
is either their only choice or first choice 
college. 

Early Decision — Single Choice 

Students who have selected Wake Forest as 
their first choice and have applied to no 
other college may submit an application at 
any time after completion of the junior year 
and no later than November 15. Decisions 
on these applicants are made on a rolling 
basis, three to four weeks after the applica- 
tion is completed. Students agree to enroll if 
accepted and submit a nonrefundable $500 
deposit prior to January 1. 

Early Decision — First Choice 

Students who have selected Wake Forest as 
a first choice and only early decision choice 
but who may have submitted or have plans 
to submit regular decision applications to 
other institutions, may apply no later than 
November 15 and are notified by December 
15. If accepted, students agree to enroll and 



PROCEDURES 



ZO 



to withdraw applications from other col- 
leges. A $500 nonrefundable deposit is due 
by January 1. 

Candidates for early decision are nor- 
mally expected to have completed, or be en- 
rolled in courses to complete, all secondary 
school requirements. Decisions are based 
upon junior year grades and test scores. 
Applicants not admitted are asked to submit 
additional SAT I scores and the first semester 
senior year grade report, or they are advised 
to apply elsewhere. 

Admission of Students 
with Disabilities 

Wake Forest College will consider the ap- 
plication of any qualified student, regardless 
of disability, on the basis of the selection 
criteria established by the University which 
include personal and academic merit. Upon 
matriculation, all students will be required 
to meet the same standards for graduation. 

The University endeavors to provide 
facilities which are in compliance with all 
laws and regulations regarding access for 
individuals with disabilities. Additionally, 
special services are available to reasonably 
accommodate students with disabilities. 
For more information on assistance for 
undergraduate students, please contact 
Van D. Westervelt, director of the Learning 
Assistance Center, at (336) 758-5929 or 
refer to Disability Services under Cam- 
pus Life on the Wake Forest Web site. 

Advanced Placement and CLEP 

Advanced placement credit for college 
level work done in high school is available 
on the basis of the Advanced Placement 
Examination of The College Board and 
supplementary information. Especially 
well-qualified applicants for advanced 
standing may also be exempt from some 



basic and divisional courses with credit 
on the authorization of the department 
concerned. Credit by advanced standing 
is treated in the same manner as credit 
transferred from another college. 

Under certain conditions, especially 
well-prepared applicants may be granted 
limited college credit through the subject 
tests of the College Level Examination 
Program (CLEP) of the Educational Testing 
Service. Such credit may be assigned with 
the approval of the department concerned or 
the dean of the Wayne Calloway School of 
Business and Accountancy. 

Admission of Transfer 
Students 

The number of transfer students who 
can be admitted each year depends upon 
the availability of space in the first-year 
(second semester), sophomore, and junior 
classes. Transfer students must be eligible 
for readmission to the last college attended 
and must supply a Dean's Statement(s) from 
all colleges attended. The Dean's Statement 
addresses any disciplinary action that may 
have been taken against the student for 
academic or non-academic reasons. The 
student must have an overall average of at 
least C on all college work attempted. A stu- 
dent who is admitted from another college 
before fully meeting the prescribed admis- 
sions requirements for entering first-year 
students must remove the entrance condi- 
tions during the first year at Wake Forest. 

Courses satisfactorily completed in 
other accredited colleges are accepted 
subject to faculty approval. In general, no 
credit is allowed for courses not found in 
the Wake Forest curriculum. The minimum 
residence requirement for a baccalaureate 
degree is two academic years, the senior and 
one other. 



21 PROCEDURES 



Expenses 

Statements concerning expenses are not 
to be regarded as forming an irrevocable 
contract between the student and the 
University. The costs of instruction and 
other services outlined herein are those in 
effect on the date of publication of this 
bulletin, and the University reserves the 
right to change without notice the cost of 
instruction and other services at any time. 

Charges are due in full on August 1 
for the fall semester and December 1 for 
the spring semester. Faculty regulations 
require that student accounts be settled in 
full before the student is entitled to receive 
a transcript or diploma, or to register 
for the following semester or term. 

If the University deems it necessary to 
engage the services of a collection agency or 
attorney to collect or to settle any dispute in 
connection with an unpaid balance on a stu- 
dent account, the student will be liable for 
all collection agency and/or attorney's fees, 
reasonable expenses, and costs incurred. 

Tuition 

Per Semester Per Year 

FULL-TIME $15,055 $30,110 

PART-TIME $ 1 , 1 75 PER SEMESTER HOUR 

ACTIVITY FEE $50 $100 

Students should expect an increase yearly 
in tuition. However, admittance to the 
undergraduate College is not based on 
financial resources. The University meets the 
demonstrated financial needs of all qualified 
students. Students must obtain approval for 
part-time status prior to the beginning of the 
semester from the Office of the Dean of the 
College to be eligible for part-time tuition. 
Students enrolled in the College or in 
the Wayne Calloway School of Business 
and Accountancy for full-time residence 
credit are entitled to full privileges regard- 
ing libraries, laboratories, athletic contests, 



concerts, publications, the Student Union, 
the University Theatre, and the Student 
Health Service. Part-time students are 
entitled to the use of the libraries, labora- 
tories, and Student Health Service but not 
to the other privileges mentioned above. 



Room Charges 



DOUBLE OCCUPANCY 



Per Semester 
$2,690 



Per Year 
$5,380 



Most first-year students will pay either 
$2,690 or $3,040 per semester depending 
upon room assignment location. Other 
room rentals range from $2,490 to $3,240 
per semester. 

Wake Forest University 
Dining Program 

The Fresh Food Company and Magnolia 
Room offer all-you-care-to-eat meals, and 
are located in Reynolda Hall. In addition, 
there are a number of retail dining locations, 
including food courts in the Benson Center 
and the Information Systems Building, three 
convenience stores, a coffee shop, and a 
full-service Subway restaurant located on 
campus. 

To better meet student needs and expec- 
tations, the Wake Forest University dining 
program has been redesigned this year. 
All students living on campus are required 
to purchase a dining membership for the 
2005-06 academic year. Different dining 
memberships are available depending on 
place of residence. 

Dining memberships are accepted in 
the two all-you-care-to-eat locations, the 
Fresh Food Company and Magnolia Room. 
All other dining locations accept Deacon 
Dollars. 



PROCEDURES 



22 



Residential Meal Plans 



Other Charges 



FRESHMEN 
Meals Per Week Cost Per Semester 

Unlimited $1.700 



17 



$1.350 



14 



$1 .200 (min. purchase required) 



UPPERCLASSMEN 

South & Quad Area Building Residents: Babcock, Bost- 
wick, Collins, Johnson, Liter, Palmer, Piccolo, Davis, 
Kitchin, Efrid, Huffman, Poteat, Taylor. 
Meals Per Week Cost Per Semester 

Unlimited $1.700 



17 



$1.350 



14 



.1.200 



10 



$1.025 



$850 (min. purchase required) 



North Area Building Residents: Martin, Polo, Student 
Apartments, Polo Road Houses, and Townhouses. 
Meals Per Week Cost Per Semester 

Unlimited $1.700 



17 






$1,350 


14 






$1,200 


10 






$1,025 


8 






$850 


5 






$560 


or 40 meals per semester— $280 per semester (min. 
purchase required) 



Commuters 

Commuters may purchase any dining 
membership, but are not required to do so. 

Deacon Dollars 

In addition to a dining membership, students 
may also purchase Deacon Dollars. The 
Deacon Dollar account is a debit account 
system on the student I.D. card that allows 
purchases throughout campus. An amount 
of $1000 per semester is recommended for 
campus pur-chases at the Bookstore, Pizza 
Hut, Benson Food Court, Subway, conve- 
nience stores, and all other dining locations. 



An admission application fee of $40 is 
required with each application for admis- 
sion to cover the cost of processing and is 
nonrefundable. 

An admission deposit of $500 is required 
for students applying to Wake Forest 
University as a first or single choice. An 
admission deposit of $300 is required for all 
regularly admitted students. All admissions 
deposits must be submitted to the direc- 
tor of admissions and are nonrefundable. 
The applicable deposit is credited to the 
student's charges for the semester for which 
he or she has been accepted for admission. 

Individual instruction music fees are 
required in addition to tuition for students 
enrolling for individual study in applied 
music in the Department of Music and 
are payable in the Office of Financial 
and Accounting Services. The fee is $250 
for Music 161 courses and $500 for all 
other individual instruction courses, with 
a maximum fee of $500 per semester. 

Students must have medical insurance. 
A group plan is available through the 
University for those not covered by a fam- 
ily plan. The annual rate for 2004-2005 
was $940. 

Library fees are charged for lost or dam- 
aged books and are payable in the library. 

A tuition deposit of $500 is required, at a 
date set by the Office of Financial and Ac- 
counting Services, of students enrolled in the 
spring semester who expect to return for the 
fall semester. It is credited to the student's 
University charges and is non-refundable. 

Returned check fee of $25 is charged for 
each returned check by the Office of Finan- 
cial and Accounting Services. 

Room change fee of $25 is charged for any 
unauthorized change. 



2 3 



PROCEDURES 



Improper check-in/out residence hall fee of 
$50 is charged for any student who does 
not follow appropriate administrative 
procedures. 

A residence hall lock core change fee 
(a minimum of $70 per lock) is charged to 
any student who loses his/her room/suite/ 
apartment key(s). 

A fee of $1,000 is required for students 
studying abroad on a non-Wake Forest 
program. 

Motor vehicle registration is $275 and 
traffic fines are $20 to $250. All students 
operating a vehicle on campus, whether 
they are operating day or night and whether 
or not they are owned by the operator, 
(including those students who reside in 
student apartments, theme, and satellite 
houses) must register their vehicles online. 

All vehicle registrations must be com- 
pleted within 24 hours from the first time 
the vehicle is brought to campus. For fall se- 
mester only, students registering vehicles on- 
line by August 15 will receive their decals at 
their campus post office boxes by August 31, 
2005. For a vehicle to be properly registered, 
both the rear bumper decal and front wind- 
shield gate pass decal must be displayed. 

Fines are assessed against students 
violating parking regulations. Please inform 
any visitors of parking rules and regulations. 
Students, faculty, and staff are responsible 
for their visitors. Students will be held 
financially responsible for citations issued 
to vehicles driven by family members or 
by friends who use a Wake Forest student's 
vehicle. Visitor vehicles must be reported 
to 758-5592 and/or registered at the Office 
of Parking Management, 758-6129. 



Refunds of Charges and 
Return of Financial Aid 
Funds 

A student who withdraws during (begins, 
but does not complete) a term may be 
entitled to a refund of certain charges as 
outlined in the Refund of Charges Policy. 
A withdrawal also affects financial aid 
eligibility, as outlined in the federal Re- 
turn of Title IV Program Funds Policy 
and the Return of Non-Title FV Program 
Funds Policy. A student using scholarships, 
grants, or loans to help pay educational 
expenses, whose account was paid-in-full 
prior to withdrawal, is likely to owe the 
University after withdrawal. Withdrawal 
procedures are coordinated by the deans 
of the College and the Wayne Calloway 
School of Business and Accountancy. 

Refund of Charges Policy 

A withdrawing student receives a tuition 
refund according to the following schedule. 
This schedule applies to a student who 
drops courses, as well as to a student who 
withdraws. 

Tuition, fees, room rent, and related 
charges are not refunded for findings of 
responsibility within the undergraduate 
student judicial review process. Return of 
Title IV funds are handled in accordance 
with federal law. 



Number of Weeks 




Attendance 


Percentage of Total 


(Including first day of 


Tuition to be 


registration validation) 


Refunded 


1 WEEK TOTAL TUITION LESS DEPOSIT 


2 WEEKS 


75 PERCENT 


3 WEEKS 


50 PERCENT 


4 WEEKS 


25 PERCENT 



A withdrawal must be official and students 
must return the University identification 
card before claiming a refund. There is no 



PROCEDURES 



24 



refund of room rent, activity fees, or the 
parking registration fee if the decal has 
been placed on the vehicle. Unused meal 
plan funds are refunded. Fees for individual 
instruction in the Department of Music 
are refunded on the same basis as tuition. 

The Office of Financial and Accounting 
Services calculates the refund of charges, and 
it has available an example of the applica- 
tion of the University Refund of Charges 
Policy. 

If charges originally paid by financial 
aid funds are no longer covered after the 
financial aid funds are returned, the student 
is responsible for the remaining balance. 

Return of Title IV Program 
Funds Policy 

The 1998 amendments to the Higher Educa- 
tion Act (HEA) of 1965 (Section 484B), 
and subsequent regulations issued by the 
United States Department of Education 
(34 CFR 668.22), establish a policy for the 
return of Title IV, HEA Program grant and 
loan funds for a recipient who withdraws. 

Wake Forest University does not have 
a leave of absence policy that would either 
exempt any student from the requirements 
of the Return of Title IV Funds Policy or ex- 
tend federal student loan deferment benefits. 

Title rV Funds include the following 
aid programs: Federal Pell Grant, Federal 
Supplemental Educational Opportunity 
Grant (FSEOG), Federal Perkins Loan, 
Federal Work-Study (FWS), Federal Stafford 
Loan (subsidized and unsubsidized), Federal 
PLUS Loan, and Leveraging Educational 
Assistance Partnership Grant (LEAP). 

The percentage of the term completed 
is determined by dividing the total num- 
ber of calendar days comprising the term 
(excluding breaks of five or more consecu- 
tive days) into the number of calendar days 
completed. The percentage of Title IV grant 
and loan funds earned is: (1) up through 
the 60 percent point in time, the percent- 



age of the term completed, (2) after the 
60 percent point in time, 100 percent. 

The amount of Title IV grant and loan 
funds unearned is the complement of the 
percentage of earned Title rV funds ap- 
plied to the total amount of Title IV funds 
disbursed (including funds that were not 
disbursed but could have been disbursed, 
i.e., post-withdrawal disbursements). 

If the amount earned is less than the 
amount disbursed, the difference is returned 
to the Title IV programs. If the amount 
earned is greater than the amount disbursed, 
the difference is treated as a late disburse- 
ment in accordance with the federal rules for 
late disbursements. 

Unearned funds, up to the amount of 
total institutional charges multiplied by the 
unearned percentage of funds, are returned 
by the University; the student returns any 
portion of unearned funds not returned by 
the University. 

Institutional charges (costs) include 
tuition and required fees, on-campus 
room rental, and on-campus meal plan. 

The Federal Return of Title rV Funds 
policy requires that federal aid be considered 
as first applied toward institutional charges, 
regardless of other non-federal aid received. 

A student (or parent for PLUS loans) 
repays the calculated amount attributable 
to a Title IV loan program according to the 
loan's terms. If repayment of grant funds by 
the student is required, only 50 percent of 
the unearned amount must be repaid. A stu- 
dent repays a Title rV grant program subject 
to repayment arrangements satisfactory to 
the University or the Secretary of Educa- 
tion's overpayment collection procedures. 

Funds returned are credited in the 
following order: Unsubsidized FFEL (Staf- 
ford) Loans, Subsidized FFEL (Stafford) 
Loans, Federal Perkins Loans, Federal 
PLUS Loans, Federal Pell Grants, Federal 
Supplemental Educational Opportunity 
(FSEOG) Grants, and other Title rV funds 
for which a return of funds is required. 



2-5 



PROCEDURES 



The Office of Student Financial Aid 
calculates the amount of unearned Title IV 
grant and loan funds, and it has available 
examples of the application of this federal 
policy and a copy of the relevant Code of 
Federal Regulations section (CFR 668.22). 

Return of Non-Title IV 
Program Funds Policy 

A student who drops to less-than-full-time 
enrollment within the timeframe to receive a 
tuition refund loses eligibility for all institu- 
tion aid for the entire term. For financial 
aid purposes, full-time enrollment is defined 
as twelve or more hours each semester. 

The Office of Student Financial Aid cal- 
culates the amount of Non-Title IV program 
funds to be returned to the various programs 
when a recipient withdraws. The return of 
Non-Title rV Program funds may be round- 
ed to the nearest dollar for each aid source. 

Return of funds to various state and 
private aid programs is determined by 
specific program rules. If rules allow, state 
and private loan funds are returned before 
gift funds. State and private funds may be 
retained in amounts necessary to satisfy 
the student's remaining University charges 
or adjusted need, whichever is larger. 

Awards from institutional funds for 
which all disbursement requirements have 
not been met by the student prior to with- 
drawal are cancelled, and no disbursements 
are made. 

Upon withdrawal, an adjusted estimat- 
ed cost of attendance (COA) is established in 
two parts. 

For an on-campus student, the first part 
equals the adjusted tuition and room rental 
charges and the standard allowance for 
books and supplies; the second part equals 
pro-rated estimates (by weeks) of meal, 
transportation, and personal living expenses. 

For an off-campus student, the first 
part equals the adjusted tuition charge 
and the standard allowance for books and 



supplies; the second part equals pro-rated 
estimates (by weeks) of room, meal, trans- 
portation, and personal living expenses. 

If the adjusted COA is greater than the 
full semester expected family contribution 
(EFC), the student retains institutional aid 
(in the same mix of initially-awarded gift 
and loan), up to the amount required to 
meet the adjusted need and not exceeding 
the initial amount(s). The EFC represents a 
best estimate of a family's capacity (rela- 
tive to other families) to absorb, over time, 
the costs of education. For a withdrawing 
student, the full EFC is expected to support 
educational expenses incurred, prior to any 
support from aid programs. For purposes of 
this calculation, a student who receives only 
merit-based institutional gift is considered to 
have an EFC equal to the full semester COA 
minus the amount of that gift. The order in 
which each institutional fund is reduced is 
determined on a case-by-case basis by the 
aid office, with the guiding principle being 
the return of funds to University accounts 
most likely to be needed by other students. 

A student who withdraws after receiv- 
ing a cash disbursement must repay Wake 
Forest scholarship funds up to the amount 
of Title IV funds that the University must re- 
turn. Fines and other incidental charges not 
included in the financial aid COA are solely 
the responsibility of the student. Required 
returns of funds to all financial aid programs 
are made prior to the refund to the student. 

Housing 

All unmarried first- and second-year 
students with residential admission status 
are required to live in the residence halls, 
except ( 1 ) when permission is given by the 
director of residence life and housing for the 
student to live with parents or a relative in 
the Winston-Salem area; (2) by special 
arrangement when space is not available on 
campus; (3) the student is admitted as a 
non-resident student; or (4) if the student 



PROCEDURES 26 



has lost residence hall space because of a 
Residence Halls Agreement violation or 
disciplinary action. Fifth-year students are 
ineligible for campus housing except when 
permitted to do so by the Office of Resi- 
dence Life and Housing. Married students 
are not permitted to live within the residence 
halls. Residence halls are supervised by the 
director of residence life and housing, associ- 
ate and assistant directors of residence life 
and housing, residence life coordinators, and 
graduate student hall directors. 

The charges for residence hall rooms for 
2005-2006 will range from approximately 
$2,490 to $3,240 per semester depending 
on the location and amenities available. 

Visit www.wfu.edu/housing, the resi- 
dence life and housing Web site, for more in- 
formation regarding policies and procedures. 

Off-campus Housing Policy 

The University has developed guidelines and 
policies for those undergraduate students 
who desire or are required to live off cam- 
pus. Such policies affect apartment or other 
multi-family residences as well as single- 
family residences. All students who desire to 
live off campus are required to apply for off- 
campus housing status on an annual basis. 

Each year, guideline information is 
provided for all undergraduate students on 
the residence life and housing Web page. For 
complete information visit www.wfu.edu/ 
housing/residence/offcampus.html. Condi- 
tions may be placed on students who choose 
to live in single family areas, or students 
may be denied the ability to live within such 
a location. Students who desire to reside 
off campus must complete an application 
and obtain approval from the Office of 
Residence Life and Housing prior to signing 
off-campus leases. 

Resident undergraduate students 
are guaranteed campus housing for eight 
semesters. To protect students and to give 
students the most options until they have 



had an opportunity to review this policy 
fully, student's must not sign any off-campus 
leases. Please visit the Office of Residence 
Life and Housing, on campus at Benson 
University Center, room 101, or online at 
www.wfu.edu/housing. 

Academic Calendar 

The academic calendar of the College and 
the Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy includes a fall semester begin- 
ning in late August and ending in December, 
a spring semester beginning in January and 
ending in May, and two five-week summer 
sessions. Semesters usually last fifteen weeks. 

Orientation and Advising 

A required orientation program for new 
students in the College precedes first-time 
registration. An academic adviser and an 
upperclass student provide guidance during 
and between registration periods throughout 
the student's first and second years. Advisers 
meet with students both individually and in 
small groups. A face-to-face meeting with 
the adviser is required before all registration 
periods. Students are encouraged to take the 
initiative in arranging additional meetings at 
any time to seek advice or other assistance. 
The adviser suggests and approves courses 
of instruction until the student declares 
a major toward the end of the second 
year. Then, a new adviser is assigned. 

Registration 

Registration for continuing students in the 
College and the Wayne Calloway School 
of Business and Accountancy occurs in 
April for the fall and summer terms, and 
in November for the spring term. New and 
readmitted students register at the beginning 
of the term in which they first enroll. Con- 
sultation with the academic adviser must be 
completed before registration. Confirmation 



2-7 



PROCEDURES 



of enrollment is required before classes 
begin each term. All tuition and fees must 
be paid in full to the Office of Financial and 
Accounting Services before confirmation. 

Classification 

Classification of students by class standing 
and as full-time or part-time is calculated in 
terms of hours. Most courses in the College 
and the Wayne Calloway School of Busi- 
ness and Accountancy have a value of three 
hours, but may vary from one-half hour to 
nine. The normal load for a full-time student 
is fifteen hours per semester, with a maxi- 
mum of seventeen permitted without special 
permission. A student wishing to register 
for more than seventeen hours per semester 
must seek the permission of the academic 
adviser and the appropriate dean once the 
drop-add period begins. Students wishing to 
take more than eighteen hours must petition 
the Committee on Academic Affairs after 
consulting the academic adviser and the 
appropriate dean. Non-business or non- 
accounting majors wishing to take courses 
in the Calloway School must have met the 
specific courses' prerequisites and have 
permission of the instructor. Enrollment in 
the course is subject to space availability. 
Twelve hours per semester constitute 
minimum full-time registration at the 
University. (Recipients of North Carolina 
Legislative Tuition Grants must be enrolled 
by the tenth day of classes in spring and by 
October 1 in the fall for at least twelve 
hours. Recipients of Wake Forest scholar- 
ships and loans, as well as some types of 
federal aid, must be enrolled for at least 
twelve hours. Recipients of veterans' bene- 
fits, grants from state government, and other 
governmental aid must meet the guidelines 
of the appropriate agencies.) A student who 
feels that he or she has valid and compelling 
reasons to register for more than seventeen 
hours per semester must seek permission of 
the adviser and the appropriate dean no 



earlier than the first day of class. Only if 
both the adviser and the dean agree that the 
proposed course load is needed and in the 
best interest of the student will permission 
be granted. 

The requirements for classification after 
the first year are as follows: 

Sophomore — completion of no fewer 
than 25 hours toward a degree; 

Junior — completion of no fewer than 
55 hours toward a degree; 

Senior — completion of no fewer than 
87 hours toward a degree. 

Part-time Students 

A student may not register for fewer than 
twelve hours without specific permission 
from the appropriate dean to register as a 
part-time student. A student may not register 
for part-time status, i.e., fewer than twelve 
hours in a single semester, without specific 
permission of the appropriate dean prior to 
the last day to add a course. Approval for 
part-time status requires that students pay 
for such work on a per hour basis. Petitions 
for part-time status after the last day to add 
a course will be denied, except in the case 
of special circumstances, and the student 
will be required to pay full tuition. Part-time 
students are generally ineligible for campus 
housing unless an exception is made by the 
Office of Residence Life and Housing. 

Class Attendance 

Attendance regulations place the responsibil- 
ity for class attendance on the student, who 
is expected to attend classes regularly and 
punctually. A vital aspect of the residential 
college experience is attendance in the 
classroom; its value cannot be measured 
by testing procedures alone. Students are 
considered sufficiently mature to appreci- 
ate the necessity of regular attendance, 
to accept this personal responsibility, to 



PROCEDURES 



28 



demonstrate the self-discipline essential for 
such performance, and to recognize and 
accept the consequences of failure to attend. 
Students who cause their work or that of 
the class to suffer because of absence or 
lateness may be referred by the instructor 
to the dean of the College or to the dean 
of the Wayne Calloway School of Business 
and Accountancy for suitable action. Any 
student who does not attend classes regu- 
larly or who demonstrates other evidence 
of academic irresponsibility is subject to 
such disciplinary action as the Commit- 
tee on Academic Affairs may prescribe, 
including immediate suspension from 
the College or from the Wayne Calloway 
School of Business and Accountancy. 

Students who miss class, while acting as 
duly authorized representatives of the Uni- 
versity at events and times approved by the 
appropriate dean, are considered excused. 
The undergraduate faculties are sensitive 
to the religious practices of members of 
the student body. At the beginning of the 
semester, students who will be absent from 
class for religious observances should confer 
with the instructor(s) about the date of the 
absence. The disposition of missed assign- 
ments will be arranged between instructor 
and student. Students anticipating many ex- 
cused absences should consult the instructor 
before enrolling in classes in which atten- 
dance and class participation count heavily 
toward the grade. For policies pertaining to 
absences resulting from illness, please see 
the statement on the Student Health Service 
and class excuses in the Student Handbook. 

Auditing Courses 

When space is available after the registra- 
tion of regularly enrolled students, others 
may request permission of the instructor to 
enter the course as auditors. No additional 
charge is made to full-time students in the 
College or the Wayne Calloway School 



of Business and Accountancy; for others 
the fee is $50 per hour. Permission of the 
instructor is required. An auditor is subject 
to attendance regulations and to other 
conditions imposed by the instructor. 

Although an auditor receives no credit, 
a notation of audit is made on the final 
grade report and entered on the record 
of students who have met the instructor's 
requirements. An audit may not be changed 
to a credit course or a credit course 
changed to an audit after the first official 
day of classes for each semester or term. 

Dropping a Course 

The last day in each term for dropping a 
class without a grade of F is listed in the 
calendar in the front of this bulletin. A 
student who wishes to drop any course on 
or before this date must follow the proce- 
dure prescribed by the registrar. After this 
date, a student who wishes to drop a course 
must consult his or her academic adviser, 
the course instructor, and the dean of the 
College or the dean of the Wayne Calloway 
School of Business and Accountancy, as ap- 
propriate. If the dean approves the request, 
he or she authorizes the student to discontin- 
ue the course. Except in cases of emergency, 
the grade in the course will be recorded as F. 

If, at any time, a student drops any 
course without prior written approval 
of the appropriate dean, the student will 
be subject to such penalties imposed by 
the Committee on Academic Affairs. 

Students enrolling in classes beginning 
after the opening of the term and lasting for 
shorter durations, such as four, five or seven 
and a half weeks, may add those classes any 
time prior to the beginning of the class as 
space permits, and up to five days after the 
class begins, with permission of the instruc- 
tor. Students needing to drop such classes 
may do so for up to five days after the 
class begins, without a dean's permission. 



29 



PROCEDURES 



Withdrawal 



Grading 



A student who finds it necessary to with- 
draw from the College or the Wayne Callo- 
way School of Business and Accountancy 
must do so through the office of the appro- 
priate dean. With the approval of the dean 
of the College or the dean of the Wayne 
Calloway School of Business and Accoun- 
tancy, no grades are recorded for the student 
for that semester, but the student's standing 
in courses at the time of the withdrawal may 
be taken into consideration when readmis- 
sion is sought. If withdrawal is for academic 
reasons, failing grades may be assigned in all 
courses in which the student is doing un- 
satisfactory work. A student who leaves the 
College or the Wayne Calloway School of 
Business and Accountancy without officially 
withdrawing is assigned failing grades in all 
current courses, and the unofficial with- 
drawal is recorded. 

Withdrawal from the College or the 
Calloway School cannot be finalized until 
ThinkPads, printers, connecting cables, WFU 
ID cards, residence hall keys (if applicable) 
and post office box keys, along with any 
other pertinent University property items, 
have been returned to the appropriate offices. 

Tuition, fees, room rent, and related 
charges will not be refunded for findings 
of responsibility within the undergraduate 
student judicial review process. Return of 
Title IV funds will be handled in accordance 
with federal law. 

Examinations 

Final examinations are given at regu- 
larly scheduled times. All examinations 
are conducted in accordance with the 
Honor and Ethics System adopted by the 
student body and approved by the faculty. 



For most courses carrying undergraduate 
credit, there are twelve final grades: 
A (exceptionally high achievement), A-, B+, 
B (superior), B-, C+, C (satisfactory), C-, D+, 
D, D- (passing but unsatisfactory), F (fail- 
ure), and I (incomplete). 

Grade of I. The grade of I may be assigned 
only when a student fails to complete the 
work of a course because of illness or some 
other emergency. If the work recorded as I 
is not completed within thirty days after the 
student enters for his or her next semester, 
the grade automatically becomes the grade 
of F. The instructor must report the final 
grade to the registrar within forty-five 
days after the beginning of that semester. 

NR. "NR" (Not Reported) is an admin- 
istrative designation that indicates that 
a faculty member has not reported a 
grade. Unless a grade is recorded within 
forty-five days after the student enters 
his or her next semester, the NR auto- 
matically becomes the grade of F. 

Grade Points. Grades are assigned grade 
points per hour for the computation of 
academic averages, class standing, and 
eligibility for continuation, as follows: 



FOR EACH 
FOR EACH 
FOR EACH 
FOR EACH 
FOR EACH 
FOR EACH 
FOR EACH 
FOR EACH 
FOR EACH 
FOR EACH 
FOR EACH 
FOR EACH 



GRADE OF A 
GRADE OF A- 
GRADE OF B+ 
GRADE OF B 
GRADE OF B- 
GRADE OF C+ 
GRADE OF C 
GRADE OF C- 
GRADE OF D+ 
GRADE OF D 
GRADE OF D- 
GRADE OF F 



4.00 POINTS 
3.67 POINTS 
3.33 POINTS 
3.00 POINTS 
2.67 POINTS 
2.33 POINTS 
2.00 POINTS 
1 .67 POINTS 
1 .33 POINTS 
1 .00 POINTS 
0.67 POINTS 
NO POINTS 



Pass/Fail. To encourage students to venture 
into fields outside their major areas of 
competence and concentration, the College 



PROCEDURES 



30 



makes available the option, under certain 
conditions, of registering in courses on a 
pass/fail basis rather than for a letter grade. 
Courses taken under the pass/fail option 
yield full credit when satisfactorily com- 
pleted but, whether passed or not, they are 
not computed in the grade point average. 
In no case may a student change from grade 
to pass/fail mode, or from pass/fail to grade 
mode after the last date to add a course. 
The last date to add a course is noted in 
the calendar at the front of this bulletin. 

A student may count toward the 
degree no more than eighteen hours taken 
on a pass/fail basis. First- and second- 
year students are not eligible to elect the 
pass/fail mode, but may enroll for courses 
offered only on a pass/fail basis. Third- and 
fourth-year students may elect as many as 
twelve hours on a pass/fail basis, but no 
more than four hours in a given semester. 
Courses used to fulfill core, quantitative 
reasoning, cultural diversity, major, or minor 
requirements may not be taken on a pass/fail 
basis unless they are offered only on that 
basis. Courses in the major(s) not used 
for satisfying major requirements may be 
taken on a pass/fail basis if the department 
of the major does not specify otherwise. 

No courses in the Calloway School can 
be taken pass/fail unless they are offered 
only on that basis. 

Grade Reports 
and Transcripts 

An electronic midterm report and a final 
report of grades are available to students by 
the registrar in the fall and spring semesters. 
A final report of grades is issued for each 
summer term. 

Transcripts of the permanent educa- 
tional record will be issued to students upon 
written request unless there are unpaid finan- 
cial obligations to the University, or other 
unresolved issues. Copies of a student's 
cumulative record are issued by the registrar. 



Under the law, the University has the 
right to inform parents of dependent stu- 
dents and certain other qualified individuals 
of the contents of educational records. 

Dean's List 

The Dean's List is issued after the end of 
the fall and spring semesters. It includes 
all full-time, degree-seeking students in 
the College and the Wayne Calloway 
School of Business and Accountancy 
who have a grade point average of 3.0 
or better for a full-time course load in 
the semester and who have earned no 
grade below C during the semester. 

Graduation Distinctions 

Graduation distinctions are determined 
by the grade-point system and are based 
entirely on grades earned in Wake Forest 
courses. A degree candidate with a cumu- 
lative average of not less than 3.8 for all 
courses attempted is graduated with the dis- 
tinction summa cum laude. A candidate with 
a cumulative average of not less than 3.6 for 
all courses attempted is graduated with the 
distinction magna cum laude. A candidate 
with a cumulative average of not less than 
3.4 for all courses attempted is graduated 
with the distinction cum laude. Details are 
available in the Office of the Registrar. 

Repetition of Courses 

A student may repeat at Wake Forest a 
Wake Forest course for which he or she 
has received a grade of C- or lower. In this 
case, all grades received will be shown 
on the transcript, but the course may be 
counted only one time for credit. If a student 
fails a course previously passed, the hours 
originally earned will not be lost. For pur- 
poses of determining the cumulative grade 
point average, a course will be considered as 
attempted only once, and the grade points 



3 1 



PROCEDURES 



assigned will reflect the highest grade re- 
ceived. These provisions do not apply to any 
course for which the student has received 
the grade of F in consequence of an honor 
violation. Students seeking to repeat English 
105 must petition the English department. 

Probation 

Any student who is placed on probation 
because of honor code or conduct code 
violations may be placed on such special 
academic probation as determined by 
the Committee on Academic Affairs. The 
Committee on Academic Affairs may at 
any time suspend or place on probation 
any student who has given evidence of 
academic irresponsibility, such as failing to 
attend class regularly or to complete papers, 
examinations, or other work on time. 

If poor academic performance is at- 
tributable to circumstances over which the 
student clearly had no control (e.g., serious 
injury or illness), the student may, after con- 
sultation with one of the academic deans, 
petition the Committee on Academic Affairs 
for further consideration of his or her status. 

In deciding whether to permit excep- 
tions to the foregoing eligibility require- 
ments, the Committee on Academic Affairs 
will take into account such factors as con- 
victions for violations of the College honor 
code or social conduct code, violations of 
the law, and any other behavior demonstrat- 
ing disrespect for the rights of others. 

Any student convicted of violating the 
honor code is ineligible to represent the 
University in any way until the period of 
suspension or probation is completed and 
the student is returned to good standing. 
Students who are on probation for any rea- 
son may not be initiated into any fraternity 
or sorority until the end of their probation- 
ary period. 

No student on social or academic pro- 
bation or suspension from Wake Forest may 
take coursework at another institution and 



have that work transferred to Wake Forest 
for credit. 

Requirements for 
Continuation 

A student's academic eligibility to continue 
is determined by the number of hours passed 
and the grade point average. The number of 
hours passed is the sum of the hours trans- 
ferred from other institutions and the hours 
earned in the undergraduate schools of the 
University. The grade point average is com- 
puted only on work attempted in the under- 
graduate schools of the University and ex- 
cludes both non-credit and pass/fail courses. 

Students are expected to make reason- 
able and systematic progress toward the 
accomplishment of their degree programs. 
To be eligible to continue in the College, 
students must maintain: 

FOR HOURS PASSED A MINIMUM CUM. GPA OF 

FEWER THAN 30 1 .45 

AT LEAST 30, FEWER THAN 60 1 .60 

AT LEAST 60, FEWER THAN 90 1 .75 

90 AND ABOVE 1 .90 

Students are responsible for knowing their 
academic standing at all times. Any stu- 
dent whose GPA falls below the required 
minimum will have a grace period of one 
semester to raise the average to the required 
level. Students also have the option of at- 
tending summer school at Wake Forest in an 
effort to raise the average. 

The Committee on Academic Affairs 
will suspend students who earn six or 
fewer grade points in any given semester in 
courses other than Education 353; military 
science courses; Music 111-129 (ensemble 
courses); Dance 128; and elective 100-level 
courses in health and exercise science. In 
cases where failure was due to circumstances 
beyond the student's control, he or she may 
appeal to the Committee for an exception. 



PROCEDURES 



32 



Any student who is in academic dif- 
ficulty is urged to seek advice and counsel 
from his or her academic adviser, from the 
Office of the Dean of the College, from the 
Learning Assistance Center, and from the 
University Counseling Center. 

A student who has or develops a 
health problem which, in the judgment of 
the director of the Student Health Service, 
creates a danger to the safety and well-being 
of the student or others, may be required 
to withdraw until the problem is resolved. 

Requirements for 
Readmission 

The Committee on Academic Affairs over- 
sees the readmission of former students. In 
making a decision on whether to readmit, 
the Committee considers both the academic 
and non-academic records of the student. 

To be readmitted, a student must have 
previously attended Wake Forest University. 
Students who have been graduated with 
an undergraduate degree from the College 
or the Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy may apply for readmission 
as post-graduate, unclassified students. 

Students who have been ineligible to 
continue for academic reasons must present 
to the Committee an intentional plan to 
raise their academic standing to acceptable 
standards. 

A student who withdraws from the Uni- 
versity for medical or psychological reasons 
must submit documentation from his or her 
physician or therapist to either the director 
of the Student Health Service or the director 
of the University Counseling Center attest- 
ing to his or her readiness to resume a full 
academic program. The physician or thera- 
pist should also provide professional guid- 
ance to these directors as to the nature of 
the student's ongoing care once readmitted. 

Students whose withdrawals from the 
University were as the result of an honor 
or judicial conviction must satisfy fully any 



sanctions placed upon them prior to being 
considered for readmission. In addition 
to University-imposed sanctions, other, 
non-academic grounds for denial of read- 
mission may include violations of the law 
of the land and behaviors that have demon- 
strated disregard for the rights of others. 

Should a student, upon leaving the 
University, fail to comply with the proper 
withdrawal procedures, "holds" may be 
placed upon his/her record that will prevent 
readmission consideration until such matters 
are resolved. 

Any readmitted student who hopes to 
receive transfer consideration for work done 
elsewhere must provide the University with 
a properly documented statement attesting 
to his/her good standing at the institution 
from which the transfer credit would come. 
Additionally, an official copy of the student's 
transcript must be made available to the 
Office of the Registrar at Wake Forest 
University. 

No student on social or academic pro- 
bation or suspension from Wake Forest may 
take coursework at another institution and 
have that work transferred to Wake Forest 
for credit. 

Summer Study 

In addition to regular courses, a number of 
special summer programs for credit are de- 
scribed in the bulletin of the summer session. 

To be eligible to take summer courses 
at another college or university, the student 
must have a cumulative grade point aver- 
age of no less than 2.0 and must obtain 
advance approval through the registrar's 
office, and in some cases, the Office of the 
Dean of Wake Forest College or the dean 
of the Wayne Calloway School of Business 
and Accountancy. All transfer work taken 
after enrollment at Wake Forest must be 
taken in an approved four-year institution. 

Courses taken outside the United States 
require, in addition, prior approval from the 



33 



PROCEDURES 



Center for International Studies. Students 
must obtain a course approval form from 
the Center for International Studies. 

Transfer Credit 

All work attempted in other colleges and 
universities must be reported to the reg- 
istrar of Wake Forest University. Students 
wishing to receive transfer credit for work 
to be undertaken elsewhere must have a 
cumulative grade point average of no less 
than 2.0, must not be on probation or 
suspension from Wake Forest, and must 
obtain departmental approval in advance. 
For entering transfer students, credit may 
be accepted from accredited colleges and 
universities, including two-year colleges. For 
enrolled Wake Forest students and students 
readmitted to Wake Forest, transfer credit 
will be accepted only from approved four- 
year institutions. For transfer hours to be 
accepted, the grade in any course must be 
C or better. Courses completed at other col- 
leges or universities with the grade of C- or 
lower will not be awarded transfer hours in 
Wake Forest. (Refer to the requirements for 
degrees section on page 63 of this bulletin 
for additional information.) A maximum of 
thirty-six Wake Forest hours can be earned 
from the Gymnasium, Lyceum, French 
Baccalaureate, or equivalent programs. 

For students transferring courses on a 
quarter-hour system, semester hours may be 
assigned on the basis that one quarter hour 
times 0.67 equals one semester hour. No 
course may receive a higher conversion val- 
ue than the value of the Wake Forest course. 

Applications for transfer credit from 
distance learning courses will be evaluated 
on an individual basis. Only those courses 
approved by the appropriate department 
chair and accredited by a national accredit- 
ing agency, as identified by the registrar, will 
be accepted. No more than six hours may be 



earned from such courses. It is the respon- 
sibility of the student to disclose to the reg- 
istrar whether a class is a distance learning 
class. This does not apply to courses taken 
over the NC Interactive Video Network. 

Dual enrollment courses, college 
level courses taken at institutions other 
than Wake Forest, are treated as transfer 
credit so long as the given course meets the 
University's standard criteria for transfer 
credit. 

Independent Study, Individual 
Study, Directed Reading and 
Internship Courses 

Such work is ordinarily reserved for junior 
and senior students in the undergraduate 
schools. Any student requesting approval 
for such a course must possess a cumula- 
tive grade point average of no less than 
2.0 in Wake Forest courses. All such 
course requests must be approved by the 
appropriate department. The academic 
requirements should be completed during 
the semester in which a student is enrolled. 

The number of hours the student 
registers for in an independent study, 
individual study, directed reading, or 
internship course may not be changed 
during the add period unless approved 
by the sponsoring faculty member. 

Approval of Overseas 
Programs 

To receive academic credit for courses taken 
outside the U.S. on a non-Wake Forest 
University program, students must: 1) not 
be on probation or suspension from Wake 
Forest, 2) obtain approval of the program 
from the Center for International Studies 
before applying, 3) submit a declaration of 
intent to study abroad by the established 
deadline, 4) fulfill all required steps of the 



PROCEDURES 



34 



study abroad process during the semester of the undergraduate schools will receive 

prior to studying abroad, and 5) attend a credit in a non-Wake Forest study abroad 

mandatory pre-departure orientation. program. The Course Approval Form for 

No student possessing less than a 2.0 Study Outside the United States is available 

cumulative grade point average in either in the Center for International Studies. 



35 



PROCEDURES 



Scholarships and Loans 




Any student regularly admitted 
to Wake Forest College who 
demonstrates financial need 
will receive assistance com- 
mesurate with that need. 



By regulation of the Board of Trustees, 
all financial aid must be approved by the 
Committee on Scholarships and Student 
Aid. The financial aid program comprises 
institutional, state, and federal scholarship, 
loan, and work funds. Aid applicants must 
be enrolled as undergraduates or accepted 
for admission. Full-time students are eligible 
to apply for institutional funds; other 
degree-seeking students are eligible to apply 
for federal funds. For financial aid purposes, 
full-time enrollment is defined as twelve 
or more hours each semester. A number of 
scholarships are based upon merit; need is 
a factor in the awarding of most financial 
aid. The annual calculation of need, and 
therefore the amount of an award, may vary 
from year to year. Additional scholarship 
assistance not listed herein is offered to 
student athletes through the Department of 
Athletics and is governed by NCAA rules. 
The committee may revoke financial aid for 
unsatisfactory academic performance, for 
violation of University regulations including 
its honor code, or for violations of federal, 
state, or local laws. Applications should be 
requested from the Office of Merit-Based 
Scholarships (P.O. Box 7305) or the Office 
of Student Financial Aid (P.O. Box 7246), 
Winston-Salem, NC 27109, as appropriate. 



Policy on Satisfactory 
Academic Progress for 
Financial Aid Eligibility 

Evaluation of students' satisfactory aca- 
demic progress for purposes of financial aid 
eligibility is made annually at the end of the 
second summer session by the Committee on 
Scholarships and Student Aid, to determine 
eligibility for the following academic year. 

Institutional Financial Aid 

The receipt of institutionally-controlled 
financial aid requires full-time enrollment 
(twelve or more hours) during the fall and 
spring semesters and a minimum cumula- 
tive grade point average of 2.00 on work 
attempted in the undergraduate schools 
of the University. Institutional aid gener- 
ally is not awarded for summer sessions. 
Institutional aid is not awarded beyond 
the eighth (fall or spring) semester; this 
limit is prorated for transfer students. 
Certain institutional aid programs have 
higher academic and/or other requirements, 
which are communicated to recipients. 

Federal Financial Aid 

The Higher Education Act mandates that 
institutions of higher education establish 
minimum standards of satisfactory aca- 
demic progress for students receiving federal 
financial aid. Wake Forest University makes 
these minimum standards applicable to all 
programs funded by the federal government. 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 



36 



To maintain academic eligibility for 
federal financial aid, a student must: 

Complete the requirements for a bachelor's 
degree within the maximum number of 
hours attempted (including transfer hours, 
but excluding advanced placement hours) of 
168. This limit is the same for all students 
pursuing a bachelor's degree, including those 
students enrolled in joint bachelor's/master's 
degree programs. During a semester in 
which a student drops courses or withdraws, 
the maximum number of hours attempted 
includes those hours attempted as of the 
earlier of (1) the withdrawal date, or (2) the 
last day to drop a course without penalty 
(as published in the academic calendar). 

Pass at least two-thirds of those cumula- 
tive hours attempted (including pass/fail 
courses) in the undergraduate schools of the 
University, including hours attempted during 
the summer sessions. Incompletes count as 
hours attempted, unless from a non-credit 
course. Audited classes do not count as 
hours attempted. During a semester in which 
a student drops courses or withdraws, the 
cumulative number of hours attempted in 
the undergraduate schools of the University 
includes those hours attempted as of the 
earlier of (1) the withdrawal date, or (2) the 
last day to drop a course without penalty 
(as published in the academic calendar). 
For purposes of this policy, the cumulative 
number of hours attempted also includes 
all instances in which a course is repeated. 

Maintain the following minimum cumula- 
tive Wake Forest University grade point 
average on all graded hours attempted 
(including incompletes from graded courses, 
but excluding pass/fail courses) in the 
undergraduate schools of the University: 



HOURS ATTEMPTED 


MINIMUM GPA 


FEWER THAN 30 


1.45 


AT LEAST 30, FEWER THAN 60 


1.60 


AT LEAST 60, FEWER THAN 90 


1.75 


90 AND ABOVE 


1.90 



During a semester in which a student drops 
courses or withdraws, the cumulative num- 
ber of graded hours attempted in the under- 
graduate schools of the University includes 
those graded hours attempted as of the 
earlier of (1) the withdrawal date, or (2) the 
last day to drop a course without penalty (as 
published in the academic calendar). 

Thus, for example, a regular full-time 
student taking the normal fifteen hours 
of graded coursework each semester must 
achieve a minimum cumulative Wake Forest 
grade point average of 1 .45 before the 
second year, 1.60 before the third year, and 
1.75 before the fourth year. Repeated cours- 
es will count for GPA according to Universi- 
ty policy; when successfully completed they 
will count as their appropriate hours earned. 

The policy of satisfactory academic 
progress applies only to the general eligibil- 
ity for financial aid consideration. There are 
other federally-mandated requirements a 
student must meet to receive federal finan- 
cial aid. For instance, certain federal loan 
programs also require either the passage of 
a period of time or the advancing of a grade 
level between annual maximum borrowing, 
regardless of general eligibility for aid. Other 
general student eligibility requirements for 
a student to receive federal financial aid 
are listed in The Student Guide, a publica- 
tion of the U.S. Department of Education. 

Denial of aid under this policy may be 
appealed to the Committee on Scholarships 
and Student Aid and mailed to P.O. Box 
7246, Winston-Salem, NC 27109-7246, or 
delivered to the Office of Student Financial 
Aid, Reynolda Hall Room 4. The Commit- 
tee may grant a probationary reinstatement 
of one semester (in exceptional cases this 
period may be for one full academic year) 
to any student, upon demonstration of 
extenuating circumstances documented in 
writing to the satisfaction of the Committee. 

Examples of extenuating circumstances 
and appropriate documentation include, but 
are not necessarily limited to the following: 



37 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 



illness of the student or immediate family 
members-statement from physician that 
illness interfered with opportunity for satis- 
factory progress; death in family-statement 
from student or minister; temporary or per- 
manent disability-statement from physician. 
During a probationary period, students 
are considered to be making satisfactory 
academic progress under this policy and 
may continue to receive aid. A determina- 
tion of satisfactory academic progress for 
any period of enrollment after the proba- 
tionary period is made, upon the student's 
written request, at the end of the probation- 
ary period. Reinstatement after probation 
can be made only after the student has 
received credit for the appropriate percent- 
age of work attempted with the required 
GPA. Any student determined ineligible for 
any academic year may request a special 
review at the end of one semester or summer 
term and may thereby be reinstated for all 
or part of the academic year. The student 
must request any such mid-year review in 
writing; otherwise only one determination of 
satisfactory academic progress will be made 
each academic year. Reinstatement cannot 
be made retroactive. 

Scholarships 

The University's merit-based scholarship 
programs for entering first-year students 
are listed first, and require separate ap- 
plication where noted. Other scholarship 
programs follow, and generally do not 
require separate application unless noted 
otherwise. Students wishing to apply for any 
scholarship listing need as a consideration 
should complete the PROFILE applica- 
tion of the College Scholarship Service. 

The Nancy Susan Reynolds Scholarship 
is awarded to up to six extraordinarily 
capable entering first-year students. Made 
possible through the Z. Smith Reynolds 
Foundation, this scholarship annually covers 



the costs of tuition, fees, room and board, 
and includes an allowance for books and 
personal expenses. Scholars may receive 
up to $2,000 each summer for approved 
travel or study projects. The Merit-Based 
Scholarships Application is due December 1. 

The Graylyn Scholarship is awarded to 
an entering first-year student to recognize 
leadership and academic excellence. Made 
possible by the Graylyn International 
Conference Center, this scholarship annually 
covers the costs of tuition, fees, room and 
board. Scholars may receive up to $2,000 
at least one summer for approved travel or 
study projects. The Merit-Based Scholar- 
ships Application is due December 1. 

The Guy T. Carswell Scholarship, awarded 
to entering first-year students possess- 
ing outstanding qualities of intellect and 
leadership, ranges in annual value from 
tuition to tuition, fees, room and board. 
Scholars may receive up to $2,000 at 
least one summer for approved travel or 
study projects. The Merit-Based Scholar- 
ships Application is due January 1. 

The Deal Family Scholarship provides fund- 
ing for the Carswell Scholarship program, 
with preference first to students from 
Catawba, Caldwell, Burke, and Alexander 
Counties, NC; second to other North Caro- 
linians; and third to other students. 

The Joseph G. Gordon Scholarship is 
awarded to up to seven entering first-year 
students showing exceptional promise and 
leadership potential who are members of 
constituencies traditionally underrepresented 
in the College. Made possible through 
the Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation and 
the University, this scholarship annually 
covers the cost of tuition. The Merit-Based 
Scholarships Application is due January 1. 

The Merit Supplemental Scholarship is 
awarded to entering first-year students 
showing exceptional promise and leadership 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 



potential who are members of constituencies 
traditionally underrepresented in the Col- 
lege. The Merit-Based Scholarships Applica- 
tion is due January 1. 

The Presidential Scholarship for Distin- 
guished Achievement, valued at $11,200 
annually, is awarded to up to twenty enter- 
ing first-year students based on exceptional 
talent in art, community service, dance, 
debate, entrepreneurship, leadership, music, 
theatre, and writing. A separate application 
is due December 1. 

The Annenberg Presidential Scholarship, 
as part of the Presidential Scholarships for 
Distinguished Achievement program, assists 
students based on merit, exceptional talent, 
and leadership, with preference to students 
who express strong communication skills, 
such as in the areas of writing or debate. 

The Ceruzzi Presidential Scholarship, as 
part of the Presidential Scholarships for 
Distinguished Achievement program, assists 
students based on merit, exceptional talent, 
and leadership. 

The Kitty Green Presidential Scholarship, 
as part of the Presidential Scholarships for 
Distinguished Achievement program, assists 
students based on merit, exceptional talent, 
and leadership. 

The Louise Patton Hearn Scholarship for 
Human Service, as part of the Presidential 
Scholarships for Distinguished Achieve- 
ment program, assists students who have 
demonstrated exceptional service to 
improve others' well-being and who show 
interest and potential in leading others to 
make similar contributions to humanity. 

The /. Everett Hunter Family Presidential 
Scholarship, as part of the Presidential 
Scholarships for Distinguished Achieve- 
ment program, assists students based on 
merit, exceptional talent, and leadership, 



with preference to students with a strong 
commitment to community service. 

The Strobel Presidential Scholarship, as 
part of the Presidential Scholarships for 
Distinguished Achievement program, assists 
students based on merit, exceptional talent, 
and leadership. 

The Thorkelson Presidential Scholarship, 
as part of the Presidential Scholarships for 
Distinguished Achievement program, assists 
students based on merit, exceptional talent, 
and leadership. 

The William Louis Poteat Scholarship, 
valued at $11,200 annually, is awarded 
to up to twenty entering first-year stu- 
dents who are active members of a North 
Carolina Baptist church and are likely to 
make significant contributions to church 
and society. Financial need is a significant 
factor in the selection of most recipients. 
A separate application is due January 1. 

The Ben T. Aycock JrJMinta Aycock 
McNally Scholarship supports the Wil- 
liam Louis Poteat Scholarship program. 

The Rev. Benjamin S. Beach Scholarship 
supports the William Louis Poteat Scholar- 
ship program. 

The Rev. Edgar Douglas & Jean Sholar 
Christman Scholarship, established by the 
Ministerial Council of Wake Forest Uni- 
versity, supports the William Louis Poteat 
Scholarship program. 

The Ivey L. Cockman Jr. & Claudia G. 
Cockman & Daniel L. Gore & Roberta 
Clyde Edwards Gore Scholarship supports 
the William Louis Poteat Scholarship 
program. 

The H. Max Craig Jr. Scholarship, estab- 
lished by Winfred Norman Hasty Jr., sup- 
ports the William Louis Poteat Scholarship 
program. 



39 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 



The Nathan D. Dail Scholarship, established 
by Robert L. & Barbara D. Whiteman, sup- 
ports the William Louis Poteat Scholarship 
program. 

The Evans Family Scholarship, established 
by Ernest L. & Austine O. Evans, supports 
the William Louis Poteat Scholarship 
program. 

The W. D. & Alberta B. Holleman Memo- 
rial Scholarship supports the William Louis 
Poteat Scholarship program. 

The E. Glen & Joyce Holt Scholarship sup- 
ports the William Louis Poteat Scholarship 
program. 

The Walter & Eva Reynolds Scholarship 
supports the William Louis Poteat Scholar- 
ship program. 

The Roy & Doris Smith Scholarship sup- 
ports the William Louis Poteat Scholarship 
program. 

The Minnie & Fred Stone Scholarship sup- 
ports the William Louis Poteat Scholarship 
program. 

The Army Reserve Officers' Training Corps 
(AROTC) Scholarships are awarded for 
academic and personal achievement and pay 
annually $20,000 for tuition; a flat rate for 
texts, equipment, and supplies; and a subsis- 
tence allowance. Recipients must enroll and 
fully participate in Army ROTC. Four-year 
AROTC scholarships are applied for during 
the latter part of the junior or the early part 
of the senior year of high school. Two- and 
three-year AROTC scholarships are applied 
for during the sophomore and freshman 
years, respectively, through the Department 
of Military Science. 

The Dr. George E. & Lila C. Bradford 
Scholarship, valued at full tuition annually, 
is awarded to an outstanding entering first- 
year student with an intent and capacity to 



prepare for a career in medicine. Scholars 
may receive up to $2,000 at least one sum- 
mer for approved travel or study projects. 
The Merit-Based Scholarships Application is 
due January 1. 

The Junius C. & Eliza P. Brown Scholar- 
ships assist needy and worthy residents of 
North Carolina, with preference to residents 
of Rockingham County, NC. For enter- 
ing first-year students, the Merit-Based 
Scholarships Application is due January 1. 

The Robert P. & Dorothy Caldwell Schol- 
arship is awarded to entering first-year 
students based on academic achievement, 
leadership, community service, and a 
commitment to helping others. A portion 
of these funds gives preference to needy 
students from Gaston and Catawba, 
NC counties. The Merit-Based Scholar- 
ships Application is due January 1. 

The Gary Franklin Culler Scholarship is 
awarded to entering first-year students 
based on ability and leadership potential, 
with preference to students from High 
Point, NC. The Merit-Based Scholar- 
ships Application is due by January 1. 

The Egbert L. Davis Jr. Scholarship is 
awarded to entering first-year students from 
North Carolina demonstrating outstanding 
academic performance, diligence, integ- 
rity, character, leadership, and reasonable 
athletic competence. Awards are renewable 
based on a B average, exemplary personal 
conduct, and participation in the religious 
life of the University. The Merit-Based 
Scholarships Application is due January 1. 

The George Foster Hankins Scholarships 
assist needy and worthy residents of North 
Carolina or children of alumni/ae living 
in other states with preference to residents 
of Davidson County, NC. For entering 
first-year students, the Merit-Based Schol- 
arships Application is due January 1. 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 



40 



The Heritage Scholarship is awarded to 
needy entering first-year students who 
represent the traditional constituency of the 
student body and who show outstanding 
academic achievement or potential, a high 
degree of intellectual curiosity, the enthu- 
siasm and courage to take advantage of a 
college opportunity, a sense of service and 
social responsibility, and perhaps special 
talent in some aspect of the liberal arts. 

The Holding Scholarship, valued at up 
to full tuition annually, is awarded to an 
entering first-year student from North 
Carolina (with strong preference to eastern 
North Carolina) demonstrating strong 
academic talent and exceptional promise in 
civic leadership. Scholars may receive up to 
$2,000 at least one summer for approved 
travel or study projects. The Merit-Based 
Scholarships Application is due December 1 . 

The Marcus C. Miller Scholarship is 
awarded to an entering first-year student 
who has demonstrated innovative use of 
information technology. The Merit-Based 
Scholarships Application is due January 1. 

The Leroy & Teresa Robinson Scholarship 
is awarded to entering first-year students 
from the high schools in Montgomery 
County, NC, based on academic achieve- 
ment, diligence, integrity, character, and 
leadership. The Merit-Based Scholar- 
ships Application is due January 1. 

The K. Wayne Smith Scholarship is awarded 
to needy entering first-year students, with 
preference to residents of Catawba, Burke, 
Caldwell, and Alexander Counties, NC, and 
to children of full-time employees of OCLC, 
Inc. of Dublin, Ohio. The Merit-Based 
Scholarships Application is due January 1. 

The Zachary T. Smith Leadership Scholar- 
ship, established by the Z. Smith Reynolds 
Foundation, is awarded to needy entering 
first-year students from North Carolina 



with outstanding leadership evidence and 
promise, often to reduce loan expectations. 

The Kenneth Monroe Tucker Scholarship is 
awarded to entering first-year students, with 
preference to students from Wilkes, New 
Hanover, or Brunswick Counties, NC. The 
Merit-Based Scholarships Application is due 
January 1. 

The Wake Forest National Merit Scholar- 
ship is awarded to four entering first-year 
students selected by the scholarship com- 
mittee. The annual value is $750, and can 
increase up to $2,000 based on demonstrat- 
ed need. To be considered, students must 
designate Wake Forest as their first-choice 
college in the NMSC testing program. 

The O. W. Wilson Scholarship, valued at full 
tuition annually, is awarded to an entering 
first-year student with superior records and 
excellent potential. Scholars may receive up 
to $2,000 at least one summer for approved 
travel or study projects. The Merit-Based 
Scholarships Application is due December 1. 

The Page W. Acree Humanities in Science 
Scholarship assists students majoring in 
chemistry, physics, biology, mathemat- 
ics, or computer science, who have career 
objectives in medicine or science-related 
fields that require human service, and who 
wish to take unrequired academic work 
in the humanities. A separate application 
to the dean of the College is required. 

The Matthew James Alexander Scholarship 
assists needy students in the Wake Forest 
Dijon, France, program. 

The Charles I. & Louise Allen Scholarship 
assists students planning medical careers, 
based on ability and need. 

The Alumni & General Scholarship assists 
students selected by the scholarship 
committee. 



4i 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 



The Theresa Mae Arnold Scholarship is 
awarded based on ability and need. 

The Camillo Artom Fund for Italian Studies 
assists well-qualified, needy students. A sepa- 
rate application to the provost is required. 

The Baker-Martin Scholarship assists needy 
students who have earned their high school 
diploma in North Carolina and whose par- 
ents (one or both) are employed in education 
or government. Preference is given to resi- 
dents of Cabarrus or Nash, Counties, NC. 

The Hubbard & Lucy Ball Scholarship 
is awarded based on ability and need. 

The Bank of America Leadership Scholar- 
ship assists students majoring in the Callo- 
way School of Business and Accountancy 
and the Department of Economics, with 
preference to needy students and to students 
who help achieve and sustain the diversity 
of the student body. Application is made 
through the Wayne Calloway School of 
Business and Accountancy and the Depart- 
ment of Economics. 

The Donald Alan Baur Memorial Scholar- 
ship is awarded based on leadership, dedi- 
cation, competitiveness, and citizenship, 
with preference to members of Sigma Chi 
Fraternity. 

The Gaither M. Beam Sr. Scholarship is 
awarded based on ability and need, with 
preference to residents of Franklin County, 

NC. 

The George M. & Daisy Olive Beavers 
Scholarship assists one student on the basis 
of leadership, citizenship, and character. 

The James Wallace Beavers Scholarship as- 
sists first-year students and may be renewed 
for three years of undergraduate study. 

The Becton Family Scholarship assists a 
premedical student based on ability and 



need, with first preference to students from 
Augusta, GA, and second to other students 
from Georgia. 

The /. Irvin Biggs Scholarship is awarded 
based on ability and need, with preference 
to students from Lumberton or Robeson 
Counties, NC. 

The Blackbyrd Scholarship assists a chem- 
istry major, with preference to the student 
having the second highest overall grade 
point average. 

The Jean Boatwright Scholarship assists 
students from middle income families, with 
preference to students who have exhibited 
strong community service. 

The John W. Boatwright Scholarship is based 
on leadership. Need may be a consideration 
but not a required or controlling factor. 

The Ann Levitt Brenner Scholarship, estab- 
lished by M. Van Brenner, Richard A. and 
Felice R. Brenner, and Lawrence M. and 
Sally B. Wolfish, assists needy students, with 
preference to females who do not receive an 
athletic scholarship. 

The B. Macon Brewer Scholarship assists 
undergraduate students. Need may be a 
consideration but not a required or control- 
ling factor. 

The Robert C. Bridger Jr. Scholarship assists 
a senior major in the Wayne Calloway 
School of Business and Accountancy, based 
on ability and need, with preference to 
residents of Bladen County, NC. Applica- 
tion is made through the Wayne Calloway 
School of Business and Accountancy. 

The Thomas H. Briggs Scholarship assists 
deserving students. 

The William D. Brigman Scholarship assists 
a student in the Wayne Calloway School of 
Business and Accountancy based on ability 
and leadership. Application is made through 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 



42 



the Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy. 

The H. Grady Britt Scholarship assists 
students in the Department of Biology. 

The Claude U. Broach Scholarship gives 
preference to students from St. John's 
Baptist Church of Charlotte, NC. 

The Gov. J. Melville & Alice W. Brough- 
ton Scholarship assists a North Carolina 
student based on ability and need. 

The Paul Clark Brown Jr. Memorial Scholar- 
ship assists a needy student studying at the 
Worrell House. 

The Dean D. B. Bryan Memorial Scholar- 
ship is awarded based on ability and need 
to students planning a career in education. 
Recipients must work in the education 
field for a minimum of five years following 
graduation or must repay the scholarship to 
the University. 

The Jack Buchanan Scholarship is awarded 
based on ability and need, with preference 
to students from western North Carolina 
planning a business major. 

The Julian W. & Martha B. Bunn Scholar- 
ship, established by Thomas W & Gail 
W. Bunn, assists needy North Carolinians 
attending the Wayne Calloway School of 
Business and Accountancy. Application is 
made through the Wayne Calloway School 
of Business and Accountancy. 

The Lib & Joyner Burns Scholarship is 
awarded based on ability and need, with 
preference first to students having a physi- 
cal handicap and second to students from 
Forsyth or Guilford Counties, NC. 

The D. Wayne Calloway Scholarship assists 
students attending the Wayne Calloway 
School of Business and Accountancy Sum- 
mer Management Program for liberal arts 



majors. Application is made through the 
Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy. 

The John Douglas Cannon Scholarship 
assists first-year students based on ability 
and need, with preference to students from 
Rock Hill, SC. 

The James Lee Carver Memorial Scholarship 
assists needy students with preference to res- 
idents of Oxford Orphanage in Oxford, NC. 

The /. D. Cave Memorial Scholarship assists 
a North Carolina male student who dem- 
onstrates character, a willingness to grow 
intellectually, and need. 

The Neal M. Chastain Memorial Scholarship 
assists a senior business major exhibiting 
ability and Christian ideals. Application is 
made through the Wayne Calloway School 
of Business and Accountancy. 

The Chi Rho Scholarship assists members of 
the Christian men's a capella group Chi Rho, 
based on merit, leadership, dedication to Chi 
Rho, and a strong commitment to Christ. 

The W. H. & Callie Anne Coughlin Clark 
Scholarship gives preference to needy 
students. 

The Cobb Foundation Scholarship is 
awarded based on ability and need, with 
preference first to students from Oxford 
Orphanage or other children's homes and 
second to students from Granville or Vance 
Counties, NC. 

The Elton C. Cocke Memorial Scholarship 
assists outstanding students majoring in 
biology. 

The Wake Forest College Scholarship assists 
students with satisfactory academic records 
and need. 

The Johnnie Collins HI Drama Scholarship 
assists a first-year student showing promise 
for success in professional entertainment. 



43 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 



The William & Susan Collins Scholarship 
assists students from the Commonwealth of 
Virginia, with preference to students from 
certain counties and cities in southwestern 
Virginia. 

The Julius Harshaw Corpening & Julius 
Shakespeare Corpening Scholarship assists 
needy students, with preference to residents 
of Burke County, NC, and Lancaster 
County, SC. 

The Howard F. & Ruby C. Costello Scholar- 
ship assists needy students. 

The Cotman-Proctor Scholarship assists a 
needy student representing those students 
historically underrepresented at the 
University. 

The O. B. Crowell Memorial Scholarship 
is awarded based on character, need, and 
promise. 

The Eleanor Lay field Davis Art Schol- 
arship assists a student with interest 
and ability in studio art, who has been 
recommended by the chair of the art 
department, to exemplify the talents and 
interests of Eleanor Layfield Davis. 

The Mrs. Paul Price Davis Scholarship 
assists North Carolina students, with 
preference to residents of Baptist Children's 
Homes of North Carolina. 

The Thomas H. Davis Business Scholarship 
assists a senior business major based on 
academic achievement, need, and potential 
for business leadership. Application is made 
through the Wayne Calloway School of 
Business and Accountancy. 

The Otis William Deese Presidential 
Scholarship is awarded to needy students 
as a supplement to the Presidential Scholar- 
ships for Distinguished Achievement. 

The John & Margaret Newett Dixon 
Scholarship assists needy students, with 



preference to students pursuing a master's 
degree in accountancy. Application is 
made through the Wayne Calloway 
School of Business and Accountancy. 

The Justus & Elizabeth S. Drake Scholar- 
ship assists an English major with ability 
and need, upon the recommendation of the 
English department. 

The Barry & Ann Griffin Driggs Scholar- 
ship assists juniors or seniors majoring 
in mathematics, with preference to those 
with need, a meritorious academic record, 
and an interest in applied mathematics. 

The Kate Dunn-Florence Weaver Scholar- 
ship primarily assists North Carolinians, 
with preference to women whose college 
careers have been interrupted by causes 
beyond their reasonable control, and 
based on academic performance, diligence, 
integrity, character, and leadership. 

The Fred H. Duvall Scholarship assists 
needy students. 

The Dean Robert Dyer Scholarship Fund 
for International Students assists students 
from countries other than the United States 
of America. Application is made through 
the Center for International Studies. 

The Eddins Family Scholarship assists 
students based on ability, character, in- 
tegrity, leadership, and a desire to make a 
contribution in their communities, with first 
preference to residents of Stanly County, 
NC, and second preference to students 
from North Carolina and South Carolina. 

The Amanda Edwards Memorial Scholar- 
ship assists needy students with travel 
expenses for study abroad in the Wake 
Forest Venice program, with preference to 
students with demonstrated commitment 
to community service and volunteerism. 

The Ernst & Young International Scholar- 
ship assists an accountancy student or 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 



44 



rising accountancy student in the master of 
science in accountancy program. Applica- 
tion is made through the Wayne Calloway 
School of Business and Accountancy. 

The Douglas Esherick Scholarship assists 
a member of the Sigma Chi fraternity. 

The Eubank Scholarship assists needy 
students from low and middle income 
families and students who are in the first 
generation of their families to attend college. 

The James Grady Faulk Scholarship assists 
needy North Carolinians, with preference to 
residents of Union County. 

The First Citizens South Carolina Scholar- 
ship assists needy students who have been 
residents of South Carolina for at least the 
previous five years before entering Wake 
Forest. 

The Theodore & Freda Fisher Scholarship 
assists North Carolina students with need 
and with grade point averages in the C and 
low B categories. 

The Bobbie Fletcher Memorial Scholarship 
is awarded based on ability and leadership 
to a female from North Carolina, possessing 
the qualities of kindness, thoughtfulness, 
unselfishness, patience, and determination. 
Preference is given to needy students. 

The Lecausey P. & hula H. Freeman Schol- 
arship assists a needy non-senior whose 
home is within the West Chowan Baptist 
Association of North Carolina, with prefer- 
ence to Bertie County students. Residents 
of the Roanoke Association may also be 
considered. 

The Wallace G. Freemon Memorial Scholar- 
ship assists needy premedical students. 

The F. Lee Fulton Scholarship is based on 
leadership, citizenship, character, ability, and 
need. 



The James Walker Fulton Jr. Scholarship is 
awarded based on need and merit, with pref- 
erence to students who meet one or more of 
the following conditions: North Carolina 
resident, evangelical Christian, member of 
Kappa Alpha, or varsity basketball player. 

The Gaddy Scholarship assists needy North 
Carolina students, with preference to resi- 
dents of Anson, Union, and Wake Counties. 

The Lewis Reed Gaskin Scholarship is 
awarded based on ability and potential as a 
physician. 

The Daniel Eugene & Beulah B. Gatewood 
Scholarship assists an undergraduate 
accountancy major based on merit and 
need. Application is made through the 
Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy. 

The A. Royall Gay Scholarship is awarded 
based on scholarship, character, and high 
ideals, with preference to residents of 
Youngsville, NC. 

The James W. Gill Scholarship gives 
preference to students from Montgomery 
and Prince Georges Counties, MD. 

The Samuel T. Gladding Scholarship assists 
students based on merit, leadership, and 
community service, with preference to 
students from Alabama. 

The Eugene Basil Glover Memorial Scholar- 
ship is awarded based on ability and need, 
with slight preference to students from 
Halifax County, NC. 

The Wallace Barger Goebel Scholarship is 
based on ability and need, with first prefer- 
ence to a student interested in literature, 
second preference to a student interested in 
history, and third preference to a student 
enrolled in the premedical program. 



45 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 



The Edward H. Greason Scholarship assists 
needy students, with preference to residents 
of Wake County, NC. 

The Kitty Green & Hobart Jones College 
Scholarship assists needy students. 

The George Washington Greene Memorial 
Scholarship assists the rising senior in the 
Delta Chapter of Phi Beta Kappa who has 
the highest academic average, upon the rec- 
ommendation of the chair of Delta Chapter. 

The Kelley & Margaret Griffith Baptist 
Student Union Fund assists student members 
of the Baptist Student Union. 

The Stanley McClayton Guthrie Scholarship 
assists a needy student, with preference to 
students from Halifax County, VA, then to 
children of Wake Forest alumni. 

The David Hadley/Worrell House Scholar- 
ship assists a student in the Wake Forest 
London program who would incur excessive 
financial sacrifices without the scholarship. 

The John Locksley Hall Scholarship assists 
needy North Carolinians interested in 
business careers, with preference to intercol- 
legiate athletes. 

The Fuller Hamrick Scholarship assists 
students from the Mills Home in Thomas- 
ville, NC. 

The George G. & Georgine M. Harper 
Scholarship assists students with potential 
and need, with preference to North 
Carolinians. 

The Henry Russell & Clara Stephenson 
Harris Scholarship assists a senior busi- 
ness major who plans to pursue a career in 
banking, based on ability and need. Applica- 
tion is made through the Wayne Calloway 
School of Business and Accountancy. 



The M. Elizabeth Harris Music Scholarship 
assists a music major, based on ability and 
need, with preference to a student whose 
primary interest is church music. 

The William R. Hartness Jr. Scholarship 
assists needy North Carolinians. 

The Margaret S. Hasty Memorial Scholar- 
ship assists female students based on ability 
and need, and is renewable if the student 
places in the upper third of her class. 

The Thomas K. Hearn Jr. Fund for Civic 
Responsibility recognizes and promotes 
civic responsibility and leadership among 
students. 

The Elizabeth Hawks Herring Scholarship 
assists needy and meritorious students, 
with preference to sociology majors. 

The Hixson Fund provides assistance to stu- 
dents in the Wake Forest London program. 

The Frank P. Hobgood Scholarship assists 
students based on character, purpose, intel- 
ligence, and need, with preference to stu- 
dents who plan to enter the ministry, do 
religious work, become teachers or lawyers, 
the preference being in the order named, for 
the residents of the Reidsville area recom- 
mended by the deacons of the First Baptist 
Church of Reidsville. 

The /. Sam Holbrook Scholarship assists 
needy students. 

The Forrest H. Hollifield Scholarship 
assists upperclass students with evidence 
of character and need, with preference to 
natives of Rowan and Rutherford Coun- 
ties, NC, and to members of the Delta 
Nu Chapter of Sigma Chi Fraternity. 

The Murray A. Honeycutt Scholarship 
assists a needy male student. 

The Horton Family Scholarship assists 
needy students, with preference to North 
Carolinians with demonstrated serious 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 



4 6 



academic ability and dedication, and com- 
mitment to civic or volunteer work or a 
particular talent in the arts or athletics. 

The Hubert Humphrey Studies Abroad 
Scholarship, based on need and merit, 
assists students in the Wake Forest pro- 
grams in London, Venice, or Vienna. 

The Jeanette Wallace Hyde Scholarship 
is based on need and ability, with prefer- 
ence to female students from Yadkin 
County, NC, who are political science 
majors or are planning to pursue a career 
in social work or guidance counseling. 

The Stanton B. Ingram Scholarship as- 
sists needy students, with preference first 
to students from Alabama, and second 
to students from Mississippi, Georgia, 
Louisiana, Tennessee, or Florida. 

The Japan Foundation Grants for study 
in Japan are available through application 
with the Center for International Studies. 

The H. Broadus Jones Scholarship assists 
a rising senior student showing superior 
achievement in English and outstanding 
character. 

The Jones-Holder Business Scholarship as- 
sists a rising senior business major. Applica- 
tion is made through the Wayne Calloway 
School of Business and Accountancy. 

The Dyeann B. & Henry H. Jordan II 
Theatre Scholarship assists theatre majors. 
Application is made through the theatre 
department. 

The John Council Joyner Sr. Scholarship 
is awarded based on merit and need to a 
North Carolinian. 

The Rhoda C. & Davin E. Juckett Scholar- 
ship assists needy students with a GPA of at 
least 2.8 

The Jay H. Kegerreis Scholarship assists 
continuing students having a 3.0 grade 



point average, high moral character, and 
a willingness to work diligently and to 
make personal sacrifices to attend college. 

The /. Lee Keiger Sr. Scholarship assists 
North Carolinians with preference to 
students from the ALLTEL-Carolina 
Telephone Company service region. 

The Senah C. & C. A. Kent Scholarships are 
awarded on the basis of leadership, merit, 
and need. The scholarship committee nomi- 
nates recipients and provides an application 
to be submitted to the Kent Foundation. 

The George Yancey Kerr & Albert Yancey 
Kerr Scholarship assists needy students. 

The Alice Caldwell Ketner Scholarship, 
established by Henry Ernest Ketner, assists 
needy students, with preference to males 
from Rowan and Cabarrus Counties, NC. 

The Connie Williams King Scholarship 
assists residents of Nashville, TN, or 
Davidson County, TN, with preference to 
needy students. 

The Kirkpatrick-Howell Memorial Schol- 
arship assists members of the Sigma 
Chi Fraternity, or other students upon 
recommendation by the Kirkpatrick- 
Howell Memorial Scholarship Board. 

The Krahnert-Cantin Family Scholarship 
assists needy students, with preference 
to residents of North Carolina or New 
Jersey who have indicated that Wake 
Forest is their preferred choice. 

The Roena B. & Retro Kulynych Scholarship 
assists needy students, with preference first 
to students from Wilkes County, NC, and 
second to students from Avery County, NC. 

The Kutteh Family Scholarship assists needy 
students with strong preference first to stu- 
dents from Iredell County, NC, and second 
to students from its contiguous counties. 



47 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 



The Randall D. Ledford Scholarship assists 
physics majors. 

The E. Carwile & Garnette Hughes LeRoy 
Scholarship assists needy students from 
Bertie, Chowan, Currituck, Dare, Hertford, 
Hyde, Gates, Martin, Northampton, Perqui- 
mans, Pasquotank, Tyrell, or Washington 
Counties, NC. 

The Charles L. Little Scholarship assists 
students with ability and need. 

The Thomas D. & Betty H. Long Scholar- 
ship assists needy students, with prefer- 
ence to those from Person County, NC, 
and second to other North Carolinians. 

The Lowden Family Scholarship assists 
needy students with preference first to 
students from Montgomery County and 
second to students from Anson, Stanly, 
Davidson, Randolph, Moore, or Richmond 
Counties, NC. 

The Lowe's Food Scholarship assists 
students in the Wayne Calloway School 
of Business and Accountancy on the basis 
of merit and with preference to students 
from North Carolina and Virginia. Applica- 
tion is made through the Wayne Calloway 
School of Business and Accountancy. 

The MacAnderson Scholarship assists stu- 
dents studying a foreign language, preferably 
at a university in Europe. Application is 
made through the financial aid office. 

The Dr. George C. Mackie Sr. Scholarship 
assists junior and senior premedical students 
based on need and merit. 

The Heather Ann Maier Scholarship assists 
needy Christian students, with preference to 
female students from Maryland, Delaware, 
Pennsylvania, New Jersey, New York, 
Connecticut, or the District of Columbia, 
who are interested in pursuing a career in a 
business-related field. 



The Elton W. Manning Scholarship assists 
students based on need and merit, with 
preference to students from eastern North 
Carolina. 

The Lex Marsh Scholarship assists North 
Carolinians based on need and merit. 

The James Capel Mason Scholarship assists 
worthy students. 

The Burke M. McConnell Management 
Excellence Scholarship assists the senior in 
the Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy with the highest grade point 
average. Application is made through the 
Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy. 

The Wilma L. McCurdy Memorial Scholar- 
ship is awarded on the basis of character, 
academic standing, and need. 

The Thane Edward McDonald and Marie 
Dayton McDonald Memorial Scholarship 
assists a music student. Application is 
made to the Department of Music. 

The James McDougald Scholarship assists 
students first from Robeson County and 
second from Scotland County, NC, on the 
basis of leadership and ethics, academic 
preparation, desire, community pride, and 
financial need. 

The McGladrey & Pullen Scholarship 
assists a senior accountancy major based 
on merit, need, and interest in public 
accounting. Application is made through 
the Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy. 

The Robert A. & Margaret Pope Mc- 
Intyre Scholarship gives preference to 
students from Robeson County, NC. 

The Bernard F. McLeod Jr. Scholarship as- 
sists students from middle income families, 
with preference to North Carolinians. 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 



4 8 



The Medlin Scholarship assists students 
from middle income families with preference 
to North Carolinians. 

The Jasper L. Memory Scholarship assists 
students selected by the Department of 
Education. 

The Ted & Nancy Meredith Scholarship 
assists art majors who are taking, or plan- 
ning to take, courses or studies in studio 
art, and who demonstrate strong academic 
performance, diligence, integrity, character, 
and leadership. Need is a consideration 
but not a required or controlling factor. 

The Robert Lee Middleton Scholarship 
is awarded based on character, purpose, 
intelligence, and need, with preference to 
a student planning to enter the field of litera- 
ture, accountancy, teaching, or the gospel 
ministry or other full-time religious work. 

The Mildred Bronson Miller Scholarship 
assists students based on leadership, dedica- 
tion, competitiveness, and citizenship. 

The Gail Sawyer Moore Scholarship, 
established by Ernest Linwood Moore, 
assists North Carolina women. 

The Thomas E. & Ruth Mullen Scholarship, 
valued at $1,500 annually, is awarded 
through the Upperclass Carswell Scholar- 
ship Program to outstanding undergraduates 
with a minimum of one year of academic 
work at the University. A separate appli- 
cation is due October 15. 

The Charlie & Addie Myers Memorial 
Scholarship assists pre-ministerial students 
or students contributing to Christianity. 

The Hiram Abif Myers III Scholarship 
assists a senior from Roswell High School, 
Roswell, GA, who best exemplifies the 
ideals and characteristics of Bif Myers. 
The candidate is recommended by the 
Roswell High School principal. 



The R. Frank Nanney Scholarship gives 
preference first to students from Rutherford 
County, NC, and second to other North 
Carolinians. 

The George Thompson Noel, M.D., Mem- 
orial Scholarship is based on ability and 
need, with preference to students from 
Cabarrus County and North Carolina. 

The Norfleet Scholarships assist needy 
students. 

The North Carolina Contractual Scholar- 
ship, made available by the North Carolina 
General Assembly through the State Con- 
tractual Scholarship Fund, is awarded 
to needy North Carolinians. 

The Nostitz International Travel Fund as- 
sists students from middle income families, 
who are studying abroad in a program ap- 
proved by Wake Forest in London, Vienna, 
or Venice. 

The Gordon Alexander O'Brien Scholarship 
is awarded based on ability and need, with 
preference to students from Rockingham 
County, NC. 

The Curtis Eugene Overby Sr. Scholarship 
is awarded based on ability, need, and 
leadership to a North Carolina junior or 
senior majoring in communication, with 
an interest in broadcasting. Preference is 
given to students from Forsyth, Rocking- 
ham, and Caswell Counties, NC. 

The Dr. James Barry Douglas Palmer 
Scholarship, sponsored by the Bristol-Myers 
Squibb Company, assists needy juniors with 
a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or 
greater who are biology, chemistry or phys- 
ics majors with special interests in biomedi- 
cal or biological sciences. 

The Benjamin Wingate Parham Scholarship 
is awarded based on ability and need. 



49 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 



The Parrella Family Scholarship assists 
needy students, with preference to students 
with a career interest in a health profes- 
sion, and with preference first to students 
from the Bronx or nearby areas, second to 
students from New Jersey, third to students 
from states contiguous to New Jersey, 
and fourth to students from other middle 
Atlantic states. 

The Perkins-Prothro Foundation Scholarship 
assists needy Texas residents. 

The H. Franklin Perritt HI Memorial Schol- 
arship assists one or more rising sophomores 
enrolled in the Reserve Officers' Training 
Corps, based on leadership. Application is 
made through the Department of Military 
Science. 

The Thomas F. Pettus Scholarship is based 
on merit and need, with preference to North 
Carolina Baptists. 

The /. Robert Philpott Scholarship assists 
needy North Carolinians. 

The Dr. Dorn Carl Pittman & Betty Mitch- 
ell Pittman Scholarship assists students from 
middle income families, with preference 
to residents of Alamance County, NC, and 
second preference to students whose grand- 
parent or parent is a Wake Forest alumnus. 

The Presidential Aide Scholarship is award- 
ed by the Office of the President. 

The Mark Christopher Pruitt Scholarship 
assists a junior or senior premedical student 
and a member of the Delta Omega Chapter 
of Kappa Sigma Fraternity, based on need 
and merit. 

The H. Ray Pullium Scholarship is awarded 
based on ability and need, with preference 
to students from North Carolina Baptist 
Children's homes. 



The Beulah Lassiter and Kenneth Tyson 
Raynor Scholarship assists students in math- 
ematics and English. Application is made 
through these two departments. 

The Redwine Scholarship assists needy 
students. 

The Mark H. Reece Sr. Scholarship, estab- 
lished by John E. Reece II, assists needy 
students, with preference to student athletes 
participating in a varsity sport. 

The Reifler Family Scholarship assists needy 
students with artistic ability, with prefer- 
ence first to students who have declared or 
intend to declare a major in studio art and 
second to students who have declared or 
intend to declare a minor in studio art. 

The Oliver D. & Caroline Revell Scholar- 
ship assists needy pre-ministerial students or 
needy students entering full-time Christian 
service. 

The Revelle Family Scholarship assists needy 
students from Northampton and Hertford 
Counties, with second preference to students 
from other areas of northeastern North 
Carolina. 

The Reynolds North Carolina Scholarship, 
established by the Z. Smith Reynolds Foun- 
dation, assists needy North Carolinians from 
middle income families. 

The William & Treva Richardson Scholar- 
ship assists undergraduate students. 

The Roy O. Rodwell Sr. Scholarship assists 
a student each year up to the cost of tuition, 
with preference to North Carolinians. 

The George D. Rovere Scholarship assists 
a student planning to become an athletic 
trainer. 

The Joe & Frances Rowell Scholarship 
gives preference to needy and meritorious 
students from the Bristol, TN, area. 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 



50 



The William Royall Scholarship assists 
classical studies students, with preference 
to students planning travel to classical sites. 
Application is made through the Depart- 
ment of Classical Languages. 

The William Lee Rudd & Ruth Crosby 
Rudd Scholarship assists worthy and needy 
students majoring in religion. 

The W. D. Sanders Scholarship is awarded 
for language study in Germany or Austria, 
to sophomores, juniors, or seniors who 
have completed German 153 or above. The 
scholarship is designated in order of priority, 
for summer language study, semester or year 
programs with the Institute of European 
Studies (IES), or junior year abroad pro- 
grams with other institutions. Application is 
made through the Department of German 
and Russian. 

The Scales International Studies Scholarship 
supports study outside the United States. 
Application is made through the Center for 
International Studies. 

The Mark Schurmeier 9/1 1 Peace Fund 
assists undergraduate students who are resi- 
dents of the U.S., based on merit and need, 
with preference to students directly affected 
by the September 11, 2001, terrorist attacks 
on the U.S., or other victims of political, 
social, or religious terrorism. The fund may 
also support student projects, travel, or 
academic studies dedicated to the reduction 
or elimination of terrorist activities and the 
promotion of peace. 

The John Aaron & Vida Lee P. Senter 
Scholarship assists North Carolinians based 
on ability, diligence, integrity, character, and 
leadership, with preference to residents of 
Harnett County, NC, and active members of 
a Baptist church in North Carolina. 

The Emily Crandall Shaw Scholarship 
in Liberal Arts is made through the art, 
English, music, and theatre departments to 



a student who best exemplifies a diverse 
interest in literature, art, music, and theatre. 

The Sara Jo Brownlow Shearer Scholarship 
is awarded to students specializing in areas 
of learning disabilities. 

The Franklin R. Shirley Debate Scholarship 
assists students with debate experience who 
successfully participate in the University's 
debate program. 

The Daniel R. & Barbara F. Shouvlin Schol- 
arship assists students who help achieve and 
sustain the diversity of the student body. 

The Adelaide Alexander Sink Scholarship 
assists students from middle income families, 
with first preference to Florida residents 
who will help achieve and sustain the diver- 
sity of the student body, and second prefer- 
ence to similar residents of other states. 

The Kester A. Sink Scholarship assists 
students from middle income families 
who are residents of Surry County, NC. 

The John William Slate, M.D., Scholarship 
assists premedical students, with preference 
to those from western North Carolina. 

The Joseph Pleasant & Marguerite Nutt 
Sloan Memorial Scholarship is awarded to 
an applied music student based on ability 
and need. Application is made through the 
Department of Music. 

The Fred Smith Company Scholarship assists 
needy students from Johnston County, NC. 

The Ann Lewallan Spencer & Lewallan 
Family Scholarship assists needy children of 
alumni. 

The William K. Stamey Scholarship assists 
needy students from North Carolina and 
other nearby areas of the University's 
historic constituency. 

The William G. Starling Scholarship assists 
needy students based on their ability, 



51 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 



character, integrity, leadership, and desire to 
make a contribution to the community in 
which they live. 

The C. V. Starr Foundation Scholarship as- 
sists needy students. 

The Gilbert T Stephenson Scholarship is 
based on ability and need to a student from 
Kirby Township or Northampton County, 

NC. 

The Sigmund Sternberger Scholarship assists 
needy North Carolinians, with preference 
to students from Greensboro and Guilford 
County, NC. 

The John Belk Stevens Scholarship in 
Business assists senior business majors with 
particular interests in retailing or market- 
ing. Application is made through the Wayne 
Calloway School of Business and Accoun- 
tancy. 

The Edna & Ethel Stowe Scholarship gives 
preference to female students with a physical 
disability. 

The/. W. Straughan Scholarship assists needy 
students, with preference to students from 
Duplin County, NC, who are interested in 
pursuing a medical career (especially in the 
field of family practice). 

The Study Abroad Scholarship assists 
students with a minimum 3.0 grade point 
average through application with the Center 
for International Studies. 

The Robert L. Sullivan Fund may be used 
to assist students in the biology major. 

The Amos Arthur Swann Scholarship 
assists needy students from Sevier County, 
TN, or other Tennessee counties. 

The Ralph Judson Sykes Scholarship assists 
North Carolinians based on need, moral 
character, and Christian fellowship. 



The Saddye Stephenson & Benjamin 
Louis Sykes Scholarship is awarded 
based on Christian character, academic 
proficiency, and need, with preference to 
first-year students from North Carolina. 

The Walter Low Tatum Scholarship in 
Mathematics provides in alternate years 
a renewable merit scholarship. The sti- 
pends of $500 each for the first two years 
are replaced by $5,000 awards in each 
of the last two years, provided that the 
recipient fulfills the expectation to enroll 
in and maintain a major in mathematics. 

The Augustine John Taylor & Roby Ellis 
Taylor Accountancy Scholarship assists 
accountancy students, with preference to 
students with a permanent residence within 
fifty miles of Winston-Salem. Application 
is made through the Wayne Calloway 
School of Business and Accountancy. 

The H. Howell Taylor Jr. Risk Management 
Scholarship assists students interested in 
a career in risk management. Application 
is made through the Wayne Calloway 
School of Business and Accountancy. 

The Russell Taylor Scholarship assists an 
entering first-year student with a distin- 
guished record in citizenship and scholar- 
ship. Preference is given to students planning 
careers in the areas of religion or law, 
students exemplifying positive principles 
of the Christian faith, needy students, 
and students from Iredell County, NC. 

The Thomas C. Taylor Scholarship Fund 
for International Studies assists accoun- 
tancy majors studying outside the United 
States, or studying international studies 
within the United States, based on integ- 
rity, compassion, cooperativeness, and a 
record of academic achievement. Applica- 
tion is made through the Wayne Calloway 
School of Business and Accountancy. 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 



52- 



The Teague Scholarship assists needy stu- 
dents interested in entrepreneurism. Applica- 
tion is made through the Wayne Calloway 
School of Business and Accountancy. 

The Fred N. Thompson Sr. Scholarship 
assists needy students, with preference to 
residents of Virginia counties south and east 
of the city of Richmond. 

The Lowell & Anne Smith Tillett Scholar- 
ship assists students studying in, or whose 
residence is located in, Central and Eastern 
Europe, Russia, and other countries in the 
former Soviet Union. Application is made 
through the Center for International Studies. 

The Harold Wayland & Nelle Futch Tribble 
Scholarship assists students with superior 
academic ability. 

The George Nelson Turner Scholarship 
assists students based on leadership ability 
and merit, with preference to those from 
North Carolina, who graduated from a 
public high school, who were academically 
ranked in the top third of the high school 
class, who lettered in a varsity sport while 
attending high school, and who participate 
in Christian religious and community 
service activities. Need is a consideration 
but not a required or controlling factor. 

The Tyner-Pitman Scholarship assists needy 
North Carolinians. 

The Captain Mario G. & Katrina Tanner 
Vangeli Memorial Scholarship assists 
students studying Italian in the Department 
of Romance Languages. 

The Howard C. Vaughan Scholarship, 
assists needy students, with preference to 
those from the North Carolina counties of 
Northampton, Gates, Chowan, Hertford, 
Bertie, Martin, and Halifax. 

The R. Stanley Vaughan/Pricewaterhouse- 
Coopers Scholarship assists accountancy 
majors and students enrolled in the master's 



program in accountancy, with preference to 
fourth-year students. Application is made 
through the Wayne Calloway School of 
Business and Accountancy. 

The Venable Scholarship assists students 
with academic ability and leadership poten- 
tial, with preference to descendents of Nora 
M. Venable. 

The Wake Forest Cultural Diversity Scholar- 
ship, established by Linda J. Gamble, assists 
students whose residence is outside of the 
United States, based on academic ability and 
potential to add to the diversity and cultural 
awareness of the Wake Forest community. 

The Gerald C. Wallace Jr. Scholarship assists 
needy students from North Carolina, South 
Carolina, and Georgia. 

The Mitchell W. Wallace Scholarship gives 
preference to North Carolinians. Need is a 
consideration, but not a required or control- 
ling factor. 

The Brian James Watkins Scholarship assists 
students based on demonstrated leader- 
ship ability, community involvement, and 
character, with preference to students from 
North Carolina, Mississippi, and Delaware. 

The Watkins-Richardson Scholarship 
assists students from the southeastern 
United States with academic ability and 
leadership potential. Awards are renew- 
able provided the recipient ranks in the 
top third of his or her class and contin- 
ues to display leadership potential. 

The Weir Family Scholarship assists needy 
students. 

The /. Andrews White Scholarship assists 
deserving students. 

The James G. White Memorial Scholarship 
assists needy students with academic 
performance in the upper half of their class. 



53 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 



The Alexander Hines Whitley Jr. Scholarship 
assists qualified students. 

The A. Tab Williams Scholarship assists 
needy North Carolinians. 

The Graham & Flossie Williams Scholar- 
ship, established by James T Williams, gives 
preference to needy students from Yadkin 
County, NC. 

The Jesse A. Williams Scholarship gives 
preference to deserving students from Union 
County, NC. 

The Leonidas Polk Williams Sr. Scholarship 
assists students from Chowan, Camden, and 
Pasquotank Counties, NC, on the basis of 
merit. 

The John G. Williard Scholarship assists 
middle income students, with preference 
to students from Davie County, NC. 

The James Bennett Willis Scholarship 
gives preference to needy North Carolina 
Baptist students interested in the ministry 
and Christian education. Application is 
made through the Department of Reli- 
gion or the Department of Philosophy. 

The Marie Thornton Willis & Miriam 
Carlyle Willis Scholarship gives preference 
to needy North Carolina Baptist students 
interested in music ministry. 

The Charles Littell Wilson Scholarship 
assists needy students. 

The Ellis & Helen Wilson Scholarship as- 
sists needy students, with preference to those 
from central Florida. 

The O.W. Wilson-Yancey County Scholar- 
ship assists needy students from Yancey 
County, NC, with excellent academic 
records. 

The Phillip W. Wilson/Peat Marwick Memo- 
rial Scholarship assists a senior accountancy 
major with demonstrated leadership skills, 



outstanding interpersonal skills, and a 
strong commitment to the community and 
the accountancy profession. The recipient 
must also be in the top fifth of his or her 
class based on a grade point average within 
the Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy. Application is made through 
the Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy. 

The Dr. B. L. & Betty Ferrell Woodard 
Scholarship assists needy students as part of 
the Hankins Scholarship program, with first 
preference to applicants attending North 
Johnston High School in Kenly, NC, second 
preference to residents of Johnston County, 
NC, third preference to residents of a county 
contiguous to Johnston County, and fourth 
preference to North Carolina residents. 

The William H. & Anne M. Woody Memo- 
rial Scholarship is awarded based on char- 
acter, scholastic achievement, and need, with 
preference to students from Person County, 
NC, and to students intending careers in 
medicine, education, and ministry. 

The William Luther Wyatt HI Scholarship 
assists needy students with interest and 
ability in biology, with preference to a 
male student entering the junior year. 

The Leon Wilson Wynne & Mary Ferebee 
Wynne Scholarship assists needy students, 
with first preference to residents of Martin 
County, NC, and second preference to 
residents of the North Carolina counties 
of Beaufort, Bertie, Camden, Chowan, 
Craven, Currituck, Dare, Edgecombe, 
Gates, Greene, Halifax, Hertford, Hyde, 
Johnston, Lenior, Nash, Northampton, 
Pamlico, Pasquotank, Perquimans, Pitt, 
Tyrrell, Washington, Wayne, and Wilson. 

The Matthew T. Yates Scholarship assists 
needy children of missionaries of the 
International Mission Board of the Southern 
Baptist Convention. Applicants should 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 



54 



notify the Office of Student Financial Aid of 
their eligibility to be considered. 

Federal Financial 
Aid Programs 

The federal government, through the De- 
partment of Education, sponsors a number 
of aid programs for education. Among 
these programs are Federal Pell Grants, 
Federal Supplement Educational Oppor- 
tunity Grants (FSEOG), Federal Work- 
Study (FWS), Federal Perkins Loans, and 
Federal Family Education Loans (including 
Federal Stafford Loans, both subsidized 
and unsubsidized, and PLUS Loans). 

To receive assistance through these 
programs, a student must complete the 
necessary applications, meet basic eligibil- 
ity requirements, and maintain satisfactory 
academic progress. 

Federal aid programs are described 
more fully in the Wake Forest University 
brochure "Undergraduate Need-Based Aid 
Information," and in the federal publica- 
tion "The Student Guide," available upon 
request from the financial aid office. 

Exchange Programs 
and Scholarships 

The German Exchange Scholarship, estab- 
lished in 1959 with the Free University 
of Berlin, assists a junior student with at 
least two years of college German or the 
equivalent. Application is made through 
the Department of German and Russian. 

The Italian Exchange Program, estab- 
lished with the University of Ca'Foscari 
in Venice, Italy, is offered to one student 
for two semesters or two students for 
one semester each. Students must apply 
for the fall or spring semesters of their 
junior year, or for the fall semester of their 
senior year. Application is made through 
the Department of Romance Languages. 



The Spanish Exchange Scholarship, es- 
tablished with the University of Burgos in 
Spain, may assist four students for one se- 
mester's study each or two students for two 
semesters. Applicants must have completed 
at least two years of college Spanish or the 
equivalent. Application is made through 
the Department of Romance Languages. 

The French Exchange Scholarship, estab- 
lished with the University of Burgundy, 
France, assists a graduating senior who 
receives a two-semester graduate teaching 
assistantship at a lycee chosen by the French 
Ministry of Education. Application is 
made through the Department of Romance 
Languages. 

Loans 

The James W. Denmark Loan, established 
in 1875, assists qualified students. 

The Hutchins Student Loan assists needy 
students. 

The Grover & Addy Raby Loan gives 
preference to applicants from the First 
Baptist Church of Tarboro, NC. 

The Sidney G. Wallace Loan gives 
preference to students studying at a Wake 
Forest-sponsored or approved overseas 
program. 

Other Aid Programs 

Children and spouses of pastors of North 
Carolina Baptist churches receive an 
annual $800 concession if they are the 
children or spouses of (1) ministers, (2) 
missionaries of the International Missions 
Board of the Southern Baptist Convention, 
(3) officials of the Baptist State Conven- 
tion of North Carolina, or (4) professors 
in North Carolina Baptist colleges or 
universities who are ordained ministers. 
Pastors themselves are also eligible. 



55 



scholarships and loans 



Children of other ministers who 
are not eligible for the above concession 
receive an annual $150 concession if their 
parents make a living chiefly by the min- 
istry and they have demonstrated need. 

Church Volunteer Scholarships of $200 per 
semester assist students wishing to men- 
tor with a church near the Wake Forest 
campus. Application is made through 
the associate University chaplain. 

Ministerial students receive an annual 
$800 concession if they (1) have a written 
recommendation or license to preach from 
their own church body and (2) agree to 
repay the total amount, plus four percent 
interest, in the event they do not serve 
five years in the pastoral ministry within 
twelve years of attendance in the College. 

The North Carolina Legislative Tuition 
Grant (NCLTG) is provided by the North 
Carolina General Assembly for students 
who have been legal residents of North 
Carolina for at least twelve months prior 
to enrollment at Wake Forest. Residency 
determinations are made by the financial 
aid office. Each year's grant amount is 
subject to an annual appropriation. Grants 
are reduced by twenty-five percent for 
those students having already completed 
157.5 credits or 140 hours. Amounts listed 
on award letters are estimates only, and 
are subject to adjustment when the actual 
authorized grant is determined. Students 
are responsible for any difference between 
the estimated and actual amounts. 

To be eligible each semester, a student 
must enroll in a minimum of twelve hours 
or fourteen credits (through October 1 
in the fall and through the tenth day of 
classes in the spring), and must be working 
toward a first bachelor's degree. A student 
in the five-year BS/MS in accountancy 
program is not eligible during the last year 
of that program. Students (including those 
studying abroad) must submit an NCLTG 



application to the financial aid office by 
the end of the first week of classes of their 
first semester of each academic year. 

An NCLTG application (contained 
in the Financial Information and Billing 
Statement packet) is sent in the weeks 
before enrollment to each first-year student, 
and to continuing students with perma- 
nent North Carolina addresses. Students 
who believe they are eligible for the grant 
but do not receive an application may 
obtain one in the financial aid office; such 
students may include children of military 
personnel with North Carolina residency 
status who live out of state, residents who 
live near the state line, or residents who 
have recently moved out of state. 

Student employment is possible for 
part-time, on-campus and off -campus 
work, for a recommended maximum 
of twenty hours per week for full-time 
students. Summer employment may 
also be available. Interested students 
should contact the financial aid office. 

Veterans' benefits are administered by 
the Department of Veterans Affairs in the 
Federal Building at 251 North Main Street 
in Winston-Salem. Records of progress 
are kept by Wake Forest University on 
veteran and non-veteran students alike. 
Progress records are furnished to the 
students, veterans and non-veterans alike, 
at the end of each scheduled school term. 

Outside Assistance 

Students must advise the financial aid office 
if they receive any assistance from outside 
organizations, including any local, state, and 
national scholarship and loan programs. 
Once need is determined and aid is offered 
to meet that need, additional aid from any 
source must be considered a resource avail- 
able to the student. Wake Forest encour- 
ages all students to apply for any outside 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 



56 



scholarships for which they may be eligible; 
however, by definition additional resources 
reduce demonstrated need. The gift portion 
of an original need-based package is reduced 
by one-half the value of any new outside 
scholarship (so that total gift assistance is in- 
creased by one-half the value of the outside 
aid). The loan or work portion of a student's 
aid is reduced as required to prevent total 
financial assistance from exceeding demon- 
strated need (or, in the case of federal loan 
and work programs, from exceeding federal 
aid eligibility). Recipients of Brown, Car- 
swell, Hankins, and Heritage Scholarships, 
and others whose entire demonstrated need 
is met with scholarship funds, have their 
total awards increased by one-half the value 



of the outside scholarship; the remaining 
one-half is considered a student resource in 
subsequent years. In no case may the total 
aid award exceed the cost of attendance. 
Outside scholarship donors should 
include the name and social security 
number of the intended recipient, as well 
as the term(s) for which the scholarship is 
intended, on the face of the check. Checks 
should be made payable to Wake Forest 
University (or co-payable to Wake Forest 
University and the student) and sent to 
the Office of Student Financial Aid, P.O. 
Box 7246, Winston-Salem, NC 27109- 
7246. Checks delivered by donors directly 
to the student should be forwarded by 
the student to the financial aid office. 



57 



SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 



Special Programs 



/fr^A 



Students in the College are 
encouraged to apply to special 
programs, both on and off campus, 
which complement their abili- 
ties and interests. these include 
the programs described below 
and the special degrees, minors, 
and concentrations described 
in the courses of instruction. 

Honors Study 

For highly qualified students, a series of 
interdisciplinary honors courses is described 
under Courses of Instruction. Under the 
supervision of the coordinator of the 
Honors Program, students may participate 
in three or more honors seminars during 
the first, sophomore, and junior years. 
Those who complete four seminars with a 
superior record and who are not candidates 
for departmental honors may complete a 
final directed study course. With a su- 
perior record in that course and a grade 
point average of at least 3.0 in all work, a 
student may be graduated with the distinc- 
tion "Honors in the Arts and Sciences." 
For students especially talented in 
individual areas of study, most departments 
in the College offer special studies leading 
to graduation with honors in a particular 
discipline. The minimum requirement is a 
grade point average of 3.0 in all work and 
3.3 (or higher in some areas) in the major. 
Other course, seminar, and research require- 
ments are determined by each department. 



Open Curriculum 

For students with high motivation and 
strong academic preparation, the Open 
Curriculum provides the opportunity to 
follow a course of study planned within the 
framework of a liberal arts education but 
not necessarily fulfilling all core require- 
ments for the degree. The Committee on 
Open Curriculum selects a limited number 
of students based on their previous record 
of achievement, high aspirations, ability in 
one or more areas of study, strength of self- 
expression, and other special talents. The 
course of study for the lower division is de- 
signed by the student and his or her adviser. 

Study at Salem College 

For full-time students in the fall and spring 
semesters, Wake Forest and Salem College 
share a program of exchange credits for 
courses taken at one institution because 
they are not offered in the curriculum of 
the other. An application for the Salem/ 
Wake Forest Exchange Credit program 
must be approved by the academic adviser 
and the dean of the College or the dean 
of the Wayne Calloway School of Busi- 
ness and Accountancy. Except in courses 
of private instruction, there is no addi- 
tional cost to the student. Grades and grade 
points earned at Salem College under the 
Exchange Credit program are evaluated 
as if they were earned at Wake Forest. 

Courses that are in the Wake Forest 
curriculum generally cannot be taken at 
Salem through this program. In very unusual 
circumstances, a student may wish to seek 
the deans' assistance in appealing to the 
Committee on Academic Affairs. 



SPECIAL PROGRAMS 



International 




Center for 
International Studies 

The Center for International Studies (CIS) 
provides information on all programs in 
international studies. Students interested in 
studying abroad should visit the CIS for as- 
sistance and program information. Students 
seeking credit for non-Wake Forest courses 
taken overseas for either the summer, 
semester, or year are required to schedule an 
appointment with the CIS before they apply 
to make sure their programs are approved. 
Once a student is accepted, he or she should 
obtain a course approval form from the 
Center. For detailed information on study 
abroad in a non-Wake Forest program see 
page 62. 

The Center provides various infor- 
mation and services for the international 
students at Wake Forest. For guidance 
on INS policies and issues, contact the 
Center. The Center administers the in- 
ternational studies minor and the global 
trade and commerce studies minor. The 
course description section of this bulletin 
provides full descriptions of both minors. 

International Students 

International students can obtain informa- 
tion and assistance in the Center for Inter- 
national Studies. 



these programs, see page 69 and the various 
listings under Courses of Instruction in this 
bulletin 

Opportunities for Study Abroad 
in Wake Forest Programs 

Austria (Vienna) 

Students have the opportunity to study and 
live at the Flow House in the 19th District 
of Vienna (northwest section of the city). 
Each semester, a faculty director leads a 
group of fourteen students and offers two 
courses in his or her respective disciplines. 
Faculty directors are chosen from a variety 
of academic departments. In addition, Vien- 
nese professors offer courses in the study 
of the German language (153) or literature 
(216), Austrian art and architecture, music, 
or history of Austria and Central Europe. 
Group excursions to central Europe enhance 
the learning experience as well as numerous 
integrative experiences within the city itself. 
Students selected for the Vienna program 
are required to have completed Elementary 
German (111-112 or 113). Further informa- 
tion may be obtained from Larry West in 
the Department of German and Russian. 



Foreign Area Studies 

The Foreign Area Studies program enables 
students to choose an interdisciplinary 
concentration in the language and culture 
of a foreign area. For a full description of 



Benin (Cotonou) 

Students who wish to study in Africa 
are invited to apply for the Wake Forest 
University program in Benin, West Africa. 
This three-hour course is designed for the 



59 



INTERNATIONAL 



study of the problems faced by African 
countries in the process of economic growth 
and development. Discussions focus on the 
examination of solutions to those problems. 
This is an approximately five-week summer 
program (occurring usually during the first 
summer session), which combines classroom 
instruction, field trips and homestay. The 
program is directed by Sylvain H. Boko, 
professor of economics. Applications and 
additional information may be obtained by 
e-mail at bokosh@wfu.edu. 

Cuba (Havana) 

Students interested in an unique study op- 
portunity may apply for a six-week summer 
program in Cuba. Under the direction of 
Linda Howe (associate professor of Ro- 
mance languages), students take intensive 
courses in Spanish at the University of 
Havana. Students need not major in Span- 
ish, but one course beyond Spanish 213 
or proficiency in the language is required. 
Courses offered include Afro-Cuban 
Cultural Expression and Cuban Literature 
(alternate courses offered periodically). 
Students in Cuba also participate in a 
community project for internship credit in 
Spanish. Additional information may be 
obtained by e-mail at howels@wfu.edu. 

Mexico (Querela ro) 

Students who wish to take either Span- 
ish 113 or Spanish 153 in an immersion 
setting in Latin America may apply for 
Wake Forest's summer program in Mexico. 
This six-week program offers an eight-hour 
intensive course in Spanish language and 
the cultures of the Hispanic world. Students 
who have already taken Spanish 153 or any 
more advanced course in the language are 
ineligible for this program. Applications and 
additional information may be obtained in 
the Department of Romance Languages. 



England (London) 

A program of study is offered each semester 
at Worrell House, the University's residen- 
tial center near Regent's Park in London. 
Courses typically encompass aspects of the 
art, theatre, literature, and history of Lon- 
don and Great Britain. (See, for example, 
Art 2320. English Art, Hogarth to the Pres- 
ent, and History 2260. History of London, 
in the course listings of those departments.) 
Each term, a different faculty member 
serves as the director of the program, which 
accommodates fifteen students. Further 
information may be obtained from Paul 
Orser, Office of the Dean of the College. 

Italy (Venice) 

Students wishing to spend a semester in 
Italy may apply to study at Casa Artom, the 
University's residential center on the Grand 
Canal in Venice. Under the direction of vari- 
ous members of the faculty, approximately 
twenty students per semester focus on the 
heritage and culture of Venice and Italy. 
(Courses offered usually include Art 2693. 
Venetian Renaissance Art; Italian 2213. 
Spoken Italian; Italian 215. Introduction to 
Italian Literature I; Italian 216. Introduction 
to Italian Literature II; and other courses 
offered by the faculty member serving as 
director.) Students selected for the Venice 
program are required to have completed 
elementary training in Italian. Limited schol- 
arship aid is available to one or two students 
each semester to assist with expenses. 
Additional information may be obtained 
from Peter Kairoff, Department of Music. 

France (Dijon) 

Students wishing to study in France may 
apply for a semester's instruction at the 
University of Burgundy. Under the direc- 
tion of a faculty residential adviser from 
the Department of Romance Languages, 



INTERNATIONAL 



6o 



courses are taken at the University of Bur- 
gundy by student groups of varying levels 
of preparation. (A major in French is not 
required, but French 219 or its equivalent 
or any French course above the intermedi- 
ate level is required.) Students who wish 
to take either French 113 or French 153 in 
an immersion setting may apply for Wake 
Forest's summer program at the University 
of Burgundy. This six-week program offers 
an eight-hour intensive course in French 
language and culture. Applications and 
additional information may be obtained in 
the Department of Romance Languages. 

Spain (Salamanca) 

Students wishing to study in Spain may 
apply for a year's or semester's instruction 
at the University of Salamanca. Under the 
direction of a faculty residential adviser 
from the Department of Romance Lan- 
guages, courses are taken at the University 
of Salamanca by student groups of varying 
language levels. (Students need not major 
in Spanish, but one course beyond Spanish 
213 is required.) Applications and ad- 
ditional information may be obtained in 
the Department of Romance Languages. 

China (Beijing) 

Students who wish to study in China may 
apply to participate in the Wake Forest/ 
SASASAAS Program in Beijing, Peoples 
Republic of China. Offered in the fall 
semester, the program includes courses 
in both Chinese language and culture. 
It is open to students with no previous 
knowledge of Chinese or to those wishing 
to continue their study of the language. 
Additional information may be obtained 
in the Center for International Studies. 



Japan (Hiratsuka) 

For students wishing to study in Japan, 
Wake Forest offers a fall and/or spring se- 
mester at Kansai Gaidai University, which is 
located near three interesting cities. They are 
Kyoto, which was the capital of Japan for 
1,200 years; Osaka, the largest commercial 
city; and Nara, the ancient capital of Japan 
during the 6th century. Numerous courses 
in a variety of disciplines including busi- 
ness, economics, political science, religion, 
history, art, and communication are offered 
in English. Japanese language is offered at 
all levels. No prior knowledge of Japanese is 
required. 

In the fall semester, a Wake Forest fac- 
ulty member accompanies the Wake Forest 
University students and teaches one course. 
Additional information may be obtained 
in the Center for International Studies. 

Russia (Moscow) 

One or two students wishing to study 
individually in Russia can apply to spend 
a fall or spring semester at Moscow 
State University each year. The require- 
ments are a good academic record and 
the ability to attend and pass classes 
that are taught entirely in Russian. For 
more information, contact William Ham- 
ilton, associate dean of the College. 



£l INTERNATIONAL 



Study Abroad in 
Non-Wake Forest Programs 

Students wishing to study abroad in a 
non-Wake Forest program must visit the 
Center for International Studies (CIS) for 
assistance. The Center maintains a sizable 
collection of material on a wide variety of 
overseas programs. All students planning 
to study in non-Wake Forest programs in 
other countries for a summer, a semester, 
or a year are required to attend a study 
abroad information session. The CIS 
staff is available to advise students about 
particular programs. Before students 
apply, they must obtain approval of the 
program from the CIS. If the program is 
not approved, the student will not receive 
credit for the study abroad program. 

Declaration of Intent: All students 
who wish to study abroad for a summer, 
semester, or year on a non-WFU approved 
program must fill out a declaration of intent 
form. This form must be turned in to CIS 
in the semester preceding the study abroad 
summer/semester/year by the established 
deadline. 

Once a student is accepted, she or he is 
required to fill out a course approval form 
with the CIS. In no case may a student un- 
dertake study elsewhere without completing 
this process in advance to the satisfaction 



of the CIS, the registrar, and the academic 
departments which oversee the granting of 
credit for each course. Students may not 
register for fewer than twelve hours in a 
semester study abroad program without the 
permission of a dean. Department chairs 
approve specific courses and the number 
of credit hours earned for those courses. 
Students who enroll in, and successfully 
complete, a semester of full-time approved 
study abroad as determined by the CIS will 
receive at least twelve hours of credit. 

Grades in non-Wake Forest courses 
taken abroad are assigned by the institution 
through which the student takes the course 
rather than the foreign institution. Students 
must follow the add/drop policies of the host 
institution. If the program does not have 
any relevant policies, the Wake Forest policy 
is applied. If a student withdraws from a 
study abroad program, he or she must notify 
the registrar, and the rules for withdrawal, 
as stated in this Undergraduate Bulletin 
apply. For more information, consult with 
the Center for International Studies. 

Students may request to have scholar- 
ship and financial aid applied to approved 
non-Wake Forest programs. Scholarships for 
study abroad are also available. Additional 
information is available in the CIS and the 
Office of Student Financial Aid. 



INTERNATIONAL 



62 



Requirements for Degrees 



Degrees Offered 

The College offers undergraduate programs 
leading to the bachelor of arts and bachelor 
of science degrees. The bachelor of arts 
degree is conferred with a major in anthro- 
pology, art history, studio art, biology, 
chemistry, classical studies, communication, 
East Asian languages and cultures, econom- 
ics, English, French, German, Greek, history, 
Latin, mathematics, music performance, 
music history/theory/composition, philoso- 
phy, physics, political science, psychology, 
religion, Russian, sociology, Spanish, or 
theatre. The bachelor of science degree is 
conferred with a major in biology, chemistry, 
computer science, health and exercise 
science, mathematical economics, mathemat- 
ics, or physics. The bachelor of arts degree is 
available with a major in elementary edu- 
cation or education with a state teacher's 
certificate in social studies. The bachelor of 
science degree may be conferred in combined 
curricula in engineering, forestry and envi- 
ronmental studies, and medical technology. 

The Wayne Calloway School of Busi- 
ness and Accountancy offers undergraduate 
programs leading to the bachelor of science 
degree with a major in accountancy, busi- 
ness, finance, or mathematical business; and 
offers a five-year program of study leading 
to a master of science in accountancy in con- 
junction with a bachelor of science in either 
accountancy or finance. 

A student may receive only one bach- 
elor's degree (either the bachelor of arts or 
the bachelor of science) from Wake Forest. 

General Requirements 

Students in the College have considerable 
flexibility in planning their courses of study. 



There are five basic course requirements: 
two required health and exercise science 
courses, the writing seminar, one in a 
foreign language, and a first-year seminar. 
To complete preparation for more special- 
ized work in a major field or fields, students 
select courses in each of five divisions of the 
undergraduate curriculum: (I) The Humani- 
ties: Religion, Philosophy, and History; 
(II) The Humanities: Literatures; (III) The 
Humanities: Fine and Performing Arts; 

(IV) The Social and Behavioral Sciences; and 

(V) The Natural Sciences, Mathematics, and 
Computer Science. Core requirements (basic 
and divisional combined) are typically com- 
pleted in the first and sophomore years and 
the requirements in the major field or fields 
are completed in the junior and senior years. 

All students must complete ( 1 ) the core 
requirements (unless accepted for the Open 
Curriculum), (2) a course of study approved 
by the department or departments of the 
major, and (3) elective courses, for a total of 
120 hours. In general, no more than twelve 
hours toward graduation may be earned 
from among all of the following courses: 
Education 353; all military science courses; 
Music 111-121 and 128-129 (ensemble 
courses); Dance 128; and elective 100- 
level courses in health and exercise science. 
However, majors in music performance and 
music history/theory/composition may count 
up to sixteen hours in these courses toward 
graduation. A cross-listed course may be 
taken one time for hours toward gradua- 
tion, unless otherwise specified by the course 
description. 



5^ REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES 



All students must earn a minimum 
cumulative 2.0 grade point average in Wake 
Forest College and the Wayne Calloway 
School of Business and Accountancy. Of 
the 120 hours required for graduation, at 
least sixty must be earned in Wake Forest 
programs. Once enrolled at Wake Forest, 
a student may subsequently count, at 
most, thirty hours of credit from sources 
other than Wake Forest programs toward 
the graduation requirement of 120 hours. 
Except for combined degree curricula, the 
work of the senior year must comprise 
courses in Wake Forest programs. Any 
exceptions must be approved by the 
Committee on Academic Affairs 

Transfer credits will not be used in 
calculating a student's GPA. This includes 
non-Wake Forest study abroad programs. 
However, transfer credits and the grade(s) 
earned will be recorded on the transcript. 
Graduation distinctions will be based solely 
on the Wake Forest GPA. 

A student graduates under the require- 
ments of the bulletin of the year in which 
he or she enters. However, when a student 
declares a major or minor, the requirements 
for the major or minor that are in effect at 
the time of declaration will apply. Such re- 
quirements may not be congruent with those 
stated in a given bulletin. If coursework is 
not completed within six years of entrance, 
the student must fulfill the requirements 
for the class in which he or she graduates. 

All requirements must be completed 
and certified before a student may par- 
ticipate in the commencement exercises. 
No further entries or alterations may be 
made toward the undergraduate degree 
once a student has been graduated. 

Seniors must submit an application for 
graduation for their records to be activated 
for certification. Information packets are 
mailed immediately before the fall term to 
all students classified as seniors. Students 
who are not enrolled in the fall term, or 



who do not receive the packet but intend 
to graduate within the academic year, 
may request one from the Office of the 
Registrar. Application forms are due no 
later than thirty days before graduation. 

Core Requirements 

The core requirements are intended to intro- 
duce the student to various fields of knowl- 
edge and to lay the foundation for concen- 
tration in a major subject and related fields 
during the junior and senior years. For these 
reasons, as many of the requirements as fea- 
sible should be taken in the first two years. 
No core requirements may be set aside 
or replaced by substitutes except through 
regular procedures already established 
by the faculty, or through a specific vote 
of the faculty in regular session. Core 
requirements include basic and divisional 
requirements as described below. 

Basic Requirements 

All students must complete five required 
basic courses (unless exempted through 
procedures established by the departments 
concerned): 

• FYS 100 (first-year seminar) 

• English 111 (writing seminar) 

• Foreign language (literature), one 
course from among the following: 

— French 2 1 3, 2 1 3H, 2 1 6, or the equivalent 

— Spanish 2 13, 21 3H, 217, 218, or the 
equivalent 

— Italian 2 1 5, 2 1 6, or the equivalent 

— German 214, 215, or 216 

— Russian 215 or 216 

— Greek 211 or 212 

— Latin 211, 212, 216, or 218 

— Near Eastern Languages & 
Literatures 211 or 2 1 2 (Hebrew) 

— Japanese 211 or 212 

— Chinese 211 or 212 



REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES £a 



Health and Exercise Science 100 and 101 Divisional Requirements 



All students new to Wake Forest who have 
studied a foreign language in high school 
must complete foreign language placement. 
Students will not receive credit for a class at 
a lower level than the level of their place- 
ment on the placement exam, unless they 

a) register for the class in which they placed; 

b) attend a few class meetings; c) consult 
with their professor; and d) successfully 
appeal their placement to the language 
placement appeals officers of the department 
and be reassigned to a lower level course. 
Students who continue with another foreign 
language must take a placement test in that 
one, too; if not during orientation, then 
before registering for a course in it. 

Students whose primary language (the 
language of instruction in the student's 
prior schooling) is other than English are 
exempt from the Basic Requirement in 
Foreign Language (Literature) and must 
fulfill Division II requirements with courses 
whose readings are in the English language: 
English, classics, humanities (except those 
courses concentrating on the literature 
of the student's primary language). 

Students whose schooling has been in 
English but who are fluent in a language 
not taught at Wake Forest must present 
college-level credit in the literature of the 
second language to be exempt from the 
requirement; the language review com- 
mittee for international students decides 
in such cases. If the second language is 
taught at Wake Forest, the relevant depart- 
ment decides whether the student may 
complete the requirement in that language 
or may be regarded as having fulfilled the 
requirement already. Elective courses in the 
language or literature of a student's heritage 
or country of origin are at the discretion 
of the department offering the course. 



All students must complete courses as 
specified below in each of the five divi- 
sions of the undergraduate curriculum 
(unless exempted through procedures 
established by the departments concerned 
or by participation in the open curriculum). 
Together with the basic requirements these 
courses form the core of Wake Forest's 
undergraduate liberal arts education: 

Division I. The Humanities: Religion, 
Philosophy, and History (three courses; no 
more than one course from each group) 

1. Religion 101, 102, 103, or 104 

2. Philosophy 1 1 1 

3. History 101, 102, 103, or 104 

Division II. The Humanities: Literatures 

(two courses; no more than one course 
from any one of the three groups) 

1. English literature (English 160 or 165) 

2. American literature (English 1 70 or 1 75) 

3. Foreign literature (other than the course used 
for the basic requirement) 

- Classical languages 

Greek 21 1,212, 231, 241, or 242 
Latin 211, 212, 216, 218, 221, 
225, or 226 

- German 214, 215, 216, or 240 

- Chinese 211 or 212 

Near Eastern Languages & Literatures 
211 or 212 (Hebrew) 

- Japanese 211 or 212 

- Romance languages (French or Spanish 
literature above 213; Italian literature 
above 215) 

- Russian 215, 216, or 241 

- In English translation: 

Classics 255, 261,263, or 264 
German 240 

Humanities 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 
218, 219, 221,222, or 223 
Russian 241 



£jc REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES 



Division III. The Humanities: Fine and 
Performing Arts (one course) 

1. Art Any 1 00 level studio art course, or 
any art history course through 288. 

2. Music 101, 109, 181, 182, 183, or 209 

3. Theatre 1 1 or 1 1 2, 1 50, 255, 260, 26 1 

4. Dance 202 

Division IV. The Social and Behavioral 
Sciences (three courses, no more than one from 
any one group) 

1. Anthropology 111, 112, 113, or 114 or 
1 50 

2. Economics 1 50 

3. Political Science 1 1 3, 1 1 4, 1 1 5, or 1 1 6 

4. Psychology 1 5 1 

5. Sociology 151, 152, 1 53, or 1 54 

6. Communication 1 00, 1 1 3 

Division V. The Natural Sciences, 
Mathematics, and Computer Science 

(three courses, selected from at least two different 
departments) 

1. Biology 101 or 1 1 1 *, 112, 113, 216 
(if one course, 101 or 1 1 1 is recom- 
mended; if two courses, 101 or 111 

is strongly recommended as one of the 
pair.) 

*A student cannot count both Biology 
I I and Biology I 1 I toward the Divi- 
sion V requirement. 

2. Chemistry 1 08, 1 09, 111, 1 20, 1 22. 
No credit given for more than one chem- 
istry course numbered below 1 12.** 

3. Computer Science 101, 111, 112 

4. Physics 109, 110, 113, 114, 120** 

5. Mathematics 1 06, 1 07, 1 09, 1 1 1 , 1 1 2, 
117 

**Credit is not allowed for both Chemistry 
1 20 and Physics 120. 



Additional Requirements 

To prepare students for the demands of 
technology and globalization, Wake Forest 
guides undergraduate course selections with 
three further requirements: 

Cultural Diversity Requirement: All stu- 
dents must complete at least one course 
that educates them regarding cultural 
diversity. This course may be taken at the 
basic, divisional, or major/minor level or 
as an elective. Courses qualified to meet 
this requirement are designated (CD) 
after their descriptions in this bulletin. 

Quantitative Reasoning Requirement: 

All students must complete at least one 
course that requires quantitative reasoning, 
either as a qualifying course in Division 
V, as an elective, or as a major or minor 
course requirement. All courses meeting the 
requirement are designated (QR) after their 
descriptions in this bulletin. 

Requirement in Health 
and Exercise Science 

All students must complete Health and 
Exercise Science 100 and 101. This 
requirement must be met before enroll- 
ment in additional health and exercise 
science elective courses, and in any case 
before the end of the second year. 

Proficiency in the 
Use of English 

Proficiency in the use of the English lang- 
uage is recognized by the faculty as a 
requirement in all departments. A composi- 
tion condition, indicated by cc with the 
grade for any course, may be assigned in any 
department to a student whose writing is 
unsatisfactory, regardless of previous hours 
in composition. 

A student who has been assigned a cc 
receives a grade of "Not Reported" (NR) 



REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES ££ 



for the course. The student has one semes- 
ter (understood to be the next semester 
for which she or he is officially enrolled) 
in which to work in the Writing Center, 
revising the coursework to the instructor's 
satisfaction. Should the student fail to work 
in the Writing Center, or fail to revise the 
work to the instructor's satisfaction during 
the semester of his or her next enrollment, 
the grade becomes an F unless some action 
is taken by the instructor. (If extenuating 
circumstances make it impossible for the 
student to make significant progress in a 
semester, the student may appeal to the 
dean's office for an additional semester of 
work to remove the NR.) Removal of the 
deficiency is prerequisite to graduation. 

Declaring a Major 

Most students declare a major in the spring 
of their sophomore year, and should earn at 
least fifty-five hours prior to the following 
fall term. Students declare a major through a 
procedure established between the academic 
departments and the registrar's office. Infor- 
mation about this process is distributed 
prior to the designated declaration period. 
If the student is accepted into the major, the 
department provides an adviser who assists 
the student in planning a course of study for 
the junior and senior years. A department 
that rejects a student as a major must notify 
the registrar's office and file a written state- 
ment indicating the reason(s) for the rejec- 
tion with the dean of the College. 

Students who need to delay the declar- 
ation due to insufficient earned hours or 
other circumstances should consult the regis- 
trar's office. 

Students who have earned at least 
fifty-five hours prior to the designated 
declaration period and wish to declare a 
major should consult the registrar's office. 

A student wishing to major in account- 
ancy, business, finance, mathematical busi- 



ness, or the master of science in accountancy, 
should apply to the Wayne Calloway School 
of Business and Accountancy. (See page 245 
of this bulletin.) 

The undergraduate schools try to 
provide ample space in the various major 
fields to accommodate the interests of 
students. It must be understood, however, 
that the undergraduate schools cannot 
guarantee the availability of space in a 
given major field or a given course, since 
the preferences of students change and there 
are limits to both faculty and facilities. 

After the initial declaration, a student 
may not change from one major to another 
without the written approval of the depart- 
ments concerned. The student's course 
of study for the junior and senior years 
includes the minimum requirements for 
the departmental major, with other courses 
selected by the student and approved by the 
adviser. At least half of the major must be 
completed at Wake Forest University. 

Please note: for credit in the major, courses 
taken in many programs of study abroad 
are not automatically equivalent to courses 
completed at Wake Forest. If a student 
wishes to take more than half of his or 
her courses for the major in study abroad 
programs, he or she must gain prior ap- 
proval from the chair of the department. 
Students should check the Undergraduate 
Bulletin for additional departmental require- 
ments for the major. Majors are listed 
alphabetically under Courses of Instruction 
in this bulletin. 

The following 35 majors are recognized: 

accountancy • finance • anthropology • art 
history • studio art • biology • business • 
chemistry • classical studies • communication • 
computer science • East Asian languages and 
cultures • economics • education • English • 
French • German • Greek • health and exercise 
science • history • Latin • mathematical business 
• mathematical economics • mathematics • 



67 REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES 



musical performance • musical history/theory/ 
composition • philosophy • physics • political 
science • psychology • religion • Russian • 
sociology • Spanish • theatre 

Maximum Number of 
Courses in a Department 

Within the College, a maximum of fifty 
hours in a major is allowed within the 
120 hours required for graduation. For 
a student majoring in a department 
with two or more majors, six additional 
hours in the department but outside the 
student's major are also allowed. 

These stipulations exclude required 
related courses from other departments. 
For students majoring in English, English 
111 is excluded. For students majoring in 
a foreign language, elementary courses in 
that language are also excluded. These limits 
may be exceeded in unusual circumstances 
only by action of the dean of the College. 

Options for Meeting 
Major Requirements 

To satisfy graduation requirements, a student 
must select one, and only one, of the fol- 
lowing options, which will receive official 
recognition on the student's permanent 
record: (1) a single major, (2) a single major 
and a minor, (3) a single major and a double 
minor, or (4) a double major. 
In addition to these options, a student may 
complete the requirements of one or more 
foreign area studies programs and/or any 
of the Romance languages certificates. 

Double Majors 

A student may major in two departments in 
the College with the written permission of 
the chair of each of the departments and on 
condition that the student meet all require- 
ments for the major in both departments. A 
student may not use the same course to meet 



requirements in both of the majors. The 
student must designate one of the two fields 
as the primary major, which appears first 
on the student's record and determines the 
degree to be awarded. Only one under- 
graduate degree will be awarded, even if the 
student completes two majors. 

Minors 

A minor is not required. Those students, 
however, who select a single major — not 
those working toward a double major — 
may choose a minor field from among the 
following or from the listing of interdisci- 
plinary minors: 

anthropology • art history • studio art • 
astrophysics • biology • chemistry • Chinese • 
classical studies • communication • computer 
science • dance • economics • educational studies 
• professional education • English • French • 
German • Greek • history • Italian • Japanese • 
journalism • Latin • mathematics • Middle East and 
South Asia studies • music • philosophy • physics • 
political science • psychology • religion • 
Russian • sociology • Spanish • statistics • 
theatre 

For details of the various minors, see the 
appropriate departmental headings in the 
section of this bulletin that lists course 
offerings. 

A student may count no more than 
six hours of credit from the major require- 
ments toward a single minor; if a student 
declares two minors, the student may count 
no more than a total of six hours of credit 
obtained from the major and a minor to 
satisfy requirements in a second minor. 

Interdisciplinary Minors 

Interdisciplinary minors are listed alphabeti- 
cally under courses of instruction in this bul- 
letin. The following programs are offered: 



REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES £g 



American ethnic studies • cultural resource 
preservation • early Christian studies • East Asian 
Studies • environmental sciences • environmental 
studies • film studies • global trade and commerce 
studies • health policy and administration • 
humanities • international studies • Latin-American 
studies • linguistics • medieval studies • 
neuroscience • Russian and East European studies 
• urban studies • women's and gender studies 

Foreign Area Studies 

The foreign area studies programs enable 
students to choose an interdisciplinary 
concentration in the language and culture 
of a foreign area. An area studies concen- 
tration may include courses in the major 
and also in the minor field, if a minor is 
chosen. Foreign area studies programs 
do not replace majors or minors; they 
may supplement either or both. A faculty 
adviser coordinates each foreign area studies 
program and advises students; students 
who wish to participate in one of these 
programs must consult with the program 
coordinator, preferably in their sophomore 
year. Questions also may be directed to 
the Center for International Studies. 

Foreign area studies are listed alphabeti- 
cally under courses of instruction in this bul- 
letin. The following programs are offered: 

German Studies • Italian Studies • Spanish Studies 

Students who have studied abroad may 
have taken courses not listed in this bulletin. 
Questions should be addressed to the Office 
of the Registrar. 

Senior Testing 

All seniors may be required to participate 
in a testing program designed to provide 
objective evidence of educational develop- 
ment. If the Committee on Academic Affairs 
decides to conduct such a program, its 
purpose would be to assist the University 



in assessing the effectiveness of its pro- 
grams. The program does not supplant the 
regular administration of the Graduate 
Record Examination for students apply- 
ing for admission to graduate school. 

Combined Degrees in 
Medical Technology 

Students may qualify for the bachelor of 
science degree in medical technology by 
completion of the academic requirements 
outlined in the following paragraph and by 
satisfactory completion of the full pro- 
gram in medical technology offered by the 
Division of Allied Health Programs of the 
Wake Forest School of Medicine. A grade 
of at least C is required in all courses taken 
in the program in medical technology. At 
least one year (twenty-eight hours) of the 
required academic work must be completed 
in the College. (Under current scheduling, 
successful candidates receive the baccalaure- 
ate degree in August rather than in May.) 

Students seeking admission to the 
program must file application in the fall of 
the junior year with the Division of Allied 
Health Programs of the medical school. 
Selection is based upon recommendations of 
teachers, college academic record, Allied 
Health Professions Admissions Test score or 
SAT/ ACT scores, impressions made in 
personal interviews, and work experience 
(not essential, but important). Students must 
complete all core course requirements; 
Biology 111, 112, 113, 214 (three courses or 
equivalents); Biology 326; Chemistry 109/ 
109L or 111/111L, 122/122L, 223/223L, 
230 and 260; mathematics (one course); and 
electives for a total of eighty-four hours. 
Desirable electives outside the area of chem- 
istry and biology include physics, computer 
science, and personnel and management 
courses. (Interested students should consult 
a biology department faculty member during 
the first year for further information.) 



^Q REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES 



Degrees in Engineering 

The College cooperates with engineering 
schools in offering a broad course of study 
in the arts and sciences combined with spe- 
cialized training in engineering. A program 
for outstanding students covers five years of 
study, including three years in the College 
and approximately two years in one of the 
schools of engineering. (Depending upon 
the field chosen, it may be advisable for a 
student to attend the summer session in the 
engineering school after transfer.) Admis- 
sion to Wake Forest does not guarantee 
admission to the engineering school. Those 
decisions are based on the student's tran- 
script, performance, and status at the time of 
application. Upon successful completion of 
the five years of study, the student receives 
the bachelor of science degree in engineer- 
ing from the University and the bachelor of 
science degree in one of the specialized engi- 
neering fields from the engineering school. 

The curriculum for the first three years 
must include all the core requirements and 
additional courses in science and mathemat- 
ics which will prepare the student for the 
study of engineering, such as Mathematics 
111, 112, 251, 301, 302, and 304; Physics 
113, 114, 141, 162, 165, and 166; Chemis- 
try 111, 111L, 116, and 116L; and Econom- 
ics 150. 

These electives are chosen in consulta- 
tion with the chair of the Department of 
Physics. 



Degrees in Forestry and 
Environmental Studies 

The College cooperates with the Duke Uni- 
versity School of Forestry and Environmen- 
tal Studies to offer students interested in 
these areas the possibility of earning both 
bachelor's and master's degrees within five 
years. For details about the program, stu- 
dents should consult a faculty member in the 
biology department. 

Five-Year Cooperative Degree 
Program in Latin-American 
Studies 

Wake Forest and Georgetown universi- 
ties have instituted a five-year cooperative 
degree program in Latin American Studies. 
Under this program, undergraduate students 
who minor in Latin American Studies may 
apply to have a limited number of hours 
from their undergraduate work count 
toward a master's degree in Latin American 
Studies at Georgetown University in Wash- 
ington, DC. The BA is awarded by Wake 
Forest, while the master's degree is awarded 
by Georgetown. Those whose application 
is accepted may complete both their BA 
and MA degrees in a five-year period. To 
apply for the combined BA/MA, students 
should declare an interest in the five-year 
cooperative degree program during their 
junior year. Students must then complete 
the regular Georgetown graduate applica- 
tion process and seek formal acceptance to 
the MA program during their senior year. 
The five-year program is an opportunity 
for exceptional students to complete degree 
requirements at an accelerated pace. Inter- 
ested students should contact the five-year 
degree program coordinator, Peter Siavelis, 
associate professor of political science. 



REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES 



70 



Courses of Instruction 



Plans of study, course descriptions, and the identification of instruc- 
tors APPLY TO THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2OO4-2OO5 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, AND 

reflect official faculty action through february 14, 2oo5. 

The University reserves the right to change programs of study, 
academic requirements, assignment of lecturers, or the announced 
calendar. the courses listed in this bulletin are not necessarily taught 
every year; their availability is a function of both staffing constraints 
and student demand. while no guarantees about future scheduling can 
be made, students are encouraged to alert their advisers and department 
heads to their needs and desires as soon as they can be foreseen. for an 
exact list of courses offered in each particular semester and summer, 
students should consult the course schedules issued by the office of 
the Registrar during the preceding term. 

Number of hours is shown by numerals immediately after the course title — for example, 
(3h) or (3h, 3h). The symbols P — and C — followed by course numbers or titles are used to 
show prerequisites and corequisites for a course. Permission of the instructor is abbreviated 
as POL 

Courses that satisfy the cultural diversity requirement will be indicated by (CD) after 
the course description. Courses that satisfy the quantitative reasoning requirement will be 
indicated by (QR) after the course description. 

Courses 101-199 are primarily for first-year students and sophomores; courses 
200-299 are primarily for juniors and seniors; courses 301-399 are for advanced under- 
graduate students. Graduate courses are described in the bulletin of the Graduate School. 

7I COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 



American Ethnic Studies (AES) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 

Director Rubin Professor of American Ethnic Studies and Professor of Sociology Earl Smith 
Adjunct Instructor Beth Hopkins 

The interdisciplinary minor in American ethnic studies requires 18 hours. The student must 
take American Ethnic Studies 151. Race and Ethnic Diversity in America, during the second 
or third year at Wake Forest, and American Ethnic Studies 234. Ethnicity and Immigration. 
At least one additional three-hour course must be taken from the behavioral and social 
sciences, and one from the humanities. This structure gives students an understanding of the 
interdisciplinary nature of American ethnic studies within the context of the traditional 
liberal arts curriculum. 

151. Race and Ethnic Diversity in America. (3h) Different race and ethnic experiences are 
examined through an institutional approach that examines religion, work, schooling, 
marriage patterns, and culture from cross-cultural perspective. Grand theoretical schemes 
like the "melting pot" are critiqued for their relevance in an age of new cultural expectations 
among the many American ethnic groups. (CD) 

232. The American Jewish Experience. (3h) An interdisciplinary course exploring Jewish 
immigration to America with a primary focus on the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. 

234. Ethnicity and Immigration. (3h) An exploration of the socio-historical dynamics of the 
peopling of America in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (CD) 

240. Asian- American Legacy: A Social History of Community Adaptation. (3h) An introduc- 
tion to the history, culture, and literature of the Asian-American communities, exploring 
issues of migration, assimilation, and the process of developing Asian-American identities in 
the twentieth and early twenty-first centuries. Also listed as Sociology 240. (CD) 

310. Race, Class, and Gender in a Color-blind Society. (3) An examination of issues 
surrounding race, class, and gender in the United States. Topics include income and wealth, 
theories of discrimination, public education, gender bias, and patterns of occupational and 
industrial segregation. Also listed as Education 310. 

357. Studies in Chicano Literature. (3h) Writings by Americans of Mexican descent in 
relation to politics and history. Readings in literature, literary criticism, and socio-cultural 
analysis. Also listed as English 357. (CD) 

358. The Italian Experience in America. (3h) Explores issues of ethnicity and identity in the 
Italian-American experience. A central goal of this course is to understand the inter- 
relationship of social, economic and political factors that impinge on this large European 
ethnic group. Also listed as Sociology 357. 

387. African-American Fiction. (3h) Selected topics in the development of fiction by 
American writers of African descent. Also listed as English 387. (CD) 

389. African-American Poetry. (3h) Readings of works by American poets of African descent 
in theoretical, critical, and historical contexts. Also listed as English 389. (CD) 

Other courses may be chosen from a list on file in the office of the director of the program. 

AMERICAN ETHNIC STUDIES 72 



Anthropology (ANT) 



Chair Jeanne M. Simonelli 

Professors Jay Kaplan, Jeanne M. Simonelli 

Director, Museum of Anthropology and Adjunct Associate Professor Stephen Whiftington 

Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation Fellow and Associate Professor Margaret Bender 

Assistant Professors Ellen Miller, Paul Thacker 

Adjunct Professor Thomas Arcury 

Adjunct Instructors Beverlye H. Hancock, Kenneth Robinson 

Lecturer Steven Folmar 

A major in anthropology requires a minimum of thirty-three credit hours and must include 
Anthropology 112, 113, 114, 340, 390, one course from each of the following three groups: 
Methods— 305, 307, 315, 342, 353, 354, 368, 378, 380, 381, 382, 383, 384, 387; Subfield 
Topics— 150, 264, 332, 333, 336, 337, 339, 355, 361, 362, 363, 366, 385; Area— 111, 210, 
313, 330, 334, 358, 370, 374, 377; plus the equivalent of two to three more full semester 
courses in anthropology, one of which may be a cognate discipline. 

Students are encouraged but not required to enroll in a course offering intensive field 
research training. 

A minimum grade point average of 2.0 in anthropology courses is required at the time 
the major is declared. A minimum grade of C in all anthropology courses counted toward 
the major is required for graduation. 

A minor in anthropology requires eighteen hours and must include Anthropology 112, 
113, 114. Only one course (excluding Anthropology 112, 113, 114) can be taken under the 
pass/fail option and used to meet minor requirements. Only three hours from Anthropology 
398, 399 may be used toward the minor. Only three hours from Anthropology 353, 354, 
381, 382, 383, and 384 may be used to meet minor requirements and departmental permis- 
sion must be obtained for minor credit in these courses. 

To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Anthropology," highly qualified 
majors (3.5 grade point average in anthropology) should apply to the department for 
admission to the honors program. They must complete a senior research project, document 
their research, and satisfactorily defend their work in an oral examination. For additional 
information, members of the departmental faculty should be consulted. 

111. Peoples and Cultures of the World. (3h) A representative ethnographic survey of world 
cultures, including hunting-gathering, kin-based, and agricultural societies, as well as ethnic 
groups in complex societies. (CD) 

112. Introduction to Archeology. (3h) An overview of world prehistory, from the earliest 
stone tools to the appearance of civilization, with an emphasis on the relationship between 
culture change and the natural environment. 

113. Introduction to Biological Anthropology. (3h) Introduction to biological anthro- 
pology, including human biology, human variation, human genetics, human evolution, and 
primatology. 

114. Introduction to Cultural Anthropology. (3h) Investigates and interprets the historic 
cultural diversity of the world's peoples, through an understanding of economic, social, and 



73 



ANTHROPOLOGY 



political systems; law and order, ritual, symbol, and religion; language and culture; kinship 
and the family; and modernization and culture change. (CD) 

150. Introduction to Linguistics. (3h) The social phenomenon of language: how it originated 
and developed, how it is learned and used, its relationship to other kinds of behavior; types 
of language (oral, written, signed) and language families; analysis of linguistic data; social 
issues of language use. Also listed as Linguistics 150. (CD) 

210. Introduction to Latin-American Studies. (3h) Introduction to the historical, economic, 
cultural, and social issues which shape Latin America. Also listed as Latin-American Studies 
210. (CD) 

264. Forensic Anthropology. (3h) Introduction to the conduct of forensic anthropology, 
including basic human identification, the nature of evidence, laboratory analyses, field 
methods, and modern applications. 

305. Museum Anthropology. (4h) Examines the historical, social, and ideological forces 
shaping the development of museums, including the formation of anthropological collec- 
tions and representation, and the intellectual and social challenges facing museums today 
through hands-on use of the Museum's collections. Lab — four hours. P — ANT 111 or 112 
or 114, or POL 

307. Collections Management Practicum. (1.5h) The principles of collections management 
including artifact registration, cataloging, storage, and handling; conservation issues and 
practices; disaster planning and preparedness; and ethical issues are covered through 
lectures, readings, workshops, and hands-on use of the Museum's collections. 

313. Tradition, Continuity, and Struggle: Mexico and Central America. (3h) Acquaints 
students with the lives and struggles of indigenous and non-indigenous people of Mexico 
and neighboring countries, with special focus on the Maya. The class includes the study of 
contemporary and prehispanic traditions, including Mayan cosmology, language, art and 
architecture, issues of contact during Spanish colonization, and current political, economic, 
health, and social issues affecting these areas today. (CD) 

315. Artifact Analysis and Laboratory Methods in Archeology. (3h) An introduction to 
methods for determining the composition, age, manufacture, and use of different prehistoric 
and historic artifact types. Techniques for reconstruction of past natural environments from 
geological or ecofact samples. Exploration of data display tools including computer-based 
illustration, GIS, and archeological photography. P — ANT 111 or 112 or 114, or POL 

330. Seeing World Cultures. (3h) Focuses on selected cultures throughout the world to better 
understand these societies through the use of ethnographic literature and assesses the 
effectiveness of visual communication in conveying ideas about these cultures through the 
use of ethnographic videos and films. P — ANT 111 or 112 or 113 or 114, or POL 

332. Anthropology of Gender. (3h) Focuses on the difference between sex, a biological 
category, and gender, its cultural counterpart. An anthropological perspective is used to 
understand both the human life cycle and the status of contemporary women and men 
worldwide. In section one, topics include evolution and biological development, sexuality 
and reproduction, parenting, and life cycle changes. The second section takes students to 
diverse locations, including Africa, South Dakota, China, India, and the Amazon for a cross- 
cultural comparison examining roles, responsibilities, and expectations, and how these 
interact with related issues of class and race. (CD) 



ANTHROPOLOGY 



74 



333. Language and Gender. (3h) Uses an anthropological perspective to examine relation- 
ships between language structure, language use, persons, and social categories. Also listed as 
Linguistics 333. 

334. Peoples and Cultures of South Asia. (3h) A survey of the peoples and cultures of the 
Indian subcontinent in the countries of Afghanistan, Bangladesh, Bhutan, India, Nepal, 
Pakistan, and Sri Lanka. The course reviews major topics of interest to anthropologists, 
including prehistory, history and politics, religion, social organization, caste, gender, 
development, and population. (CD) 

336. Myth, Ritual, and Symbolism. (3h) Explores how people envision and manipulate the 
supernatural in cross-cultural perspective. Emphasizes functional aspects of religious beliefs 
and practices. (CD) P— ANT 111 or 112 or 113 or 114, or POL 

337. Economic Anthropology. (3h) Examines the relationship between culture and the 
economy and its implications for applied anthropology. The variable nature and meaning of 
economic behavior is examined in societies ranging from non-industrial to post-industrial. 
Discusses the impact of economic development programs, foreign aid and investment, 
technology transfer, and a variety of other economic aid programs. P — ANT 111 or 112 or 
113 or 114, or POL 

339. Culture and Nature. (3h) Exploration of humanity's "place" in the cosmos, focusing on 
different worldviews of nature and culture. Case studies from anthropology, archeology, and 
environmental science examine conceptions of technology, resources, environment, and 
ownership in the context of environmental change, "natural" disasters, and resource scarcity. 

340. Anthropological Theory. (3h) A study and evaluation of the major anthropological 
theories of humans and society. The relevance and significance of these theories to modern 
anthropology are discussed. P — ANT 112 and 113 and 114, or POL 

342. Applied Anthropology. (3h) Seminar exploring the ways anthropological concepts and 
data contribute to understanding and solving contemporary problems facing human popu- 
lations everywhere. Emphasis is on change and conflict situations in developing areas, but 
problems encountered by urban and industrialized cultures also are considered. P — ANT 
111 or 114 or POL 

353/354. Field Research. (3h, 3h) Issues-based field program provides students with a 
critical understanding of the historical, social, political-economic, and environmental 
conditions that have shaped the lives of the people of the Greater Southwest, with special 
attention to the Native American and Latino/a experience. The program moves from the 
Mexican border region through New Mexico and Arizona, focusing on border issues, 
archeology and prehispanic history, and contemporary Native American culture. Students 
camp, hike, and learn to use digital technology in the field. Specific sites may vary from year 
to year. P— POL 

355. Language and Culture. (3h) Covers theoretical and methodological approaches to the 
study of language and culture, including: semiotics, structuralism, ethnoscience, the ethnog- 
raphy of communication, and sociolinguistics. Topics include: linguistic relativity; grammar 
and worldview; lexicon and thought; language use and social inequality; language and 
gender; and other areas. (CD) 

358. Native Peoples of North America. (3h) Ethnology and prehistory of the indigenous 
peoples and cultures of North America. (CD) P — ANT 111 or 112 or 113 or 114. 



75 



ANTHROPOLOGY 



361. Evolution of Human Behavior. (3h) The application of Darwinian principles to the 
study of human nature and culture. Considers the existence, origin, and manifestation of 
human behavioral universals and the theoretical and practical implications of individual 
variability. 

362. Medical Anthropology. (3h) The impact of Western medical practices and theory on 
non-Western cultures and anthropological contributions to the solving of world health 
problems. (CD) P— ANT 111 or 112 or 113 or 114, or POL 

363. Primate Behavior and Biology. (3h) Examines the evolution and adaptations of the 
order primates. Considers the different ways that ecology and evolution shape social 
behavior. Special emphasis on the lifeways of monkeys and apes. 

364. Primate Evolutionary Biology. (3h) Examines the anatomy, evolution, and paleobiology 
of members of the order Primates. Emphasis is placed on the fossil evidence for primate 
evolution. Major topics include: primate origins, prosimian and anthropoid adaptations, 
patterns in primate evolution, and the place of humans within the order Primates. 

365. Evolutionary Medicine. (3h) An explicitly evolutionary approach to complex relation- 
ships between human evolutionary adaptations and health problems related to modern 
behavior and culture. P— ANT 111, 113, or 114, or POL 

366. Human Evolution. (3h) The paleontological evidence for early human evolution, with 
an emphasis on the first five million years of bio-cultural evolution. P — ANT 113 or POL 

368. Human Osteology. (4h) A survey and analysis of human skeletal anatomy, emphasizing 
archeological and anthropological applications and practice. Lab — four hours. 

370. Old World Prehistory. (3h) Survey of Old World prehistory, with particular attention to 
geological and climatological events affecting culture change. P — ANT 112 or POL 

374. Prehistory of North America. (3h) The development of culture in North America, as 
outlined by archeological research, with an emphasis on paleoecology and sociocultural 
processes. P — ANT 112 or POL 

376. Archeology of the Southeastern United States. (1.5h) A study of human adaptation in 
the Southeast from Pleistocene to the present, emphasizing the role of ecological factors in 
determining the formal aspects of culture. P — ANT 111 or 112 or 113 or 114. 

377. Ancestors, Indians, Immigrants: A Southwest Cultural Tapestry. (3h) Exploration of 
factors that shaped the lives of people in the Southwest, with attention to Native American 
and Hispanic experience. From kivas to casinos, coyotes to cartels, links archeological and 
prehispanic history to contemporary lifeways in the canyons, deserts, and cities of the U.S./ 
North Mexico. (CD) 

378. Conservation Archeology. (1.5h) A study of the laws, regulations, policies, programs, 
and political processes used to conserve prehistoric and historic cultural resources. 

380. Anthropological Statistics. (3h) Basic statistics, emphasizing application in anthropo- 
logical research. A student who receives credit for this course may not also receive credit for 
Biology 380, Business 201, Health and Exercise Science 262, or Sociology 371. (QR) 

381, 382. Archeological Research. (3h, 3h) The recovery of anthropological data through 
archeological fieldwork. Students learn archeological survey, mapping, excavation, recording 
techniques, and artifact and ecofact recovery and analysis. P — ANT 111 or 112 or 113 or 
114, or POL 



ANTHROPOLOGY 



76 



383, 384. Field Research in Cultural Anthropology. (3h, 3h) Training in techniques for the 
study of foreign cultures, carried out in the field. P — ANT 111 or 112 or 113 or 114, or 
POL 

385, 386. Special Problems Seminar. (3h, 3h) Intensive investigation of current scientific re- 
search within the discipline. The course concentrates on problems of contemporary interest. 

387. Ethnographic Research Methods. (3h) Designed to familiarize students with ethno- 
graphic research methods and their application. Considers the epistemological, ethical, 
political, and psychological aspects of research. Laboratory experience and data analysis. 
P— ANT 111 or 114. 

390. Student-Faculty Seminar. (3h) A review of contemporary problems in the fields of 
archeology, and biological and cultural anthropology. Senior standing recommended. 
P— ANT 112, 113 and 114, or POL 

391, 392. Internship in Anthropology. (3h, 3h) An internship course designed to meet the 
needs and interests of selected students, to be carried out under the supervision of a depart- 
mental faculty member. P — POL 

398, 399. Individual Study, (lh, 1.5h, 2h, or 3h) A reading or research course designed to 
meet the needs and interests of selected students, to be carried out under the supervision of a 
departmental faculty member. P — POL 

Art (ART) 

Chair Page H. Laughlin 

Charlotte C. Weber Professor of Art David M. Lubin 

Reynolds Professor in Film Studies Peter Brunette 

Wake Forest Professor Margaret S. Smith, 

Professors Robert Knott, Page H. Laughlin, Harry B. Titus Jr. 

Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation Fellow and Associate Professor David Finn 

Associate Professors Bernadine Barnes, David L. Faber, John R. Pickel 

Assistant Professor Lynne Johnson 

Instructor Alix Hitchcock 

Adjunct Assistant Professors James Davis, Leigh Ann Hallberg 

Adjunct Instructor Jennifer Gentry 

Visiting Assistant Professor E. Brady Robinson 

Lecturers Brian Allen (London), Maria A. Chiari (Venice), Beatrice Ottersbock (Vienna), 

Katie Scott (London), Yue-Ling Wong 

The department offers courses in the history of art, architecture, printmaking, photography, 
and film from the ancient through modern periods, and the practice of art in six areas: 
drawing, painting, printmaking, sculpture, photography, and digital art. Opportunities to 
supplement the regular academic program of the department include study abroad in Wake 
Forest residential study centers, changing art exhibitions in the gallery of the Scales Fine Arts 
Center, a visiting artists program, and internships in local museums and arts organizations. 



77 



ART 



The department offers two majors, art history and studio art, each requiring thirty 
hours, with a maximum of thirty-six hours. A minor in either studio art or art history 
requires fifteen hours. Students may major in one field and minor in another within a limit 
of forty-two hours. 

For the art history major twenty-four hours are to be in art history and six hours in 
studio art. The required art history courses include one course in Ancient, Classical or 
Medieval art; one course in Renaissance, Baroque, or Eighteenth-Century art; one course in 
modern painting, architecture, photography, or film; Art 394; one art history seminar; and 
electives. Art history majors are encouraged to take Art 103 and a course in non-western art. 
An art history minor requires twelve hours in art history and three hours in studio art. 

For the studio art major twenty-four hours are to be in studio art and six hours in art 
history. The required studio art courses include four entry level courses — one in three- 
dimensional art and three selected from the five two-dimensional areas; two second level 
courses in different areas; a third semester in a studio art concentration; and electives in 
studio art. A minor in studio art requires twelve hours in studio art and three hours in art 
history. 

Any student interested in majoring or minoring in art should consult the art department. 

Students with a special interest in multimedia development may wish to consider a 
program of study that combines digital art and computer science. Advisers in either the art 
or computer science departments can provide further information on coordinating an art 
major with a computer science minor, or vice versa. 

Qualified students in both the studio and art history areas may ask to participate in the 
department's honors program. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Art," 
students must execute a written project or create a body of work; the results of their efforts 
must be presented and defended before a committee of department faculty. Interested 
students should consult any member of the department for additional information concern- 
ing the requirements for this program. 

The department accepts only three courses from a non-Wake Forest program for credit 
toward the major. Of these three courses, only two may be in the same area of concentra- 
tion. For instance, an art major may take up to two art history courses and one studio 
course or two studio art courses and one art history course at a non-Wake Forest program. 
All studio courses taken abroad are assigned Art 210. 

Students enrolled at Wake Forest may not take courses in studio art or art history at 
other institutions to satisfy divisional requirements. 

Art History 

103. History of Western Art. (3h) A historical introduction to the arts of various cultures 
and times with discussions of technique, style, methodology, and terms. 

104. Topics in World Art. (3h) An examination of the visual arts in selected world cultures, 
with discussions of techniques, styles, broader cultural contexts, and confrontations with 
varying traditions. Topics may include one or more of the following: the arts of China, 
Japan, India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Africa, Islamic cultures, or the indigenous cultures of the 
Americas. (CD) 



ART 



78 



105. The History of World Architecture. (3h) An examination of architectural monuments in 
selected world cultures with discussions of the planning, siting, design, construction, patron- 
age, historical impact, and broader cultural context. (CD) 

231. American Visual Arts. (3h) American art and culture from the Colonial period to 1900 
in terms of changing aesthetic standards, social, and historical developments. Includes fine 
arts, folk arts, material culture, and mass media. 

232. African-American Art. (3h) African-American art from the eighteenth century to the 
present, with attention to the social and historical context of the works and the artist. 

233. American Architecture. (3h) A discussion-based course examining American architec- 
ture from 1650 to the present. Offered in fall semester, even years. 

241. Ancient Art. (3h) A survey of architecture, painting, and sculpture from ca. 3000 BCE 
through the late Roman period. 

244. Greek Art. (3h) A survey of architecture, painting, and sculpture from ca. 800 BCE 
through the Hellenistic period. 

245. Roman Art. (3h) A survey of Etruscan and Roman architecture, painting, and sculpture. 

251. Women and Art. (3h) A historical examination of the changing image of women in art 
and the role of women artists. 

252. Romanesque Art. (3h) Art and architecture from the Carolingian Renaissance through 
the twelfth century. 

253. The Gothic Cathedral. (3h) The character and evolution of Gothic cathedrals and the 
sculpture, stained glass, metalworks, and paintings designed for them. 

254. Luxury Arts in the Middle Ages. (3h) Medieval illuminated manuscripts and precious 
objects made of gold, silver, ivory, enamel, and other luxury materials are the subjects of this 
course. 

258. The History of Prints. (3h) A survey of the technical and stylistic developments in 
printmaking from the fifteenth century to the present. Special attention is given to the 
function of prints in society. Student research focuses on prints in the University Print 
Collection. 

259. The History of Photography. (3h) A historical and critical survey of photography from 
its invention in 1826 to the present. Special attention to the medium's cultural and artistic 
reception. 

260. Classics of World Cinema. (3h) Selected masterpieces of world film 1930-1965 (two 
in-class screenings per week). Emphasis is on developing skills for viewing, discussing, 
and writing about motion pictures as visual and dramatic art. 

261. Topics in Film History. (3h) Variable topics in film history, including genres, major 
directors, regional or national cinemas, and historical periods. Course may be repeated if 
topic is different. 

266. Art in the Age of Giotto, Dante, and the Plague. (3h) Developments in Italian painting, 
sculpture, and architecture in the fourteenth century with special attention to the new 
naturalism of Giotto and the effects of the Great Plague of 1348 on the arts. 



79 



267. Early Italian Renaissance Art. (3h) The development of art and architecture in Italy in 
the fifteenth century. Special attention is given to the works of Donatello, Botticelli, and 
Leonardo da Vinci. 

268. High Renaissance and Mannerist Art. (3h) The development of art and architecture in 
the sixteenth century in Rome, Florence, Venice and other cities. Among the artists studied 
are Michelangelo, Raphael, and Titian. 

270. Northern Renaissance Art. (3h) A survey of painting, sculpture, and printmaking in 
Northern Europe from the mid-fourteenth century through the sixteenth century. 

272. Baroque Art. (3h) A discussion-based survey of major art, artists, and cultural issues in 
seventeenth-century Europe. 

273. Rococo to Revolution: The Art of Eighteenth-Century Europe. (3h) Discussion-based 
study of painting, graphics, sculpture, and architecture in the historical and literary contexts 
of eighteenth-century Europe. 

275. History of Landscape Architecture. (3h) A survey of garden and landscape design from 
the Roman period through the twentieth century. 

281. Nineteenth-Century Art. (3h) A survey of European and American art from the French 
Revolution to 1900, emphasizing the major movements from Romanticism to Impressionism 
and Post-Impressionism. 

282. Twentieth-Century Art. (3h) A survey of European and American painting and sculp- 
ture from 1900 to the present. 

283. Impressionism. (3h) A study of Impressionism and Post-Impressionism with an 
emphasis on stylistic innovations and the social and cultural context in which they were 
produced. 

284. Contemporary American Art. (3h) An intensive study of American painting and sculp- 
ture from 1950 to the present. 

288. Modern Architecture. (3h) A survey of European and American architecture from 1900 
to the present. Offered in fall semester, odd years. 

297. Management in the Visual Arts. (3h) This course provides to both art and business 
students the essential skills, pragmatic experiences, and a conceptual framework for under- 
standing the role the visual arts play within the national and international economy. Also 
listed as Business 282. P — Junior or senior standing and POL 

331. American Foundations. (3h) An interdisciplinary study of American art, music, litera- 
ture and social history with particular reference to the art collection at Reynolda House, 
Museum of American Art. Lectures, discussions and field trips, including a tour of New York 
City museums. Term project in American Art. Also listed as History 349, Interdisciplinary 
Honors 393, 394, and Music 307. Offered at Reynolda House in summer only. 

394. Issues in Art History. (3h) A discussion-based course focusing on critical theory and 
methods employed by art historians working today as well as by some of the founding 
figures of the discipline. 



ART g 



396. Art History Seminar. (1.5h, 3h) Offered by members of the faculty or visiting faculty on 
topics of their choice. A paper is required. P — POL 

a. Ancient Art b. Medieval Art 

c. Renaissance Art d. Baroque Art 

e. Modern Art f. Contemporary Art 

g. American Art h. Modern Architecture 

i. American Architecture j. Art and Popular Culture 

k. Film I. Architecture and Urbanism 

m. Museums n. Special Topics 

Studio Art* 

110. Topics in Studio Art. (3h) Used to designate studio art courses in the Wake Forest 
summer school. May be repeated. Studio art courses are determined by individual instruc- 
tors in the following areas: 

a. Drawing b. Painting 

c. Printmaking d. Sculpture 

e. Photography f. Digital Art 
g. Special Topics 

111. Introduction to Studio Art Fundamentals. (3h) Students are introduced to basic 
elements of two-dimensional and three-dimensional fine art through hands-on experimenta- 
tion and critical thinking. Six class hours per week. 

112. Introduction to Painting. (3h) An introduction to the fundamentals of the contempo- 
rary practice of oil painting. No prior painting experience required, although prior studio art 
experience is recommended. 

114. Digital Art I. (3h) An introduction to the fundamentals of art-making using computer 
software. Emphasis is on the acquisition of basic skills and concepts focusing on two- 
dimensional image manipulation and basic Web page design as an art form. A working 
knowledge of the Windows operating system required. 

115. Introduction to Sculpture. (3h) An introduction to basic sculptural styles and multi- 
media, with emphasis on contemporary concepts. Prior studio experience is recommended. 

117. Introduction to Printmaking. (3h) An introduction to one or more of the following 
areas of printmaking: lithography, intaglio, and silkscreen. 

118. Introduction to Drawing. (3h) Drawing fundamentals emphasizing composition, value, 
line, and form. 

119. Introduction to Photography. (3h) An introduction to black and white photography 
with a brief introduction to digital imaging. Technical information serves the goal of 
understanding contemporary aesthetic and critical issues. Students must provide a manual 
35 mm SLR camera. 



* Prerequisites may be waived with permission of instructor. 



210. Topics in Studio Art. (3h) Used to designate studio art courses taken at other institu- 
tions. May be repeated. Studio art courses are determined by individual instructors in the 
following areas: 

a. Drawing b. Painting 

c. Printmaking d. Sculpture 

e. Photography f. Digital Art 

g. Special Topics 

211. Intermediate Drawing. (3h) Emphasis on idea development in realistic and abstract 
styles in drawing and water color media. P — ART 111, 118, 218 or POL 

212. Painting II. (3h) Continuation of Art 112 with concentrated emphasis on conceptual 
development and technical exploration. P — ART 112. Offered in the fall semester only. 

213. Painting HI. (3h) An individualized course of study with emphasis on refining the skills 
and concepts developed in Painting II. P — ART 212. Offered in fall semester only. 

214. Digital Art II. (3h) A continuation of critical and technical development of computer 
generated art-making with a focus on strengthening aesthetic and technical skills using two- 
dimensional as well as time-based media such as video and sound. P — ART 114. 

215. Public Art. (3h) This course covers art that is sited in the public realm. Exercises with 
various sites, materials, and audiences culminate in a public project. P — ART 115 or POL 
Offered in fall semester, even years. 

216. Sculpture Fabrication. (3h) Fabrication of small scale sculpture using wood, fabric, and 
metal. Projects stress craftsmanship and imagination. P — ART 115 or POL Offered in spring 
semester, odd years. 

217 '. Intermediate Printmaking. (3h) Continuation of Art 117, with emphasis on idea 
development. May be repeated. P — ART 117. 

218. Figure Drawing. (3h) An introduction to drawing the nude model using a variety of 
media and approaches. May be repeated once. P — Any 100 level course or POL 

219. Darkroom Photography. (3h) Further exploration of traditional black and white 
photography, camera techniques, aesthetic, and critical issues to increase the understanding 
of the contemporary photographic image. P — ART 119. Not offered every semester. 

221. Advanced Drawing. (3h) A course of individual study with faculty guidance. May be 
repeated. P— ART 211. 

222. Advanced Painting. (3h) A course of individual study with faculty guidance focused on 
developing a body of work for exhibition. Covers various aspects of professional practice 
including artist statements and proposals, and portfolio development. May be repeated. 

P — ART 212. Offered in spring semester only. 

224. Digital Art III. (3h) A continuation of digital art-making using selected digital media to 
create independent projects. Forms may include: interactive multimedia using both CD- 
ROM and the Internet, advanced digital image creation, animation, sound, and video. 
Emphasis is on development of personal aesthetics, technical excellence, and understanding 
of the contemporary issues of digital art-making. P — ART 214. 

225. Bodies and Objects. (3h) This course explores the social and psychological ramifica- 
tions of making objects based on the body through casting and other techniques. 

P — ART 1 15 or POL Offered in fall semester, odd years. 

ART 82 



226. Sculpture Installation. (3h) Exercises to develop an understanding of material, process, 
and audience as they relate to contemporary sculpture. The major projects for the course are 
an installation and a design project. P — ART 115 or POL Offered in spring semester, even 
years. 

22.1 . Advanced Printmaking. (3h) A course of individual study with faculty guidance. May 
be repeated. P— ART 217. 

229. Digital Photography. (3h) Further exploration of digital photography camera tech- 
niques, digital printing, aesthetic, and critical issues to increase the understanding of the 
contemporary photographic image. P — ART 119 or POL Not offered every semester. 

239. Videography. (3h) Exploration of videography, DV camera techniques, digital editing, 
non-camera animation, aesthetic, and critical issues to increase the understanding of 
contemporary video art. P — ART 119 or POL Not offered every semester. 

290S. Printmaking Workshop. (3h) A workshop course exploring relief, intaglio, lithography, 
and monotype techniques, open to students at any skill level. Offered in the summer. 

295. Studio Seminar. (1.5h, 3h) Offered by members of the faculty or visiting faculty on 
topics of their choice and related studio activities. P — POL 

Other Art Courses 

291. Individual Study. (3h) A course of independent study with faculty guidance. 

292. Individual Study. (3h) A course of independent study with faculty guidance. 

293. Practicum. (3h) Internships in local cultural organizations, to be arranged and ap- 
proved in advance by the art department. Pass/Fail. 

299. International Studies in Art. (3h) Offered by art department faculty in locations outside 
of the United States, on specific topics in art history or studio art. Offered in the summer. 

2320. English Art, Hogarth to the Present. (3h) A survey of English painting, sculpture, and 
architecture in the Georgian, Victorian, and modern periods. Slide lectures, student reports, 
museum visits, and lectures. Taught by special lecturer. Offered in London. 

2693. Venetian Renaissance Art. (3h) A survey of the art of the Venetian Renaissance, with 
slide lectures and museum visits. Offered in Venice. 

2712. Studies in French Art. (3h) Lectures and field trips in French painting, sculpture, and 
architecture, concentrating on the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. Offered in Dijon. 

2767. Austrian Art and Architecture. (3h) A study of the development of Austrian art and 
architecture and its relationship to European periods and styles. Includes visits to sites and 
museums. Offered in Vienna. 



83 



ART 



Biology (BIO) 



Chair Herman E. Eure 

Charles H. Babcock Chair of Botany William K. Smith 

Charles M. Allen Professor of Biology Gerald W. Esch 

Reynolds Professor Susan Fahrbach 

Wake Forest Professors Ronald V. Dimock Jr., Raymond E. Kuhn 

Professors David J. Anderson, Carole L. Browne, Robert A. Browne, William E. Conner, 

James F. Curran, Herman E. Eure, Kathleen A. Kron, Hugo C. Lane, Gloria K. Muday, 

Wayne L. Silver, Peter D. Weigl 

Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation Fellows and Associate Professors 

Miles R. Silman, Clifford W. Zeyl 

Associate Professors Miriam A. Ashley-Ross, Brian W. Tague 

Assistant Professor Erik C. Johnson 

Adjunct Professors J. Whitfield Gibbons, Terry C. Hazen 

Adjunct Assistant Professor and Director of Microscopy Anita K. McCauley 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Hanya Chrispeels 

Visiting Assistant Professor Pat C. W. Lord 

Lecturer A. Daniel Johnson 

The department offers programs leading to a bachelor of arts and a bachelor of science 
degree in biology. Sophomore students electing to major in biology should consult with a 
major adviser to determine which degree program would be most appropriate for their 
career objectives. The requirements for completion of each degree program are those in 
effect at the time of the declaration of the major, since the curriculum and the departmental 
requirements may change slightly during the student's period of residence. 

Students pursuing the bachelor of arts degree are required to take Biology 112, 113, 
213, and 214 and at least two 300 level four-hour biology courses. Co-requirements for the 
BA degree include the following laboratory courses: Chemistry 109 (or 111) and 122 and 
one additional course in mathematics or physical science. 

Students pursuing the bachelor of science degree are required to take Biology 112, 113, 
213, 214, a research experience (such as BIO 391 or an equivalent program approved by the 
major adviser) and at least two 300 level four-hour biology courses. Co-requirements for the 
BS degree include the following laboratory courses: Chemistry 109 (or 111), 122 and 120 
(or 223), Physics 113, 114 and one additional course in mathematics or physical sciences at 
the 200 level or above. 

The requirements for both the BA and BS degree programs are a minimum of thirty- 
four hours in biology. A maximum of four hours of research in biology may be applied 
toward the major, but an additional four hours (BIO 393 and/or 394) may be taken and 
applied toward graduation as elective hours. A minimum grade point average of 2.0 on 
biology courses taken at Wake Forest is required for graduation with a major in biology. 

A minor in biology requires sixteen hours. Courses taken pass/fail cannot count toward 
a minor. A minimum overall grade point average of 2.0 must be earned on all Wake Forest 
biology courses taken to complete a minor. The requirements for the minor are those that 
are in effect at the time of the declaration of the minor, since the curriculum and the 
departmental requirements may change slightly during the student's period of residence. 



BIOLOGY 



8 4 



Prospective majors are strongly urged to select either Biology 112 or 113 as their first 
course in biology. Biology 213 and 214 are more advanced courses and should be taken 
after Biology 112 and 113. Most prospective majors also should take Chemistry 109 (or 
111) and 122 in their first year. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to the 
honors program in biology. To be graduated with the distinction "Honors in Biology," a 
graduating student must have a minimum grade point average of 3.0 in all courses and a 3.3 
in biology courses. In addition, the student must submit an honors paper describing his or 
her independent research project, written in the form of a scientific paper, which must be 
submitted to and approved by an advisory committee. Specific details regarding the honors 
program, including selecting an adviser and an advisory committee, deadlines, and writing of 
the honors thesis, may be obtained from the chair of the departmental Undergraduate 
Studies Committee. 

^Students enrolled at Wake Forest may not take courses in biology at other institutions to 
satisfy divisional requirements. 

101. Biology and the Human Condition. (4h) An introductory course that focuses on the 
relevance to society of recent breakthroughs in biology. Basic principles of biology are 
covered, but the course emphasizes recent advances in biology placed in the context of their 
ethical, social, political, and economic implications. This non-majors course is intended for 
students with little or no previous experience in biology and does not count toward the 
major or minor in biology. Lab — three hours. 

111. Biological Principles. (4h) A study of the general principles of living systems with focus 
on the cellular, organismal, and populational levels of biological organization, emphasizing 
the role of heredity and evolution in these systems. This course is intended for students with 
little or no previous experience in biology and does not count toward the major or minor in 
biology. Lab — three hours. 

112. Comparative Physiology. (4h) An introduction to the form and function of organisms, 
with emphasis on physical principles, structural organization, and critical function of plants 
and animals. Intended as a beginning course in biology for prospective majors and for any 
students with adequate high school preparation in biology. Lab — three hours. 

113. Evolutionary and Ecological Biology. (4h) An introduction to the principles of genetics, 
ecology, and evolution as they apply to organisms, populations, and communities, with 
emphasis on evolutionary processes within an ecological context. Intended as a beginning 
course in biology for prospective majors and for any students with adequate high school 
preparation in biology. Lab — three hours. (QR) 

213. Genetics and Molecular Biology. (4h) An introduction to the principles and processes 
of heredity, information flow, and gene function. Topics covered include Mendelian genetics, 
molecular genetics, and the origin of genetic variation. Lab — three hours. 

214. Cellular Biology. (4h) An introduction to the principles and processes of cellular 
biology and their impact on organismal function. Topics include molecular organization of 
cellular structures, regulations of cellular functions, bioenergetics, and metabolism. The 
course also introduces cancer, immunology, and developmental biology. Lab — three hours. 
P— BIO 112 and Chemistry 109 or 111, or POL 



85 



BIOLOGY 



216. Biodiversity. (4h) An introductory course that traces the history of life on earth and 
looks at its diversification in an evolutionary and ecological context. Lectures cover the 
mechanisms of biological diversification and surveys life on earth. Labs introduce students 
to the broad diversity of life through exercises with living organisms. Lab — three hours. 

237. Plants and People. (3h) A course that explores various associations between plants and 
people, their interrelationships, medical as well as ethical, and the impact of these interrela- 
tionships on various contemporary societies. 

301-306. Topics in Biology. (l-4h) Seminar and/or lecture courses in selected topics, some 
involving laboratory instruction. May be repeated if the course title differs. 

307. Biophysics. (3h) An introduction to the structure, dynamic behavior, and function of 
DNA and proteins, and a survey of membrane biophysics. The physical principles of 
structure determination by X-ray, NMR, and optical methods are emphasized. P — BIO 112 
or 214, Physics 113, 114, or POL 

314. Evolution. (3h) Analysis of the theories, evidences, and mechanisms of evolution. 
P— BIO 113. 

315. Population Genetics. (3h) A study of the amount of distribution of genetic variation in 
populations of organisms, and of how processes such as mutation, recombination, and 
selection affect genetic variation. The lecture presents both an introduction to theoretical 
studies, and discussion of molecular and phenotypic variation in natural populations. 

P— BIO 113. (QR) 

320. Comparative Anatomy. (4h) A study of the vertebrate body from an evolutionary, 
functional, and developmental perspective. Laboratories emphasize structure and function, 
primarily through the dissection of representative vertebrates. Lab — three hours. 

P— BIO 112 and 113. 

321. Parasitology. (4h) A survey of protozoan, helminth, and arthropod parasites from the 
standpoint of morphology, taxonomy, life histories, and host/parasite relationships. Lab — 
three hours. P— BIO 112 and 113. 

322. Biomechanics. (4h) An analysis of the relationship between organismal form and func- 
tion using principles from physics and engineering. Solid and fluid mechanics are employed 
to study design in living systems. Lab — three hours. P — BIO 112. 

323. Animal Behavior. (4h) A survey of laboratory and field research on animal behavior. 
Lab— three hours. P— BIO 112 and 113. 

324. Hormones and Behavior. (3h) Introduction to the hormonal regulation of behavior in 
a broad range of animals, including humans and invertebrates. Topics include reproductive 
behavior, parental behavior, social behavior, sex differences, aggressive behavior, stress, 
mood, and the regulation of molting in insects. P — BIO 112. 

326. Microbiology. (4h) The structure, function, and taxonomy of microorganisms with 
emphasis on bacteria. Covered special topics include microbial ecology, industrial micro- 
biology, and medical microbiology. The lab emphasizes microbial diversity through charac- 
terizations of isolates from nature. P — BIO 213 and 214; Chemistry 122. 

331. Invertebrates. (4h) Systematic study of invertebrates, with emphasis on functional 
morphology, behavior, ecology, and phylogeny. Lab — three hours. P — BIO 112 and 113. 



biology g£ 



333. Vertebrates. (4h) Systematic study of vertebrates, with emphasis on evolution, physiol- 
ogy, behavior, and ecology. Laboratory devoted to systematic, field, and experimental studies. 
Lab— three hours. P— BIO 112 and 113. 

335. Insect Biology. (4h) A study of the diversity, structure, development, physiology, beha- 
vior, and ecology of insects. Lab — three hours. P — BIO 112 and 113. 

335S. Insect Biology. (4h) A five-week course taught during the summer. A study of the di- 
versity, structure, development, physiology, behavior, and ecology of one of the most diverse 
taxa on earth. Course location and field trip destinations to be announced each summer. 
P— POL 

338. Plant Systematics. (4h) A study of the diversity and evolution of flowering plants. 
Lectures emphasize the comparative study of selected plant families, their relationships and 
the use of new information and techniques to enhance our understanding of plant evolution. 
Labs emphasize more practical aspects of plant systematics such as the use of identification 
keys, recognition of common local plants, molecular techniques, and basic phylogenetic 
analysis. 

339. Principles of Biosystematics. (4h) An exploration of the current theoretical and prac- 
tical approaches to the study of macroevolution in plants and animals. Topics include theory 
and methods of constructing evolutionary trees, sources of data, and cladistic biogeography. 
Lab — three hours. 

340. Ecology. (4h) Interrelationships among living systems and their environments; structure 
and dynamics of major ecosystem types; contemporary problems in ecology. Lab — three 
hours. P— BIO 112 and 113. (QR) 

341. Marine Biology. (4h) An introduction to the physical, chemical, and biological para- 
meters affecting the distribution of marine organisms. Lab) — three hours. P — BIO 112 and 113. 

342. Aquatic Ecology. (4h) A course designed to cover the general principles and concepts of 
limnology and aquatic biology as they apply to lentic and lotic habitats. A major portion of 
the field study is centered at the Charles M. Allen Biological Station. Lab — three hours. 

P— BIO 113. 

343. Tropical Ecology. (3h) An exploration of the ecology, biodiversity, history, and future of 
tropical ecosystems. Lectures emphasize ecological principles and rely heavily on the primary 
literature. An upper-level ecology course is recommended. P — BIO 112 and 113. 

344S. Tropical Marine Ecology. (4h) An intensive field-oriented course focusing on tropical 
marine ecosystems and their biological communities. Emphasis is placed on biodiversity, the 
ecology of dominant taxa, the interactions between physical and biological processes, and 
the structure and function of representative communities. Includes 2.5 weeks at the Hofstra 
University Marine Laboratory, Jamaica. P — Minimum of one year of college biology 
including BIO 113 and POL Offered in the summer only. 

345. Neurobiology. (3h) Introduction to the structure and function of the nervous system 
including the neural basis of behavior. Anatomical, physiological, and neurochemical 
approaches are integrated in the study of the peripheral and central nervous systems. 
P— BIO 112 and 214. 



87 



BIOLOGY 



346. Neurobiology. (4h) Introduction to the structure and function of the nervous system 
including the neural basis of behavior. Anatomical, physiological, and neurochemical 
approaches are integrated in the study of the peripheral and central nervous systems. The 
laboratory emphasizes electrophysiological techniques with experiments from the cellular to 
the behavioral level. Lab — three hours. P — BIO 112 and 214. 

347. Physiological Plant Ecology. (3h) A course designed to provide a fundamental under- 
standing of how plants have adapted to the stresses of their habitats, particularly in harsh or 
extreme environments such as deserts, the alpine, the arctic tundra, and tropical rain forests. 
P— BIO 112 and 113. 

348. Physiological Plant Ecology. (4h) A course designed to provide a fundamental under- 
standing of how plants have adapted to the stresses of their habitats, particularly in harsh or 
extreme environments such as deserts, the alpine, the arctic tundra, and tropical rainforests. 
The laboratory introduces students to a broad array of field instrumentation. P — BIO 112 
and 113. 

349S. Tropical Biodiversity. (4h) An intensive field course in tropical biodiversity. Students 
travel to major tropical biomes, including deserts, glaciated peaks, and rain forests. Lectures 
emphasize the basic ecological principles important in each ecosystem; laboratories consist 
of student-designed field projects. Course location varies yearly. P — BIO 112 and 113 and 
POL Offered in the summer only. 

350. Conservation Biology. (3h) Lectures, readings, and discussions examining biological 
resources, their limitations and methods for sustainability. Genetic, aquatic, terrestrial, and 
ecosystem resources are examined. P — BIO 113. 

351. Vertebrate Physiology. (4h) A lecture and laboratory course examining regulatory prin- 
ciples, integration in the nervous system and the physiology of the cardiovascular, respira- 
tory, and renal systems of vertebrates. P — BIO 112 and 214. 

352. Developmental Neuroscience. (4h) This course focuses on the development of neural 
structures and the plasticity of the mature nervous system. Special attention is given to ex- 
perimental model systems, particularly Drosophila melanogaster. The laboratory features 
molecular, immunocytochemical, and cell culture techniques for the study of neurons. 
P— BIO 213 and 214. 

354. Vertebrate Endocrinology. (3h) A lecture course that considers the evolution of the 
endocrine glands and hormones and the physiology of the main hormonal pathways of 
vertebrates. P— BIO 112 and 214. 

355. Avian Biology. (4h) A lecture and laboratory course emphasizing ecological and evolu- 
tionary influences on the physiology, behavior, and population biology of birds. Includes 
taxonomy of the world's major bird groups. Lab — three hours. P — BIO 112 and 113. 

359. Genomics. (3h) An introduction to the acquisition, analysis, and utility of DNA 
sequence information. Topics covered include structural, comparative, and functional 
genomics, genetic mapping, bioinformatics, and proteomics. P — BIO 213. 

360. Development. (4h) A description of the major events and processes of animal develop- 
ment, with an analysis of the causal factors underlying them. Special attention is given to the 
embryonic development of vertebrates, but consideration is also given to other types of 
development and other organisms. Topics include fertilization, early development, growth 



BIOLOGY gg 



and cell division, cell differentiation, the role of genes in development, cell interaction, 
morphogenesis, regeneration, birth defects, and cancer. Lab — three hours. P — BIO 112 
and 214. 

361. Microbial Pathogenesis. (3h) This course explores the molecular mechanisms by which 
microorganisms attack hosts, how hosts defend against pathogens, and how these interac- 
tions cause disease. P — BIO 112, 214, and POL 

362. Immunology. (3h) A study of the components and protective mechanisms of the im- 
mune system. P — BIO 112 and 214. 

363. Sensory Biology. (3h) A lecture course with emphasis on sensory physiology and other 
aspects of sensory systems, e.g. molecular biology and anatomy. Credit not allowed for both 
BIO 363 and 364. P — BIO 112 and 214. Taught in Ljubljana, Slovenia. 

363S. Sensory Biology. (3h) A lecture course with emphasis on sensory physiology and other 
aspects of sensory systems, e.g. molecular biology and anatomy. Credit not allowed for both 
BIO 363S and 364. P— BIO 112 and 214 and POL 

364. Sensory Biology. (4h) A lecture and laboratory course with emphasis on sensory physi- 
ology and other aspects of sensory systems, e.g. molecular biology and anatomy. Credit not 
allowed for both BIO 363 and 364. P— BIO 112 and 214. 

365. Biology of the Cell. (4h) A lecture and laboratory course on classic experiments and 
recent advances in cell biology. Lectures emphasize analysis and interpretation of experimen- 
tal data in the primary literature, focusing on topics such as the targeting of macromolecules, 
cell-cell communication, and the control of cell division. The text for this course consists of 
papers that have led to the Nobel Prize in Physiology and Medicine and more current work 
using biological tools. The laboratory introduces basic techniques in cell biology and leads 
to an independent project. Lab — three hours. P — BIO 112 and 214. 

367. Virology. (3h) A course designed to introduce students to viruses, viral/host interac- 
tions, pathogenicity, methods of control and their use in molecular biology, including gene 
therapy. P— BIO 112 and 214. 

368. The Cell Biological Basis of Disease. (3h) This course examines some of the defects in 
basic cellular mechanisms that are responsible for many diseases. P — BIO 112 and 214. 

369. The Cell Biological Basis of Disease. (4h) This course examines some of the defects in 
basic cellular mechanisms that are responsible for many diseases. The laboratory uses 
advanced microscopic and histological techniques to investigate basic properties of cells. 
P— BIO 112 and 214. 

370. Biochemistry: Macromolecules and Metabolism. (3h) A lecture course introducing the 
principles of biochemistry, with an emphasis on the experimental approaches that elucidated 
these principles. Major topics include structure, function, and biosynthesis of biological 
molecules, analysis of enzyme function and activity, bioenergetics, and regulation of 
metabolic pathways. Also listed as Chemistry 370. P — BIO 214 and either Chemistry 223 or 
230, or POL 

371. Biochemistry: Macromolecules and Metabolism. (4h) A lecture and laboratory course 
introducing the principles of biochemistry, with an emphasis on the experimental approach- 
es that elucidated these principles. Major topics include structure, function, and biosynthesis 



8 9 



BIOLOGY 



of biological molecules, analysis of enzyme function and activity, bioenergetics, and regula- 
tion of metabolic pathways. The laboratory emphasizes approaches for isolation and analy- 
sis of proteins and enzymes. Also listed as Chemistry 371. P — BIO 214 and either Chemistry 
223 or 230, or POI. 

372. Molecular Biology. (4h) An analysis of the molecular mechanisms by which stored 
genetic information directs cellular development. Emphasis is placed on storage and trans- 
mission of genetic information, regulation of gene expression, and the role of these processes 
in development. The laboratory focuses on modern techniques of recombinant DNA analy- 
sis. Lab — three hours. P — BIO 112 and 214. 

376. The Biology of Fishes. (4h) A comparative study of structure/function, classification, 
and phylogeny of fish. Lab — three hours. P — BIO 112 and 113. 

377. Community Ecology. (4h) An advanced ecology course covering mechanisms that 
determine the dynamics and distribution of plant and animal assemblages: life-history, 
competition, predation, geology, climate, soils, and history. Lectures focus on ecological 
principles and theory. Lab includes local field trips and discussion of the primary literature. 
Several weekend field trips. Lab — three hours. P — BIO 112, 113, and 214. (QR) 

379. Molecular Techniques in Evolution and Systematics. (4h) A lecture and laboratory 
course that explores molecular methods that are basic to many disciplines within biology, 
especially ecology, evolution, and systematics. Laboratories focus on the acquisition of 
molecular techniques, including allozyme electrophoresis, mitochondrial plastid, and nuclear 
DNA restriction fragment length polymorphism analyses, gene amplification, PCR (poly- 
merase chain reaction), direct and/or cycle sequencing, and RAPDs (randomly amplified 
polymorphic DNAs). Lab — three hours. P — BIO 113 and 214. 

380. Biostatistics. (3h) An introduction to statistical methods used by biologists, including 
descriptive statistics, hypothesis-testing, analysis of variance, and regression and correlation. 
A student who receives credit for this course may not also receive credit for Anthropology 

380, Business 201, Health and Exercise Science 262, or Sociology 371. (QR) 

381. Biostatistics Laboratory, (lh) Application of computer-based statistical software. This 
course may not be used to satisfy one of the three 300-level four-hour courses required for 
the major if paired with Biology 380. (QR if paired with 380) 

385. Oceanography. (3h) An introduction to geological, chemical, physical, and biological 
oceanography taught at the Sea Education Association program at Woods Hole, Mass. 

P — Admission to the Sea Education Association program and approval of departmental 
chair and/or his or her designate. 

386. Practical Oceanography. (4h) A two-part lecture/laboratory course offered at sea in 
which students observe and apply in the field the concepts and sampling techniques intro- 
duced in the shore component. This course is a part of the Sea Education Association 
program taught at Woods Hole, Mass. P — Admission to the Sea Education Association 
program and approval of departmental chair and/or his or her designate. 

391, 392. Research in Biology. (2h, 2h) Independent library and laboratory investigation 
carried out under the supervision of a member of the staff. P — POI. Pass/Fail or for grade at 
discretion of the instructor. * 



BIOLOGY 



90 



393, 394. Research in Biology. (2h, 2h) Courses designed for students who wish to continue 
research projects beyond BIO 391 and 392. Not to be counted toward major.* P — POL 
Pass/Fail option. 

396. Biomedical Ethics. (3h) Lectures and seminars examining contemporary issues in bio- 
medical ethics including the proper role of biomedical research and current controversies in 
health care and medical practice. P — BIO 112 and 214. 



Chemistry (CHM) 



Chair Bradley T. Jones 

Wake Forest Professors Willie L. Hinze, Dilip K. Kondepudi, Mark E. Welker 

Professors Bradley T. Jones, Gordon A. Melson, Abdessadek Lachgar, 

Ronald E. Noftle, Robert L. Swofford 

Associate Professors Christa L. Colyer, S. Bruce King 

Assistant Professors Rebecca W. Alexander, Ulrich Bierbach, Bernard A. Brown, 

Paul B. Jones, Akbar Salam 

Senior Lecturer Angela Glisan King 

Visiting Assistant Professors Latifa Chahoua, Jian Dai, Frank Quina, Albert Rivers 

The department offers programs leading to the BA and BS degrees in chemistry. The BS 
degrees are certified by the American Chemical Society. 

The bachelor of science degree in chemistry requires 37.5 hours in chemistry and must 
include the following courses (and corequisite labs): 111, 122, 223, 230, 260, 334, 341, 344, 
361, 381, 382, 383, 391 (or 392); one of the following courses: 370, 371, 372 or 356/357; 
Mathematics 111 and 112 and either 113 or 301; and Physics 113, 114. The BS program is 
designed for those students who plan a career in chemistry at the bachelor or advanced 
degree level. 

The bachelor of science degree in chemistry with concentration in biochemistry, requires 
37.5 hours in chemistry and must include the following courses (and corequisite labs): 111, 
122, 223, 230, 260, 334, 341, 361, 371, 372, 381, 382, 383, and either 391 or 392; Biology 
112, 213, 214; Mathematics 111, 112; Physics 113, 114, and one additional 300-level 
elective in either biology or chemistry. 

The bachelor of arts degree in chemistry requires 28 hours in chemistry and includes the 
following courses (and corequisite labs): 111, 122, 230, 260, 341; three of the following 
courses (and corequisite labs): 223, 334, 342 (or 344), 361, 371; one of the following 
courses: 381, 382, 383, 391 or 392; Mathematics 111, 112; and Physics 113 and 114. The 
BA degree program is designed for those students who do not plan to do graduate work in 
the physical sciences but desire a stronger background in chemistry than is provided in the 
chemistry minor program. 

The bachelor of arts degree in chemistry with concentration in biochemistry and bio- 
physics requires 32.5 to 33.5 hours in chemistry and must include the following courses 
(and corequisite labs) 111, 122, 230, 260, 341, 371, 391 or 392 (may substitute Physics 381 



"The same numbered course cannot be repeated. Subsequent courses should be taken in 
consecutive order. 



9i 



CHEMISTRY 



or 382 or Biology 391, 392, 393, or 394); two electives from 223, 342, 334, 361; two elec- 
tives from Biology 112, 213, 214; Mathematics 111, 112; Physics 113, 114, 141 and one 
elective from Physics 307/325, 320/323. 

The Health Professions Program at Wake Forest recommends that students take the 
following chemistry courses before the end of the third year: 111, 122, 223, 230, 260. 
Students interested in this track should see the Health Professions Program advisor for more 
information. 

A minor in chemistry requires nineteen hours in chemistry and must include at least one 
of the following: 334, 341, 356/357, 361, 370, 371 or 372. The department will not accept 
courses taken pass/fail to count toward the minor. Unless otherwise stated, all chemistry 
courses are open to chemistry majors on a letter-grade basis only (even those courses not 
required for the major). Majors are also required to complete on a letter-grade basis the 
required physics, biology, and mathematics courses. 

A minimum grade point average of 2.0 in the first two years of chemistry is required of 
students who elect to major in the department. Admission to any class is contingent upon 
satisfactory grades in prerequisite courses, and registration for advanced courses must be 
approved by the department. Candidates for either the BA or BS degree with a major in 
chemistry must have a minimum grade point average of 2.0 in their chemistry courses 
numbered 200 or above. 

Qualified majors are considered for honors in chemistry. To be graduated with the 
designation "Honors in Chemistry," a student must have a minimum grade point average in 
chemistry courses of 3.3 and a minimum overall grade point average of 3.0. In addition, the 
honors candidate must satisfactorily complete an approved research project, prepare a paper 
describing the project, and present results at a seminar for departmental approval. For 
additional information, members of the departmental faculty should be consulted. 

For the BS major, the following schedule of chemistry and related courses is typical: 
First Year: CHM 11*1 , 11 1 L, 122, 1 22L, Math. 111,112 

Sophomore: CHM 223, 223L, 230, 260, Physics 113,114, Math. 1 1 3 (or 301 ) 
Junior: CHM 341, 341L, 344, 342L, 381, 382, 383, 391 (or 392), Math. 113 (or 301) 
Senior: CHM 334, 334L, 361 , 361 L, 381 , 382, 300-level elective 

For the BS major with concentration in biochemistry, the following schedule of chemistry 
and related courses is typical: 

First Year: CHM 1 1 1 , 1 1 1 L, 1 22, 1 22L, Math. 111,112 

Sophomore: Biology 213, 214, CHM 223, 223L, 230, 260, Physics 113, 114 

Junior: CHM 341 , 341 L, 371 , 372, 391 (or 392) 

Senior: CHM 334, 334L, 361, 361 L, 381, 382, 300-level elective in biology or chemistry 

For the BA major, the following schedule of chemistry and related courses is typical: 
First Year: CHM 1 1 1 , 1 1 1 L, 1 22, 1 22L, Math. 111,112 
Sophomore: CHM 230, 260, Physics 113, 114 
Junior: CHM 341, 341 L, and one upper-level elective 
Senior: Either CHM 381, 382, 383, 391, or 392 and two upper-level electives 



CHEMISTRY 



92 



For the BA major with concentration in biochemistry and biophysics, the following schedule 
of chemistry and related courses is typical: 

First Year: CHM 1 1 1 , 1 1 1 L, 1 22, 1 22L, Math. 111,112 

Sophomore: One Biology elective, CHM 230, 260, Physics 113, 114 

Junior: One Biology elective, CHM 341, 341 L, 371, 391 or 392 (or substitute), Physics 141 

Senior: Two upper-level Chemistry electives and one Physics elective 

For variations in the schedules above, the student should consult a member of the faculty 
in chemistry. 

The department will accept transfer courses completed by incoming transfer students 
provided that those courses were taken only at four-year colleges and universities that offer 
a major in chemistry. These courses must be equivalent in content and level to courses 
offered at Wake Forest (as judged by a departmental curriculum committee). Courses taken 
in summer school elsewhere, or in Wake Forest University study abroad programs, must 
meet these same criteria and receive pre-approval. Advanced courses, 300-level and above, 
are typically not transferable. Students enrolled at Wake Forest may not take courses in 
chemistry at other institutions to satisfy divisional requirements. 

108. Everyday Chemistry. (4h) Introduction to chemistry for non-science majors. Laboratory 
covers experimental aspects of topics discussed in lecture. Students may not receive credit 
for both CHM 108 and CHM 111. Lab— three hours. (QR) 

*111. College Chemistry. (3h) Fundamental chemical principles. C — CHM 111L. (QR) 

*111L. College Chemistry Lab. (lh) Laboratory covers experimental aspects of basic con- 
cepts. Lab — three hours. C — CHM 111. 

120. Physics and Chemistry of the Environment. (4h) The course coheres the basic physical 
and chemical processes in the earth's atmosphere, biosphere and the oceans. It consists of 
two parts: 1 ) chemical processes in the environment such as element cycles and the chemis- 
try of the pollutants in air and water and, 2) physical aspects of the environment such as 
solar energy and the atmosphere, and the physics of weather and climate. Lab — three hours. 
Also listed as Physics 120. (QR) 

*122. Introduction to Organic Chemistry. (3h) Principles and reactions of organic chemistry. 
P— CHM 111. C— CHM 122L. 

*122L. Introduction to Organic Chemistry Lab. (lh) Lab — four hours. P — CHM 111. 
C— CHM 122. 

*223. Organic Chemistry II. (3h) Principles and reactions of organic chemistry and introduc- 
tory biochemistry. P— CHM 122. C— CHM 223L. 

*223L. Organic Chemistry H Lab. (lh) Lab— four hours. P— CHM 122. C— CHM 223. 

230. Analytical Biochemistry. (2h) Survey of laboratory methods used to determine the 
composition of biological samples. 7.5 weeks. Lab — four hours. P — CHM 122. 

260. Introduction to Inorganic Chemistry. (2h) Introductory thermodynamics; descriptive 
inorganic and bio-inorganic chemistry. 7.5 weeks. Lab — four hours. P — CHM 230. 

The lecture and corresponding lab are strict corequisites of each other. A student must 
register for both during the same semester. (However, either can be repeated independently if 
the student wishes.) 



93 



CHEMISTRY 



301, 302. Elective Research. (Oh, Oh) P— POL 

334. Chemical Analysis. (4h) Theoretical and practical applications of modern methods of 
chemical analysis. Lab— four hours (CHM 334L). C— CHM 341, 341L, or POL 

*341. Physical Chemistry I. (3h) Fundamentals of thermodynamics and phenomenological 
kinetics, and introductory computational methods. P — CHM 260, Mathematics 111, Physics 
113-114. C— CHM 341L, Mathematics 112, (Physics 113, with POI). 

*341L. Physical Chemistry I Lab. (lh) Lab— four hours. P— CHM 260, Mathematics 111, 
Physics 113-114. C— CHM 341, Mathematics 112. 

*342. Physical Chemistry IIA. (3h) Fundamentals of quantum mechanics, statistical thermo- 
dynamics, and introductory computational methods. P — CHM 341, Mathematics 111-112, 
Physics 113-114. C— CHM 342L, (Physics 114, with POI). 

*342L. Physical Chemistry IIA Lab. (lh) Lab— four hours. P— CHM 341, Mathematics 111- 
112, Physics 113-114. C— CHM 342 or 344. 

*344. Physical Chemistry IIB. (3h) Fundamentals of quantum mechanics, statistical thermo- 
dynamics, and introductory computational methods. Lab — four hours. P — CHM 341, 
Mathematics 111-112 and 301 (or 113), Physics 113-114. C— CHM 342L, (Physics 114, 
with POI). 

356, 357. Chemical Spectroscopy. (1.5h, 1.5h) Fundamental aspects of the theory and 
application of chemical spectroscopy, as found in the areas of analytical, inorganic, organic, 
and physical chemistry. Emphasis varies. Seven-week courses. P — CHM 342 or 344, or POI. 

*361. Inorganic Chemistry. (3h) Principles and reactions of inorganic chemistry. 
P— CHM 341. C— CHM 36 1L or POI. 

*361L. Inorganic Chemistry Lab. (lh) Lab— four hours. P— CHM 341. C— CHM 361. 

370. Biochemistry: Macromolecules and Metabolism. (3h) A lecture course introducing the 
principles of biochemistry, with an emphasis on the experimental approaches that elucidated 
these principles. Major topics include structure, function, and biosynthesis of biological 
molecules, analysis of enzyme function and activity, bioenergetics, and regulation of 
metabolic pathways. Also listed as Biology 370. P — Biology 214 and either CHM 223 or 
230, or POI. 

371. Biochemistry: Macromolecules and Metabolism. (4h) A lecture and laboratory course 
introducing the principles of biochemistry, with an emphasis on the experimental approach- 
es that elucidated these principles. Major topics include structure, function, and biosynthesis 
of biological molecules, analysis of enzyme function and activity, bioenergetics, and regula- 
tion of metabolic pathways. The laboratory emphasizes approaches for isolation and 
analysis of proteins and enzymes. Also listed as Biology 371. P — Biology 214 and either 
CHM 223 or 230, or POI. 

372. Biochemistry: Protein and Nucleic Acid Structure and Function. (3h) Fundamentals of 
biochemistry with emphasis on how chemical properties dictate structure and function of 
proteins and nucleic acids. Major topics include catalytic mechanisms of enzymes and 

"■The lecture and corresponding lab are strict co-requisites of each other. A student must 
register for both during the same semester. (However, either can be repeated independently if 
the student wishes.) 



CHEMISTRY 



94 



ribozymes, use of sequence and structure databases, and molecular basis of disease and drug 
action. P— CHM 223 and Biology 370, 371 or CHM 370, 371. 

381, 382. Chemistry Seminar. (Oh, Oh) Discussions of contemporary research. Attendance 
required of BS chemistry majors in the junior and senior years. 

383. Chemical Literature, (lh) Introduction to the chemical literature and searching 
techniques for the acquisition of chemical information. P — CHM 122. 

391, 392. Undergraduate Research. (1.5h, 1.5h) Undergraduate research. Lab — eight hours. 

Classical Languages (CLA) 

Chair John L. Andronica 

Professors John L. Andronica, Robert W. Uleryjr. 

Associate Professors Mary L. B. Pendergraft, James T. Powell 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Darlene R. May 

Adjunct Instructor Dorothy M. Westmoreland 

Visiting Egyptian Fulbright Scholar Reda Bedeir 

The Department of Classical Languages offers majors and minors in three areas: Greek, 
Latin, and classical studies. The department also offers courses in Modern Standard Arabic 
language and conversation 

A major in Greek requires twenty-four hours in the department beyond Greek 112. 
Twenty-one of these hours must be in Greek courses; Greek 225 is required. Also required is 
History 315. 

A minor in Greek requires fifteen hours: Greek 153; two 200-level courses in Greek; 
Classics 275 or History 315; and one additional course in Greek (200-level), Latin, or 
classics. 

A major in Latin requires twenty-four hours in the department beyond Latin 153. 
Eighteen of these hours must be in Latin courses; Latin 250 is required. Also required is 
History 316. 

A minor in Latin requires fifteen hours: three 200-level courses in Latin; Classics 276 or 
History 316; and one additional course in Greek, Latin (200-level), or classics. 

A major in classical studies requires thirty hours. A minimum of twenty-one hours must 
be taken in the department. The following are required: 

a. One 200-level course in Greek or Latin (prerequisites to this course do not count 
toward the thirty required hours); 

b. Classics 275 and Classics 276; 

c. History 315 or History 3 1 6; 

d. At least one course from the following: Art 241 . Ancient Art; Art 244. Greek Art; 
Art 245. Roman Art; History 308. Alexander the Great; Philosophy 232. Ancient 
and Medieval Philosophy; Philosophy 331. Plato; Philosophy 332. Aristotle; 
Politics 271. Classical Political Thought; Religion 314. Ancient Israel and Her 
Neighbors. Other courses may be substituted by permission of the department. 

A minor in classical studies requires a minimum of eighteen hours in the department, of 
which no more than seven may be in Greek or Latin courses. Classics 275 or 276 is required. 



95 



CLASSICAL LANGUAGES 



The requirements for certification to teach Latin in high school are the same as the 
requirements for a major in Latin. A major in classical studies may serve as an appropriate 
part of the program of studies required for certification to teach Latin in high school. A 
student wishing to secure this certification should confer with the chair of the department. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to the 
honors program in Latin, Greek, or classical studies. To be graduated with the designation 
"Honors in Latin," "Honors in Greek," or "Honors in Classical Studies," a student must 
complete an honors research project and pass a comprehensive oral examination. For honors 
in Latin or Greek, at least two of the courses counted toward the major must be seminar 
courses; for honors in classical studies, at least one seminar course in Latin, Greek, or 
classics is required. For additional information, members of the departmental faculty should 
be consulted. (Refer to pages listing minimum college requirements.) 

Arabic 

111, 112. Elementary Arabic. (3h, 3h) A two-semester course designed for students with no 
knowledge of the language. Focus is on developing proficiency in reading, writing, listening, 
and speaking skills in Modern Standard Arabic. Introduction to Arabic script and basic 
grammar, with oral and written drills and reading of simple texts. 

153. Intermediate Arabic. (4h) Review of grammar and focus on the acquisition of more 
complex grammatical structures, vocabulary building, and expansion of reading writing, and 
listening skills in Modern Standard Arabic. P — Arabic 112. 

218. Basic Arabic Conversation. (1.5h or 3h) A language course based on cultural material 
intended to develop students' aural skills and oral proficiency in Modern Standard Arabic by 
increasing vocabulary and reinforcing command of grammar. P — Arabic 153 or equivalent. 

Greek 

111, 112. Elementary Greek. (4h, 4h) An introduction to the language; the courses provide a 
foundation for reading the ancient authors. 

153. Intermediate Greek. (3h) Review of grammar; readings in classical authors. P — Greek 
112 or equivalent. 

211. Plato. (3h) Selections from the dialogues of Plato. P — Greek 153 or equivalent. 

212. Homer. (3h) Selections from the Iliad and the Odyssey. P — Greek 153 or equivalent. 

221. Greek Readings. (1.5h or 3h) A course designed to meet individual needs and interests. 
P— POL 

225. Advanced Grammar and Composition. (3h) Intensive work in morphology and syntax, 
with practice in composition and stylistic analysis of selected readings. P — Greek 153. 

231. The Greek New Testament. (3h) Selections from the Greek New Testament. 
P— Greek 153. 

241. Greek Tragedy. (3h) Close study of a selected tragedy or tragedies. This course includes 
consideration of the origin and history of Greek tragedy, with collateral reading of other 
tragedies in English translation. Seminar. P — Greek 211, 212, or equivalent. 



CLASSICAL LANGUAGES 



96 



242. Greek Comedy. (3h) Close study of a selected comedy or comedies of Aristophanes. 
This course includes consideration of the origin and history of Greek comedy, with collateral 
reading of other comedies in English translation. Seminar. P — Greek 211, 212, or equivalent. 

291, 292. Honors in Greek. (1.5h, 1.5h) Directed research for honors paper. P — Permission 
of the department. 

Latin 

111, 112. Elementary Latin. (3h, 3h) An introduction to the language; the courses provide a 
foundation for reading in the ancient authors. 

113. Intensive Elementary Latin. (4h) An introduction to the language; the course covers the 
material of Latin 111 and 112 in one semester. Not open to students who have had Latin 
111 or 112. 

120. Reading Medieval Latin. (1.5h, 3h) Introduction to post-classical Latin with readings in 
selected works from late antiquity and the Middle Ages. P — Latin 112 or equivalent. 

153. Intermediate Latin. (4h) Review of grammar and selected introductory readings. 
P— Latin 112 or 113. 

211. Introduction to Latin Poetry. (3h) Readings from selected poets mainly of the late 
Republic and early Empire, with an introduction to literary criticism. P — Latin 153 or 
equivalent. 

212. Introduction to Latin Prose. (3h) Readings primarily from the works of Cicero, with 
attention to their artistry and historical context. P — Latin 153 or equivalent. 

216. Roman Lyric Poetry. (3h) An interpretation and evaluation of lyric poetry through 
readings from the poems of Catullus and Horace. P — Latin 153 or equivalent. 

218. Roman Epic Poetry. (3h) Readings in the epics of Virgil and Ovid, with attention to 
their position in the epic tradition. P — Latin 153 or equivalent. 

221. Roman Historians. (3h) Readings in the works of Sallust, Livy, or Tacitus, with 
attention to the historical background and the norms of ancient historiography. P — Latin 
153 or equivalent. 

225. Roman Epistolography. (3h) Selected readings from the correspondence of Cicero and 
Pliny the Younger and the verse epistles of Horace and Ovid. P — Latin 153 or equivalent. 

226. Roman Comedy. (3h) Readings of selected comedies of Plautus and Terence, with a 
study of the traditions of comedy and dramatic techniques. P — Latin 153 or equivalent. 

231. Roman Elegy. (3h) Readings from the poems of Tibullus, Propertius, and Ovid, with 
study of the elegiac tradition. P — Latin 200-level or equivalent. 

241. Roman Satire. (3h) Selected readings from Horace and Juvenal, with attention to the 
origin and development of hexameter satire. P — Latin 200-level or equivalent. 

243. Latin Readings. (1.5h or 3h) A course designed to meet individual needs and interests. 
P— POL 

250. Advanced Grammar and Composition. (3h) Intensive work in morphology and syntax, 
with practice in composition and stylistic analysis of selected readings. P — Latin 153 or 
equivalent. 



97 



CLASSICAL LANGUAGES 



Seminars 

The following seminars are offered by members of the faculty on topics and authors of their 
choice. A paper is required. 

260. Seminar in Latin Poetry. (3h) Advanced study in selected authors and topics. A research 
paper is required. P — Latin 200-level or equivalent. 

280. Seminar in Latin Prose. (3h) Advanced study in selected authors and topics. A research 
paper is required. P — Latin 200-level or equivalent. 

291, 292. Honors in Latin. (1.5h, 1.5h) Directed research for honors paper. P — Permission 
of the department. 

Classics 

151. Ethics in Greece and Rome. (1.5h) Reading and discussion of Aristotle's Ethics and 
Cicero's On Moral Duties, with attention to our own ethical dilemmas. A knowledge of the 
Greek and Latin languages is not required. 

252. Women in Antiquity. (3h) The course explores the place of women in Greek and 
Roman society through the study of a wide range of primary sources, literary and non- 
literary. A knowledge of the Greek and Latin languages is not required. (CD) 

255. Classical Epic: Iliad, Odyssey, Aeneid. (3h) A study of the three principal epic poems 
from ancient Greece and Rome. A knowledge of the Greek and Latin languages is not 
required. 

259. Virgil and His English Legacy. (3h) A study of Virgil's Eclogues, Georgics, and selected 
passages of the Aeneid, and their influence on English literature, using translations and 
original works by writers of the sixteenth through the eighteenth centuries, including 
Spenser, Marlowe, Milton, Dryden, and Pope. Knowledge of Latin is not required. Also listed 
as English 319. 

261. Greek Myth. (3h) A consideration, principally through close study of selected literary 
works, of Greek myth in its various forms, primary (archaic and classical periods) and 
secondary (Hellenistic and Roman); the course also considers Greek myth's afterlife in the 
modern period. A knowledge of the Greek language is not required. 

263. Greek Tragedy. (3h) A study of the plays of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides. 
A knowledge of the Greek language is not required. 

264. Greek and Roman Comedy. (3h) Representative works of Aristophanes, Menander, 
Plautus, and Terence, with attention to the origins and development of comedy. A knowledge 
of the Greek and Latin languages is not required. 

275. The Age of Pericles. (3h) A study of Greek culture in all its aspects during the fifth 
century. A knowledge of the Greek language is not required. (CD) 

276. The Age of Augustus. (3h) A study of Roman culture in all its aspects during the early 
Empire. A knowledge of the Latin language is not required. (CD) 

279. Studies in Roman Biography. (1.5h or 3h) A study in depth of a key figure of Roman 
history using the evidence of history, literature, numismatics, and epigraphy as well as art 
and archeology when appropriate. A knowledge of the Latin language is not required. 



CLASSICAL LANGUAGES 



9 8 



285. Interdisciplinary Seminar in the Greco-Roman World. (3h) This seminar is designed 
specially to meet the needs of students earning the interdisciplinary minor in early Christian 
studies, but is not limited to them. It explores, from various points of view, the culture of the 
Mediterranean world from which Christianity was born and grew: literature and art, history 
and economics, religions and philosophies. Also listed on as Religion 285. Course may be 
repeated for credit. 

288. Individual Study. (1.5h or 3h) 

291, 292. Honors in Classical Studies. (1.5h, 1.5h) Directed research for honors paper. 
P — Permission of the department. 

Communication (COM) 

Chair Randall Rogan 

University Distinguished Chair in Communication Ethics and 

Professor of Communication Michael J. Hyde 

Professors Michael David Hazen, Jill Jordan McMillan 

Associate Professors John T. Llewellyn, Allan D. Louden, Ananda Mitra, 

Randall Rogan, Eric K. Watts, Margaret D. Zulick 

Assistant Professors Mary M. Dalton, Steven M. Giles, Don Helme 

Visiting Associate Professor Marina Kcrmar 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Dee Oseroff-Varnell 

Visiting Lecturer F. Curtis Gaston 

Instructor Ernest S. Jarrett 

Adjunct Instructors Wayne R. Bills, Connie Chesner, Susan L. Faust, 

Janel Leone, Danielle Powell 
Debate Coach Ross K. Smith 

A major in communication requires thirty hours, at least twelve of which must be at the 
300-level. All majors are required to take courses 100, 110 or 102, 220 and 225 and should 
begin their study of communication with these courses. An overall minimum grade point 
average of 2.0 in all communication courses attempted is required for graduation. 

The Department of Communication offers its majors the opportunity to concentrate in 
special areas of study. Communication majors may choose to concentrate in rhetorical 
studies, media studies, or communication science. Students may choose only one concentra- 
tion. Students may also opt to choose courses across the concentrations as a general 
communication major. 

In addition to the major course requirements, COM 100, 110 or 102, 220, and 225, 
students who want to declare a concentration must successfully complete five courses within 
a particular concentration. Students declaring a concentration must do so prior to the 
beginning of their final semester. 

A minor in communication requires eighteen hours, at least three of which must be at 
the 300-level, and shall include courses 100, 110 or 102, and 220 or 225. An overall 
minimum grade point average of 2.0 in all communication courses attempted is required for 
graduation. 



99 



COMMUNICATION 



Students may enroll in up to three hours of practicum in any semester. For three hours 
of internship credit, students need a minimum of 120 on-site contact hours; applications for 
three hours of practicum in one semester need to be approved by a faculty supervisor, the 
internship director, and/or the director of undergraduate studies. Students can earn a maxi- 
mum of six hours practicum, only three hours of which may be counted toward a major in 
communication. Communication 280 and 281 are open to majors and minors only who 
satisfy departmental requirements. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to the 
honors program in communication. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in 
Communication," students must pass the departmental honors courses (398 and 399), 
complete a senior research project, and satisfactorily defend their work in an oral examina- 
tion. For more details, consult faculty members in the department. 

Finally, no student may take more than a total of six hours in Communication 280, 
281, 282, 283, 284, and 285 combined, and only three hours may count toward a major in 
communication. 

100. Introduction to Communication and Rhetoric. (3h) An introduction to the theories, 
research, and analysis of verbal and nonverbal processes by which human beings share 
meanings and influence one another. 

102. Debate and Advocacy. (3h) The use of argumentative techniques in oral advocacy: 
research, speeches, and debate. 

110. Public Speaking. (3h) A study of the theory and practice of public address. Lab experi- 
ences in the preparation, delivery, and critique of informative and persuasive speeches. 

113. Interpersonal Communication. (3h) An introduction to interpersonal communication 
theory, research and principles. 

114. Group Communication. (3h) An introduction to the theory and practice of group 
interaction and decision-making. The course features lectures and discussions of theory and 
includes opportunities to participate in formal and informal group processes. 

116. On-Camera Performance. (3h) Designed to introduce students to the theory and 
practice of performing for the camera. This course covers basic method acting, newscasting, 
and other performance formats. Also listed as Theatre 141. 

117. Writing for Public Relations and Advertising. (1.5h, 3h) Principles and techniques of 
public relations and applied advertising. Students use case studies to develop public relations 
and advertising strategies. Also listed as Journalism 286. P — POL 

140. Information and Disinformation on the Internet. (1.5h) An examination of information 
gathering practices on the Internet and World Wide Web. Students develop and apply stan- 
dards for evaluating information through analysis of Web sites dealing with important and 
controversial topics. 

212. Introduction to Production and Theory. (3h) An introduction to the theory and practice 
of media production, including critical and aesthetic theories, scriptwriting, producing, 
directing, photography, sound recording, editing, and standards of operation for the 
production facilities and equipment. This course is a prerequisite for 213, 214, 215, and 310. 

213. Media Production: Documentary. (3h) An introduction to the theory and practice of 
producing nonfiction works in film or video, including conventional documentary forms and 
autobiographical or experimental works. P — COM 212. 

COMMUNICATION JQQ 



214. Media Production: Narrative. (3h) An introduction to the theory and practice of pro- 
ducing narrative works in film and video. P — COM 212. 

215. Broadcast Journalism. (3h) An introduction to the theory and practice of broadcast 
journalism. Topics include ethics, technology, and the media as industry, and projects address 
writing, producing, and performing for radio and television. P — COM 212. 

220. Empirical Research in Communication. (3h) An introduction to methodological design 
and univariate statistics as used in communication research. 

225. Historical/Critical Research in Communication. (3h) Introduces students to the 
historical and critical analysis of rhetoric. Examines current methods of rhetorical criticism 
with a view to researching and composing a critical paper in the field. 

245. Introduction to Mass Communication. (3h) A historical survey of mass media and an 
examination of major contemporary media issues. Also listed as Journalism 275. 

246. Introduction to Film. (3h) An introduction to the aesthetics of motion pictures through 
a study of the basic elements of film such as cinematography, editing, sound, lighting, and 
color. 

270. Special Seminar. (l-3h) An examination of selected topics in communication. 

280. Communication Internship I. (1.5h) Individual communication internships to be ap- 
proved, supervised, and evaluated by an appropriate faculty adviser. P — POL Pass/Fail only. 

281. Communication Internship II. (1.5h) Individual communication internships to be ap- 
proved, supervised, and evaluated by an appropriate faculty adviser. P — POI. Pass/Fail only. 

282. Debate Practicum I. (1.5h) Individual projects in debate to be approved, supervised, 
and evaluated by an appropriate faculty adviser. P — POI. Pass/Fail only. 

283. Debate Practicum II. (1.5h) Individual projects in debate to be approved, supervised, 
and evaluated by an appropriate faculty adviser. P — POI. Pass/Fail only. 

284. Production Practicum I. (1.5h) Individual projects or collaborations with appropriate 
professionals in media production to be approved, supervised, and evaluated by a faculty 
advisor. P — POI. Pass/Fail only. 

285. Production Practicum II. (1.5h) Individual projects or collaborations with appropriate 
professionals in media production to be approved, supervised, and evaluated by a faculty 
advisor. P — POI. Pass/Fail only. 

286. Individual Study. (l-3h) Directed study in an area of interest to be approved and super- 
vised by a faculty adviser. P — POI. 

287. Research Practicum I. (1.5) The department offers credit opportunities for students to 
collaborate with faculty on research projects. This practicum awards credit to students 
assisting faculty with research initiatives led by the faculty. Such projects may be short term, 
culminating in presentation or publication, or longitudinal, where the student participates in 
an on-going effort. P — POI. Pass/Fail only. 

288. Research Practicum II. (1.5) This practicum awards credits to students assisting faculty 
with research initiatives led by the faculty. Such projects may be short term, culminating in 
presentation or publication, or longitudinal, where the student participates in an on-going 
effort. P— POI. Pass/Fail only. 



IOI COMMUNICATION 



300. Classical Rhetoric. (3h) A study of major writings in Greek and Roman rhetorical 
theory from the Sophists to Augustine. Offered in alternate years. 

301. Semantics and Language in Communication. (3h) A study of how meaning is created by 
sign processes. Among the topics studied are language theory, semiotics, speech act theory, 
and pragmatics. Also listed as Linguistics 301. 

302. Argumentation Theory. (3h) An examination of argumentation theory and criticism; 
examines both theoretical issues and social practices. Offered in alternate years. 

303S. Directing the Forensic Program. (1.5h, 3h) A pragmatic study of the methods of 
directing high school and college forensics with work in the High School Debate Workshop. 
Offered in the summer. 

304. Freedom of Speech. (3h) An examination of the philosophical and historical traditions, 
significant cases, and contemporary controversies concerning freedom of expression. Offered 
in alternate years. 

305. Communication and Ethics. (3h) A study of the role of communication in ethical 
controversies. 

306. Seminar in Rhetorical Theory: Burke & Bakhtin. (3h) Examines the language theories 
of Kenneth Burke and Mikhail Bakhtin in relation to contemporary rhetorical theory. 

310. Advanced Media Production. (3h) Students produce advanced projects in either film or 
video over which they assume significant creative control. P — COM 212 and at least one of 
213, 214, or 215. 

311. Film Theory and Criticism. (3h) A study of film aesthetics through an analysis of the 
work of selected filmmakers and film critics. P — COM 246 or POL 

312. Film History to 1945. (3h) A survey of the developments of motion pictures to 1945. 
Includes lectures, readings, reports, and screenings. 

313. Film History since 1945. (3h) A survey of the development of motion pictures from 
1946 to the present day. Includes lectures, readings, reports, and screenings. 

314. Mass Communication Theory. (3h) Theoretical approaches to the role of communica- 
tion in reaching mass audiences and its relationship to other levels of communication. 
P— COM 245. 

315. Communication and Technology. (3h) An exploration of how communication technolo- 
gies influence the social, political, and organizational practices of everyday life. 

316. Screenwriting. (3h) An introduction to narrative theory as well as examination of the 
role of the screenwriter in the motion picture industry, the influence of film genre on 
screenwriting, and the politics of nontraditional narrative structures. Students are expected 
to complete an original, feature-length screenplay. 

317. Communication and Popular Culture. (3h) Explores the relationship between contem- 
porary media and popular culture from a cultural studies perspective using examples from 
media texts. 

330. Communication and Conflict. (3h) A review of the various theoretical perspectives on 
conflict and negotiation as well as methods for managing relational conflict. 



COMMUNICATION jq2 



335. Survey of Organizational Communication. (3h) An overview of the role of communica- 
tion in constituting and maintaining the pattern of activities that sustain the modern 
organization. 

336. Organizational Rhetoric. (3h) Explores the persuasive nature of organizational 
messages — those exchanged between organizational members and those presented on behalf 
of the organization as a whole. Offered in alternate years. 

337. Rhetoric of Institutions. (3h) A study of the communication practices of institutions as 
they seek to gain and maintain social legitimacy. Offered in alternate years. 

338. African-American Rhetoric. (3h) This course explores how African Americans have 
invented a public voice in the twentieth century. The course focuses on how artistic cultural 
expression, in particular, has shaped black public speech. (CD) 

343. Presidential Rhetoric. (3h) Examines theory and practice of speechmaking and medi- 
ated presidential communication. 

340. American Rhetorical Movements to 1900. (3h) Examines the interrelation of American 
rhetorical movements through the nineteenth century by reading and analyzing original 
speeches and documents with emphasis on antislavery and women's rights. 

341. American Rhetorical Movements since 1900. (3h) Examines the interrelation of 
American rhetorical movements in the twentieth century by reading and analyzing original 
speeches and documents. Among the movements addressed are labor, civil rights, student 
radicals, and women's liberation. 

342. Political Communication. (3h) Study of electoral communication, including candidate 
and media influences on campaign speeches, debates, and advertising. 

350. Intercultural Communication. (3h) An introduction to the study of communication 
phenomena between individuals and groups with different cultural backgrounds. Offered in 
alternate years. (CD) 

351. Comparative Communication. (1.5h, 3h) A comparison of communicative and linguis- 
tic processes in one or more national cultures with those of the United States. Also listed as 
Linguistics 351 and International Studies 349. Credit not given for both COM 351A and 
International Studies 349. (CD) 

351 A Japan (CD) 35 ID Multiple Countries (CD) 

35 IB Russia (CD) 3 5 IE China (CD) 

351 C Great Britain (CD) 

352. Interpersonal Seminar. (3h) Advanced study of theories and research in one or more of 
the specialized concentrations of interpersonal communications. 

353. Persuasion. (3h) An examination of theories and research concerning the process of 
social influence in contemporary society. 

354. International Communication. (3h) An in-depth look at the role of mass media in 
shaping communication between and about cultures using examples from traditional and 
emerging media systems. 

355. Health Communication. (3h) An examination of theories, research, and processes of 
health communication in contemporary society. 

370. Special Topics. (l-3h) An examination of topics not covered in the regular curriculum. 



IO3 



COMMUNICATION 



380. Great Teachers, (lh, 1.5h, 3h) An intensive study of the ideas of three noted scholars 
and teachers in the field of communication. Students interact with each teacher during a 
two- to three-day visit to Wake Forest. 

398. Honors in Communication I. (1.5h) Intensive research in an area of special interest for 
selected seniors who wish to graduate with departmental honors. P — Permission of depart- 
ment. Fall semester only. 

399. Honors in Communication II. (1.5h) Intensive research in an area of special interest for 
selected seniors who wish to graduate with departmental honors. P — Permission of depart- 
ment. Spring semester only. 



Computer Science (CSC) 



Chair Stan J. Thomas 

Reynolds Professor Robert J. Plemmons 

Reynolds Professor of Computational Biophysics Jacquelyn S. Fetrow 

Associate Professors Jennifer J. Burg, Daniel A. Canas, David J. John, 

Stan J. Thomas, Todd C. Torgersen 

Assistant Professors Errin W. Fulp, V. Paul Pauca 

Visiting Assistant Professor William H. Turkett Jr. 

Lecturer in Digital Media Yue-Ling Wong 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Timothy E. Miller 

A major in computer science requires thirty-seven hours in computer science and four 
courses in mathematics. The courses in computer science must include 111, 112, 211, 221, 
222, 231, and 241. The required courses in mathematics are 111, 112, 117, and 121 or 302. 
Either Mathematics 256 or 357 is also recommended for students considering graduate 
work in computer science. All students anticipating a major in computer science are encour- 
aged to take Computer Science 111 and the appropriate mathematics courses during their 
first year of college. Potential majors should consult a major adviser in the department for 
assistance in planning an appropriate course of study. 

A minor in computer science requires four computer science courses of at least three 
hours each and numbered higher than 101; Mathematics 117; and an additional three hours 
in mathematics other than Mathematics 105. 

A minimum grade point average of 2.0 in courses that comprise a major or minor in the 
department is required for graduation. 

Students with a special interest in multimedia development may wish to consider a 
program of study that combines computer science and digital art. Advisers in either the 
computer science or the art department can provide further information on coordinating a 
computer science major with an art minor, or vice versa. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to the 
honors program. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Computer Science," 
students must satisfactorily complete a senior research paper and have a minimum grade 
point average of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 in all college course work. For additional informa- 
tion, members of the departmental faculty should be consulted. 



COMPUTER SCIENCE 



104 



Students who are enrolled at Wake Forest University may not take courses in computer 
science at other institutions to satisfy divisional requirements. 

101. Overview of Computer Science. (4h) Lecture and laboratory. An introduction to the 
organization and use of computers. Topics include computer architecture, systems, theory, 
logic, programming, the Internet, multimedia, and ethical, legal, and social issues. Does not 
count toward the computer science major or minor. Lab — two hours. 

111. Introduction to Computer Science. (4h) Lecture and laboratory. A rigorous introduc- 
tion to the process of algorithmic problem solving and programming in a modern program- 
ming language. Recommended as the first course for students considering a major or minor 
in computer science. Lab — two hours. P — Non-declared majors/minors only or POL 

112. Fundamentals of Computer Science. (4h) Lecture and laboratory. Problem solving and 
program construction using top-down design, data abstraction, and object-oriented pro- 
gramming. Linear data structures, recursion, and software development tools are introduced. 
Lab— two hours. P— CSC 111 or POL 

165. Problem Solving Seminar, (lh, P/F) A weekly seminar designed for students to develop 
their problem solving skills designing and implementing software. Does not count toward 
the computer science major or minor. May be taken twice. P — CSC 112. Pass/Fail. 

191. Special Topics, (lh, 2h, or 3h) Topics in computer science that are not covered in regular 
courses or that give special practice in skills used in other courses. Not to be counted toward 
the major or minor in computer science. May be taken more than once if the topic changes. 

193. Independent Study, (lh, 2h, or 3h) A course of independent study directed by a faculty 
adviser, not to be counted toward the computer science major or minor. By prearrangement. 

211. Computer Organization. (4h) Lecture and laboratory. Computer organization from the 
perspective of instructions, including the central processor, busses, input and output units, 
and memory units. A weekly two-hour laboratory covers combinational logic, loaders and 
linkers, assembly language, address computation, and other architecture-related functions. 
Lab — two hours. P — CSC 112 and Mathematics 117. 

221. Data Structures and Algorithms I. (3h) Study, analysis, and implementation of abstract 
data structures such as stacks, queues, trees, and graphs. Complexity analysis of algorithms 
that operate upon these structures. P — CSC 112. C — Mathematics 117. 

222. Data Structures and Algorithms II. (3h) A continuation of the study, analysis, and 
implementation of abstract data structures. The complexity of algorithms is studied more 
rigorously than in CSC 221, and complexity classes are introduced. P — CSC 221 and 
Mathematics 111. (QR) 

231. Programming Languages. (4h) Lecture and laboratory. A comparative study of pro- 
gramming language paradigms, including imperative languages, functional programming, 
logic programming, and object-oriented programming. Syntax, semantics, parsing, gram- 
mars, and issues in language design are covered. Lab — two hours. P — CSC 112 and 
Mathematics 117. 

241. Computer Systems. (3h) Introduction to concepts of operating systems and networks 
including processor and memory management, concurrency, and protocol independent data 
communications. P — CSC 211 and 221. 



105 



COMPUTER SCIENCE 



311. Computer Architecture. (3h) An in-depth study of computer system and architecture 
design. Topics include processor design, memory hierarchy, external storage devices, inter- 
face design, and parallel architectures. P — CSC 211. 

321. Database Management Systems. (3h) An introduction to large-scale database manage- 
ment systems. Topics include data independence, database models, query languages, security, 
integrity, and concurrency. P — CSC 221. 

331. Object-Oriented Software Engineering. (3h) A study of software design and implemen- 
tation from an object-oriented perspective, covering abstraction, encapsulation, data pro- 
tection, inheritance, composition, polymorphism, and dynamic vs. static binding. Students 
practice software engineering principles through team projects. P — CSC 221 and 231. 

333. Principles of Compiler Design. (3h) A study of techniques for compiling computer 
languages including scanning, parsing, translating, and generating and optimizing code. 
P— CSC 211 and 221. 

341. Operating Systems. (3h) The study of the different modules that compose a modern 
operating system. In-depth study of concurrency, processor management, memory manage- 
ment, file management, and security. P — CSC 241. 

343. Internet Protocols. (3h) The study of wide area connectivity through interconnection 
networks. Emphasis is placed on Internet architecture and protocols. Topics include address- 
ing, routing, multicasting, quality of service, and network security. P — CSC 241. 

346. Parallel Computation. (3h) A study of hardware and software issues in parallel 
computing. Topics include a comparison of parallel architectures and network topologies, 
and an introduction to parallel algorithms, languages, programming, and applications. 
P— CSC 222 and 241. 

352. Numerical Linear Algebra. (3h) Numerical methods for solving matrix and related 
problems in science and engineering. Topics include systems of linear equations, least squares 
methods, and eigenvalue computations. Special emphasis given to parallel matrix computa- 
tions. Beginning knowledge of a programming language such as Pascal, FORTRAN, or C is 
required. Credit is not allowed for both CSC 352 and Mathematics 326. P — CSC 111 and 
Mathematics 112, and Mathematics 121 or 302. 

355. Introduction to Numerical Methods. (3h) Numerical computations on modern compu- 
ter architectures; floating-point arithmetic and round-off error. Programming in a scientific/ 
engineering language such as MATLAB, C, or FORTRAN. Algorithms and computer tech- 
niques for the solution of problems such as roots of functions, approximation, integration, 
systems of linear equations, and least squares methods. Credit not allowed for both CSC 355 
and Mathematics 355. P — CSC 111 and Mathematics 112, and Mathematics 121 or 302. 

361. Digital Media. (3h) An introduction to digital media covering sampling and quantiza- 
tion, resolution, color representation, multimedia file formats, data encoding and compres- 
sion, multimedia network issues, streaming data, and multimedia programming. P — CSC 221 
and Mathematics 111. 

363. Computer Graphics. (3h) A study of software and hardware techniques in computer 
graphics. Topics include line and polygon drawing, hidden line and surface techniques, 
transformations, and ray tracing. P — CSC 221 and Mathematics 121 or 302. 



COMPUTER SCIENCE jq6 



365. Image Processing Fundamentals. (3h) A study of the basic theory and algorithms for 
image enhancement, restoration, segmentation, and analysis. P — CSC 221 and Mathematics 
121 or 302. 

371. Artificial Intelligence. (3h) An introduction to problems in artificial intelligence. Know- 
ledge representation and heuristic search in areas such as planning, machine learning, pat- 
tern recognition, and theorem proving. P — CSC 222. 

385. Bioinformatics. (3h) An introduction to bioinformatics and computing techniques 
essential to current biomedical research. Topics include genome and protein sequence and 
protein structure databases, algorithms for bioinformatics research, and computer architec- 
ture and environment considerations. Also listed as Physics 327. P — CSC 112 or POL 

391. Selected Topics, (lh, 2h, or 3h) Topics in computer science that are not studied in 
regular courses or which further examine topics covered in regular courses. P — POL 

393. Individual Study, (lh, 2h, or 3h) A course of independent study directed by a faculty 
adviser. By prearrangement. No more than 3 hours may be counted toward the computer 
science major. Not to be counted toward the minor in computer science. 



Counseling (CNS) 



Chair Samuel T. Gladding 

Professors John P. Anderson, Samuel T. Gladding 

Associate Professor Donna A. Henderson 

Assistant Professors Debbie W. Newsome, Laura J. Veach 

Adjunct Assistant Professors Leslie Armeniox, Robert Daniel, Elizabeth H. Taylor 

Instructors John ne Armentrout, Pamela Karr 

The Department of Counseling offers most courses at the graduate level. The following 
course is the only course currently offered at the undergraduate level. 

102. Career Planning. (3h) Examination of educational/vocational planning as a personal 
process, based on knowledge of self and the work world. 

Cultural Resource Preservation (CRP) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 
Coordinator Assistant Professor of Anthropology Paul Thacker 

The Departments of Anthropology, Art, History, and Sociology offer an interdisciplinary 
minor in cultural resource preservation which gives students preliminary training in the field 
of historic preservation and cultural resource management aimed at the protection and 
enhancement of archeological, historical, and architectural resources. 

The minor requires History 366. Studies in Historic Preservation (3h), and four other 
courses for a total of fifteen hours. These fifteen hours must be distributed among at least 
three departments. The following courses may be included in the minor. (See course descrip- 
tions under appropriate departmental listings.) 



IO7 



CULTURAL RESOURCE PRESERVATION 



Anthropology 112. Introduction to Archeology. (3h) 
305. Museum Anthropology. (3h) 
370. Old World Prehistory. (3h) 
374. Prehistory of North America. (3h) 
378. Conservation Archeology. (1.5h) 
381., 382. Archeological Research. (3h, 3h) 
Art 233. American Architecture. (3h) 

275. History of Landscape Architecture. (3h) 
288. Modern Architecture. (3h) 
293. Practicum. (3h) 
History 381., 382. Preservation Practicum I, II. (3h, 3h) 
398. Individual Study, (lh, 1.5h, 2h, 3h) 
Sociology 151. Principles of Sociology. (3h) 

205. Photography in the Social Sciences. (3h) 

Students intending to minor in cultural resource preservation should consult the adviser 
appointed from one of the participating departments and listed with the registrar. Students 
are strongly urged to consult the adviser during the first semester of their junior year. Equi- 
valent courses must be approved by the adviser. 

Early Christian Studies 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 

Coordinators Associate Professor of Classical Languages Mary Pendergraft 
and Professor of Religion Kenneth G. Hoglund 

The interdisciplinary minor in early Christian studies currently requires eighteen hours. 

A. The student must take the following courses: 

Religion 321. Introduction to the New Testament. (3h) or 

324. Early Christian Literature. (3h) 
Classics 276. The Age of Augustus. (3h) 
Classics/Religion 285. Interdisciplinary Seminar in the Greco-Roman World. (3h) 

B. The student must take three additional courses (nine additional hours), with no more 
than one course (three hours) from any one department, from the following list: 

Art 241. Ancient Art. (3h) 

244. Greek Art. (3h) 

245. Roman Art. (3h) 

296. Art History Seminar. (1.5h, 3h) 
a. Ancient Art / b. Medieval Art 
Greek 231. The Greek New Testament. (3h) 
History 315. Greek History. (3h) 

316. Rome: Republic & Empire. (3h) 



EARLY CHRISTIAN STUDIES j Q g 



Philosophy 232. Ancient and Medieval Philosophy. (3h) 

331. Plato. (3h) 

332. Aristotle. (3h) 

Religion 261. Foundations of Traditional Judaism. (1.5h) 

319. Visions of the End: Jewish and Christian Apocalyptic. (3h) 

320. The Search for Jesus. (3h) 

321. Introduction to the New Testament (3h) 

322. The General Epistles. (3h) 

323. The Parables of Jesus. (3h) 

324. Early Christian Literature. (3h) 

326. Early Christian Theologians: Paul. (3h) 

327. The Story of Jesus. (3h) 

372. History of Christian Thought. (3h) 

East Asian Languages and Cultures (EAL) 

Chair David P. Phillips 

Associate Professors Patrick Moran, David P. Phillips 

Assistant Professor Yaohua Shi 

Senior Lecturer Yasuko T. Railings 

Instructor Grace Ku 

The department offers majors in Chinese and Japanese, with concentrations in Chinese 
language, Chinese language and literature, Japanese language, and Japanese language and 
literature. In addition to language proficiency at the level of Chinese 211 or Japanese 211, 
the majors require nine three-credit-hour courses in language and culture and related 
courses. Study abroad in Japan, China, or Taiwan is also required. Under special circum- 
stances, a student may substitute an approved intensive immersion program in the United 
States for the study abroad requirement, with permission of the department chair. A mini- 
mum "C" average is required for all courses in the major. 

The majors in Chinese and Japanese require five core courses: three advanced language 
courses (CHI 220, CHI 230, and CHI 299 taken abroad or JPN 220, JPN 230, and JPN 299 
taken abroad), an introduction to East Asian history and culture (History 385) or equiva- 
lent, and an independent research project (EAL 300). The inclusion towards the major of 
language courses taken abroad other than those which are officially designated Wake Forest 
programs, requires permission from the department. 

Each major includes concentrations in language and in language and literature. Majors 
concentrating in Chinese or Japanese language require, in addition to the core courses, four 
elective courses; up to two elective courses may be in the other East Asian language. For 
majors concentrating in Chinese or Japanese language and literature, in addition to the core 
courses, three literature courses (EAL/HMN 219, EAL/HMN 221, CHI 350, or JPN 350) 
and one elective course outside East Asian languages and cultures are required. 

Highly qualified majors should apply for admission to the honors program in East 
Asian languages and cultures. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in East Asian 
Languages and Cultures," following completion of EAL 300 the student must enroll in 
EAL 302, present an honors-quality research paper, successfully defend the paper in an oral 



IO9 



EAST ASIAN LANGUAGES & CULTURES 



examination, and earn an overall grade point average of 3.0 with an average of 3.3 on work 
in courses taken as part of the major in East Asian languages and cultures. For additional 
information, students should consult members of the department. 

The department offers minors in Chinese language and in Japanese language. These 
minors require six hours in the language beyond the 211 level. Three of these hours should 
be in an advanced conversation class, either as 220, an independent study, or an equivalent 
course in an approved language program in China or Japan. Minor candidates are also 
required to participate in an approved semester educational exchange program in China, 
Taiwan, or Japan. 

Requests for exceptions to the stated curriculum should be made to the department 
chair. Elective courses should be selected from an approved list in the department chair's 
office. More specific descriptions of each of the majors and course sequences are also 
available there. 

East Asian Languages and Cultures (EAL) 

170. Understanding Japan. (3h) Understanding Japanese culture and behavior from the 
structure of social units such as family, educational institutions, and sports, artistic, and 
professional organizations. Credit not given for both EAL 170 and EAL 175. Also listed as 
Humanities 170. (CD) 

175. Japanese Culture: Insight and Outreach. (3h) This course develops an understanding of 
Japanese culture through reading, class discussion, and individual research, with subsequent 
outreach to area high schools through presentations. Credit not given for both EAL 170 and 
EAL 175. Also listed as Humanities 175. (CD) 

219. Introduction to Japanese Literature. (3h) Major works of poetry, drama, and fiction 
from the classical and modern periods. Also listed as Humanities 219. 

221. Introduction to Chinese Literature. (3h) Readings and discussions in fiction, drama, and 
poetry from the traditional and modern periods. Also listed as Humanities 221. 

252. Introduction to Chinese Film. (3h) An introductory study of film from mainland China, 
Hong Kong, and Taiwan from its inception at the turn of the twentieth century to the 
present. The course explores Chinese film as an art form, an instrument of political propa- 
ganda, and a medium of popular entertainment. Also listed as Humanities 252. 

300. Independent Research in East Asian Studies, (lh, 2h, 3h) Supervised independent 
research project on a topic related to China or Japan. Students are expected to draw on their 
previous studies in East Asian languages and cultures and related areas of study in choosing 
an appropriate topic. Supervision is conducted by a faculty member. Majors are requested to 
designate second advisers in related departments. If the research project is not completed in 
one semester, the course may be repeated once for credit. P — POI and permission of chair. 

301. Special Topics. (3h) Selected themes and approaches to East Asian literature, drama, 
culture, and film. Topics to be chosen by staff prior to the term the course is offered. May be 
repeated for credit. P — POL 

302. Honors Seminar. (3h) Writing of a major research paper. P — EAL 300 and POI. 



EAST ASIAN LANGUAGES & CULTURES jjq 



American Ethnic Studies (AES) 

240. Asian- American Legacy: A Social History of Community Adaptation. (3h) An introduc- 
tion to the history, culture, and literature of the Asian-American communities, exploring 
issues of migration, assimilation, and the process of developing Asian- American identities in 
the twentieth and early twenty-first centuries. Also listed as Sociology 240. (CD) 

Chinese (CHI) 

111, 112. Elementary Chinese. (4h, 4h) Emphasis on the development of listening and 
speaking skills in Mandarin. Introduction to the writing system and to basic sentence 
patterns. Lab required. 

153. Intermediate Chinese. (4h) Further study in grammar, reading, conversation, and com- 
position. Lab required. P — CHI 112 or equivalent. 

196. Chinese Across the Curriculum, (lh) Coursework in Chinese done as an adjunct to 
specially-designated courses throughout the college curriculum. P — POL 

199. Individual Study. (l-3h) P— POL 

211. Wen-xue: Introduction to Literature Written in Chinese. (4h) Readings in Chinese in 
prose and poetry. P — CHI 153 or POL 

212. Wen-xue II: Recent Literature Written in Chinese. (3h) Readings in recent Taiwan and 
mainland Chinese literature. P — CHI 153 or POL 

220. Advanced Conversation. (3h) Concentration on advanced conversational and interac- 
tional skills using a body of reading materials and audiovisual materials as the basis for class 
discussion. P— CHI 211, 212 or POL 

230. Advanced Chinese I. (3h) Integration of speaking, reading, and writing skills with 
emphasis on written and audiovisual sources including newspapers, literature, and film. 
P— CHI 220 or POL 

231. Advanced Chinese II. (3h) Integration of speaking, reading, and writing skills with 
emphasis on written and audiovisual sources including newspapers, literature, and film. 
P— CHI 230 or POL 

251. Business Hanyu. (3h) Communicating in Mandarin Chinese for business purposes. 
Addresses cultural differences in communication and spoken and written linguistic forms. 
P— CHI 153 or POL 

299. Reading and Writing Chinese. (3h) This course teaches reading and writing skills in 
Chinese language at the intermediate level. The course is designed to accompany concurrent 
courses in conversational Chinese and to provide a rigorous framework for the study and 
memorization of Chinese characters. This course, offered at the Beijing Institute of Educa- 
tion under the auspices of the Wake Forest/SASASAAS Program in China, may be repeated 
for credit with permission of instructor. P — CHI 111 or POL 

350. Chinese Modern Literature Survey. (3h) This course examines several key works of 
modern and contemporary literature in Chinese. The course fosters critical reading and 
interpretive skills and teaches the stylistics of writing analytical essays. P — CHI 211, 299, 
or POL 



HI EAST ASIAN LANGUAGES & CULTURES 



351. Classical Chinese. (3h) Vocabulary and syntax of the written Chinese language prior 
to the twentieth century, including readings from the fourth century BC authors such as 
Mencius, along with writings from later centuries. P — CHI 211 or POL 

Philosophy 253. The Main Streams of Chinese Philosophy and Religion. (3h). Also listed as 
Religion 380. (See appropriate listings for descriptions and prerequisites of courses given in 
English.) 

Humanities (HMN) 

170. Understanding Japan. (3h) Understanding Japanese culture and behavior from the 
structure of social units such as family, educational institutions, and sports, artistic, and 
professional organizations. Credit not given for both HMN 170 and 175. Also listed as East 
Asian Languages and Cultures 170. (CD) 

175. Japanese Culture: Insight and Outreach. (3h) This course develops an understanding of 
Japanese culture through reading, class discussion, and individual research, with subsequent 
outreach to area high schools through presentations. Credit not given for both HMN 170 
and 175. Also listed as East Asian Languages and Cultures 175. (CD) 

219. Introduction to Japanese Literature. (3h) Major works of poetry, drama, and fiction 
from the classical and modern periods. Also listed as East Asian Languages and Cultures 219. 

221. Introduction to Chinese Literature. (3h) Readings and discussions in fiction, drama, and 
poetry from the traditional and modern periods. Also listed as East Asian Languages and 
Cultures 221. 

251. The Asian-American Experience: Literature and Personal Narratives. (3h) An introduc- 
tion to the writings and narratives of Asian Americans of South and Southeast Asian descent, 
including Asian Americans of Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Indian descent. The course 
explores the process of assimilation, including the effects of immigration and cultural 
conflict on literary forms of expression, as well as the formation of new cultural identities. 

252. Introduction to Chinese Film. (3h) An introductory study of film from mainland China, 
Hong Kong, and Taiwan from its inception at the turn of the twentieth century to the 
present. The course explores Chinese film as an art form, an instrument of political propa- 
ganda, and a medium of popular entertainment. Also listed as East Asian Languages and 
Cultures 252. 

267. China, Character, and Columbine. (3h) An examination, in Eastern and Western terms, 
of methodologies used to form and to reform the configurations of innate and learned 
factors that produce saints or sociopaths, centering on the psychological theory of Yan 
Xi-zhai. (CD) 

International Studies (INS) 

349. Japanese and American Culture: Cross-Cultural Communication. (3h) An exploration 
of communication differences between the Japanese and the Americans. Japanese and 
American values, behavior, and beliefs are compared in determining effective methods for 
cross-cultural communication. Special emphasis is placed on examining factors leading to 



EAST ASIAN LANGUAGES & CULTURES 



112 



miscommunication and the development of techniques for overcoming cultural barriers. 
Credit not given for both INS 349 and Communication 351 A. Also listed as Communication 
351A. (CD) 

Japanese (JPN) 

111, 112. Elementary Japanese. (4h, 4h) Emphasis on the development of listening and 
speaking skills. Introduction to the writing systems. Basic sentence patterns covered. Lab 
required. 

153. Intermediate Japanese. (4h) Further study in grammar, reading, conversation, and com- 
position. Lab required. P — JPN 112 or equivalent. 

197. Japanese Across the Curriculum, (lh) Coursework in Japanese done as an adjunct to 
specially-designated courses throughout the college curriculum. P — POL 

199. Individual Study. (l-3h) P— POL 

211. Bungaku: Introduction to Literature Written in Modern Japanese. (4h) Readings in 
Japanese in prose and poetry. P — JPN 153 or POL 

212. Readings in Japanese Literature. (3h) Readings in Japanese literature, society, and 
culture from the nineteenth century to contemporary literature. P — JPN 153 or POL 

220. Advanced Conversation. (3h) Study of conversational and interactional skills using 
reading materials and audiovisual materials as basis for class discussion. P — JPN 211. 

230. Advanced Japanese I. (3h) Integration of speaking, reading, and writing skills with 
emphasis on written and audiovisual sources including newspapers, literature, and film. 
P— JPN 220. 

231. Advanced Japanese II. (3h) Continuation of Japanese 230, with emphasis on oral 
presentation and compositional skills. P — JPN 230. 

299. Reading and Writing Japanese. (3h) This course teaches reading and writing skills in 
Japanese language at the intermediate level. The course is designed to accompany concurrent 
courses in conversational Japanese, and to provide a rigorous framework for the study and 
memorization of Japanese characters. This course, offered at Kansai Gaidai University, may 
be repeated for credit with permission of instructor. P — JPN 1 1 1 or POL 

350. Japanese Modern Literature Survey. (3h) This course examines several key works of 
modern and contemporary literature in Japanese. The course fosters critical reading and 
interpretive skills and teaches the stylistics of writing analytical essays. P — JPN 211, 299, 
or POL 

East Asian Studies (EAS) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 
Coordinator Associate Professor of East Asian Languages and Cultures David P. Phillips 

The minor in East Asian studies provides an opportunity for students to undertake a 
multidisciplinary study of the art, history, philosophy, politics, religion, and culture of East 
Asia. It consists of a total of eighteen hours. Candidates for the minor are required to take at 



113 



EAST ASIAN STUDIES 



least one course from three of the four curriculum groupings noted below. (See course 
descriptions under appropriate course listings.) Nine or more of the hours towards the 
minor must focus on a geographical area — South Asia, Japan, China, or Southeast Asia. 

Appropriate credit in various fields of East Asian studies also may be obtained by study 
abroad in programs approved by the coordinator. Interested students are encouraged, 
preferably in their sophomore year, to consult with the coordinator or an affiliated adviser 
to discuss their interests and structure a coherent course of study. Courses may be chosen 
from among the following list of approved courses. 

311. Special Topics in East Asian Studies. (l-3h) An intensive survey of one or more impor- 
tant issues in East Asian studies not included in the regular course offerings. P — POI. 

381. Independent Research in East Asian Studies. (l-3h) Supervised independent research 
project on a topic related to East Asia. P — Permission of both instructor and coordinator of 
East Asian Studies. May be repeated for credit. 

Group One: Humanities 

Humanities 170. Understanding Japan. (3h) 

175. Japanese Culture: Insight and Outreach. (3h) 
219. Introduction to Japanese Literature. (3h) 
221. Introduction to Chinese Literature. (3h) 

251. The Asian-American Experience: Literature and 
Personal Narratives. (3h) 

252. Introduction to Chinese Film. (3) 

Group Two: Art, Philosophy, and Religion 

Art 104. Topics in World Art (when focus is Asia). (3h) 
Philosophy 253. The Main Streams of Chinese Philosophy and Religion. (3h) 
Religion 361. The Buddhist World of Thought and Practice. (3h) 
363. The Religions of Japan. (3h) 

381. Zen Buddhism. (3h) 

382. Religion and Culture in China. (3h) 

Group Three: Social Sciences 

American 240. Asian-American Legacy: A Social History of Community 
Ethnic Studies Adaptation. (3h) 

Communication 351. Comparative Communication. 

(when topic is appropriate) (1.5h, 3h) 
International 349. Japanese and American Culture: Cross-Cultural 
Studies Communication (3h) 

Political Science 248. Chinese Politics. (3h) 

260. United States and East Asia. (3h) 



EAST ASIAN STUDIES 



114 



Group Four: History 

343. Imperial China. (3h) 

344. Modern China. (3h) 

346. Japan before 1800. (3h) 

347. Japan since World War II. (3h) 

348. Japan since 1800. (3h) 



Economics (ECN) 



Chair Allin F. Cottrell 
Archie Carroll Professor of Ethical Leadership John C. Moorhouse 

Reynolds Professor John H. Wood 

Professors Allin F. Cottrell, Donald E. Frey, Claire H. Hammond, J. Daniel Hammond, 

Michael S. Lawlor, Perry L. Patterson, Robert M. Whaples 

McCulloch Family Fellow and Associate Professor Jac C. Heckelman 

Associate Professor Sylvain H. Boko 

Assistant Professor Frederick H. Chen 

Visiting Assistant Professor Rushad Faridi 

Visiting Instructor Todd McFall 

The objectives of the economics program are to help prepare students for effective partici- 
pation in the decision-making processes of society, to develop analytical skills in solving 
economic problems, to promote a better understanding of alternative economic systems, and 
to provide a balanced curriculum to prepare students for graduate study or positions in 
industry and government. 

The major in economics consists of twenty-seven hours in economics, including 
Economics 150, 201, 205, 206, 207, and at least one course from Economics 211, 222, 252 
or 274. A minimum grade of C is required in Economics 150 and 201, and a minimum of C- 
in Economics 205 and 207; in addition, students must achieve an overall 2.0 average in eco- 
nomics courses. The student also must make a minimum grade of C in either Mathematics 
106 or 111 and Mathematics 109 (or similar course with permission of department chair). 

The minor in economics consists of eighteen hours, including Economics 150, 205, and 
207. The mathematics and minimum grade requirements for the minor are the same as for 
the major. 

Economics majors are encouraged to take complementary courses in mathematics, the 
humanities, or other social sciences to sharpen their analytical skills and to acquire a 
broader understanding of important issues. The faculty adviser will assist each student in 
determining the particular combination of courses that satisfies his or her needs. 

Students may graduate with "Honors in Economics" if they have a grade point average 
of at least 3.0 and 3.3 in economics, and earn a minimum grade of B- in the research course, 
Economics 298. It is recommended that Economics 297 be taken as preparation for 298. 

The Department of Economics and the Department of Mathematics offer a joint major 
leading to a bachelor of science degree in mathematical economics. This interdisciplinary 
program, consisting of no more than forty-five hours, affords the student an opportunity to 



115 



ECONOMICS 



apply mathematical methods to the development of economic theory, models, and quantita- 
tive analysis. The major consists of the following course requirements: Economics 150, 205, 
207, 210, 211, 215, 218; Mathematics 111, 112, 113, 121, 254, 255; and three additional 
courses chosen with the approval of the program advisers. Students electing the joint major 
must receive permission from both the Department of Economics and the Department of 
Mathematics. A minimum grade average of C in all courses attempted for the mathematical 
economics joint major is required for graduation. 

Highly qualified majors are encouraged to apply for admission to the honors program 
in the joint major. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Mathematical Econom- 
ics," a student must satisfy the requirements of Economics 298 or Mathematics 381 by 
successfully completing a senior research project. Consult the program advisers for addi- 
tional information. 

150. Introduction to Economics. (3h) A survey of micro and macroeconomic principles. 
Introduction to basic concepts, characteristic data and trends, and some analytic techniques. 
Preference in enrollment is given to students with sophomore or upperclass standing. 

201. Economic Data Analysis. (1.5h) A computer-oriented introduction to the gathering, 
presentation, and analysis of economic data. P — ECN 150. 

205. Intermediate Microeconomics I. (3h) Development of demand and supply analysis, 
neoclassical theory of household and firm behavior, and alternative market structures. 
P— ECN 150. 

206. Intermediate Microeconomics II. (3h) More advanced theory of maximizing behavior 
of economic agents with discussion of risk, uncertainty, and economic dynamics. Theory 
employed in assessment of policy issues. P — ECN 205. 

207. Intermediate Macroeconomics. (3h) Development of macroeconomic concepts of 
national income, circular flow, income determination, IS-LM analysis, and Phillips curves. 
Emphasizes contributions of Keynes and the Keynesian tradition, including some attention 
to primary literature. P — ECN 150. 

210. Microeconomic Models. (1.5h) Development of formal models of consumer behavior, 
choice under risk, the firm, and demand and supply. Static and dynamic properties of the 
models are explored. P — ECN 205 and Mathematics 111. 

211. Macroeconomic Models. (1.5h) Development of formal Keynesian, post-Keynesian, 
monetarist, and new classical macro models. Static and dynamic properties of the models are 
explored. P — ECN 207 and Mathematics 111. 

212. Economic Forecasting. (3h) A computer-oriented application of modern econometric 
and time series methods for forecasting economic variables. P — ECN 150. C — ECN 207. 

215. Introduction to Econometrics. (3h) Economic analysis through quantitative methods, 
with emphasis on model construction and empirical research. P — ECN 150 and Mathemat- 
ics 109 or 256. 

216. Game Theory. (3h) An introduction to mathematical models of social and strategic 
interactions. P — ECN 205 and Mathematics 109 or 113. 

218. Seminar in Mathematical Economics. (3h) Calculus and matrix methods used to 
develop basic tools of economic analysis. P — ECN 205, 207 and Mathematics 111, 112. 



ECONOMICS u5 



219. Decision Analysis. (3h) The theory and practice of decision making under uncertainty. 
Applications and examples are drawn from realms of personal, legal, business, medical, and 
environmental decision making. P — ECN 150 and Mathematics 109. 

221. Public Finance. (3h) An examination of the economic behavior of government. Includes 
principles of taxation, spending, borrowing, and debt-management. P — ECN 205. 

222. Monetary Theory and Policy. (3h) An investigation of the nature of money, the macro- 
economic significance of money, financial markets, and monetary policy. P — ECN 207. 

223. Financial Markets. (3h) A study of the functions, structure, and performance of 
financial markets. P — ECN 205 and 207. 

224. Law and Economics. (3h) An economic analysis of property, contracts, torts, criminal 
behavior, due process, and law enforcement. P — ECN 205. 

225. Public Choice. (3h) Traditional tools of economic analysis are employed to explore 
such topics in political science as political organization, elections, coalition formation, the 
optimal provision of public goods, and the scope of government. P — ECN 205 and 207. 

231. Economics of Industry. (3h) Analysis of the link between market structure and market 
performance in United States industries from theoretical and empirical viewpoints. Examines 
the efficiency of mergers, cartels, and other firm behaviors. Case studies may include 
automobiles, steel, agriculture, computers, sports, and telecommunications. P — ECN 205. 

232. Antitrust Economics. (1.5h, 3h) Analysis of the logic and effectiveness of public policies 
designed to promote competition in the United States. P — ECN 150 and 205. 

235. Labor Economics. (3h) A theoretical and empirical survey of labor markets. Topics 
include: the demand and supply of labor, compensating wage differentials, education and 
training, discrimination, unions, public sector employment, earnings inequality, and unem- 
ployment. P— ECN 205. 

240. Economics of Health and Medicine. (3h) Applications of the methods of economic 
analysis to the study of the health care industry. P — or C — ECN 205 and (choose one): 
Anthropology 380, Biology 380, Business 201, Economics 215, Health and Exercise Science 
262, Mathematics 256, Mathematics 358, Psychology 211, or Sociology 371. 

241. Natural Resource Economics. (3h) Develops the economic theory of natural resource 
markets and explores public policy issues in natural resources and the environment. 

P— ECN 150 

246. Urban Economics. (3h) Theoretical and empirical study of the city as an economic 
entity, with attention to land-use patterns and prices, urban decay and redevelopment, 
suburbanization, housing, and city finance. P — ECN 150. 

251. International Trade. (3h) Development of the theory of international trade patterns and 
prices and the effects of trade restrictions such as tariffs and quotas. P — ECN 205. 

252. International Finance. (3h) A study of foreign exchange and Eurocurrency markets, 
balance of payments, and macroeconomic policy in open economies. P — ECN 205 and 207. 

253. Economies in Transition. (3h) A theoretical and institutional examination of historically 
socialist nations and the dilemmas of transition. Special reference to the former Soviet 
Union. P— ECN 150. 



117 



ECONOMICS 



254. Current Issues in African Development. (3h) A theoretical and practical study of the 
main economic, political and institutional dilemmas faced by African countries in the course 
of economic development. Taught in Benin, West Africa, in summer. P — POL 

258. Economic Growth and Development. (3h) A study of the problems of economic 
growth, with particular attention to the less developed countries of the world. P — ECN 205 
or POL 

261. American Economic Development. (3h) The application of economic theory to histori- 
cal problems and issues in the American economy. P — ECN 150. 

262. History of Economic Thought. (3h) A historical survey of the main developments in 
economic thought from the Biblical period to the twentieth century. P — ECN 205 and 207. 

265. Economic Philosophers. (1.5h, 3h) An in-depth study of the doctrines and influence of 
up to three major figures in economics, such as Smith, Marx, and Keynes. P — ECN 205 
and 207. 

268. Morals and Markets. (3h) Historical survey of individualistic ethical values that have 
accompanied the development of market economics in the West. Considers critiques of, and 
alternatives to, these values. P — ECN 150. 

270. Current Economic Issues. (1.5h, 3h) Examines current economic issues using economic 
theory and empirical evidence. Topics may include recent macroeconomic trends, the 
distribution of income, minimum wages, immigration, Social Security, global warming, trade, 
regulation and deregulation, antitrust policy, health care, labor unions, tax reform, educa- 
tional reform, and others. P — ECN 150. 

271, 272. Selected Areas in Economics, (lh, 1.5h, 3h; lh, 1.5h, 3h) A survey of an important 
area in economics not included in the regular course offerings. The economics of housing, 
education, technology, and health services are examples. Students should consult the 
instructor to ascertain topic before enrolling. P — ECN 205 and 207. 

273. Economics for a Multicultural Future. (3h) Examines the challenges and promise of the 
increasingly diverse U.S. economy. P — ECN 150. (CD) 

274. Topics in Macroeconomics. (3h) Considers significant issues and debates in macro- 
economic theory and policy. Examples might include a New Classical-New Keynesian 
debate, the East Asian currency crisis of 1997-1998, conversion of federal deficit to surplus, 
competing models of economic growth, alternative monetary and fiscal policy targets. 

P— ECN 207. 

290. Individual Study. (1.5h, 3h) Directed readings in a specialized area of economics. 
P— POL 

297. Preparing for Economic Research. (1.5h) Designed to assist students in selecting a 
research topic and beginning the study of the selected topic. P — POL 

298. Economic Research. (3h) Development and presentation of a senior research project. 
Required of candidates for departmental honors. P — Permission of department. 



ECONOMICS 



II 



Education (EDU) 

Chair Joseph O. Milner 

Wake Forest Professor Patricia M. Cunningham 

Professor Emeritus John H. Litcher 

Professors Robert H. Evans, Joseph O. Milner, Linda N. Nielsen 

Associate Professors Leah P. McCoy, Mary Lynn B. Redmond, Loraine M. Stewart 

Assistant Professors R. Scott Baker, Ann C. Cunningham, Raymond C. Jones 

Adjunct Assistant Professors Alan Cameron, Dorothy Hall, Rebeca Shore 

Instructor Tracy Wilson 

Wake Forest University believes that the teaching profession is important to society and that 
its welfare is significantly affected by the quality of educational leadership. One of the 
important objectives of the University has been and continues to be the preparation of 
teachers. The University's commitment to quality in teacher education is demonstrated by 
selective admission to the program, a wide range of professional courses, and closely 
supervised internships appropriate to the professional development of students. The Wake 
Forest education programs are fully accredited by NCATE (National Council for Accredita- 
tion of Teacher Education) and by the North Carolina Department of Public Instruction. 
Prospective elementary and secondary social studies teachers earn licensure in those 
broad areas and major in education. Prospective secondary teachers of English, Latin, 
mathematics, science, and prospective K-12 teachers of foreign languages major in that 
discipline and minor in education. A minor in secondary social studies education is also 
available. In addition to the professional program, the department provides elective courses 
open to all students. 

Teacher Licensure. The state of North Carolina issues the Professional Class A Teacher's 
License to graduates who have completed an approved program including the specified 
courses in their teaching fields and the prescribed courses in education, who have demon- 
strated specific competencies, and who receive recommendations from the designated 
officials in their teaching areas and from the licensure officer. 

Students who have graduated from an institution of higher education but have not com- 
pleted an approved licensure program may seek admission to the department in order to 
complete the Class A License. 

Students who wish to prepare for teaching at the secondary level but are unable to 
devote a semester to student teaching can earn a non-license minor. This minor will ease 
attainment of a lateral entry teaching position. 

Admission Requirements. Admission involves filing an official application with the depart- 
ment's licensure officer, being interviewed, and being officially approved by the department. 
In addition, the state of North Carolina requires teacher education program applicants to 
successfully complete the Praxis I before being formally admitted. 

All students are required to have a 2.5 or better grade point average before being 
formally accepted in the Teacher Education Program. Formal acceptance into the program 
should take place by June 1 of the junior year for secondary students and by January 1 of 
the junior year for elementary students. 



119 



EDUCATION 



Program Area Goals. The goals and objectives for each licensure area are available in the 
office of the Department of Education. 

Course Requirements. The approved program of teacher education requires candidates to 
complete successfully a series of professional education courses. The exact sequence of 
professional and academic courses varies with a student's particular program and is deter- 
mined by the adviser in conference with the candidate. For those seeking secondary 
licensure, the majority of the professional work is taken during one semester of the senior 
year. Candidates for the elementary license typically begin coursework required for licensure 
during the sophomore year. 

Student Teaching. Prerequisites for registering for student teaching include ( 1 ) senior, 
graduate, or special student classification; (2) completion of Methods and Materials, 
Educational Technology, Educational Psychology, and the Foundations of Education courses; 
and (3) formal admission to the teacher education program. 

Students are assigned to student-teaching opportunities by public school officials on the 
basis of available positions and the professional needs of the student and the public school 
system. One semester of the senior year is reserved for the student-teaching experience. Stu- 
dents may not take courses outside the education department during this semester without 
the approval of the department chair. 

Exit Requirements. Students must maintain at least a 2.5 grade point average while enrolled 
in the teacher education program and complete the program with a minimum grade point 
average of 2.5. The state of North Carolina requires candidates for professional licensure in 
elementary education to successfully complete the appropriate Praxis II Subject Assessment 
Exam(s). 

Teaching Area Requirements 

Secondary Licensure 

Junior Year: EDU 201 and 311 

Senior Year: EDU 354, 307; 364, 374 and 381 

English. Thirty hours, including English 287, 323, and 390 or its equivalent. A course in 
world literature is also required. 

French. Licensure in K-12 in French: A minimum of nine three-hour French courses num- 
bered above French 213. French 215, 216, 219, 220, 222, 370, one of the genre courses 
(363, 364, or 365), and two additional advanced level courses are required. 

Spanish. Licensure in K-12 in Spanish: A minimum of nine three-hour Spanish courses 
numbered above Spanish 213. Spanish 217, 218, 219, 220, 322, plus three advanced courses 
in literature, of which one must be in Spanish literature and one in Spanish-American 
literature, are required. 

German. Licensure in K-12 in German: A minimum of twenty-eight hours beyond German 
112 or 113. These must include German 217; 218, 219, 220, or 221; at least one course 
from among the sequence 249, 281, 285, and 300. 

Latin. The requirements are the same as those for the major in Latin. 



education 12.O 



Mathematics. Thirty-two hours, including Mathematics 111, 112, 113, 121, 221, 331, 357, 
(211 or 311), and two other courses beyond 113. 

Science. Licensure in the individual fields of science: biology (thirty-five hours), chemistry 
(forty-four hours for BA), and physics (twenty-eight hours). All courses must be from the 
same courses required for majors in those fields. 

Social Studies. Thirty hours, including eighteen hours in history and twelve hours from four 
other social sciences. History hours include six hours from European or world history, six 
hours from U.S. history, and six hours from nonwestern history. The twelve additional hours 
come from one course each in economics, geography, political science, and anthropology or 
sociology. 

Education courses required for a secondary license include Education 201, 307, 311, 354, 
364, 374, and 381. 

Elementary Licensure 

A major in elementary education requires thirty-nine hours including Education 201, 202, 
203, 221, 222, 250, 293, 294, 295, 296, 298, 307, 311, 312, and 382. In addition to or as 
part of lower division requirements, all education majors must have taken at least one 
course in biology, one course in mathematics, one course in art or music, and Psychology 
151. 

Sophomore or Junior Year: EDU 201 and 202 

Junior Year: EDU 311, 203, 221, 295, 296, 298 and 307 

Senior Year: EDU 222, 293, 294, 382 and 350 

Education Minors 

The minor in professional education requires Education 201, 307, 311, 354, 364, 374, 381, 
and is awarded only to students who complete student teaching. The non-license minor, 
which does not include student teaching, requires all of the coursework required for the 
minor and a major in one of the secondary license areas. 

131. Adolescent Literature. (2h) A study of recent fiction centering on the lives of adoles- 
cents. Attention is given to interpretation of literature ranging from the reader response 
approach to critical pluralism. By placement only. 

201. Foundations of Education. (3h) Philosophical, historical, and sociological foundations 
of education, including analysis of contemporary issues and problems. Includes twenty hours 
field experience if not taken concurrently with Education 202. P — POL (CD) 

202. Field Experience One. (2h) Practical experiences in classrooms. Weekly public school 
experience and seminar. Should be taken concurrently with Education 201. P — POL 
Pass/Fail only. 

203. Field Experience Two. (2h) Teaching experiences in classrooms in a diverse school 
environment. Weekly school participation and seminar. P — EDU 201 and 202 and POL 
Pass/Fail only. 

221. Children's Literature. (2h) A survey of the types and uses of literature appropriate for 
elementary grades, including multicultural literature. 

121 EDUCATION 



222. Integrating the Arts and Movement into the Elementary Curriculum. (2h) A survey of 
the materials, methods, and techniques of integrating the arts and physical development into 
the elementary curriculum. P — POL 

223. Theatre in Education. (3h) Practical experience for theatre and education students to 
work together with children in the classroom using theatre to teach core curriculum. 
Emphasis on methods and techniques as well as the development and implementation of 
creative lesson plans. Weekly public school teaching experience and seminar. Also listed as 
Theatre 270. 

231. Adolescent Literature. (3h) A study of recent fiction centering on the lives of adoles- 
cents. Attention is given to interpretation of literature ranging from the reader response 
approach to critical pluralism. 

250. Student Teaching: Elementary. (4h) Supervised teaching experience in grades K-6. 
P— POL Pass/Fail. 

271. Geography: The Human Environment. (3h) A survey of the geography of human 
activity as it occurs throughout the world. Emphasis is placed on current problems related to 
population, resources, regional development, and urbanization. Credit not allowed for both 
EDU 271 and 274. 

272. Geography Study Tour. (3h) A guided tour of selected areas to study physical, econom- 
ic, and cultural environments and their influence on man. Background references for reading 
are suggested prior to the tour. (CD) Offered in the summer. 

273. Geography: The Natural Environment. (3h) A systematic study of the major compo- 
nents of physical geography with special emphasis on climate and topography. 

274. Environmental Geography. (3h) A systematic study of major environmental issues on a 
global scale with an exploration of implications and possible solutions. Credit not allowed 
for both EDU 274 and 271. 

281. Public Life and the Liberal Arts. (3h) The course is devoted to topics of abiding 
significance. Fundamental dilemmas and resolutions associated with each topic are examined 
through a consideration of their treatment in the liberal arts tradition. Politics and the Arts, 
and Theory and Practice in Public Life are representative topics. 

293. Elementary School Curriculum. (3h) General principles of curriculum and teaching 
methods, including adaptations for exceptional learners of all types and integration among 
all curriculum areas. P — POL 

294. Teaching Elementary Language Arts. (3h) Methods and materials for teaching language 
arts, including adaptations for diverse and exceptional learners. P — POL 

295. Teaching Elementary Social Studies in a Pluralistic Society. (3h) Methods and materials 
for teaching social studies, including adaptations for diverse and exceptional learners. 

P— POL 

296. Teaching Elementary Mathematics. (3h) Methods and materials for teaching mathemat- 
ics, including adaptations for diverse and exceptional learners. P — POL 

297. Trends and Issues in American Schools, (lh) An exploration of contemporary trends 
and issues as they affect course content and teaching methods in the schools. The course is 
intended to help those not entering professional education evaluate their schools as informed 
citizens and decision-makers. 

EDUCATION J22 



298. Teaching Elementary Science. (3h) Methods and materials for teaching science, includ- 
ing adaptations for diverse and exceptional learners. P — POL 

303. History of Western Education. (3h) Educational theory and practice from ancient times 
through the modern period, including American education. 

304. Theories of Education. (3h) Contemporary proposals for educational theory and 
practice studied in the context of social issues. 

305. The Sociology of Education. (3h) A study of contemporary educational institutions. 
This course examines such issues as school desegregation, schooling and social mobility, 
gender equity, and multiculturalism. 

307. Technology in Education. (3h) An introduction to the use of computers in education. 
Includes use of Internet, software, and hardware, including multimedia, to meet instructional 
goals. P— EDU 201 and 311 and POL 

308. School and Society. (3h) A study of continuity and change in educational institutions, 
including analysis of teachers, students, curriculum, evaluation, contemporary problems, and 
reform movements. P — EDU 201 or introductory course in history or social science. 

310. Race, Class, and Gender in a Color-blind Society. (3h) An examination of issues 
surrounding race, class, and gender in the United States. Topics include income and wealth, 
theories of discrimination, public education, gender bias, and patterns of occupational and 
industrial segregation. Also listed as American Ethnic Studies 310. 

311. Educational Psychology. (3h) The theories, processes, and conditions of effective 
teaching/learning. Includes twenty-hour field experience in a diverse setting if student does 
not take Education 203. P— EDU 201 and POL 

312. Teaching Children with Special Needs. (3h) A survey of the various types of learning 
problems commonly found in elementary children. Students observe exemplary programs, 
tutor children with special needs, and attend seminars on effective instructional techniques. 
P— EDU 221 and 250. 

313. Human Growth and Development. (3h) A study of the intellectual, emotional, and 
physical components of growth from birth to adolescence, with special concern for the 
educational implications of this process. 

351. Adolescent Psychology. (3h) An introduction to theories of adolescent psychology as 
related to teaching and counseling in various settings. The readings emphasize researchers' 
suggestions for parenting, teaching, and counseling adolescents between the ages of thirteen 
and nineteen. 

354. Methods and Materials. (3h) Methods, materials, and techniques used in teaching 
particular secondary subjects (English, mathematics, science, second languages, social 
studies). Includes forty-hour field experience component. P — EDU 201. 

358. Studies in Contemporary Leadership. (3h) An examination of contemporary leadership 
theory and its various applications in society. Students engage in practical leadership 
exercises, read on a variety of leadership topics, and develop their own philosophy of leader- 
ship. A twenty-five contact hour internship is required. 

362. Field Experience One. (lh) Practical experiences in elementary or secondary class- 
rooms. Weekly public school participation and seminar. Pass/Fail only. 



123 



EDUCATION 



363. Field Experience Two. (lh) Further experiences in elementary or secondary classrooms. 
Weekly public school participation and seminar. P — EDU 362. Pass/Fail only. 

364. Secondary Student Teaching. (9h) Supervised teaching experience in grades 9-12 (K-12 
for foreign language). Full-time, fifteen-week field experience. P — POL 

374. Student Teaching Seminar. (1.5h) Analysis and discussion of problems and issues in the 
teaching of particular secondary subjects (English, mathematics, science, second languages, 
social studies). Emphasis on the application of effective instructional methods and materials. 

381. Special Needs Seminar. (1.5h) Analysis and discussion of practical problems and issues 
in the teaching of special needs students in the secondary classroom. Topics include class- 
room management, reading and writing in the content area, inclusion, diversity, and 
evaluation. 

382. Teaching Elementary Reading. (3h) Methods and materials for teaching reading, includ- 
ing adaptations for diverse and exceptional learners. P — POI. 

387. Tutoring Writing. (1.5h) Introduction to composition theory and rhetoric with a special 
emphasis on one-to-one tutoring techniques. Students analyze their own writing process and 
experiences, study modern composition theory, and practice tutoring techniques in keeping 
with these theories. Strongly recommended for those interested in working in the Writing 
Center as peer tutors. A student may not receive credit for both EDU 387 and English 287. 

390. Methods and Materials for Teaching Foreign Languages (K-6). (3h) A survey of the 
basic materials, methods, and techniques of teaching foreign languages in the elementary 
and middle grades. Emphasis is placed on issues and problems involved in planning and 
implementing effective second language programs in grades K-6. 

391. Teaching the Gifted. (3h) An investigation of theory and practice pertinent to teachers 
of the gifted. 

392. The Psychology of the Gifted Child. (3h) A discussion of giftedness and creativity in 
children and the relationship of those characteristics to adult superior performance. Topics 
to be covered include a history of the study of precocity, methods and problems of identifica- 
tion, the relationship of giftedness and creativity, personality characteristics and social- 
emotional problems of gifted children, and the social implications of studying giftedness. 

393. Individual Study, (lh, 3h) A project in an area of study not otherwise available in the 
Department of Education. Permitted upon departmental approval of petition presented by a 
qualified student. 

394. Internship in Education of the Gifted. (3h) An intensive period of observation and 
instruction of gifted students. Readings and directed reflection upon the classroom experi- 
ence are used to develop a richer understanding of such a special school setting. 

395. Teaching Exceptional Students. (2h) An introduction to understanding exceptional 
students and effective teaching strategies for their inclusion in the regular classroom. 

396. Education in Business and Industry. (3h) Educational concepts applied to programs in 
education and training in business/industrial settings. 

397. Research and Trends in the Teaching of Foreign Languages. (3h) A study of current 
trends and issues in foreign language education. Research topics include language and 
linguistics, culture, and technology. 



EDUCATION 



124 



English (ENG) 



Chair Eric G. Wilson 

W. R. Kenan Jr. Professor of Humanities Allen Mandelbaum 

Wake Forest Professor of English James S. Hans 

Professors Anne Boyle, Mary K. DeShazer, Andrew V. Ettin, Claudia Thomas Kairoff, 

Philip F. Kuberski, Barry G. Maine, William M. Moss, Gillian R. Overing, Gale Sigal 

Poet-in-Residence and Associate Professor Jane Mead 

Z. Smith Reynolds Faculty Fellow and Associate Professor Eric G.Wilson 

Associate Professors Bashir El-Beshti, Scott W. Klein, Lisa Sternlieb, Olga Valbuena, 

Associate Professor in Journalism Wayne King 

Assistant Professors Janis Caldwell, Dean Franco, Michael Hill, Jefferson Holdridge, 

John McNally, Nagesh Rao, Jessica Richard, Evie Shockley 

Lecturer Thomas W. McGohey 

Lecturers in Journalism Justin Catanoso, Michael Horn 

Adjunct Assistant Professors Shona Simpson, Michael Strysick 

Visiting Assistant Professors Susan Bussey, Bonnie Carr, William Hacker, 

Stephanie Hawkins, Paul Hecht, Andrew Leiter, Michael Malouf, Jason Powell, 

Kersti Powell, Chad Trevitte, Scott Walker 

Visiting Hebrew University Scholar Jon Whitman 

Visiting Instructors Marlon Kuzmick Jr., John Martin, Stephane Robolin 

Visiting Poet-in-Residence Dennis Sampson 

Visiting Instructor in Journalism Mary Martin Niepold 

The major in English requires a minimum of thirty hours, at least twenty-four hours of 
which must be in advanced language and literature courses numbered 300 to 399. The 
remaining six hours may consist of English 160/165 and 170/175 or of one of those plus an 
additional 300-level language and literature course. Majors are not required to take both 
160/165 and 170/175, but one of these courses must be taken as a prerequisite for any 300- 
level course. English 111, the basic writing requirement, cannot be counted for credit toward 
the major or minor in English; likewise, it cannot be counted as a substitute for the 160/170 
English literature divisional requirement. No 200-level courses can count toward the major 
without special permission of the department. The advanced courses for the major must 
include Shakespeare, two additional courses in British literature before 1800, one course in 
American literature, and a major seminar, English 300, which must be taken no later than 
the spring semester of the junior year. All English majors, except late declarees, must pre- 
register in the spring of their sophomore year for the major seminar. No more than two 
advanced writing courses (383, 398, and 399) may be counted toward the major. Majors 
and their advisers plan individual programs to meet these requirements and to include work 
in the major literary genres. No more than two courses (6 hours) taken elsewhere may be 
counted toward the twenty-four hours of 300-level English courses required for the major, 
with individual petitions to be made for possible exceptions. This limitation applies to 
courses taught in approved non-Wake Forest programs, not to courses in programs offered 
or sponsored by Wake Forest. 

A minimum grade-point average of 2.0 in courses which comprise a major or minor in 
the department is required for graduation with any major or minor this department offers. 



I2 5 



ENGLISH 



A minor in English requires English 160 or 165 and English 170 or 175, plus fifteen 
hours in advanced language and literature courses. Each minor will be assigned an adviser in 
the English department who will plan a program of study with the student. No more than 
one course (3 hours) taken elsewhere may be counted toward the fifteen hours of 300-level 
English courses required for the minor, with individual petitions to be made for possible 
exceptions. This limitation applies to courses taught in approved non-Wake Forest pro- 
grams, not to courses in programs offered or sponsored by Wake Forest. 

Highly qualified majors recommended by the English faculty are invited to apply to the 
honors program in English during the second semester of their junior year. To graduate with 
"Honors in English," students must have a minimum grade point average of 3.5 in the major 
and 3.2 in all course work and must satisfy the requirements of the program by completing 
English 388 during their senior year. Interested students may consult the director of the 
English honors program for further information. 

The prerequisite for all 300-level courses in English is any one of the courses in British 
and American literature numbered 160, 165, 170, and 175, all of which are offered each 
semester. Additional courses in journalism and writing are offered by the department as 
related subjects but do not count toward an English major or minor; they may be taken as 
electives regardless of the field of study in which a student majors. English 111, AP score of 
4 or 5, or exemption by the department is a prerequisite for any English course above 111. 
Students enrolled at Wake Forest may take no more than one of the Division II, Category 1 
and 2 courses elsewhere (either British or American literature but not both). This limitation 
applies to courses taught in approved non-Wake Forest programs, not to courses in pro- 
grams offered or sponsored by Wake Forest. 

Lower Division Courses 

105. Introduction to Critical Reading and Writing. (3h) Training in the fundamentals of 
written English and introduction to the activities basic to undergraduate study: critical 
reading and writing, interpretation, report, and discussion. Admission by placement only; 
does not satisfy the basic composition requirement. 

111. Writing Seminar. (4h) Training in expository writing; frequent essays based on readings 
in a selected topic. 

160. Introduction to British Literature. (3h) Eight to ten writers representing different 
periods and genres. P — ENG 11 1 or exemption from ENG 111. 

165. Studies in British Literature. (3h) Three to five writers representing different periods; 
primarily discussion, with frequent short papers. Limited enrollment. P — Exemption from 
ENG 111 or recommendation of the department. 

170. Introduction to American Literature. (3h) Emphasis on a minimum of seven writers of 
the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, including both prose and poetry. P — ENG 111 or 
exemption from ENG 111. 

175. Studies in American Literature. (3h) Three to five writers representing different periods; 
primarily discussion, with frequent short papers. Limited enrollment. P — Exemption from 
ENG 111 or recommendation of the department. 

210. Advanced Composition. (3h) Study of prose models of exposition; frequent papers and 
individual conferences. Enrollment limited. P — Satisfaction of basic composition requirement. 

ENGLISH 126 



224. Exploring Shakespeare. (3h) Six to eight works by Shakespeare in different genres, 
studied through printed texts, films, and videos. Emphasis is on developing abilities to under- 
stand and appreciate Shakespeare's works in performance through attention to language and 
stagecraft. This course may not be counted toward the major or minor in English. 

299. Individual Study. (1.5h-3h) A course of independent study with faculty guidance. 
By prearrangement. 

Journalism Courses 
See section on Journalism. 

Writing Courses 

285. Poetry Workshop. (1.5h, 3h) A laboratory course in the writing of verse. Study of 
poetic techniques and forms as well as works of contemporary poets. Frequent individual 
conferences. 

286. Short Story Workshop. (1.5h, 3h) A study of the fundamental principles of short fiction 
writing; practice in writing; extensive study of short story form. 

287. Tutoring Writing. (1.5h) Introduction to composition theory and rhetoric, with a 
special emphasis on one-to-one tutoring techniques. Students analyze their own writing 
process and experiences, study modern composition theory, and practice tutoring techniques 
in keeping with these theories. Strongly recommended for those interested in working in the 
Writing Center as peer tutors. A student may not receive credit for both Education 387 and 
English 287. 

383. Theory and Practice of Poetry Writing. (3h, 3h) Emphasis on reading and discussing 
student poems in terms of craftsmanship and general principles. Either 383 or 384 may 
count toward the major in English, but not both. P — ENG 285 or POL 

398. Advanced Fiction Writing. (3h) Primarily a short story workshop, with class discussion 
on issues of craft, revision, and selected published stories. May be repeated once. P — ENG 
286 or POL 

399. Advanced Expository Writing. (3h) Training and practice in writing expository prose at 
a level appropriate for publication in various print media, primarily magazines. P — ENG 
160, 165, 170, or 175. 

Advanced Language and Literature Courses 

The prerequisite for all 300-level courses in English is any one of the courses in British and 
American literature numbered 160, 165, 170 and 175, all of which are offered each semester. 

300. Seminar in the Major. (3h) Selected topics in British and American literature. Intensive 
practice in critical discourse, including discussion, oral reports, and short essays. Introduc- 
tion to literary scholarship and research methodology leading to a documented paper. 
Required for all majors. 

301. Individual Authors. (1.5h) Study of selected work from an important American or 
British author. May be repeated. 



127 



ENGLISH 



302. Ideas in Literature. (1.5h, 3h) Study of a significant literary theme in selected works. 
May be repeated. 

304. History of the English Language. (3h) A survey of the development of English syntax, 
morphology, and phonology from Old English to the present, with attention to vocabulary 
growth. 

305. Old English Language and Literature. (3h) An introduction to the Old English language 
and a study of the historical and cultural background of Old English literature, including 
Anglo-Saxon and Viking art, runes, and Scandinavian mythology. Readings from Beowulf 
and selected poems and prose. 

307. Dante I. (1.5h) A study of the Divine Comedy as epic, prophecy, autobiography, and 
poetic innovation, relating it to antiquity, Christianity, Dante's European present (the birth 
of the modern languages and new intellectual and poetic forms), and Dante's own afterlife in 
the West. Also listed as Humanities 361. 

308. Dante II. (1.5h) The completion of the course on the Divine Comedy as epic, prophecy, 
autobiography, and poetic innovation, relating it to antiquity, Christianity, Dante's European 
present (the birth of the modern languages and new intellectual and poetic forms), and 
Dante's own afterlife in the West. Also listed as Humanities 362. P — ENG 307 or Humani- 
ties 361, or POL 

310. The Medieval World. (3h) Through the reading of primary texts, this course examines 
theological, philosophical, and cultural assumptions of the Middle Ages. Topics may include 
Christian providential history, drama, devotional literature, the Franciscan controversy, 
domestic life, and Arthurian romance. (CD — Depending on topic covered.) 

311. The Legend of Arthur. (3h) The origin and development of the Arthurian legend in 
France and England, with emphasis on the works of Chretien de Troyes and Sir Thomas 
Malory. 

312. Medieval Poetry. (3h) The origin and development of poetic genres and lyric forms of 
medieval vernacular poetry. 

315. Chaucer. (3h) Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde, with some 
attention to minor poems. Consideration of literary, social, religious, and philosophical 
background. 

319. Virgil and His English Legacy. (3h) A study of Virgil's Eclogues, Georgics, and selected 
passages of the Aeneid, and their influence on English literature, using translations and 
original works by writers of the sixteenth through the eighteenth centuries, including 
Spenser, Marlowe, Milton, Dryden, and Pope. Knowledge of Latin is not required. Also listed 
as Classical Languages 259. 

320. British Drama to 1642. (3h) British drama from its beginning to 1642, exclusive of 
Shakespeare. Representative cycle plays, moralities, Elizabethan and Jacobean tragedies, 
comedies, and tragicomedies. Also listed as Theatre 320. 

323. Shakespeare. (3h) Thirteen representative plays illustrating Shakespeare's development 
as a poet and dramatist. Also listed as Theatre 323. 

325. Sixteenth-Century British Literature. (3h) Concentration on the poetry of Spenser, 
Sidney, Shakespeare, Wyatt, and Drayton, with particular attention to sonnets and The 
Faerie Queene. 

ENGLISH J28 



326. Studies in English Renaissance Literature. (3h) Selected topics in Renaissance literature. 
Consideration of texts and their cultural background. 

327. Milton. (3h) The poetry and selected prose of John Milton, with emphasis on 
Paradise Lost. 

328. Seventeenth-Century British Literature. (3h) Poetry of Donne, Herbert, Vaughan, 
Marvel, Crashaw; prose of Bacon, Burton, Browne, Walton. Consideration of religious, 
political, and scientific backgrounds. 

330. Restoration and Eighteenth-Century British Literature. (3h) Representative poetry and 
prose, exclusive of the novel, 1660-1800, drawn from Dryden, Behn, Swift, Pope, Johnson, 
and Wollstonecraft. Consideration of cultural backgrounds and significant literary trends. 

335. Eighteenth-Century British Fiction. (3h) Primarily the fiction of Defoe, Richardson, 
Fielding, Smollett, Sterne, and Austen. 

336. Restoration and Eighteenth-Century British Drama. (3h) British drama from 1660 to 
1780, including representative plays by Dryden, Etherege, Wycherley, Congreve, Goldsmith, 
and Sheridan. Also listed as Theatre 336. 

337. Studies in Eighteenth-Century British Literature. (3h) Selected topics in eighteenth- 
century literature. Consideration of texts and their cultural background. 

340. Studies in Women and Literature. (3h) a.) The woman writer in society, b.) Feminist 
critical approaches to literature. 

350. British Romantic Poets. (3h) A review of the beginnings of Romanticism in British 
literature, followed by study of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Keats, and Shelley; collateral 
reading in the prose of the period. 

351. Studies in Romanticism. (3h) Selected topics in European and/or American Romanti- 
cism with a focus on comparative, interdisciplinary, and theoretical approaches to literature. 

353. Nineteenth-Century British Fiction. (3h) Representative major works by Dickens, Eliot, 
Thackeray, Hardy, the Brontes, and others. 

354. Victorian Poetry. (3h) A study of Tennyson, Browning, Hopkins, and Arnold or another 
Victorian poet. 

357. Studies in Chicano Literature. (3h) Writings by Americans of Mexican descent in 
relation to politics and history. Readings in literature, literary criticism, and socio-cultural 
analysis. Also listed as American Ethnic Studies 357. (CD) 

358. Postcolonial Literature. (3h) A survey of representative examples of postcolonial 
literature from geographically diverse writers, emphasizing issues of politics, nationalism, 
gender and class. (CD) 

359. Studies in Postcolonial Literature. (3h) Examination of themes and issues in postcolo- 
nial literature, such as: globalization, postcolonialism and hybridity, feminism, nationalism, 
ethnic and religious conflict, the impact of the Cold War, and race and class. (CD) 

360. Studies in Victorian Literature. (3h) Selected topics, such as development of genres, 
major authors and texts, and cultural influences. Readings in poetry, fiction, autobiography, 
and other prose. 



129 



ENGLISH 



361. Literature and Science. (3h) Literature of and about science. Topics vary and may 
include literature and medicine, the two culture debate, poetry and science, nature in 
literature, the body in literature. 

362. Irish Literature in the Twentieth Century. (3h) A study of modern Irish literature from 
the writers of the Irish Literary Renaissance to contemporary writers. Course consists of 
overviews of the period as well as specific considerations of genre and of individual writers. 

363. Studies in Modernism. (3h) Selected issues in Modernism. Interdisciplinary, compara- 
tive, and theoretical approaches to works and authors. 

364. Studies in Literary Criticism. (3h) Consideration of certain figures and schools of 
thought significant in the history of literary criticism. 

365. Twentieth-Century British Fiction. (3h) A study of Conrad, Lawrence, Joyce, Forster, 
Woolf, and later British writers, with attention to their social and intellectual backgrounds. 

366. James Joyce. (3h) The major works by James Joyce, with an emphasis on Ulysses. 

367. Twentieth-Century English Poetry. (3h) A study of twentieth-century poets of the 
English language, exclusive of the United States poets, are read in relation to the literary and 
social history of the period. 

368. Studies in Irish Literature. (3h) The development of Irish literature from the eighteenth 
century through the early twentieth century in historical perspective, with attention to issues 
of linguistic and national identity. 

369. Modern Drama. (3h) Main currents in modern drama from nineteenth-century realism 
and naturalism through symbolism and expressionism. After an introduction to European 
precursors, the course focuses on representative plays by Wilde, Shaw, Synge, Yeats, O'Neill, 
Eliot, Hellman, Wilder, Williams, Hansberry, and Miller. 

370. American Literature to 1820. (3h) Origins and development of American literature and 
thought in representative writings of the Colonial, Revolutionary, and Federal periods. 

371. American Ethnic Literature. (3h) Introduction to the field of American ethnic literature, 
with special emphasis on post WWII formations of ethnic culture: Asian American, Native 
American, African American, Latino, and Jewish American. The course highlights issues, 
themes, and stylistic innovations particular to each ethnic group and examines currents in 
the still-developing American culture. (CD) 

372. American Romanticism. (3h) Writers of the mid-nineteenth century, including Emerson, 
Thoreau, Hawthorne, and Melville. 

373. Literature and Film. (3h) Selected topics in the relationship between literature and film, 
such as film adaptations of literary works, the study of narrative, and the development of 
literary and cinematic genres. 

374. American Fiction before 1865. (3h) Novels and short fiction by such writers as Brown, 
Cooper, Irving, Poe, Hawthorne, Melville, Stowe, and Davis. 

375. American Drama. (3h) A historical overview of drama in America, covering such play- 
wrights as Boucicault, O'Neill, Hellman, Wilder, Williams, Inge, Miller, Hansberry, Albee, 
Shepard, Norman, Mamet, and Wilson. Also listed as Theatre 375. 



ENGLISH 



I30 



376. American Poetry before 1900. (3h) Readings and critical analysis of American poetry 
from its beginnings to the end of the nineteenth century, including Bradstreet, Emerson, 
Longfellow, Melville, and Poe, with particular emphasis on Whitman and Dickinson. 

377. American Jewish Literature. (3h) A survey of writings on Jewish topics or experiences 
by American Jewish writers. The course explores cultural and generational conflicts, 
responses to social change, the impact of the Shoah (Holocaust) on American Jews, and the 
challenges of language and form posed by Jewish and non-Jewish artistic traditions. (CD) 

378. Literature of the American South. (3h) A study of Southern literature from its begin- 
nings to the present, with emphasis upon such major writers as Tate, Warren, Faulkner, 
O'Connor, Welty, and Styron. 

379. Literary Forms of the American Personal Narrative. (3h) Reading and critical analysis 
of autobiographical texts in which the ideas, style, and point of view of the writer are 
examined to demonstrate how these works contribute to an understanding of pluralism in 
American culture. Representative authors may include Hurston, Wright, Kingston, Angelou, 
Wideman, Sarton, Chuang Hua, Crews, and Dillard. 

380. American Fiction from 1865 to 1915. (3h) Such writers as Twain, James, Howells, 
Crane, Dreiser, Wharton, and Cather. 

381. Studies in African-American Literature. (3h) Reading and critical analysis of selected 
fiction, poetry, drama, and other writings by American authors of African descent. (CD) 

382. Modern American Fiction, 1915 to 1965. (3h) To include such writers as Stein, Lewis, 
Anderson, Hemingway, Fitzgerald, Faulkner, Dos Passos, Wolfe, Wright, Ellison, Agee, 
Flannery O'Connor, and Pynchon. 

383. Theory and Practice of Poetry Writing. (3h) Emphasis is on reading and discussing 
student poems in terms of craftsmanship and general principles. May be repeated once. 
P— ENG 285 or POL 

385. Twentieth-Century American Poetry. (3h) Readings of modern American poetry in 
relation to the literary and social history of the period. 

386. Directed Reading. (1.5h-3h) A tutorial in an area of study not otherwise provided by 
the department; granted upon departmental approval of petition presented by a qualified 
student. 

387. African-American Fiction. (3h) Selected topics in the development of fiction by 
American writers of African descent. Also listed as American Ethnic Studies 387. (CD) 

388. Honors in English. (3h) A conference course centering upon a special reading require- 
ment and a thesis requirement. For senior students wishing to graduate with "Honors in 
English." 

389. African-American Poetry. (3h) Readings of works by American poets of African descent 
in theoretical, critical, and historical contexts. Also listed as American Ethnic Studies 389. 
(CD) 

390. The Structure of English. (3h) An introduction to the principles and techniques of 
modern linguistics applied to contemporary American English. 

391. Studies in Postmodernism. (3h) Interdisciplinary, comparative, and theoretical ap- 
proaches to works and authors. 



131 



ENGLISH 



393. Multicultural American Drama. (3h) An examination of the dramatic works of play- 
wrights from various racial and ethnic communities such as Asian American, Native 
American, African American, and Latino. The course includes consideration of issues, 
themes, style, and form. Also listed as Theatre 376. (CD) 

394. Contemporary Drama. (3h) The course considerd experiments in form and substance in 
plays from Godot to the present. Readings cover such playwrights as Beckett, Osborne, 
Pinter, Stoppard, Churchill, Wertenbaker, Albee, Shepard, Mamet, Wilson, Soyinka, and 
Fugard. Also listed as Theatre 372. 

395. Contemporary American Literature. (3h) A study of post-World War II American 
poetry and fiction by such writers as Bellow, Gass, Barth, Pynchon, Lowell, Ashbery, 
Ammons, Bishop, and Rich. 

396. Contemporary British Fiction. (3h) A study of the British novel and short story, with 
particular focus on the multicultural aspects of British life, including works by Rushdie, 
Amis, Winterson and Ishiguro. 

398. Advanced Fiction Writing. (3h) Primarily a short story workshop, with class discussion 
on issues of craft, revision, and selected published stories. May be repeated once. 

P— ENG 286 or POL 

399. Advanced Expository Writing. (3h) Training and practice in writing expository prose at 
a level appropriate for publication in various print media, primarily magazines. 

P— ENG 160, 165, 170, or 175. 

Environmental Program (ENV) 

Director Professor of Biology Robert A. Browne 
Interdisciplinary Minor in Environmental Science 

The Wake Forest environmental program offers an environmental science or an environmen- 
tal studies minor. The environmental program provides an interdisciplinary approach to the 
study of human-environmental interaction. The program seeks to identify and apply per- 
spectives from biology, chemistry, physics, geography, English, government, economics, 
history, law, ethics, and anthropology to the human impact on the natural environment. The 
environmental science or the environmental studies minor, coupled with a liberal arts major, 
is designed to prepare students for careers in the environmental sciences, law, public health, 
public policy, and public administration, and to develop attitudes and values consistent with 
a sustainable environmental future. 

The following courses are required for the environmental science minor: (See course 
descriptions under appropriate listings.) 

Environmental 201. Environmental Issues. (3h) 
Program 

Chemistry/Physics 120. Physics and Chemistry of the Environment. (4h) 

Economics 241. Natural Resource Economics. (3h) 



ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAM 



132 



A total of eighteen hours (including eight hours of elective courses) is required for the minor. 
The following courses can serve as electives for the environmental science minor: 
(See course descriptions under appropriate listings.) 

Biology 340. Ecology. (4h) 

341. Marine Biology. (4h) 

342. Aquatic Ecology. (4h) 

343. Tropical Ecology. (3h) 

347. Physiological Plant Ecology. (3h) 
349S. Tropical Biodiversity. (4h) 
350. Conservation Biology. (3h) 
377. Community Ecology. (4h) 

385. Oceanography. (3h) 

386. Practical Oceanography. (4h) 
Chemistry 334. Chemical Analysis. (4h) 

Environmental 250. Nautical Sciences. (3h) 

391. Independent Study. (1.5h) 



Interdisciplinary Minor in Environmental Studies 

The following courses are required for the environmental studies minor: 
(See course descriptions under appropriate listings.) 

Environmental 201. Environmental Issues. (3h) 

Program 

Anthropology 339. Culture and Nature. (3h) 

Economics 241. Natural Resource Economics. (3h) 

A total of eighteen hours (including nine hours of elective courses) is required for the minor. 
The following courses can serve as electives for the environmental studies minor: (See course 
descriptions under appropriate listings.) 

Biology 237. Plants and People. (3h) 

340. Ecology. (4h) 

341. Marine Biology. (4h) 

342. Aquatic Ecology. (4h) 

343. Tropical Ecology. (3h) 

347. Physiological Plant Ecology. (3h) 
349S. Tropical Biodiversity. (4h) 
350. Conservation Biology. (3h) 
377. Community Ecology. (4h) 

385. Oceanography. (3h) 

386. Practical Oceanography. (4h) 

Chemistry 120. Physics and Chemistry of the Environment. (4h) 

334. Chemical Analysis. (4h) 
Education 271. Geography: The Human Environment. (3h) 

274. Environmental Geography. (3h) 



133 



ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAM 



Environmental 250. Nautical Sciences. (3h) 

391. Independent Study. (1.5h) 
Humanities 250. Maritime Studies. (3h) 

365. Humanity and Nature. (3h) 
Interdisciplinary 246. Man and the Environment. (3h) 
Honors 
Philosophy 163. Environmental Ethics. (3h) 

Physics 120. Physics and Chemistry of the Environment. (4h) 

201. Environmental Issues. (3h) Topics include environmental literature, environmental 
history, human populations, resource management, pollution, global change, and environ- 
mental ethics. 

250. Nautical Sciences. (3h) Provides the theoretical background necessary for operating 
vessels at sea. In lectures, lab sessions, field trips, and student projects, Sea Education 
Association captains introduce the principles fundamental to sailing vessel operations. 
Students learn and apply essential concepts in general physics, astronomy, and meteorology. 
Offered only in conjunction with the Sea Education Association program. 

391, 392. Individual Study. (1.5h, 1.5h) A field study, internship, project or research investi- 
gation carried out under the supervision of a member of the environmental program faculty. 
Pass/fail or for a grade at the discretion of the instructor. Pass/fail is not an option if used as 
an elective for the environmental science or environmental studies minor. 



Film Studies 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 

Director Reynolds Professor of Film Studies Peter Brunette 

Film Studies offers an interdisciplinary approach to the study of film through a body of 
courses that expose students to the cultural, political, and social implications of this art 
form. Courses in the minor provide students with the critical tools necessary for both 
evaluating and producing film texts, and it prepares qualified students to choose critical and/ 
or creative paths for further study or in a profession. 

A minor in film studies requires a minimum of eighteen hours of approved courses. 
Candidates for the minor must complete Introduction to Film (Communication 246) and 
Film Theory and Criticism (Communication 311) and an additional twelve hours of courses 
from a list approved by the Film Studies Steering Committee: at least three hours from each 
of the designated fields of International Cinema and Production, and six hours of electives. 

Kequir ed Course: Students should contact the director of Film Studies for the most 
current list of courses that count toward the minor. 

Communication 246. Introduction to Film. (3h) 

311. Film Theory and Criticism. (3h) 



FILM STUDIES 



134 



International Cinema: 



French 
Humanities 

Italian 



Spanish 



360. Cinema and Society. (3h) 

382. Italian Cinema and Society. (3h) 

383. Italian Fascism in Novels and Films. (3h) 

325. Italian Neorealism in Films and Novels. (3h) 

326. Comedy in Italian Cinema. (3h) 

327. Modern Italian Cinema. (3h) 

330. Cinematic Adaptation and Literary Inspiration. (3h) 

361. Latin-American Cinema and Ideology. (3h) 
370. Film Adaptations of Literary Works. (3h) 



Production: 

Art 114. Digital Art I. (3h) 
214. Digital Art II. (3h) 
Communication 212. Introduction to Production and Theory. (3h) 

213. Media Production: Documentary. (3h) 

214. Media Production: Narrative. (3h) 
310. Advanced Media Production. (3h) 
316. Screenwriting. (3h) 

Theatre 141. On-Camera Performance. (3h) 

General: 

Art 260. Classics of World Cinema. (3h) 
296K. Art History Seminar: Film (3h) 
Communication 312. Film History to 1945. (3h) 

313. Film History since 1945. (3h) 
English 373. Literature and Film. (3h) 

The director of film studies maintains a list of additional (not regularly offered) film courses 
that may be counted toward fulfillment of the minor. 



135 



FILM STUDIES 



German and Russian 

Chair Kurt C. Shaw 

Professors William S. Hamilton, Larry E. West 
Associate Professors Kurt C. Shaw, Rebecca Thomas 
Assistant Professors Alyssa Lonner, Grant P. McAllister 
Lecturers Christa G. Carollo, Perry L. Patterson 



German (GER) 

A major in German requires eight courses beyond 153 to include 217, 300, and at least one 
course from among the sequence 249, 281, 283, 285. A minor in German requires five 
courses beyond 153, to include 217 and at least one course from among the sequence 249, 
281,283,285. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to the 
honors program in German. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in German," 
students must complete a senior research project. For additional information, members of 
the departmental faculty should be consulted. 

Students of German are invited to apply for the exchange scholarship at the Free Uni- 
versity of Berlin, the W. D. Sanders Scholarships, and program of study at Freiburg, Berlin, 
and Vienna, administered by the Institute for the International Education of Students (IES). 

Ill, 112. Elementary German. (3h, 3h) This course covers the principles of grammar and 
pronunciation and includes the reading of simple texts. Lat) — one hour. 

113. Intensive Elementary German. (4h) A one-semester course covering the material of 
German 111 and 112. For students whose preparation for German 153 is inadequate or 
who have demonstrated proficiency in another language. Not open to students who have 
had German 111 or 112. Lab — one hour. 

153. Intermediate German. (4h) The principles of grammar are reviewed; reading of selected 
prose and poetry. Lab — one hour. P — GER 112 or 113. 

153x. Intermediate German. (3h) The principles of grammar are reviewed; reading of 
selected prose and poetry. Lab — one hour. P — Three years of high school German. 

160. German Language and Customs. (3h) Students spend one month in four different 
regions of Germany and Austria in a program designed to provide constant exposure to the 
language, customs, geography, and art of these countries. Students attend daily language 
classes as well as lectures and cultural events. They are required to keep a journal in 
German. P — GER 112 or 113. Pass/Fail. Offered in summer. 

214. Masterpieces of Austrian Literature. (3h) Study of masterpieces of Austrian literature 
of the nineteenth, twentieth, and twenty-first centuries. Lecture and discussion in German. 
P — 153 or equivalent. 

215. Introduction to German Literature. (3h) Masterpieces of German literature from the 
early period to 1848. P — GER 153 or equivalent. 

216. Introduction to German Literature. (3h) Masterpieces of German literature from 1848 
to the present. P — GER 153 or equivalent. 



GERMAN AND RUSSIA 



N I36 



217. Composition and Grammar Review. (3h) A review of the fundamentals of German 
grammar with intensive practice in translation and composition. Required for majors. 

P — GER 153 or equivalent. Fall. 

218. Basic Conversation. (3h) Practice in speaking German, stressing correctness of struc- 
ture, phonetics, pronunciation, fluency, and vocabulary for everyday situations. P — GER 153 
or equivalent. Spring. 

219. Advanced Conversation. (3h) Practice in speaking German at a more advanced level, 
stressing discussion of various topics of current importance in the German-speaking 
countries. Considerable attention is devoted to achieving fluency. P — GER 218 or POL 
Offered fall semester of even years. 

220. German Civilization I. (3h) Survey of German culture and civilization from prehistoric 
times to 1918. Conducted in German. P — GER 153 or equivalent. Offered fall semester of 
odd years. (CD) 

221. German Civilization II. (3h) Survey of German culture and civilization from the 
Weimar Republic to the present, with particular emphasis on contemporary Germany. Con- 
ducted in German. P — GER 153 or equivalent. Offered spring semester of even years. (CD) 

229. German for Business and Economics. (3h) Introduction to the spoken and written 
language of the German business world. Emphasis on business correspondence and oral 
proficiency skills for banking, import/export and commercial transactions. P — GER 217 and 
218 or POL Offered spring semester of odd years. 

231. Weimar Germany. (3h) Art, literature, music, and film of Weimar Germany, 1919-1933, 
in historical context. Also listed as History 318. 

240. German Masterworks in Translation. (3h) Examination of selected works of German, 
Austrian, and Swiss fiction in English translation by such writers as Goethe, Schiller, Kafka, 
Mann, and Schnitzler. Literary periods, genres, and authors vary according to instructor. 
Students may not receive credit towards the German major or minor for both GER 240 and 
GER 231. Fall 

249. German Literature before 1700. (3h) A survey of German literature of the Middle Ages, 
Reformation, and Baroque eras; emphasizes the chivalric period, medieval drama, Martin 
Luther, and the Baroque period. P — GER 215, 216, or equivalent. Fall. 

270. Individual Study. (l-3h) Readings on selected topics in literature or current events not 
ordinarily covered in other courses. P — GER 215, 216, and POL 

281. German Literature from the Enlightenment through Romanticism. (3h) Selected works 
from the Enlightenment, the Storm and Stress period, the poetry and major dramas of 
Goethe and Schiller, and German Romanticism. P — GER 215, 216, or equivalent. Fall. 

283. German Literature from Poetic Realism through Naturalism. (3h) Study of selected 
works from the Realist period and subsequent Naturalist movement, with attention to the 
historical and social contexts in which they emerge. 

285. German Literature of the Modern Age. (3h) Intensive study of representative works of 
major German, Austrian, and Swiss authors of the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. 
P— GER 215, 216, or equivalent. Fall. (CD) 

287, 288. Honors in German. (2.5h, 2.5h) A conference course in German literature. 
A major research paper is required. Designed for candidates for departmental honors. 



137 



GERMAN AND RUSSIAN 



300. Seminar in the Major. (3h) Intensive examination of a selected genre or special topic to 
be determined by the instructor. Intensive practice in critical discourse, including discussion 
and an oral presentation in German. Introduction to literary scholarship and research 
methodology leading to a documented paper. Required for all majors. May be repeated. 
P— GER 249, 281, 285, or equivalent. Spring. 

Semester in Vienna 

2507. Fin de Siecle Vienna. (3h) Survey of major developments in Viennese art, music, litera- 
ture, and society from roughly 1889 to 1918. Important figures to be discussed are Mahler, 
Schoenberg, Klimt, Schiele, Schnitzler, Musil, Freud, and Herzl. Taught only in Vienna. 

Russian (RUS) 

A major requires twenty-four hours beyond Russian 153 and must include Russian 215, 
216, 221, and either 217 or 218. A minor in Russian requires fifteen hours beyond 153, 
three of which must be earned in Russian 221. Students of Russian are invited to apply for 
study at Moscow State University. 

Ill, 112. Elementary Russian. (3h, 3h) The essentials of Russian grammar, conversation, 
drill, and reading of elementary texts. 

153. Intermediate Russian. (4h) Principles of Russian grammar are reviewed and expanded 
upon; reading of short prose pieces and materials from the Russian press. P — RUS 112 or 
equivalent. 

215. Introduction to Nineteenth-Century Russian Literature. (3h) Readings of selected short 
stories and excerpts from longer works from the nineteenth century. P — RUS 153 or 
equivalent. 

216. Introduction to Twentieth-Century Russian Literature. (3h) Readings of selected 
short stories and excerpts from longer works from the twentieth century. P — RUS 153 or 
equivalent. 

217. Seminar in Nineteenth-Century Russian Literature. (3h) A study of the foremost 
writers, with reading of representative works. P — RUS 215 or 216. 

218. Seminar in Twentieth-Century Russian Literature. (3h) A study of the foremost writers, 
with reading of representative works. P — RUS 215 or 216. 

221. Advanced Conversation and Composition. (3h) Study of grammar at the advanced 
level. Intensive practice in composition and conversation based on contemporary Russian 
materials. 

228. Advanced Grammar. (3h) Mastery of Russian declension and conjugation, with special 
attention to the correct use of reference materials. Syntax of complex and problematic 
sentences. P— RUS 221. 

230. The Structure of Russian. (3h) The linguistic tools of phonetics, phonemics, and 
morphophonemics are explained and applied to modern Russian. Emphasis is on the study 
of roots and word formation. P — POL 



GERMAN AND RUSSIA 



N 138 



232. The History of the Russian Language. (3h) The evolution of Russian from Common 
Slavic to the modern language; theory of linguistic reconstruction and the Indo-European 
family; readings from selected Old East Slavic texts. P — RUS 221 and POL 

240. Seminar in Translation. (3h) Advanced work in English-to-Russian and Russian-to- 
English translation. P— RUS 221 and POL 

241. Russian Masterworks in Translation. (3h) Reading and discussion of selected works 
from Russian literature in English translation by such writers as Gogol, Dostoevsky, 
Tolstoy, Bulgakov, and Solzhenitsyn. 

242. Research on Language and Culture in Russia. (1.5h) An investigation designed by the 
student is carried out in Russia during spring break. An evaluative paper follows the class 
trip. Credit given for the minor when the project is done in Russian. P — RUS 111 and POL 
Limited enrollment. 

250. Russian Culture and Civilization. (3h) Survey of Russian contributions to art, architec- 
ture, music, and religious thought from Russia's beginnings to the present. Taught in 
Russian. P— RUS 215 or 216. 

252. Russian Poetry. (3h) Survey of Russian poetry from Slovo o polku Igoreve to the 
present, with particular emphasis on the works of major nineteenth- and twentieth-century 
poets. P— RUS 215 or 216. 

270. Individual Study. (1.5-3h) Study in language or literature beyond the 215-216 level. 
P— RUS 215 or higher. 

275. Studies in Russian Literature. (3h) Selected special topics in Russian literature. 
P— RUS 215 or 216. 

280. Russian Women Writers. (3h) Readings of selected prose works by such writers as Teffi, 
Forsh, Inber, Baranskaya, Grekova, Tokareva, Petrushevskaya, Vaneeva and Tolstaya. 
P— RUS 215 or 216. 

285. Recent Russian Fiction. (3h) Readings of selected prose works from the 1970s to the 
present by such writers as Iksander, Voinovich, Bitov, Tolstaya, Petrushevskaya and Viktor 
Erofeev. P— RUS 215 or 216. 

290. The Language of Russian Commerce and Politics. (3h) Readings in the contemporary 
Russian press. Intensive written and oral practice, emphasizing specialized vocabulary of 
business and government. P — RUS 221 or POL 



139 



GERMAN AND RUSSIAN 



German Studies 

(Foreign Area Study) 

Coordinator Associate Professor of German Rebecca Thomas 

Nine or ten hours from German 153, 215, 216, 217, 220, 221, or 229 are required. In ad- 
dition, the student must take at least one course from three of the following four groups. 
Selected courses taken overseas in German-speaking countries may count toward this con- 
centration with the approval of the coordinator. (See course descriptions under appropriate 
listings.) 



Group i 



History 318. Weimar Germany. (3h) (Also listed as German 231) 

319. Germany to 1871. (3h) 

320. Germany: Unification to Unification, 1871-1990. (3h) 
333. European Diplomacy, 1848-1914. (3h) 



Group 2 

Political Science 



231. Western European Politics. (3h) 

233. The Politics of Modern Germany. (3h) 

237. Comparative Public Policy in Selected Industrialized 

Democracies. (3h) 
273. Marx, Marxism and the Aftermath of Marxism. (3h) 



Group 3 

Economics and Business (Selected courses taken in German-speaking countries with the 
approval of the coordinator.) 



Group 4 



Art 

Music 

Philosophy 

Religion 



270. Northern Renaissance Art. (3h) 

272. Baroque Art. (3h) 

220. Seminar in Music History. (3h) 

(Eighteenth- or nineteenth-century music) 
341. Kant. (3h) 

352. Hegel, Kierkegaard, and Nietzsche. (3h) 
368. Protestant and Catholic Reformations. (3h) 



GERMAN STUDIES 



I40 



Global Trade and Commerce Studies (GTCS) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 
Coordinator Associate Professor of Political Science Pia Christina Wood 

The minor in Global Trade and Commerce Studies consists of a total of fifteen hours. 
Candidates for the minor will be required to take INS 160 (Introduction to Global Trade 
and Commerce Studies) and twelve additional hours in global trade and commerce studies, 
which must include a study abroad experience for credit. No more than six of the fifteen 
hours for the minor may be taken in a single discipline. The following list contains courses 
within Wake Forest University that qualify as a GTCS course. Additional Wake Forest 
University courses may be developed and added to the list upon approval of the director of 
international studies, who serves as coordinator of the GTCS minor. Courses taken during 
the study abroad experience which may qualify as a GTCS course also will be reviewed and 
approved by the director of international studies. 

Required Course: 

INS 160. Introduction to Global Trade and Commerce Studies. (3h) Provides foundational 
knowledge in global trade and commerce. Focuses on understanding the global environment 
and the variety of issues associated with global trade and commerce. 



Accounting 
Business 



Communication 



Economics 



El ective Courses: Students should contact the Center for International Studies for the 
most current list of courses that count toward the minor. 

Anthropology 337. Economic Anthropology. (3h) 

290. International Business Study Tour. (3h) 

215. Seminar in Comparative Management. (3h) 

222. Global Marketing Strategy. (3h) 

234. International Finance. (3h) 

290. International Business Study Tour. (3h) 

350. Intercultural Communication. (3h) 

351. Comparative Communication. (3h) 

251. International Trade. (3h) 

252. International Finance. (3h) 

253. Economics in Transition. (3h) 

254. Current Issues in African Development, (study tour) (3h) 
258. Economic Growth and Development. (3h) 

329. Introduction to Business French. (3h) 

330. Advanced Business French. (3h) 
229. German for Business and Economics. (3h) 
314. European Economic and Social History, 1750-1990. (3h) 
350. Global Economic History. (3h) 

238. Comparative Economic Development and Political Change. (3h) 

239. State, Economy and International Competitiveness. (3h) 
253. International Political Economy. (3h) 

Psychology 357. Cross-Cultural Psychology (3h) 



French 

German 
History 

Political Science 



141 



GLOBALTRADEAND COMMERCE STUDIES 



Sociology 363. Global Capitalism. (3h) 
Spanish 329. Introduction to Spanish for Business. (3h) 
330. Advanced Spanish for Business. (3h) 

Health and Exercise Science (HES) 

Chair Paul M. Ribisl 

Wake Forest Professors W. Jack Rejeski, Paul M. Ribisl 

Professors Michael J. Berry, Stephen P. Messier 

Professor Emeritus William L. Hottinger 

Dunn-Riley Jr. Professor and Associate Profesor Shannon L. Milhalko 

Associate Professors Peter H. Brubaker, Anthony P. Marsh, Gary D. Miller, Patricia A. Nixon 

Associate Professor Emeritus Leo Ellison Jr. 

Instructors Donald Bergey, Johnnie O. Foye, 

David H. Stroupe, Sharon K. Woodard 

The purpose of the health and exercise science department is to advance knowledge through 
research and to disseminate the knowledge in this field of study through education of and 
service to humanity. The primary focus of the department is promoting health and prevent- 
ing and treating disease through healthful behaviors, emphasizing physical activity and 
nutrition. 

Health and Exercise Science Requirement 

All students must complete Health and Exercise Science 100 and 101. This requirement 
must be met before enrollment in additional health and exercise science elective courses, and 
in any case by the end of the second year. 

Courses for the Major 

The department offers a program leading to the bachelor of science degree in health and 
exercise science. A major requires thirty-one hours and must include Health and Exercise 
Science 262, 312, 350, 351, 352, 353, 354, 360, and 370. Majors are not allowed to apply 
any Health and Exercise Science 100-level courses or Health and Exercise Science 206 
toward the thirty-one hours required for graduation. A minimum grade point average of 2.0 
is required for graduation in courses that comprise a major in the department. Students 
interested in majoring in health and exercise science should consult the coordinator of the 
department's undergraduate program as soon as possible after entering the University. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to the 
honors program in health and exercise science by the second semester of the junior year. To 
be graduated with the designation "Honors in Health and Exercise Science," a student must 
have a minimum grade point average of 3.3 in the major, a minimum overall grade point 
average of 3.0, and complete an honors research project which includes a written and an 
oral report. Interested students should consult the coordinator of the department's honors 
program. For more information, please consult the department's Web site at www.wfu.edu/ 
Academic-departments/Health-and-Exercise-Science/. 



HEALTH AND EXERCISE SCIENCE 



142 



201. Health Issues on College Campuses - 1. (1.5h) Introduction to concepts and methods of 
peer health education; development of teaching and group facilitation skills. Pass/Fail only. 

202. Health Issues on College Campuses - II. (1.5h) Development and delivery of educa- 
tional programs on a variety of health issues relevant to college students. P — HES 201. 
Pass/Fail only. 

206. Lifeguard Training. (1.5h) A lifeguard training course that offers American Red Cross 
certifications in CPR for the professional rescuer, community first aid, lifeguard training, and 
waterfront lifeguarding. 

232. Emergency Medical Training. (1.5h) Lectures and practical experiences in preparation 
for responding to medical emergencies, including: patient assessment; airway management; 
cardiopulmonary resuscitation; 02 therapy; management of shock; trauma and environmen- 
tal emergencies; and head/spine/musculoskeletal injuries. North Carolina state exam for 
EMT certification is offered. 

233Q. The Language and Culture of Medical Practice in Mexico and Latin America. (3h) 
Introduction to the history and present-day structure of the medical system in Latin America 
with emphasis on Mexico. LAC-infused practice with Spanish vocabulary specific to the 
medical profession and techniques for communicating sensitively with Spanish-speaking 
patients. Visits to hospitals and clinics. Taught in Queretaro, Mexico, in summer. 

262. Statistics in the Health Sciences. (3h) Basic statistics with an emphasis on application to 
research in the health sciences. Students are introduced to graphics and statistical software 
for statistical analysis. A student who receives credit for this course may not also receive 
credit for Anthropology 380, Biology 380, Business 201, or Sociology 371. (QR) 

310. Applied Field Study. (1.5h) A course involving application of theory and methods of 
solving problems in a specialized area according to the student's immediate career goals. 
Open only to majors. P — POL Pass/Fail only. 

311. Internship in Rehabilitation. (1.5h) A semester experience in the campus rehabilitation 
programs. This experience includes written case study analyses of selected patients with a 
focus upon risk factor assessment and review of multiple intervention strategies, in conjunc- 
tion with participation in physiologic monitoring of patients during therapeutic sessions. 
Open only to majors. P — POL Pass/fail only. 

312. Exercise and Health Psychology. (3h) A survey of the psychological antecedents of 
exercise and selected topics in health psychology with particular attention to wellness, stress, 
the biobehavioral basis of coronary heart disease, and the psychodynamics of rehabilitative 
medicine. P— HES 262 or POL 

350. Human Physiology. (3h) A lecture course which presents the basic principles and con- 
cepts of the function of selected systems of the human body, with emphasis on the muscular, 
cardiovascular, pulmonary, and nervous systems. P — Biology 111, 112, or 214, or POL 

351. Nutrition in Health and Disease. (3h) A lecture/laboratory course which presents the 
principles of proper nutrition including an understanding of the basic foodstuffs and nutri- 
ents as well as the influence of genetics, eating behavior, and activity patterns on energy 
balance and weight control. Laboratory experiences examine intervention in obesity and 
coronary heart disease through diet analysis, methods of diet prescription, and behavior 
modification. P— HES 350 or POL 



143 



HEALTH AND EXERCISE SCIENCE 



352. Human Gross Anatomy. (4h) A lecture/laboratory course in which the structure and 
function of the musculoskeletal, neuromuscular, pulmonary, and cardiovascular systems are 
studied using dissected human cadavers. 

353. Physiology of Exercise. (3h) A lecture course which presents the concepts and applica- 
tions of the physiological response of the human body to physical activity. The acute and 
chronic responses of the muscular and cardiorespiratory systems to exercise are examined. 
Other topics include exercise and coronary disease, nutrition and performance, strength and 
endurance training, body composition, sex-related differences, and environmental influences. 
P— HES 350 or POL 

354. Assessment Techniques in Health Sciences. (3h) A lecture/laboratory course to develop 
clinical skills and knowledge in the assessment of health in areas of exercise physiology, 
nutrition/metabolism, biomechanics/neuromuscular function, and health psychology. The 
laboratory emphasizea use of instrumentation and analysis/interpretation of data collected 
on human subjects. P— HES 262, 350, and 352 or POL (QR) 

355. Exercise Programming. (1.5h) A lecture/laboratory course which presents the scientific 
principles of safe and effective exercise prescription for fitness programs. P — HES 353 and 
354, or POL 

360. Epidemiology. (3h) An introduction to basic determinants of the incidence of chronic 
disease in the population and development of an understanding of individual, community, 
and environmental approaches to promoting healthful lifestyles in youth, adults, and elderly 
populations. Issues are analyzed by formal statistical modeling. P — An applied statistical 
methods course, such as Anthropology 380, Biology 380, Business 202, HES 262, Math- 
ematics 256 or 358, Psychology 211, Sociology 380. (QR) 

370. Biomechanics of Human Movement. (3h) Study of the mechanical principles which 
influence human movement, sport technique, and equipment design. P — HES 352 or POL 

372. Anatomy Dissection Laboratory. (2h) A laboratory course that involves human cadaver 
dissection of the musculoskeletal, neuromuscular, pulmonary, and cardiovascular systems. 
Open only to majors. P — POL 

375. Advanced Physiology of Exercise. (3h) A lecture course which provides an in-depth 
examination of the physiological mechanisms responsible for both the acute and chronic 
changes which occur with exercise. Included are cellular changes in response to exercise, the 
ventilatory response to exercise, and metabolic consequences of exercise. P — HES 353 or 
POL 

382. Individual Study, (lh, 1.5h, 2h) Independent study directed by a faculty adviser. The 
student must consult the adviser before registering for this course. Open only to majors. 
P— POL 

384. Special Topics in Health and Exercise Science. (1.5h, 2h, 3h) Intensive investigation of a 
current scientific research topic in health or exercise science with focus on a specific topic. 
May be repeated for credit if topic differs. 

386. Honors Research. (1.5h) Directed study and research in preparation for a major paper 
on a subject of mutual interest to the student and faculty honors adviser. Taken only by 
candidates for departmental honors. P — POI, approval of departmental honors committee, 
and prior completion of a 1.5-hour Individual Study. 



HEALTH AND EXERCISE SCIENCE 



144 



Courses in Basic Instruction and Elective Health and Exercise Science 

All the 100-level courses listed below are for one hour each, and they can only be taken once 
for credit except Health and Exercise Science 180 and 183 which may be repeated once. 

100. Lifestyle and Health. A lecture course that deals with the effect of lifestyle behaviors on 
various health outcomes, including cardiovascular disease, cancer, and sexually-transmitted 
diseases. 

101. Exercise for Health. A laboratory course on physical fitness that covers weight control, 
cardiovascular endurance, muscular strength, and flexibility. 

112. Sports Proficiency. 

116. Weight Training. 

150. Beginning Tennis. 

151. Intermediate Tennis. 
156. Racquetball. 

160. Beginning Golf. 

161. Intermediate Golf. 
163. Bowling. 

170. Volleyball. 

179. Beginning Horseback Riding. Pass/Fail only. 

180. Intermediate/ Advanced Horseback Riding. May be repeated once for credit. 
Pass/Fail only, 

181. Snow Skiing. Pass/Fail only. 

182. Beginning Ice Figure Skating. 

183. Intermediate/Advanced Ice Figure Skating. May be repeated once for credit. 
194. T'ai Chi. 

Health Policy and Administration (HPA) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 
Director Professor of Economics Michael S. Lawlor 

The health policy and administration minor is designed to give students a concentration in 
the area of public health policy and the study of health care delivery. It is open to all majors 
and places an emphasis on providing students with the analytical methods and knowledge of 
institutional complexity necessary to an understanding of the rapidly evolving medical 
industry. Students interested in either public policy or administrative roles in health care 
could benefit from the minor. The coursework requires the following five courses (three 
hours each), for a total of fifteen hours, plus some notable prerequisites (see individual 
course descriptions for details): 



145 



HEALTH POLICY AND ADMINISTRATION 



150. Introduction to Public Health. (3h) Survey of the basic structure of the health care 
system in the United States. Includes discussion of current issues of public policy toward 
health, organization of health care delivery, and health system reform. Serves as the intro- 
duction to the interdisciplinary minor in health policy and administration. Offered every fall. 

250. Internship in Health Policy and Administration. (3h) A semester experience in a health 
care policy or health care administration organization. Students work in conjunction with a 
director who is a researcher on a public health science research project or with an adminis- 
trator in health care delivery. Students gain relevant practical experience that builds on prior 
coursework and provides insight into public health policy issues. Open only to senior health 
policy and administration students. P — HPA 150 and POL Offered every spring. 

Required Courses: 

Economics 240. Economics of Health and Medicine. (3h) Fall 

Health Policy 150. Introduction to Public Health. (3h) Fall 

and Admin. 250. Internship in Health Policy and Admin. (3h) Spring 

Health and 360. Epidemiology. (3h) Spring 
Exercise Science 

El ective Courses: Choose one course from the following electives. Students should 
contact the director for the most current list of courses that count toward the minor. 

Anthropology 362. Medical Anthropology. (3h) 
396. Biomedical Ethics. (3h) 
312. Exercise and Health Psychology. (3h) 



Biology 

Health and 

Exercise Science 

History 



Humanities 

Philosophy 

Political Science 

Psychology 

Sociology 



Women's and 
Gender Studies 



310. Seminar: Controversies in American 

Medical History. (3h) 
339. The History of American Medicine. (3h) 
390. Interdisciplinary Seminar on Aging. (3h) 
161. Medical Ethics. (3h) 
216. U.S. Social Welfare Policy. (3h) 
322. Psychopharmacology. (3h) 

335. Sociology of Health and Illness. (3h) 

336. Sociology of Health Care. (3h) 

337. Aging in Modern Society. (3h) 
321. Interdisciplinary Seminar on 

Women's Health Issues. (3h) 



Since many of the required courses involve prerequisites students should plan ahead to 
ensure they can meet all of the requirements in four years. The following schedule sugges- 
tions may be helpful: 

First Year: Core Requirements, including Economics 150 

Sophomore: Economics 205, Applied Statistics (various departmental courses) 

Junior: Health Policy and Administration 150, Health and Exercise Science 360 

Senior: Economics 240, Health Policy and Administration 250 



HEALTH POLICY AND ADMINISTRATION 



I46 



History (HST) 



Chair Susan Z. Rupp 

Reynolds Professor Paul D. Escott 

Wake Forest Professor Emeritus James P. Barefield 

Professors j. Edwin Hendricks, Michael L. Hughes, Michael L. Sinclair, J. Howell Smith, 

Sarah L. Watts, Alan J. Williams 

Kahle Associate Professor Michele K. Gillespie 

Associate Professors Simone M. Caron, Jeffrey D. Lerner, William K. Meyers, 

Anthony S. Parent Jr., Susan Z. Rupp 

Assistant Professors Monique O'Connell, Cynthia Villagomez, James Wilson 

Visiting Assistant Professors Ronald Bobroff, Gloria Fitzgibbon, James Hastings 

Adjunct Professor Felizitas Opwis 
Visiting Instructor Kent McConnell 

The major in history consists of a minimum of twenty-seven hours and must include History 
288 or 310, one course in premodern history, and a minimum of 5.5 hours in each of the 
following three fields: European history; Latin American, Asian, or African history; and 
United States history. History courses 101, 102, 103, 104, 287, 288, and 310 count toward 
the major but cannot be used to meet the distributional or pre-modern requirements in the 
major. 

Majors may include within the required twenty-seven hours up to six hours of advanced 
placement or comparable work and up to six hours of any combination of independent study 
and directed reading other than the hours earned in History 397. 

A minor in history requires eighteen hours. Courses that the student elects to take pass/ 
fail do not meet the requirements for the major or minor. 

Highly qualified majors should apply for admission to the honors program in history. 
To be graduated with the designation "Honors in History," the student must complete 
History 287, present an honors-quality research paper, successfully defend the paper in an 
oral examination, and earn an overall grade point average of 3.0 with an average of 3.3 on 
work in history. For additional information, students should consult members of the 
department. 

Students contemplating graduate study should acquire a reading knowledge of one 
modern foreign language for the master of arts degree and two for the Ph.D. 

100. Colloquium in Historical Diversity. (3h) A broadly based examination of the historical 
roots of contemporary cultural issues through various themes such as race, ethnicity, class, 
gender, sexuality, religion, and nationality. Focus varies with instructor. (CD) 

101. Western Civilization to 1700. (3h) A survey of ancient, medieval, and early modern 
history to 1700. Focus varies with instructor. Credit cannot be received for both 101 and 
103, or 102 and 104. 

102. Europe and the World in the Modern Era. (3h) A survey of modern Europe from 1700 
to the present. Focus varies with instructor. Credit cannot be received for both 101 and 103, 
or 102 and 104. 

1027. Formation of Europe: Habsburg Empire and its Successor States. (3h) The develop- 
ment of Central and East-Central Europe as a multiethnic unity under the Habsburgs, 



147 



HISTORY 



1526-1918, and its dissolution into successor states and subsequent interactions, 1918-1989. 
Offered in Vienna. 

103. World Civilizations to 1500. (3h) A survey of the ancient, classical, and medieval 
civilizations of Eurasia with a brief look at American and sub-Saharan societies. Focus varies 
with instructor. Credit cannot be received for both 101 and 103, or 102 and 104. 

104. World Civilizations since 1500. (3h) A survey of the major civilizations of the world in 
the modern and contemporary periods. Focus varies with instructor. Credit cannot be 
received for both 101 and 103, or 102 and 104. 

131. European Historical Biography. (1.5h) Study of biographies of men and women who 
have influenced the history and civilization of Europe. 

140. Modern Slovenia, (lh) A historical perspective of the politics, constitution, and culture 
of contemporary Slovenia. Includes lectures and visits to relevant sites. Offered in Ljubljana. 

162. History of Wake Forest University. (1.5h) A survey of the history of Wake Forest from 
its beginning, including its written and oral traditions. The course may include a visit to the 
town of Wake Forest. 

211. Special Topics in History. (lh-3h) Subject varies with instructor. 

222. The Renaissance and Reformation. (3h) Europe from 1300 to 1600. Social, cultural, 
and intellectual developments stressed. 

2253. History of Venice. (3h) The history of Venice from its origin to the fall of the Venetian 
Republic. Offered in Venice. 

2260. History of London. (1.5h, 3h) Topographical, social, economic, and political history 
of London from the earliest times. Lectures, student papers and reports, museum visits and 
lectures, and on-site inspections. Offered in London. 

2262. The Golden Age of Burgundy. (1.5h) Burgundian society, culture, and government in 
the reigns of Philip the Bold, John the Fearless, Philip the Good, and Charles the Rash, 
1384-1477. Offered in Dijon. 

2263. Venetian Society and Culture. (3h) An examination of Venetian society, including the 
role within Venetian life of music, theatre, the church, and civic ritual. Offered in Venice. 

2280. Georgian and Victorian Society and Culture. (3h) Social and economic transformation 
of England in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, with particular attention to the rise of 
professionalism and developments in the arts. Offered in London. 

232. European Historical Novels. (1.5h) The role of the historical past in selected works of 
fiction. 

251, 252. The United States. (3h, 3h) Political, social, economic, and intellectual aspects. 
251: Before 1865; 252: After 1865. 

287. Honors Colloquium. (3h) Seminar on problems of historical synthesis and interpreta- 
tion. All honors students must take HST 287. P — POL 

288. Honors Seminar. (3h) Writing of a major research paper. May be taken in lieu of HST 
310 in pursuit of honors in history. P — POL 

306. The Early Middle Ages. (3h) European history from the end of the ancient world to the 
mid-twelfth century, stressing social and cultural developments. 



HISTORY 



148 



307. The High Middle Ages Through the Renaissance. (3h) European history from the mid- 
twelfth through the early sixteenth centuries, stressing social and cultural developments. 

308. The World of Alexander the Great. (3h) An examination of Alexander the Great's 
conquests and the fusion of Greek culture with those of the Near East, Central Asia, and 
India. Special emphasis is placed on the creation of new political institutions and social 
customs, modes of addressing philosophical and religious issues, and the achievements and 
limitations of Hellenistic civilization. 

309. Europe: From Renaissance to Revolution. (3h) A survey of European history from the 
fifteenth to the eighteenth century. Topics include the voyages of discovery, the military 
revolution, the formation of the modern state, religious reformation, witchcraft and the rise 
of modern science, and pre-industrial economic and social structures including women and 
the family. 

310. Seminar. (3h) Offered by members of the faculty on topics of their choice. A paper is 
required. 

314. European Economic and Social History, 1750-1990. (3h) Changes in Europe's eco- 
nomic structures and how they affected Europeans' lives. Emphasizes how economic forces 
interacted with social and institutional factors. 

315. Greek History. (3h) The development of ancient Greek civilization from the Bronze 
Age to the end of the Classical Period stressing social institutions, individual character, and 
freedom of social choice within the framework of cultural, political, and intellectual history. 

316. Rome: Republic and Empire. (3h) A survey of Roman history and civilization from its 
beginning to about 500 C.E., with emphasis on the conquest of the Mediterranean world, 
the evolution of the Republican state, the growth of autocracy, the administration of the 
empire, and the interaction between Romans and non-Romans. 

317. The French Revolution and Napoleonic Empire. (3h) The revolution and wars that 
constitute one of the pivotal points in modern history. 

318. Weimar Germany. (3h) Art, literature, music, and film of Weimar Germany, 1919-1933, 
in historical context. German or history credit determined at registration. Also listed as 
German 231. 

319. Germany to 1871. (3h) Social, economic, and political forces leading to the creation of 
a single German nation-state out of over 1,700 sovereign and semi-sovereign German states. 

320. Germany: Unification to Unification, 1871-1990. (3h) The Germans' search for stabil- 
ity and unity in a society riven by conflict and on a continent riven by nationalism. 

321. France to 1774. (3h) The history of France from the Paleolithic period to the accession 
of Louis XVI with particular attention to the early modern period. 

322. France since 1815. (3h) The history of France from the restoration of the monarchy to 
the Fifth Republic. 

323. 324. Great Britain. (3h, 3h) A survey of British history. Topics include religion, revolu- 
tion and reform, war, poverty and poor relief, women, social and economic change, and 
empire. 323: To eighteenth century; 324: Eighteenth century to present. 

3260. The Industrial Revolution in England. (3h) A study of the social, economic, and 
political causes and effects of the Industrial Revolution in England. Offered in London. 



149 



HISTORY 



328. History of the English Common Law. (3h) A study of the origins and development of 
the English common law and its legacy to modern legal processes and principles. 

330. Race, Religion, and Sex in Early Modern Europe. (3h) This course explores issues of 
race, ethnicity, and gender in Europe between 1400 and 1800. Topics include contact and 
conflict among Jews, Muslims, and Christians; marriage, the family, and sexuality; migration 
and immigration; and slavery and conquest in early European colonies and empires. (CD) 

331. Russia: Origins to 1865. (3h) A survey of the political, social, and economic history of 
Russia, from its origins to the period of the Great Reforms under Alexander II. 

332. Russia and the Soviet Union: 1865 to the Present. (3h) A survey of patterns of socio- 
economic change from the late imperial period to the present, the emergence of the revolu- 
tionary movement, and the development of Soviet rule from its establishment to its collapse. 

333. European Diplomacy, 1848-1914. (3h) The diplomacy of the great powers, with some 
attention given to the role of publicity in international affairs. Topics include the unification 
of Italy and of Germany, the Bismarckian system, and the coming of World War I. 

337. Gender in Early America. (3h) The history of gender roles from the colonial period to 
the mid-nineteenth century. Examines the social constructions of femininity and masculinity 
and their political and cultural significance. (CD) 

338. Gender in Modern America. (3h) The history of gender relations from the late nine- 
teenth century to the present. Analyzes the varying definitions of femininity and masculinity, 
the changing notions of sexuality, and the continuity and diversity of gender roles with 
special attention to race, class, and ethnicity. 

339. The History of American Medicine. (3h) Analysis of the changing approaches to 
healing in American history. Examines indigenous systems, the introduction of European 
methods, the attempts to professionalize in the nineteenth century, the incorporation of 
modern techniques, and the reemergence of natural approaches in the twentieth century. 

340. African-American History. (3h) The role of African Americans in the development of 
the United States, with particular attention to African heritage, forced migration, American- 
ization, and influence. (CD) 

342. The Middle East before 1500. (3h) A survey of Middle Eastern history from the rise of 
Islam to the emergence of the last great Muslim unitary states. The course provides an 
overview of political history with more in-depth emphasis on the development of Islamic 
culture and society in the pre-modern era. (CD) 

343. Imperial China. (3h) A study of traditional China to 1850, with emphasis on social, 
cultural, and political institutions. (CD) 

344. Modern China. (3h) A study of China from 1644 to the present. (CD) 

345. The Middle East since 1500. (3h) A survey of modern Middle Eastern history from the 
collapse of the last great Muslim unitary states to the present day. Topics include the rise and 
demise of the Ottoman and Safvid empires, socio-political reform, the impact of colonialism, 
Islamic reform, the development of nationalism, and contemporary social and economic 
challenges. (CD) 

346. Japan before 1800. (3h) A survey of Japan from earliest times to the coming of Western 
imperialism, with emphasis on regional ecologies, economic institutions, cultural practice, 
military organization, political ideology, and foreign relations. (CD) 



HISTORY 



I 5 



347. Japan since World War II. (3h) A survey of Japanese history since the outbreak of the 
Pacific War, with emphasis on social and cultural developments. Topics may include occupa- 
tion and recovery of independence, the "1955 System," high-growth economics, and the 
problems of prosperity in recent years. (CD) 

348. Japan since 1800. (3h) A survey of Japan in the modern world. Topics include political 
and cultural revolution, state and empire-building, economic "miracles," social transforma- 
tions, military conflicts, and intellectual dilemmas. (CD) 

349. American Foundations. (3h) An interdisciplinary study of American art, music, 
literature, and social history with particular reference to the art collection at Reynolda 
House, Museum of American Art. Lectures, discussions, and field trips, including a tour of 
New York City museums. Term project in American history. Also listed as Art 331, Interdis- 
ciplinary Honors 393, 394, and Music 307. Offered at Reynolda House in summer only. 

350. Global Economic History. (3h) An overview of the growth and development of the 
world economy from precapitalist organizations to the present system of developed and 
underdeveloped states. (CD) 

351. United States Social History I. (3h) Examines various aspects of American social history 
from the colonial period to the mid-nineteenth century, with emphasis on immigration, 
ethnicity, race, gender, sexuality, the family, religion, and life and culture. 

352. United States Social History II. (3h) Examines various aspects of American social history 
from the late-nineteenth century to the present, with emphasis on immigration, ethnicity, 
race, gender, sexuality, the family, religion, and life and culture. 

353. Colonial English America, 1582-1774. (3h) Determinative episodes, figures, allegiances, 
apperceptions, and results of the period, organically considered. 

354. Revolutionary and Early National America, 1763-1815. (3) The American Revolution, 
its causes and effects, the Confederation, the Constitution, and the new nation. 

356. Jacksonian America, 1815-1850. (3h) The United States in the age of Jackson, Clay, 
Calhoun, and Webster. A biographical approach. 

357. The Civil War and Reconstruction. (3h) The political and military events of the war 
and the economic, social, and political readjustments which followed. 

358. The United States from Reconstruction to World War I. (1.5h, 3h) National progress 
and problems during an era of rapid industrialization. The course may be divided into halves 
for 1.5 hours each: (a) the Gilded Age; (b) the Progressive Era. 

359. The United States from World War I through World War II. (3h) The transition of 
America from World War I to 1945, with special emphasis on the significance of the New 
Deal and World War II. 

360. The United States since World War II. (3h) Trends and changes in the nation from 
World War II to the present. 

361. Economic History of the United States. (3h) The economic development of the United 
States from colonial beginnings to the present. 

362. American Constitutional History. (3h) Origins of the Constitution, the controversies 
involving the nature of the Union, and constitutional readjustments to meet the new 
American industrialism. 



151 



HISTORY 



363. The Old South. (3h) An examination of the origins of southern distinctiveness, from 
the first interactions of Europeans, Native Americans and Africans to the Civil War and 
Emancipation. (CD) 

364. The New South. (3h) An examination of sharecropping, segregation, political reform, 
the Sunbelt phenomenon, the Civil Rights Movement, and southern religion, music, and 
literature. Includes a service learning component. (CD) 

366. Studies in Historic Preservation. (3h) An analysis of history museums and agencies and 
of the techniques of preserving and interpreting history through artifacts, restorations, and 
reconstructions. P — POL 

369. Modern Military History. (3h) Making war in the modern era, with special attention to 
the social context of military activity. 

370. Topics in North Carolina History. (3h) A general chronological survey of North Caro- 
lina with emphasis on selected topics. 

371. Winston-Salem/Forsyth County. (3h) A history of the Winston-Salem/Forsyth County 
area using techniques of local history including archives, museums, and oral history. 
Lectures, readings, and class projects. 

372. Introduction to African History. (3h) An introduction to African history from the per- 
spective of the continent as a whole. The historical unity of the African continent and its 
relation to other continents is stressed. (CD) 

373. History of Mexico. (3h) An examination of the history of Mexico from the colonial 
period to the present. (CD) 

374. Protest and Rebellion in Latin America. (3h) A study of the history of protest move- 
ments and rebellions in Latin America from primitive and agrarian revolts to mass working 
class and socialist organizations. (CD) 

375. Modern Latin America. (3h) A survey of Latin-American history since independence, 
with emphasis on the twentieth century. The course concentrates chiefly on economics, 
politics, and race. (CD) 

376. Civil Rights and Black Consciousness Movements. (3h) A social and religious history of 
the African-American struggle for citizenship rights and freedom from World War II to the 
present. Also listed as Religion 341. (CD) 

3760. Anglo-American Relations since 1940. (3h) A study of the relations between the 
United States and Britain from 1 940 to the present. Offered in London. 

377. American Diplomatic History. (3h) An introduction to the history of American 
diplomacy since 1776, emphasizing the effects of public opinion on fundamental policies. 

378. Reconciling Race. (3h) Comparative history of twentieth-century racial oppression, 
black rebellion, and religious reconciliation. Also listed as Religion 348. (CD) 

379. Origins of The Americas. (3h) A unified, comparative history of North, Central, and 
South America from ancient times to the present. (CD) 

380. America at Work. (3h) This course examines the people who built America from 1750 
to 1945. Themes include free labor versus slave labor, the impact of industrialization, the 
racial and gendered realities of work, and the growth of organized labor and its political 
repercussions. (CD) 



HISTORY jr 2 



381, 382. Preservation Practicum I, II. (3h, 3h) Training in the techniques and skills of 
historical preservation. Emphasis varies according to the specific site(s) involved. P — POL 

383. Revolution and Culture in Latin America. (3h) This course explores the links between 
revolutionary movements and cultural expression in Latin America and the Caribbean. The 
course includes a Language Across the Curriculum component that allows students to earn 
credits in Spanish by reading and discussing at least half of the texts in Spanish. (CD) 

384. Latin America's Colonial Past. (3h) Studies the history of Latin America's colonial past 
from the preconquest background to the wars of independence in the early nineteenth 
century. The course includes a Language Across the Curriculum component that allows 
students to earn credits in Spanish by reading and discussing at least half of the texts in 
Spanish. (CD) 

385. Introduction to East Asia. (3h) An introduction to the histories and cultures of East 
Asia, from the earliest times to the present, focusing on China, Korea, Japan, and Vietnam, 
with some attention to the rest of South-East Asia, and emphasizing ecology and economy, 
trade and international relations, political ideology, religious belief, and cultural practice. (CD) 

386. Japan. (3h) A survey of Japanese history from the earliest times to the present. Topics 
include the origins of "Japan," ecology and environment, economic institutions and growth, 
state formation and international relations, social transformations, and cultural and 
religious practice. (CD) 

397. Historical Writing Tutorial. (1.5h) Individual supervision of historical writing to 
improve a project initiated in HST 288 or HST 310. Does not count toward major or minor 
requirements. P — POL 

398. Individual Study. (l-3h) A project in an area of study not otherwise available in the 
department; permitted upon departmental approval of petition presented by a qualified 
student. 

399. Directed Reading. (l-3h) Concentrated reading in an area of study not otherwise 
available. P— POL 



Humanities (HMN) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 

Coordinator William S. Hamilton 

W. R. Kenan Jr. Professor of Humanities Allen Mandelbaum 

Reynolds Professor of American Studies Maya Angelou 

Professor Ulrike Wiethaus 
Associate Professors Candyce Leonard, Robert L. Utley Jr. 

In order to offer capable students a forum which encourages the pursuit of ideas across the 
disciplinary lines of such fields as history, philosophy, literature, politics, religion, and the 
arts, the minor is offered in humanities. It requires a total of fifteen hours. Candidates for 
the minor are required to take Humanities 280. Reason and Revelation, and 290. Innovation 
and Inclusivity. When these have been passed, the student is assigned a minor adviser who 
assists in planning the rest of the student's curriculum. In accordance with the plan, six more 



153 



HUMANITIES 



hours are selected from courses in the humanities or related disciplines other than those 
being used by the student to fulfill divisional requirements of the College or the requirements 
of the major. The minor concludes with a three-hour project in Humanities 396 supervised 
by a member of the humanities faculty and reviewed by a committee of relevant faculty 
appointed by the coordinator of humanities; the project must represent the further pursuit of 
an idea or topic studied in one of the courses of the minor, and must successfully reflect the 
synthesis of views from at least two traditional disciplines. 

170. Understanding Japan. (3h) Understanding Japanese culture and behavior from the 
structure of social units such as family, educational institutions, and sports, artistic, and 
professional organizations. Credit not given for both HMN 170 and 175. (CD) 

175. Japanese Culture: Insight and Outreach. (3h) This course develops an understanding of 
Japanese culture through reading, class discussion, and individual research, with subsequent 
outreach to area high schools through presentations. Credit not given for both HMN 170 
and 175. (CD) 

Humanities courses 213-223 are designed to introduce students to works of literature which 
would not be included in their normal course of study. Each course includes a reading in 
translation of ten to twelve representative authors. 

213. Studies in European Literature. (3h) Texts studied are by such authors as Dante, 
Montaigne, Cervantes, Goethe, Dostoevsky, and Camus. 

214. Contemporary Fiction. (3h) Texts studied are by such authors as Mann, Sartre, 
Unamuno, Fuentes, Moravia, and Voinovich. 

215. Germanic and Slavic Literature. (3h) Texts studied are by such authors as Von Eschen- 
bach, Hoffmann, Turgenev, Dostoevsky, Ibsen, and Kafka. 

216. Romance Literature. (3h) Texts studied are by such authors as Boccaccio, Calderon, 
Flaubert, Machado de Assis, Gide, and Lampedusa. 

217. European Drama. (3h) Texts studied are by such authors as Moliere, Garcia Lorca, 
Pirandello, Schiller, Brecht, Ibsen, and Beckett. (CD) 

218. Eastern European Literature. (3h) Texts studied are by such authors as Moricz, Hasek, 
Bulgakov, Andric, Gombrowicz, Kundera, Ugresic, and Erofeev. (CD) 

219. Introduction to Japanese Literature. (3h) Major works of poetry, drama, and fiction 
from the classical and modern periods. Also listed as East Asian Languages and Cultures 219. 

221. Introduction to Chinese Literature. (3h) Readings and discussions in fiction, drama, and 
poetry from the traditional and modern periods. Also listed as East Asian Languages and 
Cultures 221. 

222. African and Caribbean Literature. (3h) An examination of the negritude movement and 
the negro-African novel. Texts studied are by such authors as Aime Cesaire, Leopold 
Senghor, Ousmane Sembene, and Mariama Ba. (CD) 

223. Contemplative Practices and Literary Creation. (3h) An introduction to contemplative 
reading in the western monastic tradition, its development in the Middle Ages, and its 
influence on intellectual life and non-religious literary creation until the twentieth century, 
with a focus on Spain. 



HUMANITIES j r* 



2248. Cross-cultural Encounters in Morocco. (3h) An interdisciplinary study of Moroccan 
culture, both past and present, and an introduction to a country whose history and geo- 
political situation are unique within the Arab region. Group excursions to sites of cultural 
and historic significance. Offered in Fez, Morocco during the summer session. 

225^. Literature, Travel, and Discovery. (3h) An exploration of various works, primarily in 
translation, from Homer to the present that focuses on the relationship between travel and 
discovery, especially as travel establishes the ongoing connection between the sacred and the 
profane for both guest and host. 

2263. Postwar to Postmodern Italian Fiction. (3h) A survey of the internationally acclaimed 
literature produced by Italian writers in the four decades following the end of the Second 
World War, with an emphasis on Neorealism, Existentialism, and Postmodernism. To be 
taught only once in Venice, spring 2006. 

2287. Viennese Culture from 1860 to 1914. (3h) A study of late nineteenth and early 
twentieth century Vienna as reflected in the matrix of the city's civic and artistic life. 
Offered in Vienna. 

230. Women Writers in Contemporary Italy. (3h) Readings and discussions of texts by 
women writers in post-fascist Italy that reflect the feminine perspective on issues in contem- 
porary Italian society and society at large. Authors include Naraini, Morante, Fallaci, 
Ginzburg, deCespedes, and Ortese. (Qualifies, with modifications, for the minor in Italian.) 

235. After Auschwitz: Holocaust Literature, Art, and Theology. (3h) A survey of the ways in 
which novelists, poets, theologians, and culture critics have struggled to come to terms with 
the cataclysmic events of the Shoah. The course considers textual, visual, and architectural 
responses such as poetry, films, memorials, and paintings. 

245. Interdisciplinary Seminar in Critical Thinking. (1.5h) An investigation of cross- 
disciplinary issues. Designed to encourage experimental, interdisciplinary thinking and 
writing. 

250. Maritime Studies. (3h) Provides a multidisciplinary study of the sea and sea voyage in 
the Western tradition and the role of the sea in the historical development of the modern 
world system of labor, trade, and scientific resource management. Offered only in conjunc- 
tion with the Sea Education Association. 

251. The Asian-American Experience: Literature and Personal Narratives. (3h) An introduc- 
tion to the writings and narratives of Asian- Americans, examining the process of assimila- 
tion, the effects of immigration and cultural conflict on literary forms of expression, and the 
formation of new cultural identities. (CD) 

252. Introduction to Chinese Film. (3h) An introductory study of film from mainland China, 
Hong Kong, and Taiwan from its inception at the turn of the twentieth century to the 
present. The course explores Chinese film as an art form, an instrument of political propa- 
ganda, and a medium of popular entertainment. 

2561. Beijing: A Study of Chinese Religion and Politics. (3h) A study of the religion and poli- 
tics in the recent history of China, beginning with the founding of present Beijing in the early 
Ming Dynasty. 



155 



HUMANITIES 



265. Gender, Spirituality, and Art. (3h) An introduction to the current discussion of the 
nature of art and spiritual experience, with special attention to definitions of femininity and 
masculinity in the construction of symbols and religious meaning. 

266. Perceptions of Islam. (3h) An exploration of Islam as understood by Muslims and non- 
Muslims, with particular focus on issues of war and peace, gender equity, human rights, and 
prospects for future relations between Islamic and Western countries. (CD) 

267. China, Character, and Columbine. (3h) An examination, in Eastern and Western terms, 
of methodologies used to form and to reform the configurations of innate and learned 
factors that produce saints or sociopaths, centering on the psychological theory of Yan 
Xi-zhai. (CD) 

268. Ancestors, Indians, Immigrants: A Southwest Cultural Tapestry. (3h) Also listed as 
Anthropology 377. (CD) 

280. Reason and Revelation. (3h) An investigation of the intellectual roots of Western civili- 
zation as they are found in the emergence of philosophical universalism and Biblical mono- 
theism. These distinctive approaches are considered through the reading of such authors as 
Plato, Hesiod, Aristophanes, and St. Thomas Aquinas, and of selections from the Bible. 

282. Public Life and the Liberal Arts. (3h) The course is devoted to topics of abiding public 
significance. Fundamental dilemmas and resolutions associated with each topic are examined 
through a consideration of their treatment in the liberal arts tradition. "Politics and the 
Arts" and "Theory and Practice in Public Life" are representative topics. 

283. Foundations of Revolution in Modernity. (3h) The subject as viewed through such 
representative writers as Machiavelli, Spinoza, Pascal, Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, Flaubert, 
Eckermann, Hegel, Nietzsche, and Conrad, each of whom in a different way participated in 
the rejection of the teachings of both the Socratic tradition and the Christian church. 

285. Culture and Religion in Contemporary Native America. (3h) An interdisciplinary sur- 
vey of American Indian cultures, including the arts and literature, religions, and historical 
changes. Special emphasis is placed on the impact of the Conquista, encounters with North- 
ern Atlantic societies, and contemporary developments. Also listed as Religion 265. (CD) 

290. Innovation and Inclusivity. (3h) An introduction to cultural innovation in the twentieth 
century. Written texts, visual arts, and performance art are analyzed through the perspectives 
of (1.) paradigms such as psychoanalysis, Marxism, feminism, and liberation theology, 
(2.) debates about political correctness and multiculturalism, and (3.) strategies used by 
minority and non-Western voices. (CD) 

320. Perspectives on the Middle Ages. (3h) A team-taught interdisciplinary course using a 
variety of literary, historical, and theoretical materials to examine one of the following: (a.) 
Medieval Women; (b.) Medieval Constructs of Gender, Race, and Class; (c.) Love and War 
in the Middle Ages; (d.) The Medieval Environment: Landscape and Culture. May be re- 
peated for credit with different sub-topics. 

337. World Poetry in Dramatic Performance. (1.5h) A study, in translation, of ancient and 
contemporary poetry ranging from Japanese to Irish, African American, Spanish, German, 
Scottish, and others. Students are required, after eight class meetings, to perform in a public 
presentation. Pass/Fail only. 



HUMANITIES 



156 



338. Selected Readings in African and African-American Cultural History. (3h) This course 
provides opportunity for selected readings in and study of African and African- American 
cultural history. Informed and active participation of students in discussion of the readings is 
required. 

3421. Japan in Perspective. (3h) Readings in accounts of Japan by Western visitors from the 
nineteenth century to the present, e.g., Hearn, Bird, Booth, Reid, and writing of reflective 
essays on student responses to their experiences with Japan and Japanese culture. Taught 
only in Japan. 

343. The Philosophy of Liberation in Literature. (3h) The concept of freedom as found in 
the works of such writers as Douglass, Abe, Soyinka, Greer, Marshall, Fanon, Lorca, and 
Baldwin. 

344. African Culture and Its Impact on the United States. (1.5h) The influence of African 
culture on American life is studied in such areas as dance, music, political approaches, 
grammatical patterns, literature, and culinary preferences. Pass/Fail only. 

3503. Postmodern Experimental Fiction. (3h) This course explores a number of experimen- 
tal fictions that helped define our idea of the novel in the second half of the twentieth 
century. The course assesses the implications of the various revisions in literary form and 
links them, where possible, to general changes in thought as the world became increasingly 
globalized. 

353. African and Caribbean Women Writers. (3h) Critical analysis of fiction by female 
authors whose works concern women in Africa and its Caribbean diaspora. 

355. Forms and Expressions of Love. (3h) Philosophical, religious, and psychological 
delineations of the forms of love; literary, dramatic, musical, and visual portrayals of love in 
selected works of art. Also listed as Interdisciplinary Honors 249. 

357. Images of Aging in the Humanities. (3h) A multidisciplinary presentation and discus- 
sion of portrayals of aging in selected materials from several of the liberal arts: philosophical 
and religious perspectives; selections from literature and the visual arts; historical develop- 
ment of perceptions of aging; imaging of aging in contemporary culture. Also listed as 
Interdisciplinary Honors 257. 

361. Dante I. (1.5h) A study of the Vita Nuova as apprenticeship to the Divina Commedia, 
and of the first half of the Divina Commedia as epic, prophecy, autobiography, and poetry, 
relating it to antiquity, Christianity, Dante's European present (the birth of modern languag- 
es and new intellectual and poetic forms), and Dante's own afterlife in the West. Also listed 
as English 307. 

362. Dante II. (1.5h) A study of the second half of the Divina Commedia as epic, prophecy, 
autobiography, and poetry, relating it to antiquity, Christianity, Dante's European present 
(the birth of modern languages and new intellectual and poetic forms), and Dante's own 
afterlife in the West. Also listed as English 308. P— HMN 361 or POL 

365. Humanity and Nature. (3h) A multidisciplinary exploration of relations of human 
beings to nature, and of scientific, economic, and political factors in current environmental 
concerns. Selected religious, classical, and philosophical texts; works of visual art; selected 
discussions of ecology and human responsibility. Also listed as Interdisciplinary Honors 265. 



*57 



HUMANITIES 



380. Literature, Film, and Society. (3h) A study of major selected works of literature, mainly 
American; of the films which have been based upon them; and of the social and political 
context in which they were read and seen. Texts include novels, stories, and plays by such 
writers as Dreiser, Lewis, Warren, Steinbeck, Hellman, Harper Lee, Wright, and Walker. 

P — Junior standing. 

381. Independent Research in Asian Studies, (lh, 2h, 3h) Supervised independent research 
project on a topic related to Asia. Requires the approval of both the instructor and the 
coordinator of East Asian studies. May be repeated for credit, but no more than three hours 
may count toward East Asian studies. 

382. Italian Cinema and Society. (3h) A survey of some of Italy's greatest postwar films, with 
special attention to issues and problems in Italian society as treated by major directors such 
as Fellini, DeSica, Rossellini, Antonioni, and Olmi. 

383. Italian Fascism in Novels and Films. (3h) An exploration of theories of fascism, with an 
emphasis on Italy between 1919 and 1944 as understood through novels and films. 

385. Legends of Troy. (3h) An interdisciplinary investigation of translations and transforma- 
tions of the Trojan legend from the Greeks through the Middle Ages and the Renaissance to 
the present. Texts, studied in English translation, are by such authors as Homer, Virgil, Ovid, 
Chaucer, Racine, and Giraudoux. 

390. Interdisciplinary Seminar on Aging. (1.5h or 3h) A study of aging in an interdisciplin- 
ary context, including the biological, psychological, neurobiological, cognitive, health status, 
and social structural and demographic aspects of aging. P — POL 

396. Individual Study, (lh, 2h, 3h) Individual projects in the humanities which continue 
study begun in regular courses. By prearrangement. 

Interdisciplinary Honors (HON) 

Coordinator Professor of English Barry Maine 

A series of seminar courses of an interdisciplinary nature is open to qualified undergradu- 
ates. Students interested in admission to any one of these seminars, supervised by the 
Committee on Honors, should consult the coordinator or a member of the committee. 

Students who choose to participate in as many as four interdisciplinary seminars and 
who have a superior record may elect Honors 281, directed study culminating in an honors 
paper and an oral examination. Those whose work has been superior in this course and who 
have achieved an overall grade point average of at least 3.0 in all college work may be 
graduated with the distinction "Honors in the Arts and Sciences." Students who choose to be 
candidates for departmental honors may not also be candidates for "Honors in the Arts and 
Sciences." 

Able students are normally encouraged to choose a departmental honors program 
rather than "Honors in the Arts and Sciences." As a result, most students elect to participate 
in only one or two interdisciplinary seminars in which they are particularly interested. The 
faculty participants for these seminars represent diverse academic disciplines. 



INTERDISCIPLINARY HONORS 



I 5 8 



131, 132. Approaches to Human Experience I. (3h, 3h) An inquiry into the nature and 
interrelationships of several approaches to man's experience, represented by the work of 
three such minds as Leonardo da Vinci, Dante, Klee, Lorenz, Confucius, Dostoevsky, 
Descartes, Goya, Mozart, Jefferson, and Bohr. Seminar discussion based on primary and 
secondary sources, including musical works and paintings. Written reports and a term paper 
required. Offered in alternate years. 

133, 134. Approaches to Human Experience II. (3h, 3h) A parallel course to Honors 131, 
132, concentrating on the work of a different set of figures such as Einstein, Galileo, Keynes, 
Pascal, Camus, Picasso, Ibsen, Stravinsky, Sophocles, and Bach. Offered in alternate years. 

236. The Force of Impressionism. (3h) Impressionism and its impact on modern painting 
and literature, with attention to origins and theories of style. Painters to include Manet, 
Monet, Renoir, Degas, and Cezanne. Writers to include Baudelaire, Flaubert, Mallarme, 
James, Pound, Joyce, and Woolf. 

237. The Scientific Outlook. (3h) An exploration of the origins and development of the 
scientific method and some of its contemporary applications in the natural and social 
sciences and the humanities. 

238. Romanticism. (3h) Romanticism as a recurrent characteristic of mind and art and as a 
specific historical movement in Europe and America in the late eighteenth and nineteenth 
centuries. Emphasis on primary materials in philosophy, literature, music, and painting. 

240. Adventures in Self-Understanding. (3h) Examination and discussion of significant 
accounts of the quest for understanding of the self, in differing historical periods, cultural 
contexts, and genres. Among figures who may be discussed are Augustine, Dante, Gandhi, 
Montaigne, Descartes, Pascal, and selected modern writers. 

241. The Tragic View. (3h) The theory of tragedy in ancient and modern times; the expres- 
sion of the tragic in literature, art, music, theatre, and film. 

242. The Comic View. (3h) The theory of comedy in ancient and modern times; the expres- 
sion of the comic in literature, art, music, theatre, and film. 

244. Man and the Structure of the Universe. (3h) An investigation of various conceptions of 
the universe and their implications for man. Study not necessarily limited to the cosmologies 
of Ptolemy, Copernicus, and their modern successors, but may also include theories such as 
the Babylonian, Mayan, and Taoist. 

246. Man and the Environment. (3h) An interdisciplinary examination of man and society in 
relation to the environment. 

247. The Mythic View. (3h) The nature of myth through creation and hero myths; the uses 
to which myths have been put in different historical periods; various modern explanations of 
myth (literary, religious, anthropological, psychoanalytic, social, and historical). 

248. The Ironic View. (3h) An investigation of the ironic view of life in literature, art, history, 
theatre, and film. 

249. Forms and Expressions of Love. (3h) Philosophical, religious, and psychological 
delineations of the forms of love; literary, dramatic, musical, and visual portrayals of love in 
selected works of art. Also listed as Humanities 355. 

257. Images of Aging in the Humanities. (3h) A multidisciplinary presentation and discus- 
sion of portrayals of aging in selected materials from several of the liberal arts: philosophical 



*59 



INTERDISCIPLINARY HONORS 



and religious perspectives; selections from literature and the visual arts; historical develop- 
ment of perceptions of aging; imaging of aging in contemporary culture. Also listed as 
Humanities 357. 

258. Venice in Art and Literature. (3h) An exploration of what Venice has meant to non- 
native artists and writers, and what they have made of it. Artists and writers include Byron, 
Turner, Ruskin, Henry James, Sargent, Whistler, Proust, Mann, and others. 

265. Humanity and Nature. (3h) A multidisciplinary exploration of relations of human 
beings to nature, and of scientific, economic, and political factors in current environmental 
concerns. Selected religious, classical, and philosophical texts; works of visual art; selected 
discussions of ecology and human responsibility. Also listed as Humanities 365. 

281. Directed Study. (3h) Readings on an interdisciplinary topic approved by the Committee 
on Honors; presentation of a major research or interpretive paper based on these readings, 
under the direction of a faculty member; an oral examination on the topic, administered by 
the faculty supervisor and the Committee on Honors. Eligible students who wish to take this 
course must submit a written request to the Committee on Honors by the end of the junior 
year. Not open to candidates for departmental honors. 

310. The Medieval World: Special Topics. (3h) A team-taught interdisciplinary course 
spanning the Middle Ages (500-1500) which considers artistic and/or literary representa- 
tions and texts in the context of political, historical, or religious culture of the medieval 
period in Western and non-Western areas of the world. The specific content is determined by 
the individual instructors. 

390. Postmodern Thought and Expression. (3h) An exploration of postmodern philosophy, 
literature, and art, beginning with Nietzsche, Foucault, and Derrida, and extending into 
experiments in literature and art of the late twentieth and early twenty-first centuries. 

393, 394. American Foundations I, II. (3h, 3h) An interdisciplinary study of American art, 
music, literature, and social history with particular reference to the art collection at 
Reynolda House Museum of American Art. Lectures, discussions and field trips, including a 
tour of New York City museums. Term project in American Art. Also listed as Art 331, 
History 349, and Music 307. Offered at Reynolda House in summer only. Note: English 
majors enrolled in HON 393,394 may receive credit for English 302 so long as the term 
project is in American literature. 

International Studies (INS) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 

Coordinator Associate Professor of Political Science Pia Christina Wood 

The minor in international studies consists of a total of fifteen hours and must include Inter- 
national Studies 250 and twelve other hours from approved international courses. (A list of 
approved courses is available in the Center for International Studies.) These may include any 
International Studies course other than International Studies 100 or 101. No more than six 
of the fifteen hours for the minor can be taken in a single department. Study of a foreign 
language beyond the basic requirements is strongly recommended, as is study abroad. 
Students should consult with the director of international studies as soon as they declare the 

INTERNATIONAL STUDIES j £q 



minor. Courses taken on overseas programs may be approved for the international studies 
minor by the director of the Center for International Studies. For more information contact 
the Center for International Studies or the registrar's office. 

140. United Nations/Model United Nations. (1.5h) Exploration of the history, structure, 
and functions of the United Nations including current economic, social, and political issues. 
An in-depth analysis of one country in the UN and attendance at the Model UN Conference. 
May be taken twice for credit. Pass/Fail only. 

160. Introduction to Global Trade and Commerce Studies. (3h) Provides foundational 
knowledge in global trade and commerce. Focuses on understanding the global environment 
and the variety of issues associated with global trade and commerce. 

220. Forms of Orientalism. (3h) The history of the representational practices of Orientalism, 
the problem of cultural representation, and the relationship between Western intellectual 
constructions of the Orient and Western colonialism. Case studies, particularly of the Middle 
East and the Indian subcontinent. Also listed as Political Science 281. 

228. Individual Study, (lh, 2h, 3h) Intensive research leading to the completion of an 
individual project conducted under the supervision of a faculty member. Students are respon- 
sible for initiating the project and securing permission of an appropriate faculty member. 
P— POL 

229. Internship in International Studies, (lh, 2h, 3h) Field work directly related to interna- 
tional issues in a public or private setting under the supervision of a faculty member. Related 
readings and an analytical paper are minimum requirements. Students are responsible for 
initiating the project and securing the permission of an appropriate instructor. P — POL 

250. Seminar in International Studies. (3h) Applies theoretical assumptions and methods to 
the analysis of selected global issues. (CD) 

349. Japanese and American Culture: Cross-Cultural Communication. (3h) An exploration 
of communication differences between the Japanese and the Americans. Japanese and 
American values, behavior, and beliefs are compared in determining effective methods for 
cross-cultural communication. Special emphasis is placed on examining factors leading to 
miscommunication and the development of techniques for overcoming cultural barriers. 
Credit not given for both INS 349 and Communication 351A. Also listed as Communication 
351A. (CD) 

363. Global Capitalism. (3h) An analysis of changing patterns of industrial organization, 
market, and labor relations, and institutional frameworks that have resulted from the 
growth of an integrated global capitalist economy. Also listed as Sociology 363. 

The following courses do not count for the minor but are designed to ensure that students 
who study overseas receive sufficient credit to make satisfactory progress toward graduation: 
International Studies 100 and 101. 

100. Study Abroad. (l-3h) Hour(s) awarded to ensure that students participating in a full- 
time overseas program, as verified by the Center for International Studies, receive credit 
equal to a full semester's work on campus. (A full semester's work at Wake Forest is defined, 
for this purpose, as twelve hours.) Pass/Fail only. 



Z6l INTERNATIONAL STUDIES 



101. Overseas Study. (l-3h) Directed reading and/or field work as part of an approved 
overseas program under the supervision of the program director or the Center for Interna- 
tional Studies. The keeping of a journal and submission of an end of program evaluation are 
required. P — POI. 

Italian Studies 

(Foreign Area Study) 

Coordinator Professor of Romance Languages Antonio Vitti 

A semester in Venice or another approved course of study in Italy (or summer program at 
Middlebury, Vermont) is required. Students must take Italian through the 215 level, plus 
three courses from the following groups, at least one each from Groups II and III. 
(See course descriptions under appropriate listings.) 

I. Literature 

Classics 264. Greek and Roman Comedy. (3h) 
Humanities 213. Studies in European Literature. (3h) 
(appropriate topics and approval) 
214. Contemporary Fiction. (3h) 

(appropriate topics and approval) 

216. Romance Literature. (3h) 

217. European Drama. (3h) (appropriate topics and approval) 
230. Women Writers in Contemporary Italy. (3h) 

361., 362. Dante I and II. (1.5h,1.5h) 
Italian 215. Introduction to Italian Literature II. (3h) 
(or any Italian course above 215) 
First Year Seminar 

II. Fine Arts 

Art 245. Roman Art. (3h) 

268. High Renaissance and Mannerist Art. (3h) 
2693. Venetian Renaissance Art. (3h) (offered in Venice) 
Humanities 382. Italian Cinema and Society. (3h) 

383. Italian Fascism in Novels and Films. (3h) 
Music 181. Music History I. (3h) 
182. Music History II. (3h) 
220. Seminar in Music History. (3h) 

HI. History and the Social Sciences 

History 222. The Renaissance and Reformation. (3h) 
2253. History of Venice. (3h) (offered in Venice) 
2263. Venetian Society and Culture. (3h) (offered in Venice) 
398. Individual Study. (l-3h) (if directed toward Italy) 
Sociology 357. The Italian Experience in America. (3h) 



ITALIAN STUDIES j^2. 



Students may also take appropriate courses in anthropology, economics, political science, 
psychology, religion, and sociology in the Venice program, and appropriate individual study 
topics in these departments. To graduate with a Certificate in Italian studies, students must 
contact the registrar's office during the spring semester of the senior year to request that a 
transcript copy be sent to the Department of Romance Languages for approval. 

Journalism (JOU) 

(Minor) 

Coordinator Associate Professor of Journalism Wayne King 
Lecturer Justin Catanoso, Michael Horn 
Visiting Instructor Mary Martin Niepold 

The minor in journalism consists of fifteen hours, including Journalism 270, 276, and either 
272 or 280. In addition to the required fifteen hours, minors in journalism are strongly 
advised to take Economics 150 and 221. The remaining courses must be selected from 
among the following: 

Accounting 111. Introductory Financial Accounting. (3h) 
Communication 245. Introduction to Mass Communication. (3h) 
Economics 150. Introduction to Economics. (3h) 

221. Public Finance. (3h) 
Journalism 272. or 280. Editing. (3h) or Journalism, Ethics, and Law. (3h) 
(whichever was not chosen as a required course) 
278. History of Journalism. (3h) 
282. Investigative Reporting. (3h) 
284. Writing for Publication. (3h) 
286. Writing for Public Relations and Advertising. (3h) 
Political Science 217. Politics and the Mass Media. (3h) 

Journal ism Courses 

270. Introduction to Journalism. (3h) Fundamentals of news writing, news judgment, and 
news gathering, including computer-assisted reporting and research. Intensive in-class 
writing. 

272. Editing. (3h) A laboratory course in copyediting, headline writing, typography, and 
make-up; practice on video display terminal. P — English 270. 

273. Writing for Radio-TV-Film. (3h) An introduction to writing for radio, television, and 
film. Emphasis is on informational and persuasive writing (news, features, public service 
announcements, commercials, political announcements, news analyses, commentaries, and 
editorials). 

274. Media Production: Studio. (3h) An introduction to the production of audio and video 
media projects. Multiple camera studio production emphasized. Lecture/laboratory. 



l63 JOURNALIS] 



275. Introduction to Mass Communication. (3h) A historical survey of mass media and an 
examination of major contemporary media issues. Also listed as Communication 245. 

276. Advanced Journalism. (3h) Intensive practice in writing various types of newspaper 
stories, including the feature article. Limited to students planning careers in journalism. 
P— English 270 or POL 

277. Politics and the Mass Media. (3h) Exploration of the relationship between the political 
system and the mass media. Two broad concerns are the regulation of the mass media and 
the impact of media on political processes and events. Also listed as Political Science 217. 

278. History of Journalism. (3h) A study of the development of American journalism and its 
English origins, with attention to broad principles of mass communication from its begin- 
nings through the Internet. 

280. Journalism, Ethics, and Law. (3h) Explores ethical problems confronting journalists, 
including such things as the public's right to know, invasion of privacy, censorship, coverage 
of politics and elections, objectivity, and race, gender, and bias in news reporting, against a 
background of laws pertaining to areas such as libel and national security. 

282. Advanced Reporting. (3h) Explores and practices the methods and resources used by 
professional journalists to cover specialty beats and produce in-depth news and feature 
stories. Special emphasis is placed on source development, story identification, public records 
research, and interviewing techniques. P — JOU 270 or POL 

284. Writing for Publication. (3h) Training and practice in writing expository prose at a level 
appropriate for publication in various print media, primarily magazines. Also listed as 
English 399. P— JOU 270 or POL 

286. Writing for Public Relations and Advertising. (1.5h, 3h) Principles and techniques of 
public relations and applied advertising. Students use case studies to develop public relations 
and advertising strategies. Also listed as Communication 117. P — POL 

298. Internship. (1.5h) A course designed to assist students in gaining practical experience in 
news-related enterprises, under faculty supervision. 

299. Individual Study. (1.5h-3h) A course of independent study with faculty guidance. By 
prearrangement. 

Languages Across the Curriculum (LAC) 

Coordinator Wake Forest Professor of Romance Languages Candelas Gala 

Languages Across the Curriculum (LAC) is a strategy to integrate foreign language use 
throughout the curriculum. It facilitates the collaboration of faculty by bridging disciplinary 
boundaries, and it promotes the internationalization of course offerings. LAC encourages 
multicultural understanding and an appreciation of the place of different disciplines in a 
global context. It recognizes the importance of multilingualism in today's society. Faculty 
and students learn how a discipline they have first studied in their native English is ap- 
proached by different cultures and different linguistic codes. 



LANGUAGES ACROSS THE CURRICULUM 



I64 



Faculty members determine the most appropriate LAC model and level for their 
courses. For information about the various models for LAC implementation, visit the follow- 
ing homepage: www.wfu.edu/Academic-departments/Romance-Languages/lac/lac.htm 

Latin- American Studies (LAS) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 

Director Reynolds Professor Luis Roniger 
Associate Professor of Romance Languages (Spanish) Linda Howe 

The minor in Latin-American studies provides an opportunity for students to undertake a 
multidisciplinary study of the history, geography, economics, politics, and culture of Latin 
America and the Caribbean. It consists of a total of fifteen hours, only three of which may 
count toward the student's major. Candidates for the minor are required to take Latin- 
American Studies 210, Introduction to Latin-American Studies. In addition, candidates must 
elect at least twelve hours of coursework on Latin America. No more than six of these 
twelve hours may be in a single discipline. 

Candidates should demonstrate proficiency in Spanish or Portuguese either by complet- 
ing Spanish courses through the 213 level or by undergoing an oral proficiency interview 
with a member of the faculty of the Department of Romance Languages. 

210. Introduction to Latin-American Studies. (3h) Introduction to the historical, economic, 
cultural, and social issues that shape Latin America. (CD) 

220C. Afro-Cuban Cultural Expressions. (3h) A comprehensive study of Cuban culture with 
a concentration on the artistic manifestations of Afro-Cuban religions. Students study litera- 
ture, art, film, music, and popular culture to analyze how Afro-Cuban culture constitutes 
national culture. Also listed as Spanish 376C. Offered in Havana. (CD) 

310. Special Topics in Latin-American Studies. (3h) Selected topics in Latin-American 
studies; topics vary from year to year. 

398. Individual Study. (3h) A reading, research, or internship course designed to meet the 
needs and interests of selected students, to be carried out under the supervision of a faculty 
member in the Latin-American studies minor. P — POL 

Students may choose from the following list of electives when designing their minor. Other 
courses may also qualify, contact the program director for a complete list of approved courses. 

Anthropology 383., 384. Field Research in Cultural Anthropology. (3h, 3h) 
385., 386. Special Problems Seminar. (3h, 3h) 
Economics 251. International Trade. (3h) 
252. International Finance. (3h) 
258. Economic Growth and Development. (3h) 
History 373. History of Mexico. (3h) 

374. Protest and Rebellion in Latin America. (3h) 

375. Modern Latin America. (3h) 

Music 210. Survey of Latin-American Music. (3h) 



I6 5 



LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES 



Political Science 236. Government and Politics in Latin America. (3h) 
242. Topics in Comparative Politics. (3h) 
257. Interamerican Relations. (3h) 
Spanish 218. Literary and Cultural Studies of Spanish America. (3h) 
219. Grammar and Composition. (3h) 
319. Advanced Grammar and Composition. (3h) 
329. Introduction to Spanish for Business. (3h) 
348. Transatlantic Renaissance. (3h) 

351. Transgressing Borders: Identity in Latin American and U.S. 
Latino Cultures. (3h) 

353. Indigenous Myth in Spanish-American Literary Art. (3h) 

354. The Social Canvas of Gabriel Garcia Marquez and Pablo 
Neruda. (3h) 

360. Cultural and Literary Identity in Latin America: From Colonial 
to Postcolonial Voices. (3h) 

361. Latin-American Cinema and Ideology. (3h) 

362. Romantic Nationalism: Avant-Garde Nihilism and the 
Deconstruction of Utopia. (3h) 

363. Contemporary Spanish-American Theatre. (3h) 

364. Spanish-American Short Story. (3h) 

365. Spanish-American Novel. (3h) 
367. Colonial Spanish America. (3h) 

368C. Cuban Literature. Offered in Havana. (3h) 
369. Imagined "White" Nations: Race and Color in Latin America. (3h) 

Five- Year BA/MA Degree Program Option. Students who choose to minor in Latin- 
American studies have the opportunity to pursue a joint BA/MA program in conjunction 
with the Center for Latin-American Studies at Georgetown University in Washington, DC. 
This program allows outstanding students interested in Latin America to begin work toward 
an interdisciplinary master's degree in Latin-American studies while still undergraduates at 
Wake Forest, and to complete both degrees within a five-year period. The bachelor of arts 
degree is awarded by Wake Forest, while the master's degree is awarded by Georgetown. 
Interested students should contact the five-year degree program coordinator, Peter Siavelis, 
associate professor of political science. 

Linguistics (LIN) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 

Coordinator Professor of Romance Languages (Spanish) M. Stanley Whitley 

The interdisciplinary minor in linguistics requires Linguistics/Anthropology 150, Introduc- 
tion to Linguistics, and twelve additional hours. Students minoring in linguistics are strongly 
encouraged to study foreign languages, achieving proficiency in at least one, and social and 
behavioral sciences. The minor may be usefully combined with a major in a foreign lan- 
guage, English, anthropology (or other social science), philosophy, or communication. 



LINGUISTICS j55 



The twelve hours in addition to Linguistics 150 may be chosen from the following three 
groups: linguistics courses, historical linguistics, and related topics. It is strongly recom- 
mended that at least one course be from historical linguistics. 

Linguistics Courses 

150. Introduction to Linguistics. (3h) The social phenomenon of language: how it originated 
and developed, how it is learned and used, its relationship to other kinds of behavior; types 
of language (oral, written, signed) and language families; analysis of linguistic data; social 
issues of language use. Also listed as Anthropology 150. (CD) 

301. Semantics and Language in Communication. (3h) A study of how meaning is created by 
sign processes. Among the topics studied are language theory, semiotics, speech act theory, 
and pragmatics. Also listed as Communication 301. 

310. Sociolinguistics and Dialectology. (3h) Study of variation in language: effects of 
regional background, social class, ethnic group, gender, and setting; social attitudes toward 
language; outcomes of linguistic conflicts in the community; evolution of research methods 
for investigating language differences and the diffusion of change. P — LIN 150 or POL 

330. Introduction to Psycholinguistics and Language Acquisition. (3h) A psychological and 
linguistic study of the mental processes underlying the acquisition and use of language; how 
children acquire the structure of language and how adults make use of linguistic systems. 

333. Language and Gender. (3h) Uses an anthropological perspective to examine relation- 
ships between language structure, language use, persons, and social categories. Also listed as 
Anthropology 333. 

340. Topics in Linguistics. (3h) An interdisciplinary study of selected topics, such as mor- 
phology, phonology/phonetics, syntax, historical linguistics, history of linguistic theory, 
semiotics, and ethnolinguistics, issues in Asian linguistics, language and gender. P — LIN 150 
or POL 

351. Comparative Communication. (1.5h, 3h) A comparison of communicative and linguis- 
tic processes in one or more national cultures with those of the United States. Also listed as 
Communication 351. 

351 A Japan 3 5 ID Multiple Countries 

35 IB Russia 35 IE China 

351 C Great Britain 

375. Philosophy of Language. (3h) A study of such philosophical issues about language as 
truth and meaning, reference and description, proper names, indexicals, modality, tense, the 
semantic paradoxes, and the differences between languages and other sorts of sign systems. 
Also listed as Philosophy 375. P— POL 

383. Language Engineering: Localization 6c Terminology. (3h) Introduction to the process of 
making a product linguistically and culturally appropriate to the target locale, and to 
computer-assisted terminology management. Surveys applications in translation technology. 
Taught in English. P — POL 

398, 399. Individual Study. (l-3h, l-3h) A reading and research course designed to meet the 
needs of selected students, to be carried out under the supervision of a faculty member in the 
linguistics minor program. P — LIN 150 and POL 



167 



LINGUISTICS 



SIL 101, 102. Self Instructional Language. (3h, 3h) A course in which students wishing to 
learn a language not offered at Wake Forest may arrange to study the language in consulta- 
tion with a native speaker. This course does not count toward the linguistics minor without 
approval from the coordinator. P — POL 

Historical Linguistics 

See course descriptions under appropriate department listings. 

English 304. History of the English Language. (3h) 
Russian 232. The History of the Russian Language. (3h) 
Spanish 321. The Rise of Spanish. (3h) 

Related Topics 

See course descriptions under appropriate department listings. 

Anthropology 355. Language and Culture. (3h) 

English 390. The Structure of English. (3h) 

French 222. French Phonetics. (3h) 

Russian 230. The Structure of Russian. (3h) 

Spanish 322. Spanish Pronunciation and Dialect Variation. (3h) 

Students intending to minor in linguistics should consult the coordinator of linguistics in the 
Department of Romance Languages, preferably during their sophomore year. 

Mathematics (MTH) 

Chair Stephen B. Robinson 

Reynolds Professor Robert J. Plemmons 

Professors Richard D. Carmichael, Fredric T. Howard, Ellen E. Kirkman, 

James Kuzmanovich, J. Gaylord May, James L. Norris III 

Sterge Faculty Fellow and Associate Professor Hugh N. Howards 

Associate Professors Edward E. Allen, Miaohua Jiang, Stephen B. Robinson 

Sterge Faculty Fellow and Assistant Professor Kenneth S. Berenhaut 

Assistant Professors Sarah Raynor, Marielba Rojas, Gregory Warrington 

Visiting Assistant Professor Christopher E. Dometrius 

Instructors Janice Blackburn, Jule M. Connolly, David C. Wilson 

A major in mathematics can be achieved by satisfying the requirements listed for either the 
bachelor of arts or bachelor of science. Lower division students are urged to consult a 
member of the departmental faculty before enrolling in courses other than those satisfying 
Division V requirements. 

The bachelor of arts in mathematics requires Mathematics 111,1 12, 113, 121, 21 1 or 
311, and 221 with at least four additional three-hour courses numbered higher than 113 
(excluding 381), at least two of which must be numbered above 300. 



MATHEMATICS j^g 



The bachelor of arts in mathematics with a concentration in statistics requires Mathe- 
matics 111, 112, 113, 121, 211 or 311, 221, 357, 358, 359, and either 256 or both 109 and 
another three-hour course numbered 200 or above (excluding 381). 

The bachelor of science in mathematics requires Mathematics 111, 112, 113, 121, 221, 
311, 391, and 392 with at least five additional three-hour courses numbered higher than 
113 (excluding 381), at least three of which must be numbered above 300. 

The bachelor of science in mathematics with a concentration in statistics requires 
Mathematics 111, 112, 113, 121, 221, 311, 357, 358, 359, 391, 392; one additional three- 
hour course numbered 300 or above (excluding 381); and 256 or both 109 and another 
three-hour course numbered 200 or above (excluding 381). Additionally, the research and 
paper prepared for 391 and 392 must be on a topic related to statistics. 

A minor in mathematics requires Mathematics 111, 112, either 113 or 121, and three 
other courses of at least three hours each numbered higher than Mathematics 106, two of 
which must be numbered above 200. Neither Mathematics 301, 302, 303, or 304 can count 
as a course for this minor, but any pair may be so counted. Credit is not allowed for both 
Mathematics 113 and 301; for both Mathematics 121 and 302; or for both Mathematics 
303 and 317. 

A minor in statistics requires five courses chosen from Mathematics 357, 358, 359, 256, 
109, 117, 121, 211 or 311; Anthropology 380; Biology 380; Business 201, 202; Economics 
215; Health and Exercise Science 262, 360; Psychology 211, 212; Sociology 371, 372; at 
least two of which must be chosen from Mathematics 357, 358, 359. Additionally, no more 
than one course can be chosen from Anthropology 380; Biology 380; Business 201; Health 
and Exercise Science 262; Mathematics 109; Psychology 211; or Sociology 371 to satisfy 
this minor. 

A minimum grade point average of 2.0 in courses which comprise a major or minor in 
the department is required for graduation with any major or minor which the department 
offers. 

The department regularly schedules activities in mathematics for students that enhance 
the course offerings. Examples are participation in the annual Putnam examination and the 
COMAP contest in mathematical modeling; meetings of the mathematics club; seminars and 
courses which build upon the regularly scheduled course offerings; and student research 
with faculty. 

The Department of Mathematics and the Department of Economics offer a joint major 
leading to a bachelor of science degree in mathematical economics. This interdisciplinary 
program, consisting of no more than forty-eight hours, offers the student an opportunity to 
apply mathematical methods to the development of economic theory, models, and quantita- 
tive analysis. The major has the following course requirements: Mathematics 111, 112, 113, 
121, 254, 255; Economics 150, 205, 207, 210, 211, 215, 218; and three additional courses 
chosen with the approval of the program advisers. Students selecting the joint major must 
receive permission from both the Department of Mathematics and the Department of 
Economics. 

The Department of Mathematics and the Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy offer a joint major leading to a bachelor of science degree in mathematical 
business. This interdisciplinary program, consisting of no more than forty-eight hours, 
prepares students for careers in business with a strong background in mathematics. The 
major has the following course requirements: Mathematics 253, 256, 301 (or 113), 302 (or 



169 



MATHEMATICS 



121), 353; Business 211, 221, 231, 241, 251, 261, 292; and a minimum of two additional 
three-hour courses chosen from among mathematics and business, not both courses chosen 
from business, with the mathematics courses being chosen from three-hour courses at the 
300 level or higher, excluding 381. The following courses are prerequisites for admission 
into this major: Mathematics 111, 112, Accounting 111, 112, Business 100, Economics 150, 
and Communication 110. Computer Science 111, 112, and Mathematics 251 are strongly 
recommended electives. Students electing this joint major must receive permission from both 
the Department of Mathematics and the Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accoun- 
tancy. To graduate from Wake Forest University with a major in mathematical business, the 
student must satisfy the requirements for graduation of both the Department of Mathemat- 
ics and the Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy. Refer to the description in 
this bulletin for the admission, continuation, and graduation requirements of the Calloway 
School. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to the 
honors program in mathematics or the joint majors. To be graduated with the designation 
"Honors in Mathematics," "Honors in Mathematical Business," or "Honors in Mathemati- 
cal Economics," students must satisfactorily complete a senior research paper. To graduate 
with "Honors in Mathematics" or "Honors in Mathematical Business," majors must have a 
minimum grade point average of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 in all college course work. For 
additional information, members of the departmental faculty should be consulted. 

Students who are enrolled at Wake Forest may not take courses in mathematics at other 
institutions to satisfy divisional requirements. 

105. Fundamentals of Algebra and Trigonometry. (1.5h, 2.5h, or 3h) A review of the 
essentials of algebra and trigonometry. Admission by permission only (generally, a student 
must have taken fewer than three years of high school mathematics to be eligible for 
admission). Not to be counted toward the major or minor in mathematics. 

106. Calculus Foundations. (4h) Functions, the trigonometric functions, limits, continuity, 
derivatives, differentials, anti-derivatives, the fundamental theorem of calculus. Intended for 
students with no previous calculus experience; all others should take MTH 111 or higher, as 
appropriate. In particular, credit is not allowed to students who have taken the AB, BC, or IB 
advanced placement calculus test. Course includes evaluation of pre-calculus skills. (QR) 

107. Explorations in Mathematics. (4h) An introduction to mathematical reasoning and 
problem solving. Topics vary by instructor and may include one or more of the following: 
knot theory, Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometry, set theory, cryptography, discrete 
models, number theory, discrete mathematics, chaos theory, probability, and MAPLE 
programming. (QR) 

109. Elementary Probability and Statistics. (4h or 3h) Probability and distribution functions, 
means and variances, and sampling distributions. Lab — two hours. (QR) 

111. Calculus with Analytic Geometry I. (4h) A review of differential calculus, followed by a 
complete treatment of integral calculus, including applications, the transcendental functions, 
techniques of integration, indeterminate forms, improper integrals, and polar coordinates. 
Intended for students with previous calculus experience. (QR) 



MATHEMATICS 



170 



112. Calculus with Analytic Geometry II. (4h) Sequences, Taylor's formula, and infinite 
series, including power series. Basic multivariable calculus, including parametric equations, 
partial derivatives with applications to optimization problems, and double integrals. (QR) 

113. Multivariable Calculus. (3h) The calculus of vector functions, including geometry of 
Euclidean space, differentiation, extrema, line integrals, multiple integrals, and Green's, 
Stokes', and divergence theorems. Credit not allowed for both MTH 113 and 301. (QR) 

117. Discrete Mathematics. (3h) An introduction to various topics in discrete mathematics 
applicable to computer science including sets, relations, Boolean algebra, propositional logic, 
functions, computability, proof techniques, graph theory, and elementary combinatorics. (QR) 

121. Linear Algebra I. (3h) Vectors and vector spaces, linear transformations and matrices, 
determinants, eigenvalues, and eigenvectors. Credit not allowed for both 121 and 302. (QR) 

165. Problem-Solving Seminar, (lh or 1.5h, P/F) A weekly seminar designed for students 
who wish to participate in mathematical competition such as the annual Putnam examina- 
tion. Not to be counted toward any major or minor offered by the department. May be 
repeated for credit. 

211. Advanced Calculus. (3h) A rigorous proof-oriented development of important ideas in 
calculus. Limits and continuity, sequences and series, pointwise and uniform convergence, 
derivatives and integrals. Credit not allowed for both 211 and 311. 

221. Modern Algebra I. (3h) An introduction to modern abstract algebra through the study 
of groups, rings, integral domains, and fields. P — MTH 121. 

243. Codes and Cryptography. (3h) Essential concepts in coding theory and cryptography. 
Congruences, cryptosystems, public key, Huffman codes, information theory, and other 
coding methods. 

251. Ordinary Differential Equations. (3h) Linear equations with constant coefficients, linear 
equations with variable coefficients, and existence and uniqueness theorems for first order 
equations. P— MTH 112. (QR) 

253. Operations Research. (3h) Mathematical models and optimization techniques. Studies 
in allocation, simulation, queuing, scheduling, and network analysis. P — MTH 111. (QR) 

254. Optimization Theory. (1.5h) Unconstrained and constrained optimization problems; 
Lagrange multiplier methods; sufficient conditions involving bordered Hessians; inequality 
constraints; Kuhn-Tucker conditions; applications primarily to problems in economics. 
P— MTH 113 and 121. 

255. Dynamical Systems. (1.5h) An introduction to optimal control, including the Pontry- 
agin maximum principle, and systems of nonlinear differential equations, particularly phase 
space methods. Applications to problems in economics, including optimal management of 
renewable resources. P — MTH 113 and 121. 

256. Statistical Methods. (3h) A study of statistical methods that have proved useful in many 
different disciplines. These methods include tests of model assumptions, regression, general 
linear models, nonparametric alternatives, and analysis of data collected over time. Knowl- 
edge of matrix algebra is desirable but not necessary. (QR) 



171 



MATHEMATICS 



301. Vector Analysis. (1.5h) Vector functions, partial derivatives, line and multiple integrals, 
Green's theorem, Stokes' theorem, divergence theorem. Not to be counted toward any major 
offered by the department except for the major in mathematical business. Credit not allowed 
for both 113 and 301. P— MTH 112. 

302. Matrix Algebra. (1.5h) Matrices, determinants, solutions of linear equations, special 
matrices, eigenvalues and eigenvectors of matrices. Not to be counted toward any major 
offered by the department except for the major in mathematical business. Credit not allowed 
for both 121 and 302. 

303. Complex Variables. (1.5h) Topics in analytic function theory, Cauchy's theorem, Taylor 
and Laurent series, residues. Not to be counted toward any major offered by the depart- 
ment. Credit not allowed for both 303 and 317. P — MTH 112. 

304. Applied Partial Differential Equations. (1.5h) The separation of variables technique for 
the solution of the wave, heat, Laplace, and other partial differential equations with the 
related study of special functions and Fourier series. Not to be counted toward any major 
offered by the department. P — MTH 251. 

311, 312. Introductory Real Analysis I, II. (3h, 3h) Limits and continuity in metric spaces, 
sequences and series, differentiation and Riemann-Stieltjes integration, uniform convergence, 
power series and Fourier series, differentiation of vector functions, implicit and inverse 
function theorems. Credit not allowed for both 211 and 311. 

317. Complex Analysis I. (3h) Analytic functions, Cauchy's theorem and its consequences, 
power series, and residue calculus. Credit not allowed for both 303 and 317. P — MTH 113. 

322. Modern Algebra II. (3h) A continuation of modern abstract algebra through the study 
of additional properties of groups, rings, and fields. P — MTH 221. 

324. Linear Algebra II. (3h) A thorough treatment of vector spaces and linear transforma- 
tions over an arbitrary field, canonical forms, inner product spaces, and linear groups. 
P— MTH 121 and 221. 

326. Numerical Linear Algebra. (3h) Numerical methods for solving matrix and related 
problems in science and engineering. Topics include systems of linear equations, least squares 
methods, and eigenvalue computations. Special emphasis given to parallel matrix computa- 
tions. Beginning knowledge of a programming language, such as Pascal, FORTRAN, or C, is 
required. Credit not allowed for both 326 and Computer Science 352. 
P— MTH 112 and MTH 121 or 302. 

331. Geometry. (3h) An introduction to axiomatic geometry including a comparison of 
Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries. 

334. Differential Geometry. (3h) Introduction to the theory of curves and surfaces in two 
and three dimensional space, including such topics as curvature, geodesies, and minimal 
surfaces. P— MTH 113. 

345, 346. Elementary Theory of Numbers I, II. (3h, 3h) Properties of integers, including 
congruences, primitive roots, quadratic residues, perfect numbers, Pythagorean triples, sums 
of squares, continued fractions, Fermat's Last Theorem, and the Prime Number Theorem. 

347. Graph Theory. (3h) Paths, circuits, trees, planar graphs, spanning trees, graph coloring, 
perfect graphs, Ramsey theory, directed graphs, enumeration of graphs, and graph theoretic 
algorithms. 



MATHEMATICS 



172 



348, 349. Combinatorial Analysis I, II. (3h, 3h) Enumeration techniques, generating 
functions, recurrence formulas, the principle of inclusion and exclusion, Polya theory, graph 
theory, combinatorial algorithms, partially ordered sets, designs, Ramsey theory, symmetric 
functions, and Schur functions. 

352. Partial Differential Equations. (3h) A detailed study of partial differential equations, 
including the heat, wave, and Laplace equations, using methods such as separation of 
variables, characteristics, Green's functions, and the maximum principle. P — MTH 113 
and 251. 

353. Mathematical Models. (3h) Development and application of probabilistic and deter- 
ministic models. Emphasis given to constructing models which represent systems in the 
social, behavioral, and management sciences. 

355. Introduction to Numerical Methods. (3h) Numerical computations on modern com- 
puter architectures; floating point arithmetic and round-off error. Programming in a scientific/ 
engineering language such as MATLAB, C, or FORTRAN. Algorithms and computer 
techniques for the solution of problems such as roots of functions, approximation, integra- 
tion, systems of linear equations and least squares methods. Credit not allowed for both 355 
and Computer Science 355. P — MTH 112, MTH 121 or 302, and Computer Science 111. 

357, 358. Mathematical Statistics I, II. (3h, 3h) Probability distributions, mathematical 
expectation, sampling distributions, estimation and testing of hypotheses, regression, cor- 
relation, and analysis of variance. Math 357 prepares students for Actuarial Exam #1. 
C— MTH 112 or P— POL 

359. Multivariate Statistics. (3h) Multivariate and generalized linear methods for classi- 
fication, modeling, discrimination, and analysis. P — MTH 112, MTH 121 or 302, and 
MTH 256. 

361. Selected Topics. (1.5h, 2.5h, or 3h) Topics in mathematics which are not considered in 
regular courses or which continue study begun in regular courses. Content varies. 

381. Individual Study. (1.5h, 2.5h, or 3h) A course of independent study directed by a 
faculty adviser. By prearrangement. 

391. Senior Seminar Preparation, (lh) Independent study or research directed by a faculty 
advisor by prearrangement with the adviser. 

392. Senior Seminar Presentation, (lh) Preparation of a paper, followed by a one-hour oral 
presentation based upon work in MTH 391. 

Medieval Studies 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 
Coordinators Professors of English Gillian Overing and Gale Sigal 

The interdisciplinary minor in medieval studies requires eighteen hours, chosen from at least 
three different departments. Courses from the student's major may count in the minor. 
Students are encouraged, but not required, to attend the six-week Summer Medieval 
Program at Oxford University in England, for which they receive 4.5 hours (two courses) 
which count toward the minor. (For details about application to the Oxford program, and 



173 



MEDIEVAL STUDIES 



possible financial aid, consult Gale Sigal in the English department.) Courses may be chosen 
from the following list. (See course descriptions under appropriate listings.) 



Art 



English 



French 

German 
History 



Humanities 



Philosophy 

Political Science 

Religion 



Spanish 
Theatre 



252. Romanesque Art. (3h) 

253. The Gothic Cathedral. (3h) 

254. Luxury Arts in the Middle Ages. (3h) 
267. Early Italian Renaissance Art. (3h) 

296. Art History Seminar: b. Medieval Art. (1.5h, 3h) 

305. Old English Language and Literature. (3h) 

310. The Medieval World. (3h) 

311. The Legend of Arthur. (3h) 

312. Medieval Poetry. (3h) 
315. Chaucer. (3h) 

320. British Drama to 1642. (3h) 
370. Seminar in French Studies. (3h) 

Periodically offered in Medieval Studies 
249. German Literature before 1700. (3h) 

306. The Early Middle Ages. (3h) 

307. The High Middle Ages Through the Renaissance. (3h) 
310. Seminar: Jerusalem. (3h) 

342. The Middle East before 1500. (3h) 
320. Perspectives on the Middle Ages. (3h) 

361. Dante I. (1.5h) 

362. Dante II. (1.5h) 

232. Ancient and Medieval Philosophy. (3h) 

274. Religion and Politics in Medieval Thought. (3h) 

367. The Mystics of the Church. (3h) 

372. History of Christian Thought: b. Medieval and Reformation 

Thought. (1.5h,3h) 
331. Medieval Spain: A Cultural and Literary Perspective. (3h) 
260. History of Western Theatre I (Beginnings to 1642). (3h) 



Students intending to minor in medieval studies should consult one of the coordinators, 
preferably during the sophomore year. 

Middle East and South Asia Studies 

(Minor) 

Coordinator Professor of Political Science Charles H. Kennedy 

The Middle East and South Asia Studies minor provides students with an opportunity to 
engage in a multidisciplinary study of the history, politics, literature, peoples, and cultures of 
the Middle East and South Asia. To fulfill the minor, students must complete eighteen hours 
from an approved list of courses on file with the coordinator and listed below. (See course 



MIDDLE EAST & SOUTH ASIA STUDIES 



174 



descriptions under appropriate listings.) No more than nine of these eighteen hours may be 
taken in a single discipline. 

Anthropology 334. Peoples and Cultures of South Asia. (3h) 

383., 384. Field Research in Cultural Anthropology, 
(when topic is appropriate) (3h,3h) 
Art 104. Topics in World Art. (when topic is appropriate) (3h) 
English 358. Postcolonial Literature. (3h) 

359. Studies in Postcolonial Literature. (3h) 
History 211. Colloquium, (when topic is appropriate) (3h) 
310. Seminar, (when topic is appropriate) (3h) 
342. The Middle East before 1500. (3h) 
345. The Middle East since 1500. (3h) 
Humanities 2248. Cross-cultural Encounters in Morocco. (3h) 
International Studies 220. Forms of Orientalism. (3h) 

Political Science 242. Topics in Comparative Politics, 
(when topic is appropriate) (3h) 

246. Politics and Policies in South Asia. (3h) 

247. Islam and Politics. (3h) 

252. Topics in International Relations 

(when topic is appropriate) (3h) 
259. The Arab-Israeli Conflict. (3h) 
274. Religion and Politics in Medieval Thought. (3h) 
281. Forms of Orientalism. (3h) 
290. Senior Seminar in Political Science. 

(when topic is appropriate) (3h) 
Religion 337. Religion and Politics in Medieval Thought. (3h) 
362. Islam. (3h) 



Military Science (MIL) 



Professor Lieutenant Colonel M. Keith Callahan 
Assistant Professors James F. Baker III, Brian P. Steele, Walter Todd, Rodney Wallace 

Adjunct Instructor Donald J. Moser 

Completion of Army Reserve Officers' Training Corps (AROTC) requirements and recom- 
mendation for appointment by the professor of military science may result in commissioning 
as a second lieutenant in the active or reserve force components of the Army of the United 
States, as determined by the Secretary of the Army. The AROTC program is composed of the 
Basic Course and the Advanced Course. The Basic Course consists of four courses (121, 122, 
123, and 124), sometimes with either 117 or 118 taken each semester as a corequisite. No 
military obligation is incurred by enrollment in the Basic Course, except by Army ROTC 
Scholarship cadets. The Basic Course may be completed, partially or fully, by various 
alternative methods (i.e., through credit for specific types of Junior ROTC or other military 
training, as determined by the professor of military science, or through completion of a six- 
week summer Leader's Training Course). The Advanced Course consists of four courses 



175 



MILITARY SCIENCE 



(225, 226, 227, and 228), with either 117 or 118 taken each semester as a corequisite, and a 
five-week Leader Development and Assessment Course, usually attended during the summer 
between the junior and senior years. Army ROTC scholarships are available to qualified 
applicants (both those already enrolled in the AROTC program and those not yet enrolled) 
through annual competition. 

114. Leadership. (1.5h) An examination of the fundamentals contributing to the develop- 
ment of a personal style of leadership with emphasis on the dimensions of junior executive 
management; specifically in the areas of business, politics, sports, and the military. 

117, 118. Leadership Laboratory. (O.Oh) Basic military skills instruction designed to techni- 
cally and tactically qualify the student for assumption of an officer leadership position at the 
small-unit level. Either Military Science 117 (fall) or 118 (spring) is required each semester 
for contracted AROTC cadets (including those conditionally contracted), advance designee 
scholarship winners, and non-contracted AROTC cadets taking their third and fourth 
military science courses. Pass/Fail only. C — Any other military science core course. P — POI 
of military science, except when required as explained above. 

121. Introduction to Army ROTC and the U.S. Army. (1.5h) An introduction to the Army 
Reserve Officers' Training Corps and to the United States Army, exploring roles, organiza- 
tion, customs and traditions. C — MIL 117. 

122. Introduction to Problem Solving, Decision Making, and Leadership. (1.5h) This course 
is an introduction to the "life skills" of problem solving, decision making, and leadership. 
The course is designed to help students in the near-term as leaders on campus. The class also 
helps students be more effective leaders and managers in the long-term, whether they serve 
in the military or be leaders in civilian life. Topics addressed include problem solving, critical 
thinking, problem solving methods, leadership theory, followership, group cohesion, goal 
setting, and feedback mechanisms. Lessons are taught in a seminar format, emphasizing 
student discussions and practical exercises. P — MIL 121 or POI of military science. 

C— MIL 118. 

123. Land Navigation and Terrain Analysis. (1.5h) A study of the methods of land naviga- 
tion and terrain analysis for military operations. P — MIL 121 and 122, or POI of military 
science. C — MIL 117 or 118, as appropriate. 

124. Leadership in the U.S. Army. (1.5h) This course delves into theoretical and practical 
leadership instruction. Specifically, students examine several aspects of communication and 
leadership concepts such as written and oral communication, effective listening, assertive- 
ness, personality, adult development, motivation, and organizational culture and change. 
Each lesson maximizes student participation, inspires intellectual curiosity, and clarifies prac- 
tical application. The course concludes with a major leadership and problem-solving case 
study. Upon completion, students are well-grounded in fundamental leadership principles 
and are better prepared to apply such principles to a wide variety of life experiences. 

P— MIL 121, 122 and 123, or POI of military science. C— MIL 118. 

225. Military Operations. (1.5h) Instruction and case studies that build leadership compe- 
tencies and military skills in preparation for future responsibilities as Army officers. Specific 
instruction in the principles of war, decision-making processes, planning models, and risk 
assessment. Advanced leadership instruction focuses on motivational theory, the role and 



MILITARY SCIENCE 



I76 



actions of leaders, and organizational communications. P — MIL 121 through 124 (or 
equivalent credit as determined by the professor of military science). C — MIL 117. 

226. Advanced Military Operations. (1.5h) Instruction and case studies that build upon the 
leadership competencies and military skills attained in Military Science 225 in preparation 
for future responsibilities as Army officers. Specific instruction is given in individual leader 
development, planning and execution of small unit operations, individual and team develop- 
ment, and the Army as a career choice. P — MIL 121 through 124 (or equivalent credit as 
determined by the professor of military science) and MIL 225. C — MIL 118. 

227. Leadership and Management in the U.S. Army I. (1.5h) The theory and practice of 
military leadership. Emphasis on the Uniform Code of Military Justice, the Manual for 
Courts-Martial, the Law of Land Warfare and the Army's personnel, training, and logistical 
management systems. P — MIL 121 through 124 (or equivalent credit as determined by the 
professor of military science) and MIL 225 and 226. C — MIL 117. 

228. Leadership and Management in the U.S. Army II. (1.5h) A continuation of Military 
Science 227 with emphasis on the transition from cadet to officer. P — MIL 121 through 124 
(or equivalent credit as determined by the professor of military science) and MIL 225 
through 227. C— MIL 118. 

229. American Military History. (3h) The American military experience with emphasis on 
the ideas and activities contributing to the development of the United States' unique military 
establishment. Particular emphasis on civilian control of the military. Credit not allowed for 
both MIL 229 and History 369. P — POI of military science. 



Music (MUS) 



Chair David B. Levy 

Composer-in-Residence and Professor Dan Locklair 

Professors Susan Harden Borwick, Stewart Carter, Louis Goldstein, Peter Kairoff 

David B. Levy, Teresa Radomski 
Director of Choral Ensembles and Associate Professor Brian Gorelick 

Associate Professor Richard E. Heard 

Assistant Professor Jacqui Carrasco 

Director of Bands C. Kevin Bowen 

Director of Orchestra David Hagy 

Lecturers Patricia Dixon, Kathryn Levy, Morten Solvik (Vienna) 

Adjunct Assistant Professors Matthew Troy, Robert Waters 

Adjunct Instructor Bama Lutes Deal 

Visiting Lecturer Janet Orenstein 

The Department of Music offers two majors, in music performance and music history/ 
theory/composition, each requiring thirty-eight hours. Students who choose one of these 
majors may not choose the other as a second major. Both majors include a basic curriculum 
of music theory (Music 171, 172, 173, 174, sixteen hours) and music history (Music 181, 
182, 183, nine hours), and four semesters of Music 100. 

In addition to this basic curriculum, the major in music performance requires six hours 
of individual instruction above the 100 level (Music 262 and either 362 or 363), which 



177 



MUSIC 



requires as a prerequisite the successful completion of an audition; four hours of ensembles 
(excluding Music 119, 128, and 129), taken in four semesters; and three hours of elective 
courses in music, excluding ensembles and Music 161-162, 165-168, 175, 177, 262, 362- 
363. The major in music performance must present a senior recital. 

In addition to the basic curriculum, the major in music history/theory/composition 
requires three hours of individual instruction (Music 161 or 162), three hours of ensembles 
(excluding Music 128 and 129), taken in three semesters; seven hours of elective courses in 
music, excluding ensembles and Music 161-162, 165-168, 175, 177, 262, 362-363, and a 
performance proficiency examination. The major in music history/theory/composition must 
complete a senior thesis (Music 397 or 398) appropriate to one or more of these areas. 

Students considering a major in music performance or music history/theory/composi- 
tion are urged to begin their musical studies during the first year and should consult the 
chair of the department as soon as possible after entering the University. Those wishing to 
major in music performance are required to audition, typically during their sophomore year, 
before officially being admitted to the major. Successful completion of Music 171 is required 
in order to audition. 

Highly qualified majors in music performance or music history/theory/composition may 
be invited by the music faculty to apply for admission to honors in music. To be graduated 
with the designation "Honors in Music," a candidate must have an overall grade point 
average of at least 3.0, and a grade point average of at least 3.5 in courses in the major, be 
selected for this honor by the music faculty, and successfully complete either Music 363 or 
398. More information is available from the music department. 

A minor in music requires nineteen hours: Music 171, 172; one course from Music 181, 
182, 183; two hours of ensemble (excluding Music 128, 129), taken in two semesters; two 
hours of individual instruction; three semesters of Music 100; and four hours of elective 
courses in music, three of which must be in music history/theory/composition. Each minor 
will be assigned an adviser in the music department and is encouraged to begin individual 
lessons, Music 171, and Music 100 as early as possible. 

Regarding ensemble requirements for the majors and minor in music, students who are 
singers must fulfill the ensemble requirement by enrolling in Music 114, 115 and/or 116. 
Students who play a band or orchestral instrument must fulfill the ensemble requirement by 
performing on their primary instrument in Music 112, 113, 118, and/or 121. Performers on 
keyboard instruments are strongly encouraged to enroll in one of the above ensembles, but 
may also fulfill the ensemble requirement through participation in chamber music (120). 

Music in Liberal Arts 

100. Recitals. (Oh) Recitals, concerts, and guest lectures sponsored by the Department of 
Music and the Secrest Artists Series. (Specific attendance requirements are established at the 
beginning of each semester.) Four semesters are required of music majors; three semesters 
are required of music minors. Pass/Fail only. 

101. Introduction to Western Music. (3h) Basic theoretical concepts and musical terminol- 
ogy. Survey of musical styles, composers, and selected works from the Middle Ages through 
the present day. May not count toward the majors or minor in music. 

109. Introduction to the Music of World Cultures. (3h) A survey of music in selected 
societies around the world. Topics are selected from the following areas of concentration: 



MUSIC 



I 7 8 



India, East Asia, sub-Saharan Africa, western Europe, Latin America, and vernacular music 
of the United States (including jazz). May not count toward the majors or minor in music. 
(CD) 

110. Writing about the Arts. (3h) Training in expository writing; frequent essays based on 
music and other arts experiences on campus and in the community, and on readings in music 
and the arts. Fulfills the basic compositional requirement in English. P — POI and the 
Department of English. May not count toward the majors or minor in music. 

Music History, Theory, and Composition 

104. Basic Music Reading and Skills. (1.5h) A study of the fundamentals of music theory 
including key signatures, scales, intervals, chords, and basic sight-singing and ear-training 
skills. Designed for students wishing to participate in University ensembles and those 
wishing to pursue vocal, instrumental, and compositional instruction. May not count toward 
the majors or minor in music. 

106. Electronic Music Lab. (1.5h) Foundations of MIDI protocol, with particular attention 
to the study and application of sequencers, notational programs, and synthesizers. Develop- 
ment of skills in written notation through use of computerized programs. Taught in the 
Music Computer Lab. P— MUS 101, 104, or POI. 

130. African-American Art Song. (3h) A survey of the art songs of African-American 
composers of the nineteenth and twentieth century. The emphasis in the course is on song 
for solo voice and piano, with some discussion of works for voice and orchestra or chamber 
ensemble. P— POI. (CD) 

171. Music Theory I. (4h) Music fundamentals (key signatures, scales, modes, intervals, 
chords), simple part-writing, sight-singing, rhythmic skills, and keyboard harmony. Prerequi- 
site for audition in music performance. Designed for music majors and minors. Fall. 

172. Music Theory II. (4h) Seventh chords, secondary chords, mutated chords, part- 
writing, basic counterpoint, basic musical forms, ear training, sight-singing, rhythmic skills, 
keyboard harmony. P — MUS 171. Spring. 

173. Music Theory HI. (4h) Altered chords, continuation of part-writing, eighteenth and 
nineteenth century forms, ear training, sight-singing, rhythmic skills, keyboard harmony. 
P— MUS 172. Fall. 

174. Music Theory IV. (4h) Expanded harmonic system of Impressionism and the twentieth 
century. New concepts of style and form. Ear training, sight-singing, rhythmic skills, key- 
board harmony. P — MUS 173. Spring. 

181. Music History I. (3h) History of western art music from the ancient Greeks to 1750. 
P— MUS 171 or POI. Fall. 

182. Music History II. (3h) History of western art music from 1750 to World War I. 
P— MUS 171, 181, or POL Spring. 

183. Music History HI. (3h) History of western art music from the beginning of the twenti- 
eth century to the present day and its associations with other cultures and disciplines. Fall. 
P— MUS 171, 181, 182 or POI. 

203. History of Jazz. (3h) A survey of American jazz from its origin to the present. Open to 
majors and non-majors. P — MUS 101 or POI. 



179 



MUSIC 



207. American Music. (3h) A study of the musical sources of American culture and the six 
streams of music in the United States: folk and ethnic musics, offsprings of the rural South 
(country music, blues, rock), jazz and its forerunners, popular sacred music, popular secular 
music, and art music. (CD) 

208. Women and Music. (3h) A historical overview of women musicians in society. (CD) 

209. Music of World Cultures. (3h) A survey of music in selected societies around the world. 
Topics are selected from the following areas of concentration: India, East Asia, sub-Saharan 
Africa, western Europe, Latin America, and vernacular music of the United States (including 
jazz). Students complete a project or projects on the technical or theoretical aspects of the 
music of world cultures. Designed for music majors and minors. P — MUS 172 or POL (CD) 

210. Survey of Latin-American Music. (3h) A survey of art, folk, and popular musical styles 
in Latin America and their impact on music of other cultures. Divided into three areas of 
study: the Caribbean, Central America, and South America. (CD) 

212. Music in the Church. (3h) Function of church musicians and the relationship of their 
work to the church program. Offers to musician and non-musician alike historical overview, 
hymnody survey and other church music-related topics through class and guest lectures and 
practical seminars. P — POL Offered fall semester of odd years. 

213. Beethoven. (3h) Compositional process, analysis, criticism, and performance practices 
in selected works by Ludwig van Beethoven. P — MUS 101 or POL 

215. Philosophy of Music. (3h) A survey of philosophical writings about music. Musical 
aesthetics; social, religious, and political concerns. 

220. Seminar in Music History. (3h) Intensive study of a selected topic in music history. 
P— MUS 174, 181, 182, 183, or POL 

230. History of Musical Instruments. (3h) Historical overview of the form and function of 
musical instruments from the Middle Ages to the present. Emphasis is on instruments in art 
music of Western Europe and the United States. P— MUS 101, 181, 182, 183, or POL 

272. Analysis Seminar. (1.5h) A study of analytical writings of theorists and composers and 
the development of practical skills as they can be used in research and performance prepara- 
tion. P— MUS 174 or POL 

273. Composition, (lh or 1.5h) Individual instruction in the craft of musical composition. 
May be repeated for credit. P — POL 

280. Orchestration. (3h) A study of the orchestral and wind band instruments, how compos- 
ers have used them throughout history, and the development of practical scoring and 
manuscript skills. P— MUS 174, 182, 183, or POL Spring. 

282. Conducting. (3h) A study of choral and instrumental conducting techniques. P — MUS 
174 or POL 

284. Music Literature Seminar. (3h) A survey of repertoire, including an examination of 
teaching materials in the student's special area of interest. P — MUS 101 or POL 

a. Orchestral Literature d. Guitar Literature 

b. Choral Literature e. Vocal Literature 

c. Piano Literature f. Opera 



MUSIC j3q 



285. Special Topics in Music. (l-3h) An intensive study of a selected subject chosen by 
faculty prior to the term in which the course is offered. May be repeated if course content 
differs. P— POL 

307. American Foundations. (3h) An interdisciplinary study of American art, music, litera- 
ture, and social history with particular reference to the art collection at Reynolda House 
Museum of American Art. Lectures, discussions, field trips, including a tour of New York 
City museums. Term project in American music. Also listed as Art 331, History 349, and 
Interdisciplinary Honors 393, 394. Offered at Reynolda House in summer only. 

Independent Study and Honors Thesis 

298. Independent Study. (1.5h, 3h) A project in an area of study not otherwise available in 
the department. By pre-arrangement with department chair. 

397. Senior Thesis in History /Theory/Composition, (lh) Writing of a major historical, 
theoretical, or compositional work, as determined by the student's area of concentration. 
A student may not receive credit for both MUS 397 and 398. By prearrangement. 

398. Senior Honors Thesis in History/Theory/Composition, (lh) Writing of a major 
historical, theoretical, or compositional work, as determined by the student's area of 
concentration. A student may not receive credit for both MUS 397 and 398. P — Faculty 
selection for honors in music history/theory/composition. 

Ensembl e 

Departmental ensembles are open to all students on the basis of one hour per semester of 
participation in each ensemble, except as noted. Neither Music 128 nor Music 129 may 
count for the music majors or minor. All classes in this section may be repeated for credit. 

111. Opera Workshop. Study, staging, and performance of standard and contemporary 
operatic works. P — POL 

112. Collegium Musicum Instrumental. An ensemble stressing the performance practices and 
the performance of music of the medieval, Renaissance, and Baroque eras. 

113. Orchestra. Study and performance of orchestral works from the classical and contem- 
porary repertoire. P — Audition. 

114. Collegium Musicum Vocal. An ensemble stressing the performance practices and the 
performance of music of the medieval, Renaissance, and Baroque eras. P — Audition. 

115. Concert Choir. A select touring choir of forty-five voices which performs a variety of 
choral literature from all periods. P — Audition. 

116. Choral Union. A large, mixed chorus which performs a variety of choral literature from 
all periods. P — Audition. 

118. Wind Ensemble. Study and performance of music for mixed chamber ensemble of 
winds, brass, and percussion. P — Audition. 

119. Symphonic Band. (0.5h) Study and performance of music for symphonic band. Begins 
after spring break and continues to the end of the semester. Meets twice weekly. Performs on 
campus. P — POL Spring. 



Iol music 



120. Small Chamber Ensemble. Study and performance of music for small ensemble. 
Performers are strongly urged to participate in a larger ensemble as well. P — POL 

a. percussion ensemble e. brass 

b. flute choir f. woodwind 

c. string g. guitar 

d. saxophone h. mixed 

121. Jazz Ensemble. Study and performance of written and improvised jazz for a twenty- 
member ensemble. P — Audition. 

128. Athletic Band I. Performs at most football games and men's and women's home basket- 
ball games. Meets twice weekly. Regular performances on and off campus. P — POL Fall. 

129. Athletic Band n. (0.5h) Performs at men's and women's home basketball games, and at 
the spring football game. Class held once weekly. Meets from the beginning of the semester 
to spring break. P— MUS 128 or POL 

Performance Study 

Courses in individual instruction are open to students with the permission of the instructor 
on a space available-basis. Students in individual instruction who do not have basic knowl- 
edge of notation and rhythm are advised to enroll in Music 104 either prior to or in con- 
junction with individual instruction. (See page 23 of this bulletin for specific information 
regarding the fee.) All classes in this section may be repeated for credit unless noted. 

108. Alexander Technique for Musical Performers. (0.5h) An educational process that uses 
verbal and tactile feedback to teach improved use of the student's body by identifying and 
changing poor and inefficient habits that cause stress, fatigue, and pain in the musical 
performer. This is a course designed to teach the performer to minimize physical effort and 
maximize expression. Meets two hours per week. Pass/Fail only. 

122. Music Theatre Practicum. (lh) For musicians who perform in a departmentally- 
sponsored theatrical production (when their performance is not as a member of a depart- 
mental ensemble). May not be counted toward the majors or minor in music. Credit may be 
earned in a given semester for either MUS 122 or Theatre 283, but not both. Course may be 
repeated for no more than four hours. P — POL Pass/Fail only. 

123. Woodwind Doubling, (lh) Practical skills for woodwind instrumentalists who partici- 
pate in musical theatre productions for which expertise on more than one instrument is 
required. 

161. Individual Instruction. (0.5h) Technical studies and repertoire of progressive difficulty 
selected to meet the needs and abilities of the student. One half-hour lesson per week. Does 
not fulfill the individual instruction requirements for the major in music performance. May 
be repeated for credit. P — POL 



a. violin 


g. clarinet 


m. baritone 


s. harp 


b. viola 


h. bassoon 


n. tuba 


t. electric bass 


c. cello 


i. saxophone 


o. organ 


v. voice 


d. bass 


j. trumpet 


p. piano 


w. recorder 


e. flute 


k. French horn 


q. percussion 


x. viola da gamba 


f. oboe 


I. trombone 


r. guitar 


y. harpsichord 

z. jazz improvisation 




MUSIC 


182 





162. Individual Instruction, (lh) One one-hour lesson per week. Does not fulfill the indi- 
vidual instruction requirements for the major in music performance. May be repeated for 
credit. P— POL 

165j. Brass Rudiments. (0.5h) Introduction to the fundamentals of playing brass instru- 
ments. Designed for students with musical experience as well as beginners with no prior 
musical training. P — POL Spring. 

165p. Class Piano. (0.5h) Scales, chords, inversions, and appropriate repertoire, with 
emphasis on sight-reading, harmonization, and simple transposition. Designed for the 
beginning piano student. 

165q. Class Percussion. (0.5h) Introduction to the fundamentals of playing percussion 
instruments. Includes an introduction to reading music as well as basic techniques on 
instruments of the percussion family. P — POL 

165r. Class Guitar I. (0.5h) Introduction to guitar techniques: strumming, plucking, arpeg- 
gios, and damping. Reading and playing from musical notation and guitar tablature. For 
beginning students. 

166r. Class Guitar II. (0.5h) Continuation of guitar techniques. Emphasis on chordal pro- 
gressions, scales, accompanying patterns, and sight-reading. P — MUS 165r. 

165v. Class Voice I. (0.5h) Introduction to the fundamental principles of singing, concepts of 
breath control, tone, and resonance. P — POL Fall. 

166v. Class Voice II. (0.5h) Continuation of fundamental vocal techniques. P — MUS 165v 
or POL 

166p. Class Piano II. (0.5h) Continuation of fundamental piano techniques. P — MUS 165p 
or POL 

167v. Theatrical Singing I: Class Voice. (0.5h) Basic techniques of singing, breath control, 
phonation, and resonance, with emphasis on theatrical projection. Study and performance of 
musical theatre repertoire. (One hour per week.) P — POL Fall. 

168v. Theatrical Singing II: Class Voice. (0.5h) Continuation of theatrical singing techniques 
with increased study and performance of musical theatre repertoire. P — MUS 167v or POL 
(One hour per week.) 

175 v. Advanced Voice Class, (lh) Development of advanced vocal technique and repertoire. 
Limited to eight students. (Two hours per week; may be repeated.) P — MUS 166v or POL 

177v. Advanced Theatrical Singing, (lh) Development of advanced theatrical singing tech- 
nique and performance of musical theatre repertoire. Limited to eight students. (Two hours 
per week; may be repeated.) P — MUS 168v or POL 

190. Diction for Singers. (1.5h) Study of articulation in singing, with emphasis on modifica- 
tion of English; pronunciation of Italian, German, and French. Development of articulatory 
and aural skills with use of the international phonetic alphabet. Individual performance and 
coaching in class. (Two hours per week.) May not be repeated for credit. 

262. Individual Instruction. (1.5h) One one-hour lesson per week. Fulfills the individual 
instruction requirements for the major in music performance. May be repeated for credit. 
P — Two hours of MUS 161 and/or 162, plus successful completion of the audition for the 
major in musical performance, and POL 



183 



MUSIC 



362. Senior Recital. (3h) Preparation and public performance of a recital. Fulfills the indi- 
vidual instruction requirements for the major in music performance. To be taken only during 
the senior year. A student may not receive credit for both MUS 362 and 363. A student may 
not enroll in MUS 262 and 362 in the same semester. May not be repeated for credit. 

P — Two semesters of MUS 262 and POL 

363. Senior Honors Recital. (3h) Preparation and public performance of a recital at the 
honors level. Fulfills the individual instruction requirements for the major in music perfor- 
mance. To be taken only during the senior year. A student may not receive credit for both 
MUS 362 and 363. A student may not enroll in MUS 262 and 363 in the same semester. 
May not be repeated for credit. P — Two semesters of MUS 262, POI, and faculty selection 
for honors in music performance. 

Neuroscience (NEU) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 

Coordinator Professor of Biology Wayne L. Silver 

The neuroscience minor provides an interdisciplinary approach to the study of the nervous 
system. Neuroscientists study how we learn, process and remember information from the 
molecular to the philosophical level and examine subjects ranging from the molecular 
pharmacology of brain function to the mind-body problem. 

The minor requires a minimum of seventeen hours, nine of which must include the 
neuroscience courses (200, 201, 300, 391) described below. At least one semester of research 
in neuroscience is required for the minor (NEU 391). The research can be conducted on the 
Reynolda Campus or with investigators at the Wake Forest University School of Medicine. 
The research project must be approved by a member of the neuroscience minor faculty. 
Eight hours must come from the elective courses listed below. (See course descriptions under 
appropriate listings.) One of the elective courses must come from outside the student's major 
department. 

200. Introduction to Neuroscience. (3h) An interdisciplinary course taught by faculty 
representing several fields. Topics include neurophysiology, sensory biology, motor mecha- 
nisms, neuropharmacology, cognitive neuroscience, perception, neural networks, and the 
philosophy of mind. 

201. Neuroscience Laboratory, (lh) A laboratory course that examines principles of neuro- 
science ranging from the molecular and cellular to the behavioral and cognitive. Lab — three 
hours. C— NEU 200. 

300. Neuroscience Seminar. (3h) Consideration of current neuroscience topics. Presenta- 
tions of current research by faculty on the Reynolda Campus or the Wake Forest University 
School of Medicine. Readings from the primary literature accompany the presentations. 
P— NEU 200. 

391. Research in Neuroscience. (2h) Supervised independent laboratory investigation in 
neuroscience. 



NEUROSCIENCE 



184 



Biology 323. Animal Behavior. (4h) 

324. Hormones and Behavior. (3h) 
346. Neurobiology. (4h) 

351. Vertebrate Physiology. (4h) 

352. Developmental Neuroscience (4h) 
354. Vertebrate Endocrinology. (3h) 
364. Sensory Biology. (4h) 

Computer Science 371. Artificial Intelligence. (3h) 

Health and 312. Exercise and Health Psychology. (3h) 
Exercise Science 350. Human Physiology. (3h) 
Philosophy 274. Philosophy of Mind. (3h) 

Physics 304. Physics of Medical Imaging. (3h) 
307. Biophysics. (3h) 
Psychology 320. Physiological Psychology. (3h) 

322. Psychopharmacology. (3h) 

323. Animal Behavior. (3h) 

326. Learning Theory and Research. (3h) 

329. Perception. (3h) 

331. Cognition. (3h) 

333. Motivation of Behavior. (3h) 

(Note that many of these courses have prerequisites, in some cases including introductory 
biology, psychology, or chemistry.) 



Philosophy (PHI) 



Chair Ralph C. Kennedy 

A. C. Reid Professor George Graham 

Professors Thomas K. Hearn Jr., Marcus B. Hester, Charles M. Lewis 

Associate Professors Ralph C. Kennedy III, Win-chiat Lee 

Assistant Professors Adrian Bardon, Stavroula Glezakos, Christian Miller 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Dorthea Lotter 

Visiting Assistant Professor Clark Thompson 

Lecturer Hannah M. Hardgrave 

The objective of the program in philosophy is to lead the student to an understanding of 
philosophical thinking — past and present — about such fundamental questions as what it is 
to exist, to know, to be good, right, true, beautiful, or sacred. In examining such matters, 
philosophy may be said to investigate the presuppositions that inform all human action and 
inquiry and thus to be an essentially interdisciplinary kind of subject. The study of philoso- 
phy can, therefore, play a useful role in preparing the student for a career in almost any field, 
including law, politics, religion, medicine, business, the arts, and the natural and social 
sciences. 

The twenty-seven hours in philosophy required for graduation with a major in the 
subject must include a general introduction to philosophy (Philosophy 111), one course in 
logic (selected from Group II), three courses in the history of philosophy (one from each of 



I8 5 



PHILOSOPHY 



Groups III, IV and V) and two 200-level or higher topics courses (Group VI), the total to 
include at least three courses at the 300-level. 

A minor in philosophy requires fifteen hours in philosophy, which must include at least 
two 200-level or higher courses and one 300-level course. Philosophy being an intrinsically 
interdisciplinary subject, a minor in philosophy can be designed to complement any major 
subject. Students interested in minoring in philosophy should consult with the department 
about choosing an appropriate sequence of courses. 

Highly qualified majors are invited to apply in the spring semester of their junior year 
to the honors program in philosophy. Candidates must have an overall grade point average 
of at least 3.0 and a grade point average in philosophy courses of at least 3.3. Graduation 
with honors in philosophy requires successful completion of Honors I and II in the fall and 
spring semesters, respectively, of their senior year. The hours earned in these two courses do 
not count toward the twenty-seven hours required of all majors. 

Group I— Introduction to Phil osophy 

111. Basic Problems of Philosophy. (3h) An examination of the basic concepts of several 
representative philosophers, including their accounts of the nature of knowledge, persons, 
God, mind, and matter. 

Group II— Logic 

121. Logic. (3h) An elementary study of the laws of valid inference, recognition of fallacies, 
and logical analysis. 

221. Symbolic Logic. (3h) Basic concepts and techniques of first-order logic; applications of 
first-order logic to arguments expressed in English; some discussion of such topics as the 
unsolvability of the decision problem for first-order logic, the completeness of first-order 
logic, and Godel's incompleteness theorem. 

Group III— Classical Ancient Philosophy 

232. Ancient and Medieval Philosophy. (3h) A study of philosophical problems such as the 
nature of faith, reason, universals, and God in the thought of Plato, Aristotle, Augustine, 
Abelard, Anselm, Aquinas, and Ockham. P — PHI 111. 

331. Plato. (3h) A detailed analysis of selected dialogues, covering Plato's most important 
contributions to moral and political philosophy, theory of knowledge, metaphysics, and 
theology. P — One 200-level course in philosophy or POL 

332. Aristotle. (3h) A study of the major texts, with emphasis on metaphysics, ethics, and 
theory of knowledge. P — One 200-level course in philosophy or POL 

Group IV— Classical Modern Phil osophy 

241. Modern Philosophy. (3h) A survey of major philosophers from Descartes to Kant. 
P— PHI 111. 

242. The Mechanistic View of Nature. (3h) An examination of the philosophical and 
scientific roots, in Descartes, Newton, and Leibniz, of the belief that the universe and human 



PHILOSOPHY jg^ 



beings are "machines" subject to deterministic natural laws, and the relevance to this issue of 
modern scientific ideas. 

341. Kant. (3h) A detailed study of selected works covering Kant's most important contribu- 
tions to theory of knowledge, metaphysics, ethics, religion, and aesthetics. P — One 200-level 
course in philosophy or POL 

342. Studies in Modern Philosophy. (3h) Treatment of selected figures and/or themes in 
seventeenth- and eighteenth-century European philosophy. P — One 200-level course in 
philosophy or POL 

Group V— Other History 

251. American Philosophy. (3h) A study exploring the philosophies of Jonathan Edwards, 
Ralph Waldo Emerson, C. S. Peirce, William James, John Dewey, and others, examining their 
views on logic, experience, science, reality, nature, art, education, and God. P — PHI 111. 

252. Contemporary Philosophy. (3h) A study of the principal works of several representative 
twentieth-century philosophers. P — PHI 111. 

253. The Main Streams of Chinese Philosophy and Religion. (3h) An introduction to the most 
important traditions in Chinese philosophy and religion: Confucianism, Daoism (Taoism), 
and Chinese Buddhism or Chinese Chan (Zen) Buddhism. Also offered as Religion 380. 

254. Existentialism. (3h) A study of existentialist treatment of such topics as the self, mean- 
ing, identity, nihilism, freedom, and commitment. Authors studied may include Kierkegaard, 
Dostoyevsky, Nietzsche, Kafka, Heidegger, Beckett, and Sartre. P — PHI 111. 

351. Early German Idealism. (3h) An examination of the development of post-Kantian ideal- 
ism through the works of Fichte, Schelling, and Schleiermacher, with particular emphasis on 
their efforts to address the challenge of critical philosophy. P — One 200-level course in 
philosophy or POL 

352. Hegel, Kierkegaard, and Nietzsche. (3h) An examination of selected sources embodying 
the basic concepts of Hegel, Kierkegaard, and Nietzsche, especially as they relate to each 
other in terms of influence, development, and opposition. P — One 200-level course in 
philosophy or POL 

353. Heidegger. (3h) An examination of the structure and development of Heidegger's 
philosophy from the ontological analysis in Being and Time to his later work in the philoso- 
phy of language and poetry. P — One 200-level course in philosophy or POL 

354. Wittgenstein. (3h) The work of Ludwig Wittgenstein on several central philosophical 
problems studied and compared with that of Frege, James, and Russell. Topics include the 
picture theory of meaning, truth, skepticism, private languages, thinking, feeling, the 
mystical, and the ethical. P — One 200-level course in philosophy or POL 

Group VI— Topics in Phil osophy 

161. Medical Ethics. (3h) A study of moral problems in the practice of medicine, including 
informed consent, experimentation on human subjects, truthtelling, confidentiality, abortion, 
and the allocation of scarce medical resources. 



I8 7 



PHILOSOPHY 



162. Ethics and Public Policy. (3h) A critical examination of the ethical foundations of public 
policy issues. Topics may include: euthanasia, censorship, racial and gender equality, drugs, 
sexual conduct, and crime. 

163. Environmental Ethics. (3h) An examination of ethical issues concerning the environ- 
ment as they arise in individual lives and public policy. These issues are discussed in the 
context of fundamental questions regarding the adequacy of traditional philosophical 
frameworks for thinking about the relationship between humans and the nonhuman world 
and the value and moral status of the nonhuman world. 

171. Space and Time in Fact and Fiction. (3h) Are space and time fundamentally different? 
Are they properties of the physical world or of minds only? Are they finite or infinite in 
extension and duration? Other questions cover problems and paradoxes in the concept of 
space and in the concept of time travel. 

261. Ethics. (3h) A critical study of selected problems and representative works in ethical 
theory. P— PHI 111. 

262. Philosophy of Law. (3h) A philosophical inquiry into the nature of law and its relation 
to morality. Classroom discussions of readings from the works of classical and modern 
authors focus on issues of contemporary concern involving questions of legal principle, 
personal liberty, human rights, responsibility, justice, and punishment. P — PHI 111. 

263. Freedom, Action, and Responsibility. (3h) A study of the nature of human freedom and 
related matters in the philosophy of action, metaphysics, and moral philosophy. P — PHI 111. 

271. Philosophy of Biology. (3h) A study of the philosophical presuppositions and implica- 
tions of contemporary biology, covering topics such as evolution by natural selection, the 
nature of biological classification, reductionism, and biological explanations of moral and 
social phenomena. P — PHI 111. 

273. Philosophy, Mental Health, and Mental Disorder. (3h) A philosophical inquiry into the 
nature of mental illness and mental health. Topics are discussed in the context of interdisci- 
plinary readings in philosophy and psychiatry. P — PHI 111. 

274. Philosophy of Mind. (3h) A selection from the following topics: the mind-body problem; 
personal identity; the unity of consciousness; minds and machines; the nature of experience; 
action, intention, and the will. P — PHI 111. 

361. Topics in Ethics. (1.5h, 3h) P — One 200-level course in philosophy or POL 

362. Social and Political Philosophy. (3h) A systematic examination of selected social and 
political philosophers of different traditions, with concentration on Plato, Marx, Rawls, and 
Nozick. Topics include rights, justice, equality, private property, the state, the common good, 
and the relation of individuals to society. P — One 200-level course in philosophy or POL 

371. Philosophy of Art. (3h) A critical examination of several philosophies of art, with 
emphasis upon the application of these theories to particular works of art. P — One 200-level 
course in philosophy or POL 

372. Philosophy of Religion. (3h) An analysis of the logic of religious language and belief, 
including an examination of religious experience, mysticism, revelation, and arguments for 
the nature and existence of God. P — One 200-level course in philosophy or POL 

373. Philosophy of Science. (3h) A systematic and critical examination of major views 
concerning the methods of scientific inquiry, and the bases, goals, and implications of the 

PHILOSOPHY jgg 



scientific conclusions which result from such inquiry. P — One 200-level course in philosophy 
or POL 

375. Philosophy of Language. (3h) A study of such philosophical issues about language as 
truth and meaning, reference and description, proper names, indexicals, modality, tense, the 
semantical paradoxes, and the differences between languages and other sorts of sign- 
systems. Also listed as Linguistics 375. P — One 200-level course in philosophy or POL 

381. Topics in Epistemology. (3h) The sources, scope and structure of human knowledge. 
Topics include: skepticism; perception, memory, and reason; the definition of knowledge; the 
nature of justification; theories of truth. P — One 200-level course in philosophy or POL 

382. Topics in Metaphysics. (3h) P — One 200-level course in philosophy or POL 

Group VII— Honors and Independent Study 

385. Seminar. (1.5h, 3h) Offered by members of the faculty on specialized topics of their 
choice. With permission, may be repeated for credit. P — POL 

391. Honors I. (1.5h) Directed study and research in preparation for writing a major paper. 
Must be taken in the fall semester of the senior year. P — Admission to the honors program 
in philosophy. 

392. Honors II. (1.5h) Completion of the project begun in Philosophy 391. Requires defense 
of the paper in an oral examination conducted by at least two members of the department. 
Taken in the spring semester of the senior year. P — PHI 391. 

395. Independent Study. (1.5h, 3h) 



Physics (PHY) 



Chair George Eric Matthews 
Reynolds Professor of Computational Biophysics Jacquelyn S. Fetrow 

Reynolds Professor Richard T. Williams 
Professors Paul R. Anderson, Keith D. Bonin, Natalie A. W. Holzwarth, 

William C. Kerr, George Eric Matthews 

Research Associate Professor Kamil Burak Ucer 

Z. Smith Reynolds Faculty Fellow and Associate Professor Daniel Kim-Shapiro 

Associate Professors Eric D. Carlson, David L. Carroll 

Assistant Professors Gregory B. Cook, Martin Guthold, Jed Macosko, Fred Salsbury 

Adjunct Associate Professor Peter Santago 

Adjunct Assistant Professors John D. Bourland, Timothy E. Miller 

Visiting Professor of Physics Lukasz Turski 

The program for each student majoring in physics is developed through consultation with 
the student's major adviser and may lead to either a bachelor of arts or a bachelor of science 
degree. The bachelor of arts degree requires a minimum of basic physics courses and allows 
a wide selection of electives related to the student's interests in other disciplines, such as 
medicine, law, and business. The bachelor of science degree is designed for students planning 
careers in physics. 



189 



PHYSICS 



The bachelor of arts degree in physics requires twenty-five hours in physics and must 
include the following courses: 113, 114, 141, 162, 165, 166, and 230. The remaining six 
hours may be satisfied with any other 300-level courses in the department except 381 and 
382. Mathematics 251 also is required. Depending on what other physics courses the stu- 
dent takes, additional mathematics courses may be required; e.g., Mathematics 301 is a 
prerequisite for Physics 339. The bachelor of science degree in physics requires thirty-eight 
hours in physics and must include the following courses: 113, 114, 141, 162, 165, 166, 230, 
301, 302, 337, 339, 340, 343, 344, 346, and 351. The remaining hours may be satisfied with 
any other 300-level course in the department. In addition, Mathematics 251, 301, 302, and 
304 are required; Mathematics 303 and Computer Science 111 are strongly recommended. 

The bachelor of arts degree in physics with concentration in biophysics and biochemis- 
try requires 27.5 hours in physics and must include the following courses: 113, 114, 141, 
162, 165, 166, 230, and two of the following: 307/325, 320/323, 351. A student must take 
Physics 381 or 382 for a minimum of 1.5 hours. Also required are Mathematics 251; 
Chemistry 111/111L, 122/122L, 230; two of the three courses Biology 112, 213, 214; one of 
the four courses Biology 370, Biology 371, Chemistry 370, Chemistry 371. 

While the physics major can be started in the sophomore year, students are encouraged 
to take Physics 113 and 114 and Mathematics 111 and 112 in the first year. If this sequence 
is followed, the physics major may be completed with considerable flexibility in exercising 
various options, such as the five-year BS/MS program. A candidate for the 3-2 engineering 
program would also complete three years of the bachelor of science physics major program 
prior to transfer. (Consult the chair of the department for additional information on these 
five-year programs.) 

A minor in physics requires seventeen hours, which must include the courses 113, 114, 
141, and 162. A minor in astrophysics requires seventeen hours and consists of the courses 
113, 114, 141, 310, and 312. Students interested in either minor should advise the faculty 
member responsible for advising physics majors (inquire in Olin Physical Laboratory 
Room 100). 

If physics is not taken in the first year, the degree requirements in physics may still be 
completed by the end of the senior year if a beginning course is taken in the sophomore year. 
No student may be a candidate for a degree with a major in physics with a grade less than C 
in General Physics without special permission of the department. 

Physics courses satisfying Division V requirements must be taken at Wake Forest. 

Satisfactory completion of the laboratory work is required for a passing grade in all 
courses with a laboratory. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to the 
honors program in physics through the major adviser. To be graduated with the designation 
"Honors in Physics," students must pass Physics 381, write a paper on the results of the 
research in that course, pass an oral exam on the research and related topics given by a 
committee of three physics faculty members, and obtain a grade point average of at least 3.5 
in physics and 3.0 overall. 

105. Descriptive Astronomy. (3h) An introductory study of the universe, from the solar 
system to the galaxies. No lab. 

109. Astronomy. (4h) An introductory study of the universe consisting of descriptive astro- 
nomy, the historical development of astronomical theories, and astrophysics. Knowledge of 
basic algebra and trigonometry is required. Lab — two hours. 



PHYSICS 



190 



110. Introductory Physics. (4h) A conceptual, non-calculus one-semester survey of the 
essentials of physics, including mechanics, wave motion, heat, sound, electricity, magnetism, 
optics, and modern physics. Not recommended for premedical, mathematics, or science 
students. Credit not allowed for both 110 and 113. Lab — two hours. (QR) 

113, 114. General Physics. (4h, 4h) Essentials of mechanics, wave motion, heat, sound, 
electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics treated with some use of calculus. 
Recommended for science, mathematics, and premedical students. C — Mathematics 111, 
106, or equivalent. P — PHY 113 is prerequisite for 114. Lab — two hours. (QR) 

120. Physics and Chemistry of the Environment. (4h) The course covers the basic physical 
and chemical processes in the earth's atmosphere, biosphere, and the oceans. It consists of 
two parts: 1 ) chemical processes in the environment such as element cycles and the chemis- 
try of pollutants in air and water and, 2) physical aspects of the environment such as solar 
energy and the atmosphere, and the physics of weather and climate. Lab — three hours. Also 
listed as Chemistry 120. (QR) 

141. Elementary Modern Physics. (3h) The development of twentieth-century physics and an 
introduction to quantum ideas. P — PHY 114 and Mathematics 111. C — PHY 165. (QR) 

162. Mechanics. (3h) A study of the equations of motion describing several kinds of physical 
systems: velocity-dependent forces; damped and forced simple harmonic motion; orbital 
motion; inertial and non-inertial reference frames; and relativistic mechanics. The course 
includes extensive use of computers. P — PHY 113 and Mathematics 111 or equivalent. (QR) 

165, 166. Intermediate Laboratory, (lh, lh) Experiments on mechanics, modern physics, 
electronics, and computer simulations. C — PHY 141 (for Physics 165); PHY 162 (for 
Physics 166). P— PHY 165 (for Physics 166). 

230. Electronics. (3h) Introduction to the theory and application of transistors and elec- 
tronic circuits. Lab — three hours. P — PHY 114. (QR) 

301, 302. Physics Seminar. (Oh, Oh) Discussion of contemporary research, usually with 
visiting scientists. Attendance required of junior and senior physics majors. 

304. Physics of Medical Imaging. (3h) Physical principles of x-ray computed tomography 
(CT), positron emission tomography (PET), single-photon emission computed tomography 
(SPECT), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), and ultrasonic imaging. P — PHY 113, 114 as 
well as Mathematics 111, 112 or POL 

307. Biophysics. (3h) An introduction to the structure, dynamic behavior, and function of 
DNA and proteins, and a survey of membrane biophysics. The physical principles of 
structure determination by X-ray, NMR, and optical methods are emphasized. P — PHY 113, 
114 as well as Biology 112 or 214 or POL 

310. Extragalactic Astronomy and Cosmology. (3h) Topics covered include galactic struc- 
ture, models for galaxies and galaxy formation, the large scale structure of the universe, the 
big bang model of the universe, physical processes such as nucleosynthesis in the early 
universe, and observational cosmology. P — PHY 114, 141. 

312. Introduction to Stellar Astronomy. (3h) The physics of stellar atmospheres and interi- 
ors. Topics covered include radiation transfer, absorption and emission of radiation, 
formation of spectra, models for stellar interiors, nuclear fusion reactions, and stellar 



191 



PHYSICS 



evolution. Methods of measuring distances to stars and interpretation of stellar spectra are 
also included. P— PHY 114, 141, Mathematics 301. 

320. The Physics of Macromolecules. (3h) The physics of large biologically important 
molecules, especially proteins and nucleic acids. Topics covered include the physical basis of 
biomolecular structure, the energetics and statistical mechanics of biomolecular dynamics, 
and the electrostatics and solvation of biomolecules. Designed for students with biochemis- 
try, chemistry, or physics backgrounds. P — PHY 351 or Biology 214 or Chemistry 341, PHY 
113, 114, or POL 

323. Computational Biophysics Laboratory, (lh) Application of techniques in molecular 
modeling, including energy minimization, molecular dynamics simulation, and conforma- 
tional analysis. C— PHY 320 or POL 

325. Biophysical Methods Laboratory, (lh) Experiments using various biophysical tech- 
niques such as electron paramagnetic resonance, atomic force microscopy, stopped-flow 
absorption spectroscopy, X-ray diffraction, and gel electrophoresis. C — PHY 307. 

327. Bioinformatics. (3h) An introduction to bioinformatics and the language of computer 
programming and algorithm development in the field of biomedical research. Also listed as 
Computer Science 385. P — Introductory courses in biology, chemistry, and molecular biology 
or biochemistry or POL 

330. Data Acquisition and Analysis. (3h) Advanced treatment of computer interfacing, signal 
processing methods, non-ideal integrated circuit behavior, and data reduction and fitting 
procedures. P— PHY 130, 230. 

337. Analytical Mechanics. (1.5h) The Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formulations of 
mechanics with applications. This course is taught in the first half of the fall semester. 
P— PHY 162, Mathematics 251. 

339, 340. Electricity and Magnetism. (1.5h, 3h) Electrostatics, magnetostatics, dielectric and 
magnetic materials, Maxwell's equations and applications to radiation, relativistic formula- 
tion. Physics 339 is taught in the second half of the fall semester, following Physics 337. 
Physics 340 is taught in the spring semester. These should be taken in sequence. P — PHY 114, 
Mathematics 251 and 301. 

343, 344. Quantum Physics. (3h, 3h) Application of the elementary principles of quantum 
mechanics to atomic, molecular, solid state, and nuclear physics. P — PHY 141 and Math- 
ematics 251. 

346. Advanced Physics Laboratory, (lh) Lab— three hours. P— PHY 166 and PHY 343. 

351. Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics. (3h) Introduction to classical and statisti- 
cal thermodynamics and distribution functions. 

352. Physical Optics and Optical Design. (4h) Interaction of light with materials; diffraction 
and coherent optics; ray trace methods of optical design. Lab — three hours. 

354. Introduction to Solid State Physics. (3h) A survey of the structure, composition, 
physical properties, and technological applications of condensed matter. P — PHY 343. 

361. Biophysics Seminar, (lh) Seminal and current publications in biophysics are studied. 
Each week a member of the class makes an oral presentation on a chosen publication and 
leads the ensuing discussion. 



PHYSICS 



192 



381, 382. Research. (1.5h/3h, 1.5h/3h) Library, conference, computation, and laboratory 
work performed on an individual basis. 

391, 392. Special Topics in Physics. (lh-4h) Courses in selected topics in physics. May be 
repeated if course content differs. 

Political Science (POL) 

Chair Kathy B. Smith 

Reynolds Professor of Political Science and Latin-American Studies Luis Roniger 

Worrell Professor of Anglo-American Studies David Coates 

Professors KatyJ. Harriger, Charles H. Kennedy, Wei-chin Lee, Kathy B. Smith 

Zachary T. Smith Associate Professor John J. Dinan 

Hultquist Junior Faculty Fellow and Associate Professor Peter M. Siavelis 

Associate Professors David P. Weinstein, Helga A. Welsh, Pia Wood 

Assistant Professors Michaelle L. Browers, Pete Furia 

Adjunct Professor Richard D. Sears 

Senior Lecturer Yomi Durotoye 

Visiting Assistant Professors Doug Casson, Bonnie Field, 

Mahendra Lawoti, Krista Wiegand 

In its broadest conception, the aim of the study of political science is to understand the way 
in which policy for a society is formulated and executed and to understand the moral 
standards by which policy is or ought to be set. This center of interest is often described 
alternatively as the study of power, of government, of the state, or of human relations in 
their political context. For teaching purposes, the study of political science has been divided 
by the department into the following fields: (1) American politics, (2) comparative politics, 
(3) political theory, and (4) international politics. Introductory courses in these fields provide 
broad and flexible approaches to studying political life. 

The major in political science consists of thirty-one hours, of which, in all but excep- 
tional cases, at least twenty-one hours must be completed at Wake Forest. Where students 
take political science courses abroad, they have to be in Wake Forest approved programs 
and/or must have been certified by the department chair. The required courses for the major 
include the following: (a) at least one non-seminar course in each of the four fields of 
political science listed above; (b) a course in political science methods (POL 280); and 
(c) one political science seminar course (POL 290) normally taken in the senior year. 

No more than six hours may be taken toward the major from introductory courses 
(100-level courses). Majors may not take the introductory courses during their senior year. 
Highly motivated students who would like to further expand or apply their study beyond 
the normal course of offerings can undertake internships, individual studies, or directed 
readings if they fulfill the minimum GPA requirements of 3.0. No more than three hours for 
any one or any combination of the following courses may be counted toward the major: 
Political Science 287, 288, or 289. Transfer hours toward the major are awarded on an 
individual case-by-case basis at the discretion of the department chair. A minimum grade 
point average of 2.0 in all courses completed in political science at Wake Forest is required 
for graduation with the major. 



193 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 



The senior seminar provides an opportunity for majors to experience something 
comparable to a graduate seminar. As such, it is conducted more by discussion than by 
lecture and enables students to read and reflect upon advanced scholarly material. The 
seminar also offers students the opportunity in their final year to create a research paper of 
greater length and sophistication than is customary and to develop the research and writing 
skills appropriate to the task. 

Students who write an outstanding seminar paper may be nominated for "Honors in 
Political Science" if they have a 3.3 overall grade point average and a 3.6 political science 
grade point average. In addition, the candidate's seminar paper must be defended before the 
departmental honors committee. For additional information department faculty members 
should be consulted. 

Political science majors who minor in Latin-American studies also have the opportunity 
to pursue a five-year cooperative BA/MA degree program at Georgetown University in 
Washington, DC. 

The minor in political science consists of eighteen hours. Fifteen of the hours must be 
taken at Wake Forest. No more than six hours may be taken toward the minor from 
introductory courses (100-level courses). Highly motivated students who would like to 
further expand or apply their study beyond the normal course of offerings can undertake 
internships, individual studies, or directed readings if they fulfill the minimum GPA require- 
ments of 3.0. No more than three hours for any one or any combination of the following 
courses may be counted toward the minor: Political Science 287, 288, or 289. Twelve of the 
hours must be taken at Wake Forest. Transfer hours toward the minor are awarded on an 
individual case-by-case basis at the discretion of the chair. A minimum grade point average 
of 2.0 in all courses completed in political science at Wake Forest is required for graduation 
with the minor. 

A student who selects political science to fulfill the Division IV requirement must take 
one of the following courses: Political Science 113, 114, 115, or 116. Students who are not 
majors in political science may take upper-level courses as electives without having had 
lower-level courses, unless a prerequisite is specified. 

American Politics 

113. American Government and Politics. (3h) The nature of politics, political principles, and 
political institutions, with emphasis on their application to the United States. 

210. Topics in United States Politics and Policy, (lh or 3h) An intensive study of one or more 
major problems in contemporary United States politics and policy. 

211. Political Parties, Voters, and Elections. (3h) An examination of party competition, party 
organizations, the electorate and electoral activities of parties, and the responsibilities of 
parties for governing. 

212. U.S. Policymaking in the Twenty-first Century. (3h) Examines the contemporary United 
States policymaking process. Special attention to ways issues become important and 
contributions of different political actors, institutions, and ideologies in the passage or 
rejection of policy proposals. Considers a range of social, economic, and regulatory policies. 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 



194 



214. Business and Government in the United States. (3h) Examination of the evolution of 
the relationship between business and government. Emphasis on contemporary public 
policies affecting and affected by business in some or all of the areas of labor relations, 
health care, economics, trade, telecommunications, campaign finance, and the environment. 

215. Citizen and Community. (3h) An examination of the role and responsibilities of citizens 
in democratic policymaking. Includes discussion of democratic theory, emphasis on a policy 
issue of national importance (i.e. poverty, crime, environment), and involvement of students 
in projects that examine the dimension of the issue in their community. P — POL 

216. U.S. Social Welfare Policy. (3h) An analysis of U.S. social policymaking and policy 
outcomes on issues such as welfare, education, health care, and Social Security, with an 
emphasis on historical development and cross-national comparison. 

217. Politics and the Mass Media. (3h) Exploration of the relationship between the political 
system and the mass media. Two broad concerns are the regulation of the mass media and 
the impact of media on political processes and events. Also listed as Journalism 277. 

218. Congress and Policymaking. (3h) An examination of the composition, authority 
structures, external influences, and procedures of Congress with emphasis on their implica- 
tions for policymaking in the United States. 

219. Political Participation. (3h) An examination of political participation in the United 
States, with emphasis on electoral and non-electoral avenues through which individuals and 
groups wield influence in politics and government, including voting, interest groups, and 
social movements. 

220. The American Presidency. (3h) Emphasis on the office and the role; contributions by 
contemporary presidents considered in perspective. 

221. State Politics. (3h) An examination of institutions, processes, and policies at the state 
level, with emphasis on the different patterns of governance in the various states and the 
consequences of the recent revitalization of state governments. 

222. Urban Politics. (3h) Political structures and processes in American cities and suburbs as 
they relate to the social, economic, and political problems of the metropolis. (CD) 

223. Blacks in American Politics. (3h) A survey of selected topics, including black political 
participation, political organizations, political leadership, and political issues. The course 
shows the relationship of these phenomena to American political institutions and processes 
as a whole. 

225. American Constitutional Law: Separation of Powers and the Federal System. (3h) An 
analysis of Supreme Court decisions affecting the three branches of the national government 
and federal/state relations. 

226. American Constitutional Law: Civil Liberties. (3h) Judicial interpretations of First 
Amendment freedoms, racial equality, and the rights of the criminally accused. Not open to 
first-year students. 

227. Politics, Law, and Courts. (3h) Analysis of the nature and role of law in American 
society and the structure and procedure of American courts. Questions of judicial organiza- 
tion, personnel, and decision-making, as well as the impact of law and court decisions on the 
social order, are explored at local, state, and national levels. 



195 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 



229. Women and Politics. (3h) The course examines classical and contemporary arguments 
regarding the participation of women in politics, as well as current policy issues and changes 
in women's political participation. 

Comparative Politics 

114. Comparative Government and Politics. (3h) An analysis of political institutions, pro- 
cesses, and policy issues in selected countries. Case studies are drawn from Africa, Asia, 
Europe, and Latin America. (CD) 

231. Western European Politics. (3h) Comparative analysis of political institutions, pro- 
cesses, and policy issues in selected West European countries. Special attention is given to 
case studies involving Great Britain, France, Germany, Italy and to the process of European 
integration. 

232. Politics in Russia and Eastern Europe. (3h) Analysis of the political, economic, and 
social patterns of the region, emphasizing the internal dynamics of the political and eco- 
nomic transition processes currently underway. 

233. The Politics of Modern Germany. (3h) A study of the historical legacy, political beha- 
vior, and governmental institutions of contemporary Germany (newly unified Germany). 

234. United Kingdom Politics in a Global Age. (3h) This course introduces the nature and 
content of contemporary United Kingdom politics by placing those politics in a wider 
analysis of United Kingdom history, society, and international positions. (CD) 

235. European Integration. (3h) Combines different approaches to the study of Europe by 
examining European integration — as highlighted by the development of the European 
Union — through the lenses of history, politics, culture, and economics. 

236. Government and Politics in Latin America. (3h) Comparative analysis of the institu- 
tions and processes of politics in the Latin American region. (CD) 

237. Comparative Public Policy in Selected Industrialized Democracies. (3h) An analysis of 
public policy choices involving such matters as health care, education, environment, and 
immigration in Western Europe and the United States. 

238. Comparative Economic Development and Political Change. (3h) An overview of the 
relationship between economic development, socio-structural change, and politics since the 
creation of the international capitalist system in the sixteenth century. The course is orga- 
nized around case studies of industrialized democracies, evolving Communist systems and 
command economies, and "Third World" countries. 

239. State, Economy, and International Competitiveness. (3h) This course introduces a range 
of important case studies of national economic performance and does so in such a manner 
as to illustrate the role of public policy in economic performance in a number of leading 
industrial economies (the United States, United Kingdom, Germany, Sweden, and Japan). 

242. Topics in Comparative Politics, (lh or 3h) An intensive study of one or more major 
problems in contemporary comparative politics. 

244. Politics and Literature. (3h) An examination of how literature can extend knowledge of 
politics and political systems. The course considers the insights of selected novelists. 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 



196 



245. Ethnonationalism. (3h) This course is concerned with the role of ethnicity in world 
politics. It focuses on both theoretical and substantive issues relating to: (a) the nature of 
ethnicity and ethnic group identity; (b) the sources of ethnic conflict; (c) the politics of ethnic 
conflict; (d) the policy management of ethnic conflict; and (e) international intervention in 
ethnic conflict. 

246. Politics and Policies in South Asia. (3h) A survey of major issues relevant to politics and 
policy in India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, and Sri Lanka. (CD) 

247. Islam and Politics. (3h) The course explores the interrelationship of Islam and politics 
in the contemporary world. The course has two main focuses. The first deals with Islam as a 
political ideology which shapes the structure of political institutions and behavior. The 
second looks at Islam in practice by examining the interaction between Islam and the 
political systems of Iran, Pakistan, Saudi Arabia and others. (CD) 

248. Chinese Politics. (3h) A survey of the political institutions and processes in China 
(People's Republic of China and Republic of China). Emphasis is on group conflict, elites, 
ideology, as well as current policy changes in the process of modernization. 

International Politics 

116. International Politics. (3h) A survey of the forces that shape relations among states and 
some of the major problems of contemporary international politics. (CD) 

252. Topics in International Politics, (lh or 3h) An intensive study of one or more major 
problems of contemporary international politics. 

253. International Political Economy. (3h) Analyzes major issues in the global political 
economy including theoretical approaches to understanding the tension between politics and 
economics, monetary and trade policy, North-South relations, environmentalism, human 
rights and democratization. 

254. U.S. Foreign Policy: Contemporary Issues. (3h) An examination of the most pressing 
issues in United States foreign policy today, with attention to the historical and institutional 
context in which U.S. foreign policy is determined. 

255. Group Identity in International Relations. (3h) Examines the impact on international 
politics of nationalism, supranationalism, and globalism, with attention to the origins of 
group identities and to contemporary trends. 

256. International Security. (3h) Explores various theoretical approaches to security studies 
and contemporary security issues, with special attention to domestic variables, the use of 
force, strategic culture, weapons of mass destruction, the political economy of national 
security, and terrorism. 

257. Interamerican Relations. (3h) Examines the history and contemporary challenges of 
relations among the nations of the Americas, including intervention and sovereignty, 
migration, drugs, economic relations, and contemporary foreign policy. 

259. The Arab-Israeli Conflict. (3h) An analysis of factors influencing the relationship 
between Israel and its neighbors relative to fundamental aspects of United States, Israeli, 
Palestinian, and Arab states policies. 



197 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 



260. United States and East Asia. (3h) An analytical survey of United States interaction with 
East Asia, with special emphasis on the strategic security and the political economy of the 
region. (CD) 

261. International Law. (3h) Analyzes major issues in public international law including 
sources of international law, state sovereignty, territorial jurisdiction, treaties, peaceful 
settlement of disputes, human rights, and the relationship between international law and 
domestic law. 

262. International Organizations. (3h) A survey of the philosophy, principles, organizational 
structure, and decision-making procedures of international organizations. In addition to the 
United Nations system, this course analyzes various international organizations in issues 
such as collective security, trade, economic development, human rights protection, and the 
environment. 

263. U.S. Foreign Policy in the Middle East. (3h) A critical analysis of U.S. foreign policy 
with respect to the Middle East since the second World War. This course utilizes a case study 
method of instruction. 

264. Moral Dilemmas in International Politics. (3h) Examines moral dilemmas in interna- 
tional politics with reference to theories and cases. Topics include just war doctrine, respon- 
sibility of rich countries toward poor countries, exportability of capitalism and democracy, 
and legitimacy of humanitarian intervention. 

267. America in Vietnam: Myth and Reality. (3h) An analysis of American policy toward 
Vietnam, with special emphasis on the period of 1954-75. Focus is on the relationship 
between American policies and the problems posed by Vietnamese and American cultures. 

Political Theory 

115. Political Theory. (3h) Introduction to the central concepts (democracy, liberty, equality, 
and power) and ideologies (liberalism, conservatism, and socialism) as they have been 
formulated within some of the main schools of political thought. 

269. Topics in Political Theory, (lh or 3h) An intensive study of one or more major topics in 
political theory. 

270. Ethics and Politics. (3h) An investigation of the relationship between ethical reasoning 
and political theory. Representative philosophers include Hume, Kant, Nietzsche, Mill, 
Sidgwick, Green, Ayer, Hare, and Mclntyre. 

271. Classical Political Thought. (3h) Examination of the nature and goals of classical 
political theorizing, with attention to its origins in ancient Athens and its diffusion through 
Rome. Representative writers include Plato, Aristotle, and Cicero. 

272. Democratic Theory. (3h) Examination of the theoretical underpinnings of democracy 
and some of the critiques of those foundations. Focus is on understanding some of the major 
theories of democracy and on how key democratic concepts are defined differently within 
these various traditions. 

273. Marx, Marxism and the Aftermath of Marxism. (3h) An examination of Marx's in- 
debtedness to Hegel, his early humanistic writings, and the vicissitudes of twentieth century 
vulgar Marxism and neo-Marxism in the works of Lenin, Lukacs, Korsch, Horkeimer, 
Marcuse, and Sartre. 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 



198 



274. Religion and Politics in Medieval Thought. (3h) Investigation of the medieval encounter 
between philosophy and revealed religion (Islam, Judaism, and Christianity). Topics include 
the nature of political community and its role in cultivating virtue; relations between know- 
ledge and power, and between politics and salvation; and the origins of modern ideas of law 
and freedom. 

275. American Political Thought. (3h) An examination of the republican, civic humanistic 
tradition vs. the liberal, juridical tradition in American political thought from the Founding 
to the present. Readings from Locke, Sidney, the Federalists and anti-Federalists, Spencer, 
Dewey, Rawls, and Sandel. 

276. Modern Political Thought. (3h) Political thought from Machiavelli to the present, 
including such topics as moral and natural rights, positive and negative freedom, social 
contract theory, alienation and citizenship. Selected writings from, for example, Machiavelli, 
Locke, Rousseau, Mill, Marx, and Rawls. 

277. Feminist Political Thought. (3h) Introduction to feminist thought and its implications 
for the study and practice of political theory. Topics include feminist critiques of the Western 
political tradition and schools of feminist political theory. (CD) 

279. Varieties of Philosophical Liberalism. (3h) A study of twentieth-century philosophical 
liberalism such as libertarianism, utilitarianism, liberal utilitarianism, Kantian liberalism and 
communitarianism with special focus on rival conceptions of freedom and on utilitarianism 
and its critics. 

Seminars and Additional Courses 

280. Political Science Methods. (3h) An overview of the methods currently prominent in 
studying politics. Special attention is given to the relationships between theory, method, and 
findings by focusing on the need to make empirical observation systematic. (QR) 

281. Forms of Orientalism. (3h) The politics of the representational practices of Orientalism, 
the problem of cultural representation, and the relationship between Western intellectual 
constructions of the Orient and Western colonialism. Also listed as International Studies 220. 

287. Individual Study. (2h or 3h) Intensive research leading to the completion of an analyti- 
cal paper conducted under the direction of a faculty member. Students are responsible for 
initiating the project and securing the permission of an appropriate instructor. P — POL 

288. Directed Reading. (2h or 3h) Concentrated reading in an area of study not otherwise 
available. Students are responsible for initiating the project and securing the permission of 
an appropriate instructor. P — POL 

289. Internship in Politics. (2h or 3h) Field work in a public or private setting with related 
readings and an analytical paper under the direction of a faculty member. Students are 
responsible for initiating the project and securing the permission of an appropriate instruc- 
tor. Normally one course in an appropriate subfield is taken prior to the internship. P — POL 

290. Senior Seminar in Political Science. (4h) Readings and research on selected topics. 



199 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 



Psychology (PSY) 



Chair Mark R. Leary 

Wake Forest Professors Deborah L. Best, Mark R. Leary 

Professors Robert C. Beck, Terry D. Blumenthal, Dale Dagenbach, 

Charles L. Richman, Carol A. Shively 

Ollen R. Naliey Associate Professor William W. Fleeson 

Associate Professors Christy M. Buchanan, Batja Mesquita, James A. Schirillo, 

Catherine E. Seta, Cecilia H. Solano, Eric R. Stone 

Assistant Professors R. Michael Furr, Janine M. Jennings, Karen L. Roper 

Adjunct Professors Jay R. Kaplan, W. Jack Rejeski Jr., Frank B. Wood 

Adjunct Associate Professor C. Drew Edwards 

Adjunct Assistant Professors Phillip G. Batten, Max E. Levine, William W. Sloan Jr. 

Adjunct Instructor Stephen W. Davis 

Visiting Assistant Professors Janet Boseovski, Lori A. Sheppard, Alycia K. Silman 

Psychology 151 is a prerequisite to all courses of a higher number. Courses numbered below 
151 do not count toward Division IV requirements or toward the major in psychology. 
Psychology 310, 311, 312, or special permission of the instructor is prerequisite for some 
300-level courses. See individual course descriptions for specific information. 

It is recommended that students who are considering psychology as a major take PSY 
151 in their first year and PSY 311 no later than their junior year. Furthermore, students 
should take at least one course in addition to PSY 151 before taking PSY 311. An average of 
C or higher in psychology courses is required at the time the major is elected. The major in 
psychology requires the completion of a minimum of thirty-five hours in psychology, 
including 151, 311, 312, 313, and 392. Students who have successfully completed 383 are 
not required to complete 392. In addition, the major student must complete at least one 
course from each of the following groups: Group A: 326, 331, 338 and 374; Group B: 320, 
323, 329, and 333; and Group C: 341, 351, 355, 357, and 362. No more than forty-two 
hours in psychology may be counted toward the graduation requirements of 112 hours. No 
more than three hours of directed study (280) or independent research (282) may be 
counted toward the thirty-five hours required for the major; up to a maximum of five hours 
may be counted with more than thirty-five hours in the major. 

No more than nine hours will be accepted for courses taken at other schools to be 
counted toward the major. Courses taken at community colleges or college courses taught 
on high school campuses are not be accepted for transfer credit. With the exception of 
Psychology 151, specific courses required for the major must be taken at Wake Forest. The 
guidelines regarding transfer and credit approval may be modified in rare and special 
circumstances at the discretion of the psychology department chair. 

The minor in psychology requires fifteen hours in psychology including: 151; either 310 
alone or both 311 and 312; and at least two of the following courses — 241, 245, 255, 260, 
268, 320, 323, 326, 329, 331, 333, 338, 362 and 374. 

A minimum grade average of C on all courses attempted in psychology is required for 
graduation with either a major or minor in psychology. 

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to participate in the honors 
program in psychology. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Psychology," the 



PSYCHOLOGY 200 



student must complete satisfactorily a special sequence of courses (381,383), pass an oral or 
written examination, and earn an overall GPA of 3.2 with an average of 3.5 on work in 
psychology. In addition, the honors student normally has a non-credit research apprentice- 
ship with a faculty member. For more detailed information, members of the departmental 
faculty should be consulted. (Students satisfactorily completing Psychology 383 are not 
required to complete Psychology 392.) 

100. Learning to Learn. (3h) A workshop designed primarily for first- and second-year 
students who wish to improve their academic skills through the application of basic 
principles of learning, memory, organization, etc. Third- and fourth-year students by 
permission of the instructor only. Pass/Fail only. 

151. Introductory Psychology. (3h) A systematic survey of psychology as the scientific study 
of behavior. Prerequisite to all courses of a higher number. 

239. Altered States of Consciousness. (3h) Examination of altered states of consciousness 
with special reference to sleep and dreams, meditation, hypnosis, and drugs. P — PSY 151. 

241. Developmental Psychology. (3h) Survey of physical, emotional, cognitive, and social 
development in humans from conception to death. P — PSY 151. 

245. Survey of Abnormal Behavior. (3h) Study of problem behaviors such as depression, 
alcoholism, antisocial personality, the schizophrenias, and pathogenic personality patterns, 
with emphasis on causes, prevention, and the relationships of these disorders to normal 
lifestyles. P— PSY 151. 

250. Psychology Abroad. (3h) The study of psychology in foreign countries. Content and 
travel plans vary from year to year depending upon interests of faculty and students. Usually 
offered in summer. P — PSY 151. 

255. Personality. (3h) Survey of theory and research on the structure and function of human 
personality, with attention to the relationship to cognition, emotion, motivation, and 
behavior. P— PSY 151. 

260. Social Psychology. (3h) A survey of the field, including theories of social behavior, 
interpersonal attraction, attitudes and attitude change, and group behavior. P — PSY 151. 

265. Human Sexuality. (3h) An exploration of the psychological and physiological aspects of 
human sexuality, with attention to sexual mores, sexual deviances, sexual dysfunction, and 
sex-related roles. P— PSY 151. 

268. Industrial/Organization Psychology. (3h) Psychological principles and methods applied 
to problems commonly encountered in business and industry. P — PSY 151. 

270. Topics in Psychology, (lh) The student selects from among a group of short one-hour 
courses dealing with topics of special interest. The courses meet sequentially, not concur- 
rently, and options are offered in each portion of the semester. P — PSY 151. 



270 A Child Development and 


270 J 


Memory 


Social Policy 


27 ON 


Liking and Loving Relationships 


27 0B Persuasion and Social 


27 OP 


Animal Flying Behavior 


Propaganda 


27 OR 


Human Relations 


27 0C Psychology and the Law 


27 OS 


Primate Cognition 


27 0E Emotion 


27 0T 


Psychology of Sport 


27 OF Social Psychology of 


270U 


The Self and Social Behavior 


Physical Activity 


27 OX 


Psychobiology 



201 PSYCHOLOGY 



270G East Asian Psyche 270Y Women, Health, and Culture 

27 OH Intelligence 270Z Primate Models of Human Disorder 

280. Directed Study. (l-3h) Student research performed under faculty supervision. 
P — PSY 151 and approval of faculty member prior to registration. 

282. Independent Research. (l-3h) Independent reading or research conducted under faculty 
supervision. P — PSY 151 and approval of faculty member prior to registration. Pass/Fail only. 

310. Methods in Psychological Research. (4h) An introduction to statistics and research 
design for students minoring in psychology. P — PSY 151 (QR) 

311, 312. Research Methods in Psychology. (4h, 4h) Introduction to the design and statisti- 
cal analysis of psychological research. Lab — twice weekly. P — PSY 151 (QR) 

313. History and Systems of Psychology. (3h) The development of psychological thought and 
research from ancient Greece to the present. P — Two psychology courses beyond 151 or POL 

315. Vienna Psychologists. (3h) This course examines the roots of psychological theory in 
Vienna in the late nineteenth and early twentieth century. Focus is on how the thinking 
and practice of influential Viennese psychologists were affected by historical, political, 
and social contexts. Psychologists studied include Sigmund Freud, Adler, Fankl, Anna Freud, 
and Erikson. 

320. Physiological Psychology. (3h) Neurophysiological and neuroanatomical explanations 
of behavior. P— PSY 310 or 311 or POL 

322. Psychopharmacology. (3h) A survey of the influences of a wide range of psychoactive 
drugs, both legal and illegal, on human physiology, cognition, and behavior. P — PSY 151. 

323. Animal Behavior. (3h) A survey of laboratory and field research on animal behavior. 
P— PSY 310 or 311 or POI. 

326. Learning Theory and Research. (3h) Theory and current research in learning, with 
emphasis on applications of learning principles for behavior modification and comparisons 
across species. P— PSY 310 or 312. C— PSY 312. 

329. Perception. (3h) Survey of theory and research findings on various sensory systems 
(vision, hearing, touch, taste). P — PSY 310 or 312. 

331. Cognition. (3h) Current theory and research in cognitive processes. Emphasis is on 
memory, attention, visual and auditory information processing, concept identification/ 
formation, and language. P— PSY 310 or 312. C— PSY 312. 

333. Motivation of Behavior. (3h) Survey of basic motivational concepts and related evi- 
dence. P— Psychology 310 or 312. C— PSY 312. 

335. Fundamentals of Human Motivation. (3h) Description and analysis of some fundamen- 
tal motivational phenomena, with special reference to human problems; includes reward and 
punishment, conflict anxiety, affection, needs for achievement and power, aggression, creativ- 
ity, and curiosity. P — PSY 151. 

338. Emotion. (3h) Survey of theory methods and research in the area of emotion. Develop- 
mental, cultural, social-psychological, physiological, personality, and clinical perspectives on 
emotions are given. P — PSY 310 or 311. 



PSYCHOLOGY XOZ 



341. Research in Developmental Psychology. (3h) Methodological issues and selected research 
in developmental psychology. Research projects required. P — PSY 310 or 312. C — PSY 312. 

344. Abnormal Psychology. (3h) Descriptive analysis of the major types of abnormal be- 
havior with attention to organic, psychological, and cultural causes and major modes of 
therapy. P — PSY 151. Offered in the summer. 

346. Psychological Disorders of Childhood. (3h) Survey of problems including conduct 
disorders, attention deficits disorders, depression, and autism. Emphasis is on causes, 
prevention, treatment, and the relationships of disorders to normal child development and 
family life. P— PSY 245 or 344 or POL 

351. Personality Research. (3h) The application of a variety of research procedures to the 
study of human personality. Research projects required. P — PSY 310 or 311. 

355. Research in Social Psychology. (3h) Methodological issues and selected research in the 
study of the human as a social animal. Research projects required. P — PSY 310 or 311. 

357. Cross-Cultural Psychology. (3h) An examination of differences in psychological pro- 
cesses (e.g., attitudes, perception, mental health, organizational behavior) associated with 
cultural variation. P— PSY 310 or 311. (CD) 

359. Psychology of Gender. (3h) An exploration of the psychological similarities and 
differences between human males and females, including consideration of social, cognitive, 
motivational, biological, and developmental determinants of behavior. P — PSY 151. (CD) 

362. Psychological Testing. (3h) An overview of the development and nature of psychologi- 
cal tests with applications to school counseling, business, and clinical practice. Students have 
the opportunity to take a variety of psychological tests. P — PSY 310 or 311. 

363. Survey of Clinical Psychology. (3h) An overview of the field of clinical psychology. 
P — PSY 245 and senior standing or POL 

364. Prejudice, Discrimination, Racism, and Heterosexism. (3h) A comparison of various 
socio-cultural/ethnic/sexual groups' similarities and differences in the initiation, mainte- 
nance, and treatment of prejudice, discrimination, racism, and heterosexism, with an 
emphasis on past and current trends in the United States. P — PSY 151 or POL (CD) 

367. Effectiveness in Parent/Child Relations. (3h) A survey of popular approaches to child- 
rearing, with examination of the research literature on parent/child interaction and actual 
training in parental skills. P — PSY 151. 

374. Judgment and Decision-Making. (3h) A theoretical and empirical examination of how 
people make decisions and judgments about their lives and the world, and how these 
processes can be improved. P — PSY 310 or 311. 

381. Honors Seminar. (3h) Seminar on selected problems in psychology. Intended primarily 
for students in the departmental honors program. P — PSY 311 and POL 

383. Honors Research. (3h) Seminar in selected issues in research design, followed by 
independent empirical research under the supervision of a member of the departmental 
faculty. P— PSY 311 and POL 

392. Contemporary Issues in Psychology. (1.5h) Seminar treatment of current theory and 
research in several areas of psychology. Required for senior majors. P — PSY 311, P or C — 
PSY 312, and senior standing. 



203 



PSYCHOLOGY 



Religion (REL) 



Chair Stephen B. Boyd 

Albritton Professor of the Bible Fred L. Horton Jr. 

Easley Professor of Religion Stephen B. Boyd 

Professors John E. Collins, Kenneth G. Hoglund, Charles A. Kimball 

Zachary T. Smith Associate Professor Mary F. Foskett 

Associate Professors James Ford, Simeon llesanmi 

Assistant Professors Valerie C. Cooper, Elaine Swartzentruber 

Adjunct Professor Bill J. Leonard 

Adjunct Associate Professor Mark Jensen 

Visiting Assistant Professor Lynn Neal 

The study of religion is a way of organizing academic inquiry into how human beings and 
human cultures express and experience their religious needs, beliefs, and values. It involves 
the study of both specific religious traditions and the general nature of religion as a phenom- 
enon of human life. Using cross-cultural and interdisciplinary approaches, religious studies 
investigate and interpret systems of religious belief, the history of religious traditions, the 
function of religion in society, and forms of religious expression such as ritual, symbols, 
sacred narrative, scripture, practices, theological and philosophical reflection. Students of 
religion, whether adherents of a religion or of no religion, gain tools to understand, com- 
pare, and engage the phenomenon of religion and its role in human life and culture. 

A major in religion requires a minimum of twenty-four hours, of which eighteen must 
be in courses above the 100-level. Students must take at least one upper level course in a 
non-Western tradition. A variety of courses in comparative religion, African religious 
traditions, Asian religious traditions and Islam will satisfy this requirement. Introduction to 
Religion (REL 101) does not fulfill this requirement. 

"Open Curriculum" Alternative: Majors may request an "open curriculum" alternative 
to the normal requirements. A student with a particular thematic and/or research interest 
may propose a program of study to his or her adviser. The proposed curriculum under this 
option must be approved by the department's Undergraduate Committee. 

A minor in religion requires fifteen hours, nine of which must be above the 100-level. 
As with majors, students for the minor also must take at least one course in a non-Western 
tradition as noted above. The department provides advisers for students pursuing a minor. 

Highly qualified majors are encouraged to apply for admission to the honors program. 
Students who wish to pursue this option must apply to the department chair for admission 
to the honors program, normally by February of the junior year. Upon completion of all 
requirements, the candidate may graduate with "Honors in Religion." For additional 
information, consult any member of the department faculty. 

101. Introduction to Religion. (3h) A study of meaning and value as expressed in religious 
thought, experience, and practice. Focus varies with instructor. 

102. Introduction to the Bible. (3h) A study of the forms, settings, contents, and themes of 
the Old and New Testaments. Focus varies with instructor. 

103. Introduction to the Christian Tradition. (3h) A study of Christian experience, thought, 
and practice. Focus varies with instructor. 



RELIGION 



204 



104. Introduction to Asian Religions. (3h) A study of thought and practice within the major 
religious traditions of South and East Asia, generally including Hinduism, Buddhism, Islam, 
Confucianism, and Taoism. Focus may vary with instructor. (CD) 

210. Jerusalem in History and Tradition. (3h) An examination of the ways meaning and 
religious significance have been imparted to Jerusalem far beyond its significance in world 
history. 

218. Seminar in the Mediterranean World. (3h) Travel and study in such countries as Greece, 
Italy, Turkey, Egypt, Lebanon, Syria, and Israel. 

261. Foundations of Traditional Judaism. (1.5h) A study of rabbinic and medieval Judaism, 
emphasizing the post-biblical codification of Jewish thought in the Mishnah, Talmud, and 
midrash. 

262. Contemporary Judaism. (1.5h) A survey of Judaism today, including influences of the 
Enlightenment, Hasidism, Zionism, the Holocaust, and feminism. 

263. Contemporary Catholicism. (1.5h) An introduction to recent thought and practice in 
the Roman Catholic Church. 

265. Culture and Religion in Contemporary Native America. (3h) An interdisciplinary 
survey of American Indian culture, including the arts and literature, religions, and historical 
changes. Special emphasis is placed on the impact of the Conquista, encounters with North- 
ern Atlantic societies, and contemporary developments. Also listed as Humanities 285. (CD) 

266. Religious Sects and Cults. (3h) An examination of certain religious sects in America, 
including such groups as Jehovah's Witnesses, communal groups, and contemporary 
movements. 

273. World Religions in Dialogue. (3h) A team-taught course exploring issues and problems 
that arise from the interaction between religion, society, and culture worldwide. The choice 
of themes and religious traditions may vary in accordance with the instructors' areas of 
specialization and expertise. 

277. Faith and Imagination. (3h) A study of modern writers, including C. S. Lewis and 
J. R. R. Tolkien, who seek to retell the Christian story in imaginative terms. 

282. Honors in Religion. (3h) A conference course including directed reading and the 
writing of a research project. 

285. Seminar in Early Christian Studies. (3h) This seminar is designed specially to meet 
the needs of students earning the interdisciplinary minor in early Christian studies, but is 
not limited to them. It explores, from various points of view, the culture of the Mediterra- 
nean world from which Christianity was born and grew: literature and art, history and 
economics, religions, and philosophies. May be repeated for credit. Also listed as Classical 
Languages 285. 

286, 287. Directed Reading. (l-3h, l-3h) A project in an area of study not otherwise avail- 
able in the department. P — POL 

300. Approaches to the Study of Religion. (3h) This course explores the history of and 
methodological resources for the study of religion. The focus may vary somewhat according 
to the instructor, but the overall focus is on the ways religion has been defined, studied, and 
interpreted over the last several centuries. 



205 



RELIGION 



301. Myth. (3h) A study of the approaches to the interpretation of myth, with a focus on the 
meaning and values implicit in the myths of contemporary culture. 

302. Mysticism. (3h) A study of mysticism from a multireligious perspective, with emphasis 
on the psychological and sociological aspects of the phenomenon. 

303. Religion and Science. (3h) An examination of the ways in which religion and science 
have conflicted with, criticized, and complemented one another in the history of Western 
thought, with an emphasis on the issues raised by the contemporary dialogue. 

308. Sacred Scripture in the Traditions of Abraham. (3h) A comparative study of sacred texts 
in Judaism, Christianity, and Islam with particular attention to the issues of authority, func- 
tion and interpretation. 

310. The Prophetic Literature. (3h) An examination of the development and theological con- 
tents of the literary products of Israel's prophetic movement. 

311. The Psalms. (1.5h, 3h) A study of Hebrew poetry in English translation with special 
attention to its types, its literary and rhetorical characteristics, and its importance for our 
understanding of the religion and culture of ancient Israel. (The first half of the course may 
be taken for 1.5 hours and is a prerequisite for the second half.) 

312. The Critical Study of the Pentateuch. (3h) A study of the five traditional books of 
Moses (the Torah) and the various lines of analysis that modern Biblical critics have used to 
interpret their composition and role in the development of Israelite theological thought. 

313. Near Eastern Archeology. (3h) A survey of twentieth century archeology in the Near 
East with attention to its importance for Biblical studies. 

314. Ancient Israel and Her Neighbors. (1.5h) A study of ancient Near Eastern archeology 
with special emphasis on Israel's relationships with surrounding peoples. 

315. 316. Field Research in Biblical Archeology. (3h, 3h) A study of the religion and culture 
of the ancient Near East through the excavation and interpretation of an ancient site. 

317. Wisdom Literature. (3h) An examination of the development, literary characteristics, 
and theological contents of the works of ancient Israel's sages. 

318. Feminist and Contemporary Interpretations of the New Testament. (3h) A study of 
feminist and contemporary approaches to the New Testament in light of the history of New 
Testament interpretation and a range of contemporary concerns and interpretive contexts. 

319. Visions of the End: Jewish and Christian Apocalyptic. (3h) Reading and study of 
Daniel, Revelation, and certain non-Biblical apocalyptic texts. 

320. The Search for Jesus. (3h) A study of issues, assumptions, evidence, and debate that 
shapes the continuing quest for the historical Jesus. 

321. Introduction to the New Testament. (3h) An intensive introduction to the literature of 
the canonical New Testament along with methodologies for its study. 

322. The General Epistles. (3h) An exegetical study of two or more of the general Epistles, 
with emphasis on the setting of the Epistles in the life of the Early Church. 

323. The Parables of Jesus. (3h) An examination of the historical, social, cultural, and 
theological significance of the parables of Jesus as recorded in the synoptic gospels. 



RELIGION 206 



324. Early Christian Literature. (3h) An examination of various literatures and perspectives 
of the first three centuries of the Christian movement. 

325. Theology and Contemporary Literature. (3h) An exploration of religious themes in a 
variety of contemporary literature such as Salinger, Walker and Silko with attention given to 
the intersections and differences between theological and literary writing. 

326. Early Christian Theologians: Paul. (3h) An introduction to the Pauline interpretation of 
Christianity and its place in the life of the early church. 

327. The Story of Jesus. (3h) Reading, critical study, and interpretation of one of the 
canonical Gospels. 

330. Comparative Religious Ethics. (3h) A comparative study of the moral values and socio- 
ethical positions in the major religious traditions of the world, with particular focus on their 
various methods of reasoning and sources of authority. 

331. Christian Ethics and Social Justice. (3h) An inquiry from a Christian perspective into 
different theoretical and practical responses to issues of justice in society. 

335. Religious Ethics and the Problem of War. (3h) An examination of the causes and 
characteristics of war, various religious responses to it, and approaches to peacemaking, with 
attention to selected contemporary issues. 

336. Religious Traditions and Human Rights. (3h) A study of relationships and tensions 
between religious traditions and human rights, with illustrations from historical and contem- 
porary issues and movements. 

338. Religion, Ethics, and Politics. (3h) An examination of ethical issues in religion and 
politics using materials from a variety of sources and historical periods. 

339. Religion, Society, and Power in Africa. (3h) An interdisciplinary study of the growth 
transformations of Africa's major religious traditions (Christianity, Islam, and the indigenous 
religions), and of their relations with secular social changes. (CD) 

340. Men's Studies and Religion. (3h) An examination of the ways in which masculine sex- 
role expectations and male experiences have both shaped religious ideas, symbols, rituals, 
institutions, and forms of spirituality and have been shaped by them. Attention is given to 
the ways in which race, class, and sexual orientation affect those dynamics. 

341. Civil Rights and Black Consciousness Movements. (3h) A social and religious history of 
the African-American struggle for citizenship rights and freedom from World War II to the 
present. Also listed as History 376. (CD) 

345. The African- American Religious Experience. (3h) An exploration of the religious 
dimensions of African- American life from its African antecedents to contemporary figures 
and movements. (CD) 

346. Pentecostalism in Global Perspective. (3h) An examination of the history, theology, and 
practices of Pentecostalism, the fastest growing Christian movement worldwide. The study 
focuses on origins among poor whites and recently freed African Americans, and the expan- 
sion in South America, Asia, and Africa. 

347. The Emerging Church in the Two-Thirds World. (3h) An investigation of contemporary 
Christian communities in Africa, Asia, the Caribbean, and Latin America with special atten- 
tion to theological, political, and economic activities. (CD) 



207 



RELIGION 



348. Reconciling Race. (3h) Comparative history of twentieth-century racial oppression, 
black rebellion, and religious reconciliation. Also listed as History 378. (CD) 

350. Psychology of Religion. (3h) An examination of the psychological elements in the 
origin, development, and expression of religious experience. 

351. Religion and Society. (3h) A study of religion as a social phenomenon and its relation- 
ship to political, economic, and other structures of society. Also listed as Sociology 301. 

354. Religious Development of the Individual. (3h) A study of growth and development 
from infancy through adulthood, with emphasis on the role of the home and the church in 
religious education. 

355. Theology of Pastoral Care and Counseling. (3h) A study of the relationship between 
theology and the purpose, theories, and methods of pastoral care. 

359. Hinduism in America. (3h) A study of the meanings, values, and practices associated 
with the religions of Hinduism in dialogue with the dominant culture of America. 

360. World Religions. (3h) An examination of the ideas and practices of major religious 
traditions in their historical and cultural contexts. Focus varies with instructor. (CD) 

361. The Buddhist World of Thought and Practice. (3h) A survey of the development of 
Buddhism from India to Southeast Asia, China, Tibet, Japan, and the West, focusing on the 
transformation of Buddhist teachings and practices in these different social and cultural 
contexts. (CD) 

362. Islam. (3h) An examination of the origins and development of Islam. Particular atten- 
tion is given to the formation of Islamic faith and practice, as well as contemporary manifes- 
tations of Islam in Asia, Africa, and North America. 

363. The Religions of Japan. (3h) A study of the central religious traditions of Japan from 
pre-history to the present, including Shinto, Buddhism, Zen Buddhism, Christianity, and 
Confucianism. (CD) 

364. Conceptions of the Afterlife. (3h) An examination of the variety of answers given to the 
question: "What happens after death?" Particular attention is given to the views of Jews, 
Christians, Muslims, Hindus, and Buddhists and the ways their views relate to life in this 
world. 

365. History of Religions in America. (3h) A study of American religions from colonial times 
until the present. 

366. Gender and Religion. (3h) An examination of the historical and contemporary interac- 
tion between religion and sex roles, sexism, and sexuality. 

367. The Mystics of the Church. (3h) A historical study of the lives and thought of selected 
Christian mystics with special attention to their religious experience. 

368. Protestant and Catholic Reformations. (3h) A study of the origin and development of 
Reformation theology and ecclesiology. 

369. Radical Christian Movements. (3h) A study of selected radical movements in the 
Christian tradition and their relation to contemporary issues. 

370. Women and Christianity. (3h) A study of the roles and contributions of women within 
Christian traditions throughout history and analysis of the mechanisms of their oppression 
and liberation within those traditions. 

RELIGION 208 



371. Theology and Sexual Embodiment. (3h) A survey of theological responses to human 
sexuality with special emphasis on contemporary issues. 

372. History of Christian Thought. (3h) A study of recurring patterns in Christian thought 
across time and cultures and some of the implications of those patterns in representative 
ancient and modern Christian figures. 

373. Cinema and the Sacred. (3h) An investigation of select theological and religious themes 
in contemporary film. 

374. Contemporary Christian Thought. (3h) An examination of the major issues and 
personalities in modern theology. 

376. Christian Literary Classics. (3h) A study of Christian texts which are masterpieces of 
literature as well as faith, including works by Augustine, Dante, Pascal, Bunyan, Milton, and 
Newman. 

377. The Problem of Evil from Job to Shakespeare. (3h) A comparative analysis of the 
source and remedy of evil in Job, Aeschylus, Sophocles, Plato, Dante, and Shakespeare. 

379. Feminist and Liberation Theologies. (3h) An exploration of social, political, and 
religious contexts that have given rise to contemporary theological understandings of 
salvation as freedom from conditions of oppression, poverty and exploitation. 

380. The Main Streams of Chinese Philosophy and Religion. (3h) An introduction to the 
most important traditions in Chinese philosophy and religion: Confucianism, Daosim 
(Taolism), and Chinese Buddhism or Chinese Chan (Zen) Buddhism. Also listed as Philoso- 
phy 253. 

381. Zen Buddhism. (3h) An examination of the origins and development of Zen Buddhism 
from China (Ch'an) to Japan and contemporary America. Particular attention is given to 
Zen doctrine and practice in the context of the broader Buddhist tradition. 

382. Religion and Culture in China. (3h) A thematic study of Chinese religious culture 
focusing on history, ritual, scripture, and popular practice. Additional topics include 
cosmology, ancestor veneration, shamanism, divination, and the role of women. (CD) 

383. The Quran. (3h) An introduction to the history, content, and main approaches to the 
sacred book of Islam. The primary focus is on the early centuries of Islam and major 
developments in the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. 

384. Muhammad: Prophet and Paradigm. (3h) An exploration of the issues, assumptions, 
evidence, and debates that frame the various ways Muslims and non-Muslims understand 
the prophet of Islam. 

390. Special Topics in Religion. (1.5h-3h) Religion courses dealing with topics of special 
interest. 

395. Seminar in Jewish-Christian Relations. (3h) Study of Jewish-Christian relations in 
historical, social, political, and religious context. Focus varies with instructor. 

Near Eastern Languages and Literature (NLL) 

111, 112. Elementary Hebrew. (3h, 3h) A course for beginners in the classical Hebrew of the 
Bible, with emphasis on the basic principles of grammar and the reading of biblical texts. 
Both semesters must be completed. 



209 



RELIGION 



HIM. Elementary Arabic in an Immersion Setting. (6h) A five- week introduction to Modern 
Standard Arabic. Taught during the summer in Fez, Morocco. 

113M. Colloquial Moroccan Arabic in an Immersion Setting. (3h) A five-week course taught 
during the summer in Fez, Morocco. Presents the rudiments of the spoken dialect with an 
emphasis on developing the necessary structures for everyday interactions with native 
speakers. Can be taught with or without recourse to the Arabic script depending on student 
interest. Students wishing to register must complete an application early in the preceding 
spring semester in the Center for International Studies and must be admitted to the course. 

153. Intermediate Hebrew. (3h) Intensive work in Hebrew grammar and syntax. Based upon 
the reading of selected texts. Readings emphasize post-biblical Hebrew. P — Hebrew 111, 
112 or the equivalent. 

211. Hebrew Literature. (3h) The reading and discussion of significant Biblical Hebrew texts. 
P— Hebrew 153. 

212. Hebrew Literature II. (3h) The reading and discussion of significant Biblical and post- 
Biblical texts. P — Hebrew 153. On request. 

301. Introduction to Semitic Languages. (3h) A comparative study of the history and struc- 
ture of the languages of the Semitic family. On request. 

302. Akkadian I. (3h) An analysis of the phonology, morphology, and syntax of the East 
Semitic languages of the ancient Near East as they relate to the larger family of Semitic 
languages. On request. 

303. Akkadian II. (3h) A continuation of Akkadian I (NLL 302) with further emphasis on 
building expertise in vocabulary and syntax through the reading of texts from the Middle 
Babylonian period. On request. 

310. Intermediate Readings in Classical Hebrew, (lh) Analysis of selected texts designed to 
expand the student's facility with Hebrew. May be repeated for credit. 

311. Aramaic. (3h) The principles of Aramaic morphology, grammar, and syntax based on 
readings from the Bible and other ancient Near Eastern texts. P — NLL 112 or POL On 
request. 

314. Readings from the Rabbis. (3h) Texts in Hebrew and Aramaic from the Talmud and 
Midrash. P— NLL 311 or POL On request. 

315. Syriac. (3h) A study of the grammar, syntax, and scripts of Syriac based on the reading 
of selected texts. P — NLL 311 or POL On request. 

321, 322. Introduction to Middle Egyptian I & II. (3h, 3h) The phonology, morphology, and 
grammar of Middle Egyptian. On request. 

325. Coptic. (3h) The phonology, morphology, and grammar of Sahidic Coptic with special 
emphasis on the texts from Nag Hammadi. Some knowledge of Greek is helpful. On request. 



RELIGION 2IO 



Romance Languages 

Chair Wake Forest Professor Candelas S. Gala 

Professors Milorad Margitic', Antonio C. Vitti, Byron R. Wells, M. Stanley Whitley 

Associate Professors Jane W. Albrecht, Sarah E. Barbour, Mary L. Friedman, 

Linda S. Howe, Judy K. Kem, Soledad Miguel-Prendes, 

Stephen Murphy, Maria Teresa Sanhueza 

Assistant Professors Margaret Ewalt, J. Michael Fulton, Ola Furmanek, Luis Gonzalez, 

Anne E. Hardcastle, Kathryn Mayers, Roberta Morosini, Kendall B. Tarte 

Visiting Assistant Professor Ana Leon-Tavora 

Lecturers Elizabeth Mazza Anthony, Corrado Corradini, Jesus Pico-Argel 

Instructors Jorge Aviles-Diz, Justin Bennett, Celia Garzon-Arrabal, Renee Gutierrez, 

Veronique M. McNelly, Jenny Puckett, Maria Dolores Santamaria, Encarna Turner, 

Elisabeth d'Empaire Wilbert, Jennifer Wooten, Itza Zavala Garrett 

The department offers programs leading to majors in French and Spanish, minors in French, 
Italian, and Spanish, and certificates in Spanish and French for Business, and in Spanish 
translation and Spanish interpreting. The requirements for completion of each degree pro- 
gram are those in effect in the bulletin year when the declaration of the major, minor, and 
certificate occurs. 

The major in French Studies requires a minimum of nine three-hour French courses 
numbered above 213. French 215, 216, 219, 370, one of the genre courses (363, 364, or 
365), and four other courses are required. Students are advised and encouraged to take 
related courses in other areas of the University curriculum, such as History 317, 321, and 
322, and Humanities 222. Students must achieve at least a C grade in each course in the 
major. In order to count for the major, 219 must be taken at Wake Forest. Credit towards 
the major cannot be received for both 220 and 2202. 

The minor in French Studies requires a minimum of six three-hour French courses 
numbered above 213. French 215, 216, 219, and three other courses are required. With 
departmental approval, equivalent courses may be selected from the Dijon program, and 
certain other substitutions may be made. In order to count for the minor, 219 must be taken 
at Wake Forest. Credit towards the major cannot be received for both 220 and 2202. 

The major in Spanish requires a minimum of nine three-hour Spanish courses numbered 
above 213. Spanish 217, 218, 219 or 2199, plus three advanced courses in literature, of 
which one must be in Spanish literature and one in Spanish-American literature, and three 
electives are required. Students must achieve at least a C grade in each course in the major. 
In order to count for the major, 219 must be taken at Wake Forest or as 2199 in Salamanca. 

The minor in Spanish requires a minimum of six three-hour courses in Spanish num- 
bered above 213. Spanish 217, 218, 219 and one advanced course in literature are required. 
With departmental approval, equivalent courses may be selected from the programs in 
Salamanca, Burgos, or Havana, and certain other substitutions may be made. 

The minor in Italian language and culture requires fifteen hours in Italian above Italian 
153. It includes Italian 215, 216, 219, 220, and 224 or their equivalents. Students must 
achieve at least a C grade in each course in the minor. 



211 ROMANCE LANGUAGES 



Certificate in Spanish for Business requires twelve hours above Spanish 219. It includes 
Spanish 329, 330, 381, 382, and any course above Spanish 213 (excluding 219) in any area 
of Hispanic literature or culture. 

Certificate in Spanish Translation/Localization (STL) teaches strategies of Spanish into 
English translation and introduces students to various software language applications; 
includes an internship in a professional translation environment (384). Hours: 13-15. 
Requirements include Spanish 380 and 381, Linguistics 383, and either Spanish 329 or 382. 

Certificate in Spanish Interpreting (SI) teaches strategies for different types of Spanish/ 
English interpreting; includes an internship (384). Hours: 10-12. Requirements include one 
literature course above Spanish 213, 382, 384, and any one of the following: Spanish 329 or 
380 or 381, or Linguistics 383. 

Certificate in French for Business requires twelve hours above French 219. It includes 
French 221, 329, 330, and one additional course in French. 

All majors, minors, and certificate students are strongly urged to take advantage of the 
department's study abroad programs. 

The honors designation in Romance languages is a recognition of outstanding scholar- 
ship in the field, as evidenced by academic achievement, critical thinking, and intellectual 
initiative. Highly qualified majors selected by the Romance language faculty are invited to 
participate in the honors program. 

The honors program requires completion of 390 (Directed Reading, 1 hour) and 391 
(Directed Research, 3 hours). Coursework in 390 during the fall semester includes reading 
and discussion of a number of texts on the selected topic, and a written exam covering these 
texts. At the end of fall semester, the student submits an annotated bibliography and an 
abstract of the honors thesis. Coursework for 391 during the spring semester consists of 
writing the thesis following a schedule established by the director and the student. At the 
end of spring semester, the honors student defends the thesis orally to appropriate faculty 
for final approval. 

Intensive Summer Language Institute (ISLI) 

Purpose: ISLI is a language immersion program. It offers a curriculum that enables students 
to achieve the necessary proficiencies in the Spanish language at the beginning-intermediate 
level and be better prepared to perform in subsequent courses in which they may enroll. 

Intensive Summer Language Institute (ISLI) on the Wake Forest Campus. ISLI on campus 
offers Spanish 153S. Intensive Beginning and Intermediate Spanish in an Immersion Setting. 
(8h). This is an accelerated five-week course in an immersion setting that is offered in the 
first and second summer terms. Class size is reduced for individualized instruction. Require- 
ments include daily classes, six hours per day; one-hour daily lunches with instructors in the 
target language; two-hour extra curricular activities two evenings per week; two Saturday 
mornings; housing in the language designated residence hall (optional); pledge to speak the 
target language. 

Intensive Summer Language Institute (ISLI) in Italy. (8h) Wake Forest conducts a six-week 
immersion program in elementary or intermediate Italian during a special summer term, five 
weeks in Casa Artom in Venice and one week in another Italian location. Students enroll in 
either Italian 113V or 153V 



ROMANCE LANGUAGES 212 



Intensive Summer Language Institute (ISLI) in Latin America. (8h) Wake Forest conducts a 
six-week immersion program in elementary or intermediate Spanish during a special summer 
term, either at the Instituto Tecnologico de Estudios Superiores de Monterrey en Queretaro 
Mexico or at the Pontificia Universidad Catolica del Ecuador in Quito, Ecuador. Students 
stay with Mexican or Ecuadorian families and enroll in either Spanish 113Q or 153Q. 

Information on courses offered as part of the Intensive Summer Language Institute is 
included in the course listings. 

French (FRH) 

111, 112. Elementary French. (3h, 3h) A two-semester sequence designed to help students 
develop the ability to understand and speak French and also learn to read and write French 
at the elementary level. Labs required. 

113. Intensive Elementary French. (4h) A course reviewing the material of 111-112 in one 
semester, intended for students whose preparation for 153 is inadequate. Credit not given 
for both 113 and 111 or 112. Labs required. By placement or faculty recommendation. 

113F. Intensive Elementary French in an Immersion Setting. (8h) A six-week intensive course 
designed for students with a maximum of one semester of previous study in French, taught 
during the summer in France or a francophone country. Students wishing to register must 
complete an application early in the preceding spring semester in the Department of 
Romance Languages and must be admitted to the course. Credit is not given for both French 
113Fandll2. 

153. Intermediate French. (4h) Intermediate-level course covering the structure of the lang- 
uage, developing students' reading, writing, and conversation skills and preparing them for 
oral and written discussion of literary texts in French 213. Note that 153 and other 153 
marked courses (154, 153F) are mutually exclusive. P — FRH 111-112, or 113, or placement. 
Labs required. 

153F. Intermediate French in an Immersion Setting. (6h) A five-week course in French, 
taught during the summer in France or a francophone country. Covers the language and 
cultures of the francophone world. No student may receive credit for both 153 and 153F. 
Students wishing to register must complete an application for the summer study-abroad 
program to be admitted. P— FRH 112, 113 or POL 

154. Accelerated Intermediate French. (3h) An intensive, intermediate-level course intended 
for students with a stronger background than required of 153 students. It offers the oppor- 
tunity to develop further their reading, writing, and conversation skills and prepare them for 
oral and written discussion of literary texts in French 213. Labs required. P — POI or 
placement. 

196. French Across the Curriculum. (1.5h) Coursework in French done as an adjunct to 
specially-designated courses throughout the college curriculum. May be taken for grade or 
Pass/Fail. P— POI. 

197. French for Reading Knowledge. (1.5) Review of essential French grammar usage, 
vocabulary and processing strategies for reading types of literary, social science, and 
technical publications for content. Designed for students interested mainly in strengthening 
reading proficiency in the language, and aimed at preparing students to take the graduate 



213 



ROMANCE LANGUAGES 



reading exam administered at the end of the course. P — Intermediate French, or its equiva- 
lent, and placement exam. Undergraduate credit given. Offered only in the first half of the 
semester. Pass/Fail only. 

198. Internship in French Language. (1.5h or 3h) Under faculty direction, a student under- 
takes a language project in conjunction with an off-campus service commitment or intern- 
ship. Includes, but is not limited to, vocabulary building, keeping a journal, and reading 
professional material. P — FRH 219 or POL Pass/Fail only. 

213. Introduction to French Literature. (3h) Analysis and discussion of selected readings in 
French and francophone literature. Parallel reading and reports. Does not count toward the 
major or the minor. P — FRH 153 or equivalent. 

213H. Introduction to French Literature (Honors). (3h) In the honors section of Introduc- 
tion to French Literature, texts covered are much the same as those presented in other 
French 213 sections, but coursework focuses more intensely on developing effective reading 
strategies and on improving written and oral expression in the language. Benefits include 
smaller class size and more opportunity for student involvement. Intended for students with 
a good background in French (shown, for example, by a 3, 4, or 5 on the AP French Lang- 
uage Exam, by a high Wake Forest placement exam score, or by completion of French 154). 
P— FRH 153 and POL 

215. Introduction to French Studies. (3h) An orientation in French and francophone cultures 
through their historical development and their various forms. Includes the study of literary, 
historical, and social texts, and possibly films, art, and music. Required for major. (A student 
taking 2152 as part of the Dijon program would receive credit for this course. Please see the 
description of the Dijon program for details.) (CD) 

216. Studies in French Literature and Culture. (3h) Study of the ways in which various 
aspects of French culture appear in different literary genres over certain periods of time. 
Emphasis is placed on reading and discussion of selected representative texts. Topics vary 
from section to section. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. Required for major. 
P— FRH 213 or POL (CD) 

217F. Conversation, Culture, and Literature. (8h) A six-week course taught in the summer in 
France or a francophone country. Includes both language study and literary texts. No 
student may receive credit for both 217F and for 220 or 216. Students wishing to register 
must complete an application early in the preceding spring semester in the Department of 
Romance Languages and must be admitted to the course. P — FRH 213 or equivalent. 

219. Composition and Review of Grammar. (4h) A systematic review of the fundamental 
principles of comparative grammar, with practical training in writing idiomatic French. 
Required for major. P — FRH 153 or equivalent. 

220. French Conversation. (3h) A language course based on cultural materials. Designed to 
perfect students' aural skills and oral proficiency by systematically increasing their vocabu- 
lary and reinforcing their command of specific grammatical points. Short written works are 
assigned. Includes a regularly scheduled language lab one hour per week. P — FRH 153 

or equivalent. 



ROMANCE LANGUAGES 



214 



221. Introduction to Translation. (3h) Introduction to translation strategies through theory 
and practice. Emphasis is on translation of a broad variety of texts, including different 
literary and journalistic modes. Attention is given to accuracy in vocabulary, structures, 
forms, and to cultural concerns. P — FRH 219 or POL 

222. French Phonetics. (3h) A study of the principles of standard French pronunciation, with 
emphasis on their practical application as well as on their theoretical basis. 

281. French Independent Study. (1.5-3h) P — Permission of the department. 

319. Advanced Grammar and Stylistics. (3h) Review and application of grammatical struc- 
tures for the refinement of writing techniques. Emphasis is on the use of French in a variety 
of discourse types. Attention is given to accuracy and fluency of usage in the written lang- 
uage. P — FRH 219 or equivalent or POI Graduate-level students conduct and present in- 
depth research projects. 

329. Introduction to Business French. (3h) An introduction to the use of French in business. 
This course emphasizes oral and written practices, reading, and French business culture, as 
well as a comprehensive analysis of different business topics and areas. P — FRH 219 or POI. 

330. Advanced Business French. (3h) Development of advanced skills in French for business. 
Emphasis is placed on oral and written business presentations, reading comprehension of 
case studies related to the French business world, and cross-cultural awareness. P — FRH 329 
or POI. 

360. Cinema and Society. (3h) A study of French and francophone cultures through cinema. 
Readings and films may include film as artifact, film theory, and film history. P — FRH 215 or 
POI. (CD) 

363. Trends in French Poetry. (3h) A study of the development of the poetic genre with 
analysis and interpretation of works from each period. P — FRH 215 or POI. 

364. French Prose Fiction. (3h) A broad survey of French prose fiction, with critical study of 
several masterpieces in the field. P — FRH 215 or POI. 

365. French Drama. (3h) A study of the chief trends in French dramatic art, with reading 
and discussion of representative plays from selected periods: Baroque, Classicism, and 
Romanticism, among others. P — FRH 215 or POI. 

370. Seminar in French Studies. (3h) An in-depth study of particular aspects of selected lit- 
erary and cultural works from different genres and/or periods. Topics vary from semester to 
semester. Required for major. Graduate-level students conduct and present in-depth research 
projects. Can be repeated for credit. P — FRH 215 or POI. (CD) 

375. Special Topics. (1.5h or 3h) Selected themes and approaches to French literature trans- 
cending boundaries of time and genre. Topics to be chosen by staff in consultation with 
majors prior to the term the course is offered. May be repeated once for credit. P — FRH 215 
or POI. 

390. Directed Reading. (1.5h) Required for honors in French. 

391. Directed Research. (3h) Extensive reading and/or research to meet individual needs. 
Required for departmental honors. P — Permission of the department. 



2I 5 



ROMANCE LANGUAGES 



Semester in France 

The department sponsors a semester in Dijon, France, the site of a well-established French 
university. Students go as a group in the fall semester, accompanied by a departmental 
faculty member. 

Majors in all disciplines are eligible. Juniors are given preference, but well-qualified 
sophomores are also considered. Applicants should have completed the basic foreign 
language requirement (French 213 or equivalent), or should do so before going to Dijon. 
They are encouraged — but not required — to take one course or more above the level, 
preferably French 219 (Composition and Review of Grammar). 

Students are placed in language courses according to their level of ability in French, as 
ascertained by a test given at Dijon. Courses are taught by native French professors. The 
resident director supervises academic, residential, and extracurricular affairs and has general 
oversight of independent study projects. 

2152. Studies in French Language and Culture. (6h) Familiarization with the language and 
culture of France and its people. Courses in conversational and idiomatic French, practice in 
writing, participation in French family life, lectures on selected topics, and excursions to 
points of historical and cultural significance. Satisfies French 215 requirement for major or 
minor. 

2202. Advanced Oral and Written French. (3h) Study of grammar, composition, pronuncia- 
tion, and phonetics, with extensive practice in oral and written French. 

2232. Contemporary France. (3h) A study of present-day France, including aspects of 
geography and consideration of social, political, and educational factors in French life today. 

2402. Independent Study. (1.5-3h) One of several fields; scholar's journal and research paper. 
Supervision by the director of the semester in France. Work may be supplemented by lectures 
on the subject given at the Universite de Bourgogne Faculte des Lettres et Sciences Humaines. 

2742. Special Topics in French Literature. (1.5h) Selected topics in French literature; topics 
vary from year to year. 

Art 2712. Studies in French Art. (3h) Lectures and field trips in French painting, sculpture, 
and architecture, concentrating on the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. Counts for the 
major in French studies. 

Italian (ITA) 

111, 112. Elementary Italian. (3h, 3h) A course for beginners, covering grammar essentials 
and emphasizing speaking, writing, and the reading of elementary texts. Lab required. These 
two courses count for students in the Venice program. 

113. Intensive Elementary Italian. (4h) Intensive course for beginners, emphasizing the struc- 
ture of the language and oral practice. Recommended for students in the Venice program 
and for language minors. Credit not given for both ITA 113 and ITA 111 or 112. Lab 
required. Lecture. By placement or faculty recommendation. Offered every semester. 

113V. Intensive Elementary Italian in an Immersion Setting. (8h) A six-week intensive course 
in Italian taught during the summer in Venice, Italy, designed for students with a maximum 
of one semester of previous study in Italian. Covers language and culture. Students wishing 
to register must complete an application early in the spring semester in the Department of 

ROMANCE LANGUAGES 2l6 



Romance Languages and be admitted to the course. Credit not given for both ITA 113V and 
ITA112. 

153. Intermediate Italian. (4h) Continuation of 113, with emphasis on speaking, developing 
students' reading, writing skills and preparing them for oral and written discussion of 
literary texts in ITA 215. Lab required. P — ITA 113. 

154. Intermediate Italian. (3h) An intermediate-level course intended for students who have 
taken the 111-112 sequence. It offers the opportunity to develop further their reading, 
writing and conversation skills and prepare for oral and written discussion of literary texts 
in ITA 215. Lab required. P— ITA 111-112. 

196. Italian Across the Curriculum. (1.5h) Coursework in Italian done as an adjunct to 
specially-designated courses throughout the college curriculum. May be taken for grade or 
Pass/Fail. P— POL 

197. Italian for Reading Knowledge. (1.5h) Review of essential Italian grammar, usage, voca- 
bulary, and processing strategies for reading various types of literary, social science, and 
technical publications for content. Designed for students interested mainly in strengthening 
reading proficiency in the language and aimed at preparing students to take the graduate 
reading exam administered at the end of the course. Undergraduate credit given. P — Inter- 
mediate Italian or equivalent and placement exam. Offered in the first half of the semester. 

215. Introduction to Italian Literature. (3h) Reading of selected texts in Italian. P — ITA 153 
or equivalent. A/50 offered in Venice. 

216. Literary and Cultural Studies of Italy. (3h) Study of selected texts, cultural trends, and 
intellectual movements. Intended for students interested in continuing Italian beyond the 
basic requirements. P — ITA 215 or POL 

219. Grammar and Composition. (4h) Review of the basics of structure and vocabulary; 
detailed examination of syntax and idiomatic expressions; practice in translation of texts 
of diverse styles and from varied sources; and free composition. P — ITA 215 or 216 or 
equivalent. 

220. Advanced Conversation and Composition. (3h) Practice in speaking and writing Italian, 
stressing correctness of sentence structure, and emphasis on phonetics, pronunciation, 
fluency, and vocabulary for everyday situations. P — ITA 215 or 216. 

224. Italian Regional Cultures. (3h) The course focuses on different aspects of regional 
cultures in Italy. Emphasis is placed on local lifestyles, literatures, and cinematography. 
Regional cultures and historic background are analyzed and compared through class demon- 
strations and cultural artifacts. P — ITA 216 or POL 

281. Italian Independent Study. (1.5-3h) P — Permission of department. 

325. Italian Neorealism in Films and Novels. (3h) This course is designed to provide the 
students with an understanding of the history, philosophy, politics, artistic movements and 
civic renaissance of postwar Italian life. By discussing the most important films, novels, short 
stories, essays, poetry and discussions of the time, the students discovers and learns about 
Neorealism. P— ITA 216 or POL 

326. Comedy in Italian Cinema. (3h) A study of modern Italian society through the analysis 
of films from the 1950s to the present. Taught in Italian. P — ITA 216 or POL 



217 



ROMANCE LANGUAGES 



327. Modern Italian Cinema. (3h) A study of the major developments of modern Italian 
cinema. Full-length feature films by Federico Fellini, Ettore Scola, Pier Paolo Pasolini, 
Bernardo Bertolucci, Marco Bellocchio, Gianni Amelio, Nanni Moretti, Gabriele Moretti 
Salvatores, Guiseppe Tornatore, Massimo Troisi, Roberto Benigni, and other Italian film- 
makers are studied and discussed from different perspectives. P — ITA 216 or POL 

328. Dante's Divine Comedy. (3h) An introduction to Italian medieval literature and culture 
through a selected, critical reading of Dante's masterpiece and other medieval texts. This 
course introduces students to the intellectual and social context of the Italian Middle Ages 
by relating the texts to the cultural, political, social, and philosophical concerns of the 
period. P— ITA 216 or POL 

329. Introduction to Renaissance Literature and Culture. (3h) An examination of the cul- 
ture of the Italian Renaissance. Topics include the ideal of the artist, the ideal of the courtier, 
the epic genre, the political debates in Florence, the figure of the artist/scientist Leonardo da 
Vinci, the figure of the navigator, and daily life in Italian cities studied from different social 
classes and perspectives. P — ITA 216 or POL 

330. Cinematic Adaptation and Literary Inspiration. (3h) Students examine cinematic adap- 
tations of literary works by reading closely the literary texts and viewing their visual 
counterparts. Students investigate the strategies of adaptation, as well as the criteria by 
which films based on novels can be evaluated as works of art in their own right. P — ITA 216 
or POL 

375. Special Topics. (3h) Selected special topics in Italian literature. P — ITA 216 or POL 

Semester in Venice 

1533. Intermediate Italian. (3h) Intensive exposure to speaking, listening, reading and wri- 
ting at the intermediate level with special emphasis on the surrounding Venetian culture. 
Counts as equivalent to Italian 153. P — ITA 113 or 111-112 sequence. Only taught in 
Venice. 

2173. Studies of Italy. (3h) A survey course on Italian literature from authors from the 
various regions of Italy and on special cultural themes such as Italian immigration and new 
immigrations in Italy to give to students in Venice a deeper and broader understanding of 
Italian cultural complexity. P — ITA 215 or 216 or POL Only taught in Venice. 

See the course listings under Italian for descriptions and prerequisites. 

Spanish (SPA) 

111-112. Elementary Spanish. (3h, 3h) A two-semester sequence designed to help students 
develop the ability to understand and speak Spanish and also learn to read and write 
Spanish at the elementary level. Labs required. 

113. Intensive Elementary Spanish. (4h) A course reviewing the material of 111-112 in one 
semester, intended for students whose preparation for 153 is inadequate. Credit not given 
for both 113 and 111 or 112. Labs required. By placement or faculty recommendation. 

113Q. Intensive Elementary Spanish in an Immersion Setting. (5h) A six-week intensive 
course in Spanish, taught during the summer in Quito, Ecuador, or Queretaro, Mexico. 



ROMANCE LANGUAGES 



21; 



Designed for students with a maximum of one semester of previous study in Spanish. Covers 
the language and cultures of the Spanish-speaking world. Students wishing to register must 
complete an application early in the preceding spring semester in the Department of 
Romance Languages and be admitted to the course. Credit not given for both Spanish 113Q 
and 112. 

153. Intermediate Spanish. (4h) Intermediate-level course covering the structure of the 
language, developing students' reading, writing, and conversation skills and preparing them 
for oral and written discussion of literary texts in Spanish 213. Note that 153 and other 
intermediate courses (154, 153Q) are mutually exclusive. P — SPA 111-112, or 113, or 
placement. Labs required. 

153Q. Intensive Intermediate Spanish in an Immersion Setting. (5h) A six-week intensive 
course in Spanish, taught during the summer in Quito, Ecuador, or Queretaro, Mexico. 
Classes meet five hours a day and cover speaking, listening, reading, writing and the cultures 
of the Spanish-speaking world. Special activities include day-trips to sites of cultural interest. 
P — SPA 112, 113 or two or three years of high school Spanish. No student may receive 
credit for both 153 and 153Q. Students wishing to register must complete an application 
early in the preceding spring semester in the Department of Romance Languages and be 
admitted to the course. 

153S. Intensive Beginning and Intermediate Spanish in an Immersion Setting. (8h) An 
intensive course designed to enable students to achieve proficiency in Spanish language at 
the beginning-intermediate level developing students' reading, writing, and conversation 
skills and preparing them for oral and written discussion of literary texts. P — SPA 111 (112 
strongly recommended) or POL Offered only in the summer. (ISLI) 

154. Accelerated Intermediate Spanish. (3h) An intensive, intermediate-level course intended 
for students with a stronger background than 153 students. Offers the opportunity to 
develop further reading, writing, and conversation skills and prepare for oral and written 
discussion of literary texts in Spanish 213. Labs required. P — POI or placement. 

196. Spanish Across the Curriculum. (1.5h) Coursework in Spanish done as an adjunct to 
specially-designated courses throughout the college curriculum. May be taken for grade or 
Pass/Fail. P— POI. 

196B. Spanish Across the Business/Economics Curriculum. (1.5h) Coursework in Spanish 
done as an adjunct to specifically-designated courses in business and economics curriculum. 
P— POI. 

196C. Spanish Across the Sciences Curriculum. (1.5h) Coursework in Spanish done as an 
adjunct to specifically-designated courses in the sciences and medical curriculum. P — POI. 

197. Spanish for Reading Knowledge. (1.5h) Review of essential Spanish grammar, usage, 
vocabulary and processing strategies for reading various types of literary, social science and 
technical publications for content. Designed for students interested mainly in strengthening 
reading proficiency in the language, and aimed at preparing students to take the graduate 
reading exam administered at the end of the course. Undergraduate credit given. P — Inter- 
mediate Spanish or its equivalent, and placement exam. Offered in the first half of the semes- 
ter. Pass/Fail only. 

198. Internship in Spanish Language. (1.5h or 3h) Under faculty direction, a student under- 
takes a language project in conjunction with a service commitment or internship in a 



219 



ROMANCE LANGUAGES 



Spanish-speaking country. Includes, but is not limited to: vocabulary building, keeping a 
journal, and reading professional material. P — SPA 219 or POL Pass/Fail only. 

212Q. Mexican Culture. (3h) Introduction to Mexico's multi-ethnic society focusing on the 
legacies of indigenous civilizations, Spanish colonialism, the Mexican Revolution, and 
Mexico's relationship to the United States. Mexican art, music, and politics is presented in 
an historical context. Does not count for the major or the minor. 

213. Introduction to Hispanic Literature. (3h) Analysis and discussion of selected readings in 
Spanish and Spanish-American literature. Does not count toward the major or the minor. 
P — SPA 153 or equivalent. 

213H. Introduction to Hispanic Literature (Honors). (3h) In the honors section of Introduc- 
tion to Hispanic Literature, texts covered are much the same as those presented in other 
Spanish 213 sections, but coursework focuses more intensely on developing effective reading 
strategies and on improving written and oral expression in the language. Benefits include 
smaller class size and more opportunity for student involvement. Intended for students with 
a good background in Spanish (shown, for example, by a 3, 4, or 5 on the AP Spanish 
Language Exam, a high Wake Forest placement exam score, or by completion of 154). 
P— SPA 153 and POL 

213Q. Intensive Introduction to Hispanic Literature in an Immersion Setting. (3h) Analysis 
and discussion of selected readings in Spanish and Spanish-American literature. Does not 
count toward the major or minor. P — SPA 153 or equivalent. 

217. Literary and Cultural Studies of Spain. (3h) A study of the cultural pluralism of Spain 
through selected literary and artistic works to promote understanding of Spain's historical 
development. P— SPA 213 or POL (CD) 

218. Literary and Cultural Studies of Spanish America. (3h) Study of selected major works 
of Spanish-American literature within their historical and cultural contexts. Special emphasis 
is placed on these contexts, including political structures, intellectual currents, art, music, 
and film, to promote understanding of Spanish America's historical development. P — SPA 
213 or POL (CD) 

219. Grammar and Composition. (4h) A systematic study of Spanish morphology, sentence 
structure, and expository usage applied to various kinds of composition: description, nar- 
ration, argumentation, etc. P — SPA 213 or equivalent. 

220. Spanish Conversation. (3h) A language course based on cultural material intended to 
increase students' aural skills and oral proficiency by systematically increasing their vocabu- 
lary and reinforcing their command of specific grammatical points. Counts toward the 
major. P — SPA 213 or equivalent. 

221. Creative Writing in Spanish. (1.5h) A course designed to enable students to produce 
original pieces of writing in Spanish through the study of fictional and critical readings, 
discussions, and writing workshops. Genre-specific selected topics may include short story, 
poetry, or dramatic writing workshops. Does not count towards the major or minor. 

P— SPA 219 or POL 

228. Spanish for the Professions. (1.5h or 3h) Spanish usage of a selected professional area. 
Emphasis on communication in typical situations and interactions, specialized vocabulary, 
cultural differences, and related technical readings in the subject matter. Topics offered from 



ROMANCE LANGUAGES 2ZO 



following list: a. Health Occupations; b. Social Work; c. Law and Law Enforcement; 
d. Other (on demand). P— SPA 219, 220, and POL 

281. Spanish Independent Study. (1.5h) P— POL 

319. Advanced Grammar and Composition. (3h) Advanced-level review of Spanish morphol- 
ogy and syntax applied to the refinement of writing techniques. P — SPA 219 or POL 

320. Advanced Conversation. (3h) Intensive immersion in the situations and skills of ad- 
vanced and superior levels of oral proficiency. P — SPA 219 and 220 or POL 

321. The Rise of Spanish. (3h) The development of Spanish from an early Romance dialect 
to a world language. Study of ongoing changes in the language's sounds, grammar, and 
vocabulary system, with a special focus on the effects of a cultural history and relationships 
with other languages. P — SPA 219 and 220 or POL 

322. Spanish Pronunciation and Dialect Variation. (3h) Description of, and practice with, the 
sounds, rhythm, and intonation of Spanish and the differences from English, with special 
attention to social and regional diversity. Strongly recommended for improving pronuncia- 
tion. This course meets a N.C. requirement for teacher certification. P — SPA 220 or POL 

323. Topics in Hispanic Civilization. (3h) Exploration of themes and trends in Hispanic soci- 
ety and culture, such as cross-national questions, and the exile experience. P — POL 

329. Introduction to Spanish for Business. (3h) Introduction to Spanish vocabulary and 
discourse in business. This course emphasizes oral and written practices, reading and 
Hispanic business culture, as well as a comprehensive analysis of different business topics 
and areas. P— SPA 219, 322, or POL 

330. Advanced Spanish for Business. (3h) Intensive immersion in the situations and skills of 
advanced Spanish for business. Emphasis on oral and written business presentations and 
reading comprehension of case studies related to the Hispanic business world. Cross-cultural 
awareness of the Hispanic business world. P — SPA 329 or POL 

331. Medieval Spain: A Cultural and Literary Perspective. (3h) An examination of literary, 
social, and cultural themes, such as: Quests and Discoveries, Pilgrimage and the Act of 
Reading, Images of Islam, The Judaic Tradition in Spanish Literature, and Spiritual Life and 
Ideal. P— SPA 217 or 218 or POL (CD) 

332. The Golden Age of Spain. (3h) Close analysis of literary texts, such as Lazarillo de 
Tormes, and study of the history, art, politics, and economics of the sixteenth and seven- 
teenth centuries, with emphasis on themes such as the writer and society, humanism, the 
picaresque, Catholic mysticism, and power and politics. P — SPA 217 or 218 or POL 

333. Eighteenth and Nineteenth-Century Spanish Literature and Culture. (3h) A study of the 
major intellectual movements of the period: Enlightenment, Romanticism, Realism, and 
Naturalism in Spain through literary texts, essays, painting, and music. P — SPA 217 or 218 
or POL 

334. Spanish-American Theatre: From Page to Stage. (3h) A study of the transition of a 
dramatic work from text to performance and the role of Spanish-American theatre as a 
vehicle for cultural values and socio-political issues. Includes rehearsals for the public 
staging of selected one-act plays. Proficiency in Spanish and willingness to act on stage are 
required. P— 217 or 218 or 363 or POL 



221 ROMANCE LANGUAGES 



341. Golden Age Drama and Society. (3h) Study of the theatre and social milieu of seven- 
teenth-century Madrid, where the works of playwrights such as Lope de Vega, Tirso de 
Molina, and Calderon de la Barca were performed. Includes analysis of texts and of modern 
stagings of the plays. P— SPA 217 or 218 or POL 

343. Cervantes: The Birth of the Novel. (3h) Study of Don Quijote, the first modern novel, 
and several exemplary novels, and contemporary theoretical approaches to them. Also 
considers related art, music, and film. Includes discussion of themes such as the development 
of prose fiction, the novel as self-conscious genre, women and society, religion and human- 
ism, nationalism, and imperialism. P — SPA 217 or 218 or POL 

347. Contemporary Theatre in Spain and Spanish America. (3h) Study of contemporary 
Peninsular and Spanish-American theatre within its political, social, cultural, and aesthetic 
context. P— SPA 217 or 218 or POL 

348. Transatlantic Renaissance. (3h) Study of the Spanish Golden Age period by reading and 
analyzing relevant peninsular and colonial texts within the broader political, social, and 
cultural contexts of the Spanish presence in the New World. Exposure to recent critical 
perspectives in early modern cultural studies. P — SPA 217 or 218 or POL 

349. Contemporary Women Novelists and their Female Characters. (3h) A study of represen- 
tative novels by women writers from Spain and Latin America, with special emphasis on the 
representation of the female protagonist within her cultural context. P — SPA 217 or 218 or 
POL 

350. Introduction to Spanish Film Studies. (3h) An exploration of the cinematic production 
of Spain from its origin to current day, covering major film trends from Second Republic, 
Civil War, Dictatorship, and Democratic Spain. Focus is on films as narratives and as visual 
media, on Spanish culture and identity pictured through films, and on representative film- 
makers such as Buhuel, Saura, Almodovar and Amenabar. P — SPA 217 or 218 or POL 

351. Transgressing Borders: Identity in Latin American and U.S. Latino Cultures. (3h) A 
socio-historical study of theories on culture, sexual politics, and race in relation to literary 
texts, lyrics of popular music, and art of Latin America and the diaspora. P — SPA 217 or 
218 or POL (CD) 

352. Love, Death, and Poetry. (3h) A study of the representation of universal themes in 
Spanish poetry from different historical periods. P — SPA 217 or 218 or POL 

353. Indigenous Myth in Spanish-American Literary Art. (3h) A study of Spanish- American 
writers' incorporation of Amerindian myths in twentieth-century narrative art. Includes 
works by Miguel Angel Asturias, Mario Vargas Llosa, and Jose Donoso. P — SPA 217 or 218 
or POL 

354. The Social Canvas of Gabriel Garcia Marquez and Pablo Neruda. (3h) Exploration of 
the techniques used by two Nobel Prize-winning writers to create a literary vision of Latin 
America. Special attention to humor, surrealism and the grotesque, and both writers' assimi- 
lation of personal anxieties to their portrayal of a social world. P — SPA 217 or 218 or POL 

360. Cultural and Literary Identity in Latin America: From Colonial to Postcolonial Voices. 

(3h) A study of a variety of texts from the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries dealing with 
political emancipation, nation-building, and construction of continental identity. P — SPA 
217 or 218 or POL 



ROMANCE LANGUAGES 222 



361. Latin-American Cinema and Ideology. (3h) An examination of major Latin American 
films as cinematographic expressions of social and political issues. P — SPA 217 or 218 or 
POL 

362. Romantic Nationalism, Avant-garde Nihilism, and the Deconstruction of Utopia. (3h) 
A study of Latin American poetry, including symbolist, surrealist, and conversational poetry, 
"happenings," and artistic manifestoes. Politics, nation-building, liberation theology, and 
love are common themes. P — SPA 217 or 218 or POL 

363. Twentieth-Century Spanish-American Theatre. (3h) A study of major dramatic works 
from various Latin American countries. P — SPA 217 or 218 or POL 

364. Spanish-American Short Story. (3h) Intensive study of the twentieth-century Spanish- 
American short story with emphasis on major trends and representative authors, such as 
Quiroga, Rulfo, Borges, Cortazar, Donoso, and Garcia Marquez. P — SPA 217 or 218 or POL 

365. Spanish-American Novel. (3h) A study of the novel in Spanish America from its 
beginning through the contemporary period. P — SPA 217 or 218 or POL 

366. Seminar in Spanish-American Novel, (lh or 3h) A study of one or more categories of 
Spanish-American novels, such as romantic, indianista, realistic, gauchesca, and social 
protest. P— SPA 217 or 218 or POL 

367. Colonial Spanish America. (3h) This course explores the early Spanish-American 
colonial period alongside contemporary intellectuals' attempt to return to and recover this 
historical past. Readings include fifteenth- and sixteenth-century codices, post-conquest 
indigenous writings, Iberian chronicles and letters, as well as twentieth-century documents. 
P— SPA 217 or 218 or POL 

368C. Cuban Literature. (3h) A study of Cuban literature from the eighteenth century to the 
present: romanticism, modernism, naturalism, the avant garde movement, and the post- 
Revolutionary period. P — SPA 217 or 218 or permission of director of the Cuba program. 

369. Imagined "White" Nations: Race and Color in Latin America. (3h) A study of anti- 
slavery narratives, nineteenth-century scientific racism, and twentieth-century Negritude and 
"negrismo" movements. An exploration of race, the stratification of color, and ethnic images 
in Latin American literature and culture. P — SPA 217 or 218 or POL (CD) 

370. Film Adaptations of Literary Works. (3h) A study of the cinematic and literary dis- 
courses through major Spanish literary works from different historical periods and their film 
adaptation. P— SPA 217 or 218 or POL 

371. Lorca, Dali, Buhuel: An Artistic Exploration. (3h) A study of the relationship of these 
three Spanish artists through their writings, paintings, and films, respectively, and of their 
impact on the twentieth century. P — SPA 217 or 218 or POL 

372. Lorca in the Twentieth Century. (3h) A study of the life and works of poet, playwright, 
painter, and lecturer Federico Garcia Lorca, within the social, cultural, literary, and artistic 
realities of the twentieth century, including Modernism and Surrealism. Special emphasis is 
placed on Lorca's treatment of minority cultures, including the Gypsy, the Arab, and 
homosexuals. P— SPA 217 or 218 or POL 

373. Modern Spanish Novel. (3h) A study of representative Spanish novels from the gener- 
ation of 1898 through the contemporary period. P — SPA 217 or 218 or POL 



223 



ROMANCE LANGUAGES 



374. Voices of Modern Spain. (3h) A study of the multifaceted cultural identity of contempo- 
rary Spain through different literary genres, art, and film. P — SPA 217 or 218 or POL (CD) 

375. Special Topics. (1.5h or 3h) Selected special topics in Spanish literature and culture. 
Can be repeated for credit. P— SPA 217 or 218 or POL 

376C. Afro-Cuban Cultural Expressions. (3h) A comprehensive study of Cuban culture with 
a concentration on the artistic manifestations of Afro-Cuban religions. Students study 
literature, art, film, music, and popular culture to analyze how Afro-Cuban culture consti- 
tutes national culture. Also listed as Latin-American Studies 220C. Offered in Havana. (CD) 

380. Contrastive Spanish/English Grammar and Stylistics. (3h) Advanced study of structure 
and style in a variety of Spanish texts, with an in-depth approach to idiomatic expressions 
and some back/cross translation exercises. P — SPA 219 or POL 

381. Spanish Translation. (3h) Introduction to translation strategies through practice, with 
strong emphasis on Spanish into English. Focus is on translating in domains such as social 
science, computing, economics, the entertainment industry, banking, and journalism. P — SPA 
380 or POL 

382. Spanish/English Interpreting. (3h) Introduction to strategies of interpreting from Span- 
ish into English, primarily. Intensive laboratory practice course to develop basic skills in con- 
secutive/escort/simultaneous interpreting. Some voice-over talent training is also included. 
P— SPA 220 and POL 

384. Internships for STL & SI. (1.5-3h) Under faculty supervision, a student undertakes a 
translation/interpreting project at a translation bureau or translation department of a 
company/public organization. A community service-oriented internship is preferred for 
interpreting. P — SPA 381 or 382. 

387. Special Topics. (1.5h or 3h) Selected special topics in Spanish-American literature and 
culture. Can be repeated for credit. P — SPA 217 or 218 or POL 

387C. Special Topics. Offered in Cuba. 

388. Special Topics in Hispanic Linguistics. (3h) Investigation of key areas in Spanish lang- 
uages research, such as dialectology, history, language acquisition, and usage. P — SPA 222 or 
321, or the combination of 219 or 220 and Linguistics 150, or POL 

390. Directed Reading. (1.5h) Required for honors in Spanish. P — POL 

391. Directed Research. (3h) Extensive reading and/or research, to meet individual needs. 
Required for departmental honors. P — Permission of the department. 

Semester or Year in Spain 

The department offers a year in Spain at Salamanca, the site of a well-established Spanish 
university. Students go as a group in the fall and/or spring semesters, accompanied by a 
professor from the College. 

No particular major is required for eligibility. However, students (1) should normally be 
of junior standing, (2) must have completed one course beyond Spanish 213, and (3) should 
be approved by both their major department and the Department of Romance Languages. 
Interested students should contact Professor Candelas S. Gala in the Romance Languages 
department. 



ROMANCE LANGUAGES 



224 



As part of the University of Salamanca PEI program (Programa Especial Integrado), 
students may take regular courses with Spanish students in the following disciplines: 
anthropology, business, economics, education, linguistics, psychology, and translation/ 
interpretation. 

1989. Internship in Spanish Language. (1.5h or 3h) Under faculty direction, a student 
undertakes a language project in conjunction with a service commitment or internship in a 
Spanish-speaking country. Includes, but is not limited to: vocabulary building, keeping a 
journal, and reading professional material. P — SPA 219 or POL Pass/Fail only. 

2209. Spanish Conversation. (3h) A language course based on cultural materials intended to 
increase students' aural skills and oral proficiency by systematically increasing their vocabu- 
lary and reinforcing the command of specific grammatical points. Counts toward the major. 
P — SPA 214 or equivalent. 

2019. Intensive Spanish. (1.5h) Intensive study and practice of the oral and written language. 
Familiarization with Spanish culture and daily life. Classes in conversational and idiomatic 
Spanish, excursions to points of interest and lectures on selected topics. Pass/Fail only. 

2179. Literary and Cultural Studies of Spain. (3h) A study of the cultural pluralism of 
Spanish through selected literary and artistic works to promote understanding of Spain's 
historical development. This course is the equivalent of 217. P — SPA 213 or POL 

2189. Literary and Cultural Studies of Spanish America. (3h) Study of selected major works 
of Spanish-American literature within their historical and cultural contexts. Special emphasis 
is placed on these contexts, including political structures, intellectual currents, art, music, 
and film, to promote understanding of Spanish America's historical development. This 
course is the equivalent of 218. P — SPA 213 or POL 

2199. Grammar and Composition. (4h) Study of grammar, composition, and pronunciation, 
with extensive practice of the written and oral language. This course is the equivalent of 219. 
P— POL 

2919. Global Business Studies: Spain and Latin America. (3h) A study of the most character- 
istic features of the economic and financial situation and perspectives in Spain and Latin 
America. Focus is on communicating successfully in the world of Hispanic business and on 
acquiring an international view of that world and its cultural differences. P — SPA 219 or 
POL 

3289. International Business: Spain and Latin America. (3h) A study of the most characteris- 
tic features of the economic and financial situation and perspectives in Spain and Latin 
America. Focus is on communicating successfully in the world of Hispanic business and on 
acquiring an international view of that world and its cultural differences. Counts as elective 
for the Spanish major. P— SPA 219 or POL 

3329. The Golden Age of Spain. (3h) Close analysis of literary texts, such as Lazarillo de 
Tormes, and study of the history, art, politics, and economics of the sixteenth and seven- 
teenth centuries, with emphasis on themes such as the writer and society, humanism, the 
picaresque, Catholic mysticism, and power and politics. This course is the equivalent of 332. 
P— SPA 217 or 218 or POL 



225 



ROMANCE LANGUAGES 



3749. Voices of Modern Spain. (3h) A study of the multifaceted cultural identity of contem- 
porary Spain through different literary genres, art, and film. This course is the equivalent of 
374. P— SPA 217 or 218 or POL 

3759. Special Topics in Spanish Literature and Culture. (1.5h or 3h) Topics vary from year 
to year. Can be repeated for credit. P — SPA 217 or 218 or POL 

3879. Special Topics in Spanish- American Literature and Culture. (1.5h or 3h) Topics vary 
from year to year. Can be repeated for credit. P — SPA 217 or 218 or POL 

Art 2029. Spanish Art and Architecture. (3h) A study of the development and uniqueness of 
Spanish art and architecture within the framework of Mediterranean and Western art in 
general. Counts as an elective for the Spanish major. 

History 2019. General History of Spain. (3h) History of Spain from the pre-Roman period 
to the present day. Counts as elective for the Spanish major. 

Political Science 2029. Political Structures of Present-day Spain. (3h) A study of the various 
political elements which affect the modern Spanish state. Counts as an elective for the 
Spanish major. 

Program of Integrated Education (PEI) 

Courses offered only at the University of Salamanca in disciplines other than Spanish. 
Taught in Spanish. 

Anthropology 2029. Anthropology and Folklore. (3h) A study of conceptual tools to 
understand the role of folklore in culture as a complex, integrated system with an emphasis 
on culture's communicative, cognitive and symbolic functions. 

Business 2129. Human Resource Management. (3h) This course focuses on leadership skills 
associated with human resources management (HRM). The traditional HRM functions of 
planning, recruitment, selection, training, development, and appraisal are addressed along 
with role of individual and group behaviors in HRM. P — Business 211, Spanish 219, and 
POL 

Business 2239. International Marketing. (3h) This course examines the role of marketing 
within the international sphere of economics, law, politics, and finance. International 
marketing activities as they apply to product, place, pricing, and promotion are addressed 
along with global marketing strategies. P — Business 221, Spanish 219, and POL 

Economics 2719. Economics of the European Community. (3h) A study of the economic 
integration, history, community budget, commercial politics, agricultural policy, politics of 
regional development, other fields of community performance, and economic and monetary 
union in the European Community. 

Education 3739. Comparative and International Education. (3h) A comprehensive study of 
the current Spanish educational system and comparison with systems in neighboring coun- 
tries. The course aims to expand students' views about differing educational and pedagogi- 
cal structures and to explore the comparative investigation of educational problems. 

Psychology 2809. Psychology of Memory. (3h) A study of specialized knowledge regarding 
the most relevant aspects of memory function and important investigative techniques in this 
field. 



ROMANCE LANGUAGES 2Z6 



Spanish 3829. Techniques in Consecutive Interpretation. (3h) Introduction to strategies of 
interpreting. P— SPA 220 or POL 

Spanish 3889. Special Topics in Hispanic Linguistics. (3h) Investigation of key areas in 
Spanish languages research, such as dialectology, history, language acquisition, and usage. 
P — SPA 222 or 321, or the combination of 219 or 220 and Linguistics 150, or POL 

Russian and East European Studies (REE) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 
Coordinator Associate Professor of History Susan Z. Rupp 

Russian 215 or 216 or equivalent proficiency in another East European language is required, 
plus fifteen hours from the following list. (See course descriptions under appropriate 
listings.) Three of these fifteen hours must be REE 298., Research Project in Russian and 
East European Studies. 

Communication 35 IB. Comparative Communication: Russia. (1.5h) 
Economics 252. International Finance. (3h) 

253. Economies in Transition. (3h) 
History 331. Russia: Origins to 1865. (3h) 

332. Russia and the Soviet Union: 1865 to the Present. (3h) 
Humanities 215. Germanic and Slavic Literature. (3h) 
218. Eastern European Literature. (3h) 
Political Science 232. Politics in Russia and Eastern Europe. (3h) 
Russian Three additional hours at the 200-level. 

REE 298 Course description to follow. (3h) 

With the approval of the coordinator, students may fulfill the language requirement by 
equivalent study of another East European language (to be pursued independently under the 
auspices of the German and Russian department). Students may apply all relevant seminars, 
colloquia, or independent studies in any of the above departments to the minor. 

REE 298. Research Project in Russian and East European Studies. (3h) A semester-long 
research project pursued independently by a student (generally in the senior year) under the 
guidance of a faculty member in the relevant field of study. A second faculty member con- 
sults with the student regarding his or her project as well as serving as a second reader. The 
course culminates in the completion of a seminar-length paper based upon primary research. 



227 



RUSSIAN & EAST EUROPEAN STUDIES 



Sociology (SOC) 



Chair Earl Smith 

Wake Forest Professor Charles F. Longino 

Rubin Professor of American Ethnic Studies Earl Smith 

Professors Catherine T. Harris, Ian M. Taplin 

Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation Fellow and Associate Professor Angela Hattery 

Associate Professors H. Kenneth Bechtel, Joseph Soares 

Assistant Professors R. Saylor Breckenridge, Teresa Ciabattari, 

Ana M. Wahl, David Yamane 

Adjunct Assistant Professor Steve Gunkel 

A major in sociology requires thirty-one hours. Students are strongly encouraged to com- 
plete Sociology 151, 370, 371, and 372 by the end of their junior year. Students should take 
Sociology 151 in the freshmen or sophomore year, Sociology 370 and 371 in the fall of their 
junior year, and Sociology 372 in the spring of their junior year. A minimum average of 2.0 
in all sociology courses is required at the time the major is declared. A minimum grade point 
average of 2.0 in all sociology courses is required for graduation. 

A minor in sociology requires fifteen hours and must include Sociology 151 and 370. A 
minimum grade point average of 2.0 in sociology courses is required at the time the minor is 
declared. A minimum grade point average of 2.0 in sociology courses is required for certifi- 
cation as a minor. Students who intend to pursue a sociology minor are encouraged to notify 
the department early in their junior year, and they are invited to participate in all depart- 
mental functions. 

To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Sociology," highly qualified majors 
are invited to apply to the department for admission to the honors program. They must 
complete a senior research project, document their research, and satisfactorily defend their 
work in an oral examination. For additional information members of the departmental 
faculty should be consulted. 

A student who selects sociology to fulfill the Division IV requirement must take one of 
the following courses: Sociology 151, 152, 153, or 154. No introductory-level course is 
required for students taking a sociology course as an elective unless specified in the course 
description. 

151. Principles of Sociology. (3h) General introduction to the field; social organization and 
disorganization, socialization, culture, social change, and other aspects. Required for all 
sociology majors and minors. 

152. Social Problems. (3h) Survey of contemporary American social problems. 

153. Contemporary Families. (3h) The social basis of the family, emphasizing the problems 
growing out of modern conditions and social change. 

154. The Sociology of Deviant Behavior. (3h) A sociological analysis of the nature and 
causes of and societal reaction to deviant behavior patterns such as mental illness, suicide, 
drug and alcohol addiction, sexual deviation, and criminal behavior. 

205. Photography in the Social Sciences. (3h) Explores the use of photography as a research 
technique for the social sciences; camera and darkroom instruction included. Lab to be 
arranged. P — POL 

SOCIOLOGY 228 



206. Concerned Photographers and Their Works. (3h) Explores the contributions of con- 
cerned photographers in the identification and understanding of social issues. Advanced 
camera and darkroom instruction is included. P — SOC 205 and/or POL 

240. Asian-American Legacy: A Social History of Community Adaptation. (3h) An introduc- 
tion to the history, culture, and literature of the Asian-American communities, exploring 
issues of migration, assimilation, and the process of developing Asian-American identities in 
the twentieth and early twenty-first centuries. Also listed as American Ethnic Studies 240. 
(CD) 

301. Religion and Society. (3h) Study of religion as a social phenomenon and its relationship 
to political, economic and other structures of society. Also listed as Religion 351. 

303. Business and Society. (3h) Historical development, organization, and current problems 
of business enterprises in American society. 

305. Gender in Society. (3h) The significance of gender in society for individuals and 
institutions. An examination of differential gender experiences based on race, class, and 
sexual orientation. Consideration of feminism as a social movement and the possibility for 
social change. (CD) 

308. Sociology of Art. (3h) Art as an institution, its functions, organization, relationship to 
social change and to the communication of meanings. 

309. Sexuality and Society. (3h) Study of the societal forces that impinge on human sexual 
behavior, emphasizing the effects of social change, the implications of changing gender roles, 
cross-cultural and subcultural variations, and the influence of the mass media. 

310. Death and Dying. (3h) Study of some of the basic issues and problems of modern man 
in accepting and facing death. 

311. Women in Professions. (3h) Emphasis on the status of women in professional occupa- 
tions (e.g., law, medicine, science, business, etc.) in socio-historical perspective. 

316. Conflict Management in Organizations. (3h) An examination of conflict management 
and social control in organizations, focusing on power structures, management styles and 
processes of dispute resolution. 

317. Mental Illness and Society. (3h) An examination of the sociological aspects of mental 
health and mental illness. Includes the social epidemiology of mental disorders, cross- 
cultural variation in societal responses to the mentally ill; the development of the psychiatric 
profession, and the evolution of the mental hospital. 

318. Social Stratification in the American South. (3h) An exploration of social stratification 
in the labor force, the school system, the justice system, and the family. Comprises an exam- 
ination of theories of stratification, a two-week field seminar in the South and a service 
learning project. Summer session only. 

325. Self and Society: An Interactionist Perspective. (3h) An analysis of the effects of social 
relationships upon self-development, self-preservation, and the learning of social roles and 
norms, with special emphasis on language and symbolic interaction. 

332. Social Epidemiology. (3h) This course integrates sociology and epidemiology, paying 
particular attention to such variables as age, gender, race and ethnicity as they bear on 
health, illness and medical services, including the risk factors of chronic disease. It does not 
presuppose advanced knowledge of epidemiological methods. 



229 



SOCIOLOGY 



333. The Sociology of Cities. (3h) An examination of the patterns of urbanization world- 
wide. Explores the dynamics of urban growth resulting from economic, social, political and 
ecological processes. 

334. Society and Higher Education. (3h) An analysis of the social forces that shape educa- 
tional policies in the United States. Assessment of significant contemporary writings on the 
manifest and latent functions of education. 

335. Sociology of Health and Illness. (3h) Analysis of the social variables associated with 
health and illness. 

336. Sociology of Health Care. (3h) An analysis of health care systems, including the social 
organization of medical practice, health care payment, the education of medical practitio- 
ners, and the division of the labor in health care. 

337. Aging in Modern Society. (3h) Basic social problems and processes of aging. Social and 
psychological issues discussed. Course requirements include field placement in a nursing 
home or similar institution. P — POL 

338. Sociological Issues in Criminal Justice. (3h) Introduction to the structure, organization 
and operation of the various components of the criminal justice system with emphasis on the 
police and correctional institutions. 

339. Sociology of Violence. (3h) A survey of the societal factors associated with individual 
and collective violence. Discussion focuses on the contemporary and historical conditions 
that have contributed to various patterns of violence in American society. 

340. Sociological Issues in Human Development. (3h) Socialization through the life span in 
the light of contemporary behavioral science, emphasizing the significance of changes in 
contemporary society. 

341. Criminology. (3h) Crime, its nature, causes, consequences, methods of treatment, and 
prevention. 

342. Juvenile Delinquency. (3h) The nature and extent of juvenile delinquency; an examina- 
tion of prevention, control, and treatment problems. 

343. Sociology of Law. (3h) Consideration is given to a variety of special issues: conditions 
under which laws develop and change, relationships between the legal and political system, 
and the impact of social class and stratification upon the legal order. 

344. Women and Crime. (3h) Course focuses on four major areas related to women and 
crime: women as offenders, the processing of women by the criminal justice system, women 
as victims, and women as criminal justice professionals. P — SOC 341 and POL 

345. Advanced Topics Seminar in Criminology. (3h) Emphasis on current topics in the field 
of criminology and criminal justice such as measurement issues, ethical issues, history, crime 
and mass media, and theoretical debates. P — SOC 341 and POL 

347. Society, Culture, and Sport. (3h) An examination of the interrelationship of sport and 
other social institutions. Emphasis is on the study of both the structure of sport and the 
functions of sport for society. 

348. Sociology of the Family. (3h) The family as a field of sociological study. Assessment of 
significant historical and contemporary writings. An analysis of the structure, organization, 
and function of the family in America. 



SOCIOLOGY 



230 



349. Sociology of Science and Technology. (3h) Explores the reciprocal impact of science and 
technology on society. Issues include the impact of science and technology on various popu- 
lations (including underparticipating groups, such as women and racial/ethnic minorities) 
and the environment, the talent pool, and the workplace. 

350. Mass Communications and Public Opinion. (3h) The study of the increasing impor- 
tance of collective behavior, emphasizing the relationship between the media and a changing 
society. 

351. Management and Organizations. (3h) A study of macro-organizational processes and 
changes in contemporary industrial societies and their effects upon managerial systems, 
managerial ideologies and managers in firms. 

352. White-collar Crime. (3h) Study of criminal activity committed in the course of legiti- 
mate occupations including workplace crime, graft, and business crime. P — SOC 341. 

353. Families in Later Life. (3h) Analysis of current issues affecting later-life families, includ- 
ing the unmarried, marital relations, divorce, widowhood, remarriage, kinship, family care- 
giving, and institutional care. 

354. Women in Poverty in the U.S. (3h) An examination of the structural causes of poverty 
and its consequences, with specific emphasis on women's overrepresentation in poverty and 
how gender intersects with race, family status, age, and place. 

357. The Italian Experience in America. (3h) Explores issues of ethnicity and identity in the 
Italian-American experience. A central goal of this course is to understand the inter- 
relationship of social, economic and political factors that impinge on this large European 
ethnic group. Also listed as American Ethnic Studies 358. 

358. Population and Society. (3h) Techniques used in the study of population data. Recipro- 
cal relationship of social and demographic variables. 

359. Race and Ethnic Relations. (3h) Racial and ethnic group prejudice and discrimination 
and their effect on social relationships. Emphasis on psychological and sociological theories 
of prejudice. 

360. Social Inequality. (3h) The study of structured social inequality with particular empha- 
sis on economic class, social status, and political power. (CD) 

361. Sociology of the Black Experience. (3h) A survey and an analysis of contemporary 
writings on the status of black Americans in various American social institutions (e.g., 
education, sports, entertainment, science, politics, etc.). (CD) 

362. Work, Conflict, and Change. (3h) Changing trends in the United States labor force. 
The individual's view of work and the effect of large organizations on white and blue collar 
workers. Use of some cross-cultural data. 

363. Global Capitalism. (3h) An analysis of industrial organization, including discussion of 
market relations and the behavior of firms, the structure of industrial development, and 
labor relations and the growth of trade unions. Also listed as International Studies 363. 

364. Political Sociology. (3h) Examination of the structure and organization of power in 
society with emphasis on political socialization, political ideology, and the growth of the 
welfare state. 



231 



SOCIOLOGY 



370. Sociological Theory. (3h) A survey of the history and development of sociological 
theory, emphasizing the critical reading of primary source materials and the evaluation of 
the current status of sociological theory. P — SOC 151 or POL 

371. Social Statistics. (4h) A computer-based survey of basic statistics utilized in sociological 
research. A student who receives credit for this course may not also receive credit for 
Anthropology 380, Biology 380, Business 201, or Health and Exercise Science 262. 
Lab— 1 hour. P— SOC 151 or POL (QR) 

372. Research Methods in Sociology. (3h) An overview of both quantitative and qualitative 
research methods. Research projects required. P — SOC 371. (QR) 

373. Honors Seminar. (3h) Seminar on selected problems in sociology. Intended for students 
in the departmental honors program. P — SOC 372 and POL 

374. Honors Research. (3h) Directed study toward completion of the project begun in 
Sociology 373 and to the writing and defense of an honors paper. P — SOC 373 and POL 

385, 386. Special Problems Seminar. (3h) Intensive investigation of current scientific research 
within the discipline which concentrates on problems of contemporary interest. P — POL 

398, 399. Individual Study. (l-3h, l-3h) Reading, research, or internship courses designed to 
meet the needs and interests of selected students, to be carried out under the supervision of a 
departmental faculty member. 

Spanish Studies 

(Foreign Area Study) 

Coordinator Wake Forest Professor of Romance Languages Candelas S. Gala 

Students are required to participate in the Spanish program at Salamanca for one or two 
semesters. They also are required to take History 2019., General History of Spain (3h), 
taught in Salamanca; Political Science 2029., Political Structures of Present Day Spain (3h), 
taught in Salamanca; Art 2029., Spanish Art and Architecture (3h), taught in Salamanca; 
and Spanish 217., Literary and Cultural Studies of Spain (3h), also taught in Salamanca as 
Spanish 2179. 

Students must take nine additional hours from the advanced courses in Spanish 
language and the literature and culture of Spain offered by the Department of Romance 
Languages, or from those offered at the University of Salamanca. 



SPANISH STUDIES 



232 



Theatre and Dance 

Chair Mary Wayne-Thomas 

Professor James H. Dodding 

Junior Faculty Fellow and Associate Professor Cynthia M. Gendrich 

Director of Dance and Associate Professor Nina Lucas 

Associate Professors Sharon Andrews, Jonathan H. Christman, Jane Kathleen Curry, 

Francis P. Ludwig, Mary Wayne-Thomas 

Assistant Professors Brook M. Davis, Diann Sichel 

Visiting Assistant Professor Leah Roy 

Director of University Theatre and Lecturer John E. R. Friedenberg 

Lecturers Zanna Beswick (London), Brantly Shapiro 

Adjunct Instructors Ray Collins, Fanchon Cordell, Kimberly Moore, 

Robert Simpson, Deborah Spencer 

Theatre (THE) 

A major in theatre consists of a minimum of thirty-six hours, including Theatre 110 or 112, 
130, 140, 150, 250, 260, 261, 340, 381, and 385. (Students interested in a theatre major 
should elect Theatre 112.) Four semesters of Theatre 100 or three semesters of Theatre 100 
plus Theatre 110L also are required. Majors may choose their remaining courses from offer- 
ings at the 200 level or higher listed under the Department of Theatre and Dance. A mini- 
mum grade of 2.0 in all theatre courses attempted is required for graduation. Majors should 
consult with their advisers about additional regulations. Theatre majors are required to take 
two courses in dramatic literature from the Departments of English or Classical Languages 
or from Humanities. No more than three hours of Theatre 294 may be counted toward the 
thirty-six hours required for the major; up to a maximum of nine hours or three courses of 
Theatre 294 may be counted beyond the thirty-six hours in the major. 

Those who plan to be theatre majors are urged to begin their studies during their first 
year. 

Highly qualified majors (departmental grade point average of 3.3, overall grade point 
average of 3.0) are invited by the department to apply for admission to the honors program 
in theatre. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Theatre," a student must suc- 
cessfully complete Theatre 292 (3h). Honors projects may consist of a) a research paper of 
exceptional quality; b) a creative project in playwriting or design; or c) a directing or acting 
project. The theatre honors project must be presented and defended before the departmental 
Honors Committee. The department can furnish honors candidates with complete informa- 
tion on preparation and completion of projects. 

A minor in theatre requires eighteen hours: Theatre 110 or 112, 140, 150, 260 or 261, 
two theatre electives (at the 200 level or higher) and two semesters of Theatre 100 or one 
semester of Theatre 100 plus Theatre 110L. Theatre minors are required to take one course 
in dramatic literature from the Departments of English or Classical Languages or from 
Humanities. 

Any person who is interested in a theatre major or minor should contact the chair of 
the department soon after arrival on the campus. 



2 33 



THEATRE AND DANCE 



100. Participation. (.5h) Attendance/participation in Mainstage and Studio performances 
and other events as established by the department. Attendance/participation requirements 
are established at the beginning of each semester. Assignments for technical production are 
made through consultation with the technical and design faculty. May be repeated for credit. 

110. Introduction to the Theatre. (3h) For the theatre novice. A survey of the theory and 
practice of the major disciplines of theatre art: acting, directing, playwriting, and design. 
Optional lab-THE 11 0L. 

110L. Introduction to Theatre Lab. (lh) Participation in production team on Mainstage as 
assigned. C— THE 112. Optional with THE 110. 

112. Introduction to the Theatre. (3h) For the experienced theatre student. A survey of the 
theory and practice of the major disciplines of theatre art: acting, directing, playwriting, and 
design. Students planning to major in theatre are encouraged to take Theatre 112. Lab 
required THE 110L. Credit is not given for both Theatre 110 and 112. 

126. Stage Makeup. (1.5h) A study of the design and application of theatrical makeup in 
relationship to historical period and character development. 

130. Dynamics of Voice and Movement. (3h) Building awareness of the actor's instrument 
through the development of basic vocal and physical skills, emphasizing relaxation, clarity, 
expressiveness, and commitment, along with spontaneity, centering, and basic technical 
skills. 

140. Acting I. (3h) Fundamental acting theory and techniques including exercises, mono- 
logues and scene work. 

140F. Acting for Freshmen. (3h) A concentrated study and practice of basic acting skills for 
first-year students. Credit is not given for both THE 140 and THE 140F. 

141. On-Camera Performance. (3h) Introduction to the theory and practice of performing 
for the camera. May include basic method acting, newscasting, commercials, and film 
acting. Also listed as Communication 116. 

144. Mime. (1.5h) An introductory study of basic mime forms. The student gains skills and 
understanding of this theatrical form through practical exercises, readings, rehearsals, and 
performances. 

146. Performance Techniques. (3h) A course focusing on acting styles appropriate to various 
modes of theatrical production. Specialized techniques such as dance, stage combat, etc., 
may also be included. Suitable for non-majors. 

150. Introduction to Design and Production. (4h) An introduction to the fundamentals of 
theatrical design and technology including script analysis, design development, and presenta- 
tion methods. Through the lab, the student develops basic skills in theatre technology. Lab — 
three hours. 

155. Stagecraft. (3h) This introductory course focuses on contemporary materials, construc- 
tion methods, and rigging practices employed in the planning, fabrication and installation of 
stage scenery. Emphasis is on using current technologies for problem solving. 

1880. The Contemporary English Theatre, (lh) An exploration of the English theatre 
through theatre attendance in London and other English theatre centers. Readings, lectures. 
Participants submit reviews of the plays and complete a journal of informal reactions to the 



THEATRE AND DANCE 



2-34 



plays, the sites and the variety of cultural differences observed. Two weeks. P — POL Pass/Fail 
only. Offered in London before spring term. 

230. Advanced Dynamics. (3h) Focus on opening and strengthening the actor's instrument 
by building on work done in THE 130. P— THE 130. 

245. Acting II. (3h) Advanced study and practice of the skills introduced in Acting I. 
P— THE 130 and 140. 

246. Period and Style. (3h) A study of social customs, movement, dances, and theatrical 
styles relating to the performance of drama in historical settings as well as in period plays. 
The course includes performances in class. P — THE 130 or 230 and 140. 

250. Theatrical Scene Design. (3h) A study of the fundamental principles and techniques of 
stage design. Drafting, model building, perspective rendering, historical research, and scene 
painting are emphasized. P — THE 150. 

251. Costume and Makeup Design. (3h) A study of the fundamental principles and tech- 
niques of costume and makeup design with an emphasis on historical research. The basics of 
costume rendering, costume construction and stage makeup are explored. 

252. Lighting and Sound Design. (3h) An exploration of the lighting and sound designer's 
process from script to production. A variety of staging situations are studied, including 
proscenium, thrust, and arena production. P — THE 150. 

255. History of Costume. (3h) A survey of the development of clothing and fashion with 
emphasis on historical and cultural influences and their application to costuming in art. 

259. Theatre Management: Principles and Practices. (3h) This course reviews the develop- 
ment of theatre management in the United States, with emphasis on the role of the producer; 
explores commercial and not-for-profit theatre with attention to planning, personnel, and 
the economics of theatre. Includes readings, lectures, and reports. 

260. History of Western Theatre I (Beginnings to 1642). (3h) A survey of the development of 
Western theatre and drama through the Greek, Roman, medieval, and Renaissance theatres 
to 1642; includes lectures, readings and reports. Suitable for non-majors. 

261. History of Western Theatre II (1642 to the Present). (3h) A survey of Western theatre 
and drama from the French Neoclassic theatre through the English Restoration, the eigh- 
teenth century, Romanticism, Realism, the revolts against Realism and the post-modern 
theatre; includes lectures, readings and reports. Suitable for non-majors. 

270. Theatre in Education. (3h) Practical experience for theatre and education students to 
work together with children in the classroom using theatre to teach core curriculum. Empha- 
sis is on methods and techniques as well as the development and implementation of creative 
lesson plans. Weekly public school teaching experience and seminar. Also listed as Education 
223. (SL) 

281. Acting Workshop. (1.5h) Scene work with student directors utilizing realistic texts. 
P— THE 140 or POL Pass/Fail only. 

283. Practicum. (1-1. 5h) Projects under faculty supervision. May be repeated for no more 
than three hours. P — Permission of the department. 



235 



THEATRE AND DANCE 



290. Special Seminar. (1.5-3h) The intensive study of selected topics in theatre. May be 
repeated. 

292. Theatre Honors. (3h) A tutorial involving intensive work in the area of special interest 
for qualified seniors who wish to graduate with departmental honors. P — Permission of 
department. 

294. Individual Study. (l-3h) Research and readings in an area of interest to be approved 
and supervised by a faculty adviser. May be taken for no more than three times for a total of 
not more than nine hours. P — Permission of department. 

295. Development and Performance. (l-4h) An intensive experiential course designed to 
research and develop a theatre piece resulting in performance. Focus varies. 

2650. The English Theatre, 1660-1940. (3h) A study of the major developments in the 
English theatre from the Restoration to World War II, including the plays, playwrights, 
actors, audiences, theatre architecture, theatre management, costumes and sets. Field trips 
include visits to theatres, museums, and performances. Offered in London. 

320. British Drama to 1642. (3h) British drama from its beginning to 1642, exclusive of 
Shakespeare. Representative cycle plays, moralities, Elizabethan and Jacobean tragedies, 
comedies, and tragicomedies. Also listed as English 320. 

323. Shakespeare. (3h) Thirteen representative plays illustrating Shakespeare's development 
as a poet and dramatist. Also listed as English 323. 

336. Restoration and Eighteenth-Century British Drama. (3h) British drama from 1660 to 
1780, including representative plays by Dryden, Etherege, Wycherley, Congreve, Goldsmith, 
and Sheridan. Also listed as English 336. 

340. Directing. (3h) An introduction to the theory and practice of play directing. For majors 
only. P— THE 110/112, 140 and 150. C— THE 381 and 250. 

344. Acting Shakespeare. (3h) A practical study of varying styles in interpreting and acting 
Shakespeare's plays from the time of the Elizabethans to the present day. P — THE 130 
and 140. 

360. Playwriting. (3h) This course examines the elements of dramatic structure and their 
representations in a variety of dramatic writings. It explores the fundamentals of playwriting 
through a series of writing exercises. 

372. Contemporary Drama. (3h) The course considers varieties of form and substance in 
plays and performance texts from Godot to the present. Readings cover such playwrights as 
Beckett, Pinter, Stoppard, Churchill, Wertenbaker, Albee, Shepard, Fornes, Mamet, Wilson, 
Soyinka, Fugard, and Foreman. Also listed as English 394. 

374. Contemporary World Drama. (3h) This course considers varieties of form and sub- 
stance in plays and performance texts from outside the mainstream of the Western theatri- 
cal tradition. Focus varies, for example Asian and Asian-American playwrights or drama of 
the Middle East. (CD) 

375. American Drama. (3h) A historical overview of drama in the United States, covering 
such playwrights as Boucicault, Mowatt, O'Neill, Glaspell, Wilder, Williams, Miller, 
Hansberry, Albee, Shepard, Norman, Hwang, Vogel, Mamet, and Wilson. Also listed as 
English 375. 



THEATRE AND DANCE 



236 



376. Multicultural American Drama. (3h) An examination of the dramatic works of 
playwrights from various racial and ethnic communities such as Asian American, Native 
American, African American, and Latino. The course includes consideration of issues, 
themes, style, and form. Also listed as English 393. (CD) 

381. Directing Workshop. (1.5h) The practical application of directing techniques in realistic 
scene study utilizing student actors. This course is a corequisite of THE 340. 

385. Studio Production. (1.5h) The organization, techniques and problems encountered in 
the production of a play for the public. P — THE 340 and permission of department. 

390, 391. Special Seminar. (l-3h) The intensive study of selected topics in the theatre. May 
be repeated. 

392. Special Topics in Dramatic Literature. (l-3h) Intensive study of selected plays and/or 
performance texts. 

Dance (DCE) 

A dance minor requires 16.5 to 19 hours and must include: 

Two Modern courses - Dance 120 (1.5h), Dance 221 (1.5h) or Dance 222 (1.5h); 

One Dance composition - Dance 123 (3h); 

Two Jazz courses - Dance 126 (1.5h), Dance 226 (1.5h), or Dance 227 (1.5h); 

Two Ballet courses - Dance 127 (1.5h), Dance 229 (1.5h) or Dance 231 (1.5h); 

Senior Dance Project - Dance 200 (1-1. 5h); 

History of Dance 202 (3h). 

101. Beginning Tap Dance. (1.5h) Fundamentals of tap dance technique with emphasis 
placed on technique, rhythm, vocabulary, and performance qualities. May be taken two 
times for credit. 

120. Beginning Modern Dance Technique. (1.5h) Fundamentals of modern dance technique, 
with emphasis placed on movement concepts, vocabulary, technique, alignment, placement, 
and flexibility. May be taken two times for credit. 

122. Special Topics in Dance. (1-1. 5h) An intensive study of selected topics in dance. May be 
repeated. 

123. Dance Composition. (3h) Fundamental study of improvisation, composition and 
choreography. 

124. Social Dance. (1.5h) Fundamental techniques of social dance, providing basic skills, 
concepts of movement, style and fundamental step patterns found in social dance rhythms. 
Students learn basic smooth dances, rhythm dances, Latin-American dances, and Cuban 
dances. 

125. Folk and Social Dance, (lh) Fundamentals of folk and social dance, providing the basic 
skills, concepts of movement, style and fundamental step patterns of folk and social dance. 
Emphasis is on the development of fundamental dance skills and practice in utilizing dance 
techniques. 

126. Beginning Jazz Dance. (1.5h) Fundamentals of jazz technique with emphasis on 
alignment, isolations, flexibility, basic turns, jumps, and combinations. May be taken two 
times for credit. 



2-37 



THEATRE AND DANCE 



127. Beginning Classical Ballet Techniques. (1.5h) Fundamentals of classical ballet technique 
with emphasis on alignment, placement, flexibility, barre work, adagio and petite allegro. 
May be repeated four times for credit. 

128. Dance Performance, (lh) A practical experience in the areas of rehearsal, choreograph- 
ing, production and performance, as a choreographer, and/or performer in the Fall Faculty/ 
Guest Artist Concert and/or Spring Dance Concert. May be repeated eight times for credit. 

128 A. Performance 
128B. Choreography 

200. Senior Dance Project. (1-1. 5h) An investigation of selected semi-professional pro- 
blems involving the creative process of choreography, study of notation, research idea, or 
production. 

201. Intermediate Tap Dance. (1.5h) A progressive development of technique and vocabu- 
lary from DCE 101, with emphasis on exploring rhythm, dynamics, and performance 
qualities. May be taken up to three times for credit. P — DCE 101 or POL 

202. History of Ballet and Modern Dance. (3h) A survey of the development of dance as a 
performing art from the Renaissance to the present with an emphasis on scope, style, and 
function. 

221. Intermediate Modern Dance Technique. (1.5h) A progressive development of move- 
ment concepts and vocabulary from DCE 120, with emphasis on exploring both the classical 
and contemporary techniques of modern dance. May be repeated for credit. P — DCE 120 

or POL 

222. Advanced Modern Dance Technique. (1.5h) A progressive development of the concepts 
of DCE 221 with emphasis on qualitative performance, virtuosity and versatility in a variety 
of technical forms within the modern dance discipline. May be repeated for credit. P — DCE 
221 or POL 

226. Intermediate Jazz Dance. (1.5h) This course pursues the mastery of basic jazz technique 
along with more complex center floor combinations. Emphasis is on performance qualities 
and musicality. May be repeated for credit. P — DCE 126 or POL 

227. Advanced Jazz Dance. (1.5h) Pursues the mastery of jazz technique along with more 
complex center floor combinations. Emphasis is on performance qualities, musicality, 
technique, virtuosity, and creativity. May be repeated for credit. P — DCE 226 or POL 

229. Intermediate Classical Ballet. (1.5h) Pursues the mastery of basic ballet technique along 
with more complex barre and center combinations, performance qualities, and musicality. 
May be repeated for credit. P — DCE 127 or POL 

231. Advanced Classical Ballet. (1.5h) Continues the mastery of basic ballet technique along 
with more complex barre and center combinations, performance qualities, musicality and 
pointe work. May be repeated for credit. P — DCE 229 or POL 

241. Advanced Tap Dance. (1.5h) A progressive development of the concepts of DCE 201 
with emphasis on qualitative performance, virtuosity, and versatility in a variety of technical 
forms within the tap dance discipline. May be repeated for credit. P — DCE 201 or POL 



THEATRE AND DANCE 



238 



Urban Studies (URB) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 
Coordinator Professor of Economics Donald E. Frey 

The interdisciplinary minor in urban studies requires fifteen hours, of which at least nine 
must be chosen from the following courses. (See course descriptions under appropriate 
listings.) 

Art 396. Art History Seminar. 1. Architecture and Urbanism. (3h) 

Economics 246. Urban Economics. (3h) 

Political Science 222. Urban Politics. (3h) 

Sociology 333. The Sociology of Cities. (3h) 

Urban Studies 250. Urban Planning. (3h) 

Courses needed to complete fifteen hours may be chosen from among the following courses. 
(See course descriptions under appropriate listings.) 

Education 271. Geography: The Human Environment. (3h) 
History 2253. History of Venice. (3h) Offered in Venice. 

2260. History of London. (3h) Offered in London. 
352. United States Social History II. (3h) 
Political Science 289. Internship in Politics. (3h)* 
Sociology 152. Social Problems. (3h) 

To count toward the urban studies minor, an internship must be overseen by the instructor 
of Political Science 222. 

Students intending to minor in urban studies should consult with the coordinator as early as 
possible to discuss scheduling of courses not offered annually, careers in urban studies, and 
other issues. In exceptional cases, the coordinator may approve limited substitutions for the 
listed courses. 

250. Urban Planning. (3h) The principles of urban planning and urban form. Some typical 
topics are urban history and its relationship to urban form, the features of communities, the 
exploration of urban development practices, and the role of planning policies and urban 
design in the planning process. 



239 



URBAN STUDIES 



Women's and Gender Studies (WGS) 

(Interdisciplinary Minor) 

Director Professor of English Anne M. Boyle 

Professors Mary K. DeShazer, Linda Nielsen 

Adjunct Professors Gary Ljungquist, Michelle J. Naughton, Teresa Smith 

Visiting Assistant Professor Wanda Balzano 

The interdisciplinary minor in women's and gender studies must include Women's and 
Gender Studies 221 and a minimum of fifteen additional hours, for a total of eighteen hours. 
It is recommended that the upper division seminar, Women's and Gender Studies 321, be 
included. If courses not designated WGS are taken, they must be from an approved list on 
file with the director; examples of these courses are listed. Such courses should be balanced 
between a) the humanities and b) the sciences. This structure gives students an understand- 
ing of the interdisciplinary nature of women's and gender studies within the context of the 
traditional liberal arts curriculum. 

A student minoring in women's and gender studies might take Women's and Gender 
Studies 221 as a sophomore, six to nine hours as a junior, and the remaining six to nine 
hours, including the Interdisciplinary Seminar, as a senior. 

111. Writing and Women's Issues. (3h) This writing-intensive seminar explores special topics 
that include women, such as: women and creativity; women, work, and family; Womanist 
literature; reproductive rights; violence against women; women and the arts; the emergence 
of feminist thought. Emphasis is on expository writing, critical thinking, and exchange of 
ideas in a discussion and workshop setting; frequent essays based on readings. Satisfies the 
basic composition but not the minor requirement. 

221. Issues in Women's and Gender Studies. (3h) An interdisciplinary course, taught by 
women's and gender studies faculty representing at least two fields, that integrates materials 
from the humanities and the sciences. Topics include critical methods and practical solutions, 
gender issues in the twenty-first century, women in culture and society, and cross-cultural 
issues of gender, ethnicity, social class, disability, and sexual orientation. (CD) 

310. Gender, Power, and Violence. (3h) A research-centered study of various issues related to 
violence, power, and gender in American society. Emphasis is on sociological analysis of 
competing theoretical explanations of violence with respect to race, class, gender, religion, 
and sexual orientation. 

321. Interdisciplinary Seminar. (3h) A research-centered study of questions raised by 
women's studies on an interdisciplinary topic, such as women's health issues, war and peace, 
international women's issues, perspectives on women and aging, lesbian and gay culture and 
theory, and women and the arts. May be repeated for credit if topic differs. 

350. Biocultural Perspectives on Women and Aging. (3h) A course that examines biological, 
sociopsychological, and cultural issues affecting older women. 

358. Mothers and Daughters. (3h) A course that examines literature, psychology, and 
feminist theories on motherhood and the mother-daughter relationship. 



women's and gender studies 240 



359. Fathers and Daughters. (3h) The ways in which fathers influence their daughters' 
emotional, psychological, and intellectual development. Selected materials from psychology, 
mythology, film, and contemporary literature. 

377. Special Topics. (1.5h, 2.5h, 3h) Includes such women's and gender studies topics as 
gender issues in the twenty-first century, Jewish-American women writers, African-American 
women writers, women and aging, critical approaches to women's issues, and the emergence 
of feminist thought. May be repeated for credit if topic differs. 

396. Independent Study. (l-3h) Independent projects in women's studies which either con- 
tinue study begun in regular courses or develop new areas of interest. By prearrangement. 

397. Internships in Women's Studies. (1.5h-3h) Practicum opportunities for work and for 
research in conjunction with a local women's or justice organizations: Winston-Salem Family 
Services, NOW, Council on the Status of Women, the North Carolina Center for Laws 
Affecting Women, the AIDS Care Service, etc. Pass/Fail only. 

In addition to the women's and gender studies courses, the following courses may be 
included in the minor. (See course descriptions under appropriate listings.) 

100. R.A.D.: Rape Aggression Defense, (lh) Develops and enhances the options of self- 
defense, including basic physical self-defense tactics and risk reduction and avoidance, so 
they may become viable considerations for any woman who is attacked. Required readings 
include social science research on violence against women. Pass/Fail only. 



Courses in the Humanities 



American 

Ethnic Studies 

Art 

Classical Lang. 

English 



German and Russian 
History 



Humanities 



Music 
Religion 



310. Race, Class, and Gender in a Color Blind Society. (3h) 

251. Women and Art. (3h) 

252. Women in Antiquity. (3h) 

340. Studies in Women and Literature. (3h) 

a. The woman writer in society 

b. Feminist critical approaches to literature 
280. Russian Women Writers. (3h) 

310. Race, Class, and Gender in American History. (3h) 
330. Race, Religion, and Sex in Early Modern Europe. (3h) 

337. Gender in Early America. (3h) 

338. Gender in Modern America. (3h) 

230. Women Writers in Contemporary Italy. (3h) 
265. Gender, Spirituality, and Art. (3h) 
290. Innovation and Inclusivity. (3h) 
320. Perspectives on the Middle Ages. (3h) 

a. Medieval women 

b. Medieval constructs of gender, race, and class 
353. African and Caribbean Women Writers. (3h) 
208. Women and Music. (3h) 

318. Feminist and Contemporary Interpretations 

of the New Testament. (3h) 
340. Men's Studies and Religion. (3h) 



241 



WOMEN S AND GENDER STUDIES 



Religion (cont.) 345. The African-American Religious Experience. (3h) 
366. Gender and Religion. (3h) 

370. Women and Christianity. (3h) 

371. Theology and Sexual Embodiment. (3h) 
Theatre 290. Seminar: Women Playwrights. (3h) 

Courses in the Social and Natural Sciences 

Race and Ethnic Diversity in America. (3h) 

Anthropology of Gender. (3h) 

Language and Gender. (3h) 

American Rhetorical Movements to 1900. (3h) 

American Rhetorical Movements since 1900. (3h) 

Special Topics: Race, Class, Gender, and Sexuality. (3h) 

Economics for a Multicultural Future. (3h) 

Women and Politics. (3h) 

Topics in International Politics: Gender and 

International Relations. (3h) 

Feminist Political Thought. (3h) 

Human Sexuality. (3h) 

Topics: Women, Health, and Culture, (lh) 

Psychology of Gender. (3h) 

Prejudice, Discrimination, Racism, 

and Heterosexism. (3h) 

Contemporary Families. (3h) 

Gender in Society. (3h) 

Sexuality and Society. (3h) 

Women in Professions. (3h) 

Social Stratification in the American South. (3h) 

Aging in Modern Society. (3h) 

Women and Crime. (3h) 

Sociology of the Family. (3h) 

Families in Later Life. (3h) 

Race and Ethnic Relations. (3h) 

Social Inequality. (3h) 

Sociology of the Black Experience. (3h) 

Students intending to minor in women's and gender studies should consult the director of 
women's and gender studies in Tribble Hall A- 106 A, preferably during their first or early in 
their second year. 



American 




Ethnic Studies 


151. 


Anthropology 


332. 




333. 


Communication 


340. 




341. 




370. 


Economics 


273. 


Political Science 


229. 




252. 




277. 


Psychology 


265. 




270Y. 




359. 




364. 


Sociology 


153. 




305, 




309, 




311. 




318, 




337 




344, 




348, 




353, 




359 




360 




361 



WOMEN S AND GENDER STUDIES 



242 



Other Courses 

FYS 100. First Year Seminar. (3h) First year seminars are a basic requirement for graduation 
and are designed to enhance each student's academic and social integration into Wake 
Forest. They foster intellectual interchange, both written and oral, and encourage examina- 
tion of opposing viewpoints through reading, writing, and debate of issues in a small group 
setting. Seminars are offered in most academic departments and programs. Contact Paul 
Orser, Dean's Office, for more information. 

LIB 100. Accessing Information in the Twenty-first Century, (lh) This seven and a half week 
course provides a basic understanding of concepts in the research process, enabling students 
to identify appropriate strategies for filling the information need. The course explores the 
broad array of information sources in various formats and disciplines, and emphasizes the 
organization, efficient retrieval, and critical evaluation of electronic and print information. 
Contact Rosalind Tedford, Z. Smith Reynolds Library, for more information. 

SPM 201. Basic Athletic Training. (3) A study of the basic knowledge and skills in the 
prevention, treatment, and care of common athletic injuries. For more information, contact 
Greg Collins, collinsg@wfu.edu. 

SPM 302. Advanced Athletic Training. (4) An in-depth analysis of preventative measures, 
therapeutic modalities, and rehabilitative procedures employed in sports medicine. For more 
information, contact Greg Collins, collinsg@wfu.edu. 



2 43 



OTHER COURSES 



Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy 



'kmSZr- 









-■'■-" 



Dean Jack E. Wilkerson Jr. 

Associate Dean J. Kline Harrison 

Associate Dean Gordon E. McCray 

Assistant Dean for Student Professional Affairs Helen W. Akinc 

Assistant Dean for Student Academic Affairs Katherine S. Hoppe 

Director of Graduate Studies Terry A. Baker 

Thomas H. Davis Professor of Business Umit Akinc 

F.M. Kirby Professor of Business Excellence Robert R. Bliss 

Hylton Professor of Accountancy Lee G. Knight 

J. Tylee Wilson Professor of Business Ethics Donald P. Robin 

Wayne Calloway Professor of Accountancy Dale R. Martin 

Wayne Calloway Professor of Taxation Ralph B. Tower 

PricewaterhouseCoopers Faculty Fellow and Associate Professor Terry A. Baker 

Merrill Lynch Associate Professor of Accountancy Jonathan E. Duchac 

PricewaterhouseCoopers Faculty Fellow and Associate Professor Yvonne L. Hinson 

Citibank Faculty Fellow and Associate Professor William M. Marcum 

BellSouth Mobility Technology Associate Professor Gordon E. McCray 

Exxon-Wayne Calloway Faculty Fellow and Associate Professor Annette L. Ranft 

Benson-Pruitt Associate Professor G. Page West III 

Cooper Family Fellow in Information Systems and Assistant Professor Bruce R. Lewis 

Exxon-Wayne Calloway Faculty Fellow and Assistant Professor Denise J. McManus 

Coca-Cola Faculty Fellow and Assistant Professor Amy E. Randel 

Professors Emeritus John S. Dunkelberg, Eddie V. Easley, Thomas C. Taylor 

Professors S. Douglas Beets, Stephen Ewing, J. Kline Harrison, Jack E. Wilkerson Jr. 

Associate Professors George R. Aldhizer, Sheri A. Bridges, James F. Cotter, 

Arun P. Dewasthali, Thomas S. Goho, Paul E. Juras 

Assistant Professor Michelle Steward 

Adjunct Assistant Professors Debra R. Jessup, Julie H. Wayne 

Senior Lecturer in Business E. Clayton Hipp Jr. 

Lecturer in Business Katherine S. Hoppe 

Instructors Helen W. Akinc, Robert E. Fly, David A. Gilbert, R. Scott Keith, Mary L. Kesel, 

Benjamin Paz, Thomas H. Ramsey, Cyndi Skaar 



Calloway School 244 



Core Purpose 

We are a community of teacher-scholars and students committed to intellectual curiosity and 
the life-long pursuit of knowledge, as reflected in: 

• Our highly attentive and collaborative learning environment; 

• Our challenging academic standards; 

• Our instructional excellence; 

• Our continuous creation and dissemination of knowledge; 

• Our cultural values of honor and integrity; and 

• Our passion for our work. 

Programs 

The Calloway School of Business and Accountancy offers two degree programs: the four- 
year bachelor of science degree, with majors in accountancy, business, finance, and math- 
ematical business (in cooperations with the Department of Mathematics); and the master of 
science in accountancy degree. When taken in conjunction with the Calloway School's 
undergraduate degrees in accountancy and fiance, the master of science in accountancy 
degree is one additional year. In most other cases, the master of science degree is completed 
in eighteen months to two years, depending on the student's academic background. 

Objectives 

The accountancy major in the Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy is 
geared to provide a foundation for the MSA degree. The major includes the opportunity for 
broad exposure to undergraduate concepts to prepare students to successfully complete the 
MSA degree. 

The business major in the Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy 
prepares students for success in today's business world with a challenging and high quality 
curriculum. The major is intentionally general and facilitates the integration of the various 
business disciplines with the liberal arts core. It also emphasizes flexibility by allowing the 
opportunity for specialized career paths and for minors outside the Calloway School. 

The finance major in the Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy prepares 
students for success in careers in financial services, including portfolio management, 
investment and commercial banking, and financial consulting. The major emphasizes a 
strong concentration in finance, supported by accounting concepts beyond the introductory 
level, which is critical in a global environment. 

The mathematical business major, offered by the Wayne Calloway School of Business 
and Accountancy jointly with the Department of Mathematics, prepares students for careers 
in business and government that require model-based, advanced quantitative approaches to 
problem solving. The major responds to today's complex global environment, where 
problems in business administration and public policy making are becoming more intricate, 
requiring the use of such an approach. 

The integrated five-year accountancy program prepares students for a variety of careers 
in accounting and financial management, including auditing and assurance, taxation, 
business advisory services, forensic accounting, and investment and commercial banking. 
Students in the program acquire the necessary professional competence through courses, 
seminars, and case-based research in finance, accounting, auditing, and taxation. This 



2-45 



Calloway School 



academic preparation is combined with a professional internship during the student's fourth 
year. The internship provides an important union of classroom knowledge and professional 
experience. The program also qualifies students to take the CPA examination upon comple- 
tion of coursework. 

All programs in the Calloway School are accredited by the AACSB International — The 
Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business. The Association can be contacted at 
(813) 769-6500, 777 South Harbor Island Boulevard, Suite 750, Tampa, Florida 33602 and 
at http://aacsb.edu/. Inquiries should relate only to the accreditation status of the school and 
not to general admissions information. 

Wake Forest University is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the Southern 
Association of Colleges and Schools to award bachelor's, master's, and doctoral degrees. 
The Commission can be contacted at (404) 679-4501, 1866 Southern Lane, Decatur, 
Georgia 30033-4097 and http://www.sacscoc.org/. Inquiries should relate only to the 
accreditation status of the institution, and not to general admission information. 

Admission 

Admission to the Calloway School is by formal application, and applicants are screened by 
the Committee on Admissions, Continuation, and Scholarships of the Wayne Calloway 
School of Business and Accountancy. Before being considered for admission to the Calloway 
School, the applicant first must have been admitted to Wake Forest College. Minimum 
requirements for admission to the Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy are 
completion of forty-nine hours with an overall grade point average of 2.2, completion of 
Economics 150, Mathematics 106 or 111 (Mathematics 111 for the mathematical business 
major), Accounting 111 and one additional Calloway School course (Accounting 112 [or 
221], Business 201, 211, 221, 231, 251 or 261), and a 2.0 average in these four courses. In 
addition, students should have completed Business 100 and Communication 110. Students 
who have not met fully the above requirements may request a one-semester provisional 
acceptance. 

The number of students who can be accommodated is limited. Meeting the minimum 
requirements is not a guarantee of admission. Therefore, the Calloway School reserves the 
right to grant or deny admission or readmission to any student even though he or she meets 
the minimum requirements. Readmission to the Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy first requires readmission to Wake Forest College, requirements for which are 
discussed on page 32. 

Transfer of Credit from Other School s 

It is expected that most work toward degrees offered by the Wayne Calloway School of 
Business and Accountancy will be taken in the Calloway School. For students wishing to 
transfer credit from other schools, the following general guidelines apply: 

(a) Courses at another school passed with the minimum passing grade at that school may 
not be transferred. 

(b) Courses transferred in business and accountancy may be subject to validating 
examinations. 



Calloway School 



246 



(c) No work in courses numbered 200 and above will be accepted from two-year schools. 

(d) Courses taken elsewhere in subjects not offered at the Wayne Calloway School of 
Business and Accountancy will not necessarily count toward the hours required in the 
Calloway School. 

(e) Only one course so transferred may be an elective unless such course is from, an interna- 
tional program approved by the Calloway School, in which case two such electives may 
be so transferred (including any approved economics course counting toward the major). 

(f) Business 271 or 272 cannot be transferred from another institution; they must be taken 
in the Calloway School. 

(g) Students entering the Calloway School from the College of Arts and Sciences at Wake 
Forest University must take Accountancy 111 within the Calloway School. Students 
transferring into the Calloway School from another university must take a validation 
examination for Accounting 111. 

For the accountancy major, a minimum of forty-one hours must be earned in the Wayne 
Calloway School of Business and Accountancy at Wake Forest University; for the major in 
business, a minimum of thirty hours must be earned in the Calloway School; for the major 
in finance, the minimum hours earned in the Calloway School must total thirty-eight; and 
for the bachelor of science in mathematical business, a minimum of thirty hours must be 
earned in the Calloway School and/or the mathematics department at Wake Forest University. 

For the master of science in accountancy, a minimum of thirty graduate hours must be 
earned in the Calloway School. 

Requirements for Continuation 

In addition to the requirements stated on page 32, a student must be academically respon- 
sible and must show satisfactory progress toward completing the requirements for the 
degree. The administration of the Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy 
notifies the student if satisfactory progress is not being made and, after consultation with the 
Committee on Admission, Continuation, and Scholarships, decides if the student may con- 
tinue as a major in the Calloway School. 

Requirements for Graduation 

The Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy confers the bachelor of science 
degree with a major in either accountancy, business, finance, or mathematical business. The 
Calloway School also confers the master of science in accountancy. The requirements for 
completion of the degrees are those in effect at the time the student enters the Calloway 
School. 

The accountancy major requires the following courses: Accounting 111, 211, 212, 221 
(or 112), 237, 351, and 352; Business 100, 201, 211, 221, 231, 241, 251, 261, and 271 or 
272; Economics 150; Mathematics 106 or 111; Communications 110; and an approved 
international course. 

The business major requires the following courses: Accounting 111 and 221 (or 112); 
Business 100, 201, 202, 211, 221, 231, 241, 251, 261, and 271 or 272; Economics 150; 
Mathematics 106 or 111; Communication 110; and a minimum of nine hours from Business 
209, 212, 213, 215, 216, 217, 222, 223, 224, 225, 227, 228, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 
238, 243, 253, 258, 259, 262, 265, 281, 282, 290, 291, 293, 294, 338 or accounting courses 



247 



Calloway School 



numbered 200 or above (excluding Accounting 221). One elective may be taken from 
economics courses numbered 200 or above. 

The finance major requires the following courses: Accounting 111, 211, 212, and 221 
(or 112); Business 100, 201, 211, 221, 231, 232, 238, 241, 251, 261, and 271 or 272; 
Economics 150; Mathematics 106 or 111; Communication 110 and a minimum of six hours 
from Business 233, 234, 235, 236. A student may substitute an upper level (3h) Calloway 
elective for one finance elective. 

Prerequisites for the mathematical business major include the following courses: 
Accounting 111 and 221 (or 112); Mathematics 111 and 112; Economics 150; Communica- 
tion 110, and Business 100. Computer Science 111 and 112 are strongly recommended. 
Requirements for the mathematical business major are: Mathematics 253, 256, 301 (or 
113), 302 (or 121), 353; Business 211, 221, 231, 241, 251, 261, 292; and a minimum of six 
additional hours — only three of which can be in business. Mathematics electives must be at 
the 300 level or above, excluding 381. 

For the master of science in accountancy with an undergraduate major in accountancy, 
the following coursework must be completed: Accounting 111, 211, 212, 221 (or 112), 237, 
351, and 352; Business 100, 201, 211, 221, 231, 241, 251, 261, and 271 or 272, and an 
approved international course; Economics 150; Mathematics 106 or 111; Communication 
110; and thirty hours of graduate coursework as specified in the Wake Forest University 
Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Bulletin. 

For the master of science in accountancy with an undergraduate major in finance, the 
following coursework must be completed: Accounting 111, 211, 212, 221 (or 112), 237, 
351, and 352; Business 100, 201, 211, 221, 231, 232, 233 or 234 or 235 or 236, 238, 241, 
251, 261, 271 or 272, and an approved international course; Economics 150; Mathematics 
106 or 111; and Communication 110; and thirty hours of graduate coursework as specified 
in the Wake Forest University Graduate School of Arts and Sciences Bulletin. 

In addition to the courses stipulated, the student in business and accountancy also must 
meet the following requirements for graduation: 

(a) a minimum of 112 hours for the four-year majors and 112 hours plus 30 graduate hours 
for the master's program, including the basic and divisional requirements established by 
Wake Forest College; 

(b) a minimum grade point average of 2.0 on all work attempted at Wake Forest; 

(c) a minimum grade point average of 2.0 on all work attempted at other institutions; and 

(d) an overall 2.0 grade point average on all business and accountancy courses. 

Senior Honors Program 

Calloway School students (exclusive of mathematical business majors) with a grade point 
average of at least 3.0 on all college work and who are eligible for membership in Beta 
Gamma Sigma are invited to apply for admission to the honors program in business and 
accountancy. A project, paper, or readings, and an oral presentation or examination are 
required. Those who successfully complete the requirements specified by the school are 
graduated with the designation "Honors in Accountancy," "Honors in Business," or "Honors 
in Finance." For additional information, interested students should consult a member of the 
faculty of the Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy. 



Calloway School 



248 



Mathematical business majors with a grade point average of at least 3.0 on all college 
work and a minimum grade point average of 3.5 in the major are invited to apply for 
admission to the honors program in mathematical business. A project, paper, or readings, 
and an oral presentation or examination are required. Those who successfully complete the 
requirements specified by the school and the mathematics department are graduated with 
the designation "Honors in Mathematical Business." For additional information, interested 
students should consult a member of the faculty of the mathematics department or the 
Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy. 

Beta Gamma Sigma, National Honor Society 

Membership in Beta Gamma Sigma is the highest national recognition a student can receive 
in an undergraduate program in accounting or business. To be eligible for membership, a 
student must rank in the upper five percent of the junior class or the upper ten percent of the 
senior class. 

Courses of Instruction 

Business 

100. Calloway Requisite Integrated Study Program. (1.5) Provides students with an aware- 
ness of the fundamental objectives of business organizations and the environments in which 
they operate, in order to provide a common foundation for an integrated study of business 
disciplines. In addition, students develop knowledge and basic skills of business software 
applications including spreadsheets, business presentation graphics, and databases. Closed to 
freshmen and seniors. P or C — Accounting 111. 

101S. Introduction to Business Software. (1.5h) This experiential course provides students 
with basic skills in business software. The class focuses on software for presentations, 
spreadsheets, and databases. In addition, students are familiarized with databases provided 
through the library and through the Internet that facilitate their ability to do research. This 
course does not count towards a Calloway major. Summer only. 

181. Field Study, (lh) Directed field study in specialized areas of business. P — Business 100 
and Accounting 111. POL 

201. Quantitative Analysis I. (3h) This course emphasizes the understanding and application 
of quantitative tools used in the business decision-making process. Specific issues covered 
include collection and presentation of data, sampling, and inferences. P — Business 100. 

202. Quantitative Analysis II. (3h) This course emphasizes the understanding and applica- 
tion of quantitative tools for data analysis and managerial decision-making. Specific topics 
include such statistical tools as Chi-Square methods, analysis of variance and regression. 
Management science tools include statistical decision theory and some deterministic optimi- 
zation models such as linear programming and its various extensions. Application of these 
methods to the analysis of decisions from various functional areas of business is an impor- 
tant component of the course. P — Business 201. 

209. Seminar: Contemporary Issues in Business. (3h) The course examines current business 
issues using the theory and practices covered in the core courses. Topics may include recent 



M9 



Calloway School 



global business events and policies, corporate takeovers and restructurings, business aspects 
of health care, workplace issues, the relationship of government and business decisions, 
among others. The topics discussed change each semester reflecting the important issues at 
that time. P — Senior status and POL 

211. Organizational Theory and Behavior. (3h) This course focuses on the behavior, struc- 
ture, and processes within organizations. Emphasis is on developing knowledge and skills 
regarding the role of individuals and groups within organizations, as well as organizational 
dynamics. 

212. Human Resource Management. (3h) This course focuses on important human resourc- 
es management (HRM) skills that are frequently used by general managers. Upon comple- 
tion of the course, students should be literate in basic HRM concepts, knowledgeable of 
general managers' HRM responsibilities, and skilled in HRM applications as prospective 
managers. P — Business 211. 

213. Entrepreneurship. (3h) This course exposes students to multiple facets of entre- 
preneurship and teaches about creating new ventures in a very hands-on fashion. A broad 
range of ideas, readings, and cases enable students to understand characteristics of successful 
new business startups and convey the essence of working in ambiguous and highly-charged 
environments. The course focuses on three areas that define successful entrepreneurial 
pursuit: opportunities, management, and the deal. Guest speakers present views of entrepre- 
neurial organizations from real experiences — startup, financing, legal, transition, failure, etc. 
The highlight of the course is the completion of a team-developed business plan for a new 
venture. P — Business 211, 221, and 231, or POL 

215. Seminar in Comparative Management. (1.5h, 3h) This course deals with the global 
issues in management. Particular emphasis is placed on the different management philoso- 
phies and styles practiced by managers in an international context. The course is conducted 
in a seminar format and focuses on the complexities involved in operating in different 
cultures and the implications which these cultural differences have on managing organiza- 
tions and their employees' behavior. P — Business 211. 

216. Management in the Nonprofit and Public Sectors. (1.5h) This seminar focuses on the 
comparisons and contrasts of management across the nonprofit, public, and private sectors. 
The course uses a seminar format and a "real-world" approach. P — Senior standing. (One- 
half of enrollment spaces are available for non-Calloway School students.) 

217. Change Management. (3h) This course focuses on the processes of change and reorga- 
nization in organizations. The overall course objective is to help students develop skills and 
knowledge that allow them to assess the necessity for organizational change, identify factors 
that facilitate or impede successful change, and initiate and implement change in organiza- 
tions. P — Business 211. 

221. Principles of Marketing. (3h) Investigates the means by which firms create, maintain, 
and improve relationships with customers through the development of strong brands and 
effective marketing programs. Emphasizes the application, rather than the acquisition, of 
marketing knowledge. Explores how the four Ps — product, price, place, and promotion — can 
be used to solve problems, exploit opportunities and meet challenges in the global market- 
place. Discussions, cases, objective tests, in-class exercises and a marketing campaign project 



Calloway School 2CO 



are among the instructional methods used. P — Economics 150, Business 100, and Account- 
ing 111, or POI. 

222. Global Marketing Strategy. (3h) Builds on Business 221 to explore strategic issues in 
the global marketplace in greater depth through intensive examination of cases from con- 
sumer and industrial markets; product and service businesses; and for-profit and nonprofit 
organizations. Analyzes social, cultural, economic, legal, and political factors present in the 
global marketplace and their impact on planning and implementing marketing strategy. 
Focuses on building analytical and decision-making skills. Objective is to ensure students 
understand the key role of marketing strategy in achieving and maintaining competitive 
advantage in an ever-changing, increasingly complex global business environment. P — 
Business 221. 

223. Selected Topics in Marketing. (3h) An intensive study of one or more major topics in 
marketing. The nature of topics varies with each course offering depending upon prevalent 
issues in the marketplace. P — Business 221. 

224. Marketing Research. (3h) Introduction to fundamentals of research methodology and 
use of research information in marketing decision-making. Topics include research design, 
data collection methods, scaling, sampling, and alternate methods of statistical data analysis. 
Students design and execute their own research projects. P — Business 201 and 221. 

225. Consumer Behavior. (3h) Focuses on understanding the customers/consumers/buyers/ 
clients/patients/patrons without whom marketing and business cannot survive. Examines 
consumer motivations, influences, decision-making processes and behaviors as they relate to 
the development of competitive marketing strategy. Discussions, mini-cases, in-class exer- 
cises, and a project are among the instructional methods used in the course. P — Business 221 
or POI. 

227. Marketing Communications. (3h) Designed for students whose career plans involve 
making strategic marketing decisions. Emphasizes ways to foster relationships with consum- 
ers by establishing a dialogue through advertising, consumer and trade promotions, the 
Internet, direct mail, publicity, packaging, point of sale material and event sponsorship. 
Discussions, cases, in-class exercises, oral presentations, and a marketing communications 
campaign project are among the instructional methods used in the course. P — Business 221. 

228. Sports Marketing. (3h) This course focuses on the application of the strategic market- 
ing process to the rapidly growing sports industry. Varied elements of the industry are 
examined: understanding the sports consumer; marketing and media; advertising and 
communication; promotion and special events; licensing; and corporate sponsorships. 
Current research, including gender-specific marketing, using athletes as endorsers, segment- 
ing the sports market, measuring value of sponsorship, and the impact of technology on 
sports are covered. P — Economics 150 or equivalent. 

231. Principles of Finance. (3h) A survey course examining the fundamentals of financial 
decision-making and including topics such as the time value of money, security valuation 
(corporate debt and equity pricing), risk and return, financial statement analysis, capital 
budgeting, and the cost of capital. Financial decision-making is developed within the con- 
text of domestic and international institutions and markets. P — Accounting 111, P or 
C — Economics 150. 



2 5 I 



Calloway School 



232. Advanced Financial Management. (3h) The course provides and in-depth examination 
of the complexities of valuation and stresses practical applications of financial decision 
making. Topics include: strategic capital budgeting with managerial flexibility (real options), 
cost of capital determination, firm valuation, working capital management, financial 
statement forecasting (pro forma analysis), risk analysis, and financial restructuring. The 
class incorporates electronic spreadsheet applications in problem solving and financial 
modeling. P — Business 231. 

233. Investment Analysis. (3h) Equity market analysis course where students are exposed to 
portfolio development and analysis, valuation of equity securities, and selection of equity 
securities for portfolio construction. P or C — Business 232 or POL 

234. International Finance. (3h) The course examines the impact of international financial 
economics on markets and the management of both domestic and multinational firms. 
Emphasis is placed upon institutional and environmental factors influencing trade, foreign 
exchange, and capital acquisition and allocation. P — Business 232 or POL 

235. Fixed-Income Securities and Financial Institutions. (3h) A thorough examination of 
fixed-income securities, their sensitivity to changes in interest rates, and the impact of 
imbedded options and credit risk. This course also explores the role of financial intermediar- 
ies in a free market economy and the functions of financial institutions within money and 
capital markets. Special topics may include interest rate risk management techniques, fixed- 
income portfolio management, and hedging financial risks. P — Business 232 or POL 

236. Financial Derivatives. (3h) Futures, options, and swaps are the three most important 
types of financial derivatives, and they are linked by a common pricing framework. This 
course emphasizes the use of these derivatives in risk management but includes speculative 
strategies that can be implemented with derivatives. P — Business 232 or POL 

238. Integrative Financial Decision Making. (2h) As the capstone course for finance majors, 
this class applies the skills learned in prior courses to develop a chief financial officer's view 
of business. Students analyze cases and grapple with problems and issues in the business 
media. P — Business 232 and a least one of the following: Business 233, 234, 235, 236. 

241. Production and Operations Management. (3h) This course introduces the basic 
concepts of operations strategy and operations planning in support of the business strategy 
of the firm. Topics include: operations strategy, quality management, project planning and 
control, capacity planning, location, layout, demand forecasting, supply chain management, 
aggregate planning, production scheduling, and inventory systems. P — Business 201. 

243. Management of Technology and Innovation. (3h) This course explores the management 
challenges and opportunities created by emerging new technologies including both product 
and process technologies. Major themes of the course include (1) how pioneering firms 
manage the initial exploitation of new technologies to create business value and establish a 
competitive advantage through new product development or new process development and 
(2) how established firms cope with an emerging technology that threatens to diminish their 
competitive advantage or displace demand for products and services. This course deals with 
managerial rather than technical choices. P — Business 211, 221, 231 and 251, or POL 

251. Management Information Systems. (3h) An introduction to the business issues associ- 
ated with information systems, designed to provide a broad perspective for utilizing and 



Calloway School 2^2 



managing an organization's information resources. Frameworks are presented for under- 
standing the placement and relationship of different types of information systems within an 
organization. The course includes an overview of computing technology currently used in 
business organizations, techniques for developing and implementing information systems, 
advanced applications of information technology, and the strategic implications of informa- 
tion systems and technology for business. P — Business 100. 

253. Selected Topics in Information Systems. (3h) An in-depth study of contemporary issues 
in the field of information systems that are not covered in other information systems courses. 
Content varies. P — Business 251 or POL 

258. The Management of Telecommunications. (3h) Driven by increasingly global and 
mobile computing environments, the course addresses the technical underpinnings of tele- 
communications, but does so within a business context. Several telecommunications models 
and networks are examined in detail. Special attention is paid to Internet-based communica- 
tions. Emphasis is placed upon management of the telecommunications infrastructure and 
associated projects. The impact of legislation and regulation in a global environment also is 
addressed. P — Business 256 or POL 

259. Managing the IT Resource. (3h) The course develops in students the ability to critically 
evaluate the technological and competitive landscape and to identify opportunities to 
leverage information technology toward competitive advantage. Special emphasis is placed 
upon developing the ability to identify emerging and emergent technologies, to evaluate 
their strategic value to the firm and to then communicate the results of this analysis in a 
rigorous, professional and understandable fashion to business units and senior management. 
P— Business 258 or POL 

261. Legal Environment of Business. (3h) A study of the legal environment in which business 
decisions are made in profit and nonprofit organizations. Emphasis is on how the law 
develops and how economic, political, social, international, and ethical considerations 
influence this development. Includes substantive areas such as torts and government 
regulation of the employment relationship, the competitive marketplace and the environ- 
ment. P — Accounting 111. 

262. Business Law. (3h) A study of substantive law topics applicable to business transactions 
including contracts, agency, property, the UCC and business organizations with an emphasis 
on how these subjects intersect with the functional areas of business and affect managerial 
decision-making. P — Business 261. 

265. Ethics and Business Leadership. (3h) An interdisciplinary exploration of ethics applied 
to business. The lecture, readings, and case-based approach introduces the necessary back- 
ground information and then utilizes examples of ethical and unethical situations to develop 
an understanding of how an efficient and effective business can also be ethical. (One-half of 
enrollment spaces are available for non-Calloway School students.) P — Junior or senior 
standing. 

271. Strategic Management. (3h) This course focuses on the derivation of competitive 
advantage by organizations. The course emphasizes the activities of general managers who 
are responsible for the shape, character, and overall direction of the total enterprise. Course 
content includes analyzing the effects of industry and competitive environments on the firm, 
determining the strategic basis upon which the firm should compete, formulating and 



253 



Calloway School 



implementing integrative action plans which enhance performance, and strategic leadership. 
Emphasis is placed on applying principles of competitive analysis and strategic planning to 
case studies of domestic situations, diversification, globalization, and corporate turnaround. 
P — Business 211, 221, and 231. P or C — Business 241. 

272. Strategic Management in Entrepreneurial Firms. (3h) This course focuses on the cre- 
ation and management of strategy in entrepreneurial firms. Core foundational concepts in 
strategic management are critically examined in the context of entrepreneurial firm settings. 
Emphasis is placed on applying principles of competitive analysis and strategic planning 
using case studies of startups, fast-growth firms, young firms in rapidly-changing industries, 
and firms confronting early organizational life cycle problems. Unique strategy issues con- 
fronted by firms in electronic commerce, technology, and other fast-paced industries are 
considered. P — Business 211, 221, and 231. P or C — Business 241. 

281. Individualized Reading and Research, (lh, 2h, 3h) Directed study in specialized areas of 
business. P — POL 

282. Management in the Visual Arts. (3h) This course is taught by faculty from the Calloway 
School and the art department. It provides both art and business students with the essential 
skills, pragmatic experiences, and a conceptual framework for understanding the role the 
visual arts play within the national and international economies. Students receive prepara- 
tion for involvement in art galleries, auction houses, museums, and publishing, as well as for 
contributions to various boards and organizations that commission or purchase works of 
art. The marketing, financial, legal, and strategic aspects of art management are explored. 
Emphasis is placed on dialogue between art majors and business majors enrolled in the 
course. The course includes field study in at least one major metropolitan area for the 
purpose of gaining intensive exposure to professional arts management. The field study is 
required, but the majority of travel costs are covered by the University. Also listed as Art 
297. (One half of enrollment spaces are available for students who have been accepted into 
the Calloway School; the remaining half of the spaces are available to declared art majors 
with junior standing or higher.) P — Junior or senior standing and POL 

290. International Business Study Tour. (3h) An experiential learning course which provides 
students with an exposure to and understanding of global operations in foreign settings. 
Each of the functional areas of business (marketing, operations, finance, human resources 
management, information systems, and strategic management) are covered through various 
site visits and presentations in selected foreign countries. Background readings and assign- 
ments appropriate to business or finance majors are required. P — POL Taught overseas in 
the summer. 

292. Seminar in Mathematical Business Analysis. (3h) This seminar provides mathematical 
business majors with a forum where they can actually see how the mathematical, statistical 
and computer techniques can be brought to bear on many business problems in a variety of 
business functions. Emphasis is more on studying the process of modeling and implementa- 
tion issues of the solutions and less on the algorithmic details. Critical and reflective thinking 
about models and translation of their results into management action that will add value to 
a process or a system is a major objective. Another objective of the seminar is to foster 
group work and the sharpening of presentation skills. P — Business 211, 221, 231, 241, and 
Mathematics 256, 353. 



Calloway School 2\4 



293. Principles of Risk Management. (1.5h) Risk management continues to evolve as an 
important area of study within the field of finance. This course is intended to assist the 
student in identifying and analyzing risk and in managing it through a variety of mecha- 
nisms. Techniques such as loss control, risk retention, and risk transfer are discussed. This 
course is a prerequisite to Business 294. P — Junior or senior standing. 

294. Applied Risk Management. (1.5h) Professional risk management field work, under the 
direction of a faculty member. Students gain relevant practical experience that is integrated 
with casework and risk management theory. Emphasis is placed upon analysis, decision- 
making in a global environment, teamwork, written and verbal skills, presentation skills, 
and using technology to solve problems. P — Business 293, POI, and senior standing. 

295. Summer Management Program. (6h) A study of the various functions of business 
including accounting, finance, information systems, management, marketing, production, 
and strategic planning. Special application and admission procedures. Offered only in the 
summer and open only to junior and senior liberal arts majors. 

296. Seminar in Fundamentals of Business. (4.5h) A study of the various functional areas of 
business, including finance, information systems, management, marketing, production, and 
strategic planning. P — Admission to master of science in accountancy program. Offered only 
in the summer. 

297S. SportsCOM. (6h) A study of the concepts, operations, and management associated 
with the sports industry. Students will be introduced to such areas as the foundation of 
sports management, sociology of sports, sports marketing, psychology of coaching, sports 
economics and finance, ethics in management of sports organizations, legal issues in sports 
management, athletics administration, facilities management, and the strategic management 
of sports organizations. Students may not receive credit for both Business 295 and Business 
297S. Special application and admission procedures. Offered only in the summer with 
preference to rising seniors. Enrollment is not limited to Calloway students. One-half of 
enrollment spaces are available for student athletes and one-half for non-student athletes 
with sport experience. 

338. Financial Statement Analysis. (1.5h) A study of the techniques used to analyze and 
interpret the information in corporate financial statements. Emphasis is placed on (1) 
accounting methods used in the preparation of financial statements, (2) implications of 
management's accounting choices for evaluation of corporate performance by creditors and 
investors, and (3) linkages among financial statement items. P — Business 231 and Account- 
ing 212. 

Accountancy 

111. Introductory Financial Accounting. (3h) An introduction to financial accounting and 
reporting, including the role of financial information in business decisions, the basic financial 
statements, and the processes used to prepare these financial statements. Students are 
introduced to the accounting and reporting issues associated with an organization's financ- 
ing, investing, and operating activities. Sophomore standing. 

112. Introductory Management Accounting. (3h) A study of the concepts fundamental to 
management accounting which aid in decision-making, performance evaluation, and 
planning and control. The topics covered include product costing systems, budgeting, 



*55 



Calloway School 



differential and breakeven analysis, responsibility accounting, cost allocation, and manage- 
ment accounting reports. Credit not allowed for both 112 and 221. P — Minimum of C in 
Accounting 111. 

211. Financial Accounting Theory and Problems I. (4h) A study of the conceptual framework 
underlying financial accounting in the United States as well as the financial accounting stan- 
dards setting process and the basic corporate financial statements. Financial accounting and 
reporting issues associated with receivables, inventories, property, plant, and equipment, and 
intangible assets are also examined. P — Business 100 and minimum of C in Accounting 111. 

212. Financial Accounting Theory and Problems II. (4h) An examination of financial 
accounting and reporting issues associated with current liabilities and contingencies, long- 
term liabilities, stockholders' equity, dilutive securities and earnings per share, investments in 
debt and equity securities, pensions and postretirement benefits, leases and the statement of 
cash flows. P — Minimum of C in Accounting 211. 

221. Introductory Management Accounting. (3h) A study of the concepts fundamental to 
management accounting which aid in decision-making, performance evaluation, and plan- 
ning and control. The topics covered include product costing systems, budgeting, differential 
and breakeven analysis, responsibility accounting, cost allocation, and management account- 
ing reports. Credit not allowed for both 112 and 221. P — Minimum of C in Accounting 111. 

237. Taxes and Their Role in Business and Personal Decisions. (3h) Review of legal and 
accounting concepts associated with the federal taxation of personal income. Topics exam- 
ined include the regular and alternative minimum tax models as well as gross income, capital 
gains, property transactions, deductions, and credits. P or C — Accounting 211 or POL 

290. International Accounting. (3h) An experiential learning course that provides students 
with an opportunity to learn about international and transnational accounting standards, 
policies, and practices. Students participate in a study tour of several selected countries and 
gain an international accounting and business perspective through meetings with individuals 
in government, professional accounting firms, financial institutions, and manufacturing 
companies. Background readings and assignments appropriate to accounting or finance 
majors are required. P — Accounting 211 and POL Taught overseas in the summer. 

351. Accounting Information Systems. (3h) A study of the design and operation of account- 
ing systems including the revenue, expenditure, and administrative transaction cycles. 
Emphasis is on the necessary controls for reliable data. P — Admission to MSA program, 
minimum of C in Accounting 21 1 and Business 251. 

352. Introduction to Auditing. (4h) An examination of basic auditing concepts and practices, 
and the auditor's professional responsibilities. Emphasis is on auditing standards and the 
auditing procedures commonly used in public accounting. P — Admission to the MSA 
program, minimum of C in Accounting 211; C — Accounting 351 or POL 

378. Individualized Reading and Research, (lh, 2h, 3h) Directed study in specialized areas of 
accountancy. P — POL 

390. Professional Accounting Internship. (6h) Professional accounting field work, under the 
direction of a faculty member, in a public accounting firm, corporate enterprise, or not-for- 
profit organization. Students gain relevant practical experience which builds on prior course- 
work and provides an experiential knowledge base for coursework in the fifth year. 
P — Admission to MSA program and POL Pass/Fail. 

Calloway School 2^6 



Enrollment 



<''£|™-S\K 



A- : -\B- '..1a\ 



All Schools— Fall 2004 

Undergraduate Schools 
The Graduate School (Reynolda Campus) 
The Graduate School (Bowman Gray Campus) 
The School of Law 
Divinity School 

Babcock Graduate School of Management 
The Wake Forest School of Medicine 
(Includes Allied Health) 

University Totals 



Men 



3,337 



Women 



3,167 



Total 



2,033 


2,095 


4,128 


181 


241 


422 


99 


145 


244 


277 


218 


495 


50 


46 


96 


412 


144 


556 


285 


278 


563 



6,504 



Geographic Distr ibut ion — Under gr aduat es 
By State (2004-05 Academic Year) 



Alabama 


51 


Kentucky 


Alaska 





Louisiana 


Arizona 


9 


Maine 


Arkansas 


9 


Maryland 


California 


65 


Massachusetts 


Colorado 


28 


Michigan 


Connecticut 


107 


Minnesota 


Delaware 


21 


Mississippi 


District of Columbia 


10 


Missouri 


Florida 


219 


Montana 


Georgia 


235 


Nebraska 


Hawaii 


2 


Nevada 


Idaho 


6 


New Hampshire 


Illinois 


65 


New Jersey 


Indiana 


30 


New Mexico 


Iowa 


11 


New York 


Kansas 


20 


North Carolina 



55 


North Dakota 


13 


Ohio 


13 


Oklahoma 


223 


Oregon 


133 


Pennsylvania 


19 


Rhode Island 


17 


South Carolina 


3 


South Dakota 


28 


Tennessee 


2 


Texas 


3 


Utah 


4 


Vermont 


20 


Virginia 


229 


Washington 


4 


West Virginia 


146 


Wisconsin 


1,169 


Wyoming 



2 

135 

12 

7 

230 

17 

123 

2 

94 

198 

3 

9 

202 

17 

20 

14 

6 



Countries Represented (2004-05 Academic Year) 

Bermuda Israel 

Bolivia Italy 

Canada Japan 

Ecuador Korea 

France Kuwait 

Germany Lithuania 

Guatemala Malawi 

India Netherlands 



Total International Students: 5 1 



Panama 

South Africa 

Spain 

Sweden 

Taiwan 

Trinidad and Tobago 

United Kingdom 

Vietnam 

Yugoslavia (former) 



2-57 



ENROLLMENT 



Governing and Advisory Boards 






The Board of Trustees 



2001-2005 



W Louis Bissette Jr., Asheville, NC 
Simpson O. Brown Jr., Winston-Salem, NC 
Jan W. Calloway, Greenwich, CT 
Harvey R. Holding, Ponte Vedra Beach, FL 
Lawrence D. Hopkins, Winston-Salem, NC 



James W. Johnston, Winston-Salem, NC 
Russell W. Meyer Jr., Wichita, KS 
L. Glenn Orr Jr., Winston-Salem, NC 
K. Wayne Smith, Newton, NC 
Janice Kulynych Story, Atlanta, GA 



2002-2006 



Jerry H. Baker, Atlanta, GA 
Jocelyn Burton, Oakland, CA 
Graham W. Denton Jr., Charlotte, NC 
Lelia B. Farr, St. Louis, MO 
Albert R. Hunt, Washington, DC 
Kenneth D. Miller, Greensboro, NC 



Barbara B. Millhouse, New York, NY 
Lloyd P. Tate Jr., Southern Pines, NC 
J. Lanny Wadkins Jr., Dallas, TX 
James T. Williams Jr., Greensboro, NC 
Kyle Allen Young, Greensboro, NC 



2003-2007 



Ronald E. Deal, Hickory, NC 
Lisbeth C. Evans, Winston-Salem, NC 
Martin L. Garcia, Tampa, FL 
Marvin D. Gentry, King, NC 
James R. Helvey III, Winston-Salem, NC 
Alice Kirby Horton, Hillsborough, NC 

2004-2008 

Diana M. Adams, Bartlesville, OK 

Donna A. Boswell, Oakton, VA 

Bobby R. Burchfield, McLean, VA 

J. Donald Cowan Jr., Raleigh, NC 

James A. Dean, Pickerington, OH 

Murray C. Greason Jr., Winston-Salem, NC 

Life Trustees 

Bert L. Bennett, Pfafftown, NC 
Louise Broyhill, Winston-Salem, NC 
C. C. Cameron, Charlotte, NC 
Charles W Cheek, Greensboro, NC 
Egbert L. Davis Jr., Winston-Salem, NC 
Floyd Fletcher, Durham, NC 
Victor I. Flow Jr., Winston-Salem, NC 
Jean H. Gaskin, Charlotte, NC 
Weston P. Hatfield, Winston-Salem, NC 
James E. Johnson Jr., Charlotte, NC 



Jeanette Wallace Hyde, Raleigh, NC 
Dee Hughes LeRoy, Charleston, SC 
Douglas F. Manchester, La Jolla, CA 
Andrew J. Schindler, Winston-Salem, NC 
Adelaide A. Sink, Thonotosassa, FL 



William B. Greene Jr., Gray, TN 
James W. Judson Jr., Roswell, GA 
Deborah D. Lambert, Raleigh, NC 
William L. Marks, New Orleans, LA 
Celeste Mason Pittman, Rocky Mount, NC 
Charles Jeffrey Young, Winston-Salem, NC 



Petro Kulynych, Wilkesboro, NC 
John G. Medlin Jr., Winston-Salem, NC 
Arnold D. Palmer, Youngstown, PA 
Frances P. Pugh, Raleigh, NC 
Zachary Smith, Winston-Salem, NC 
D. E. Ward Jr., Lumberton, NC 
Lonnie B. Williams Sr., Wilmington, NC 
J. Tylee Wilson, Ponte Vedra Beach, FL 
T. Eugene Worrell, Charlottesville, VA 



BOARD OF TRUSTEES 



258 



Officers - 2004-2005 

Murray C. Greason Jr., Winston-Salem, NC, Chair 

L. Glen Orr Jr., Winston-Salem, NC, Vice Chair 

Louis R. Morrell, Winston-Salem, NC, Treasurer 

J. Reid Morgan, Winston-Salem, NC, Secretary 

Nancy S. Moore, Winston-Salem, NC, Assistant Secretary 

Arthur N. Pittman, Winston-Salem, NC, Assistant Secretary 



The Board of Visitors 

John Wagster, Chair, Board of Visitors 



Wake Forest College and Graduate School 

Terms Expiring June 30, 2005 

James C. Daniel, Washington, DC 
Steven J. Eskind, Nashville, TN 
Laurie G. Eskind, Nashville, TN 
Robert M. Frehse Jr., New York, NY 

Terms Expiring June 30, 2006 

Peter J. Bondy, Ft. Lauderdale, FL 
Jane F. Crosthwaite, South Hadley, MA 
Patricia Vecellio Cunningham, Natural Bridge, VA 
George Lee Hundley Jr., Wynnewood, PA 
Mark W. Leuchtenberger, Cambridge, MA 

Terms Expiring June 30, 2007 

Bruce M. Babcock, Winston-Salem, NC 
Callie Anne Clark, Hinsdale, IL 
Brenda E. B. Dunson, Washington, DC 
Gloria Graham, Winston-Salem, NC 
H. Stephen Hurst, New York, NY 
Robert P. Lee, Darien, CT 



Olivia B. Holding, Atlantic Beach, NC 
Beverly B. Lambert, Roanoke, VA 
William W. Webb, Chapel Hill, NC 



Marcus Cole Miller, Chicago, IL 
Christoph Nostitz, Clemmons, NC 
Ronald C. Parker, Piano, TX 
Keith W. Vaughan, Winston-Salem, NC 
Douglas C. Waller, Washington, DC 



Debra Lee, Darien, CT 
George Whitfield McDowell, Charlotte, NC 
James A. Perdue, Salisbury, MD 
Zachary Tate, Blowing Rock, NC 
William L. Thorkelson, Rosemont, PA 
John W. Wagster, Nashville, TN 



Terms Expiring June 30, 2008 

Debra Bryant, Keswick, VA 
John Crowe, Davis, CA 
Sarah duPont, Charlottesville, VA 
Gail Gregory, Martinsville, VA 
Ashley Hairston, Charlottesville, VA 
Rhoda Juckett, Charlotte, NC 
Page Laughlin, Winston-Salem, NC 
Amy Lowden, Greenwich, CT 



Jack Lowden, Greenwich, CT 
Toby Moffett, Washington, DC 
Joe Neal, Seattle, WA 
Cathy Thomas, Chapel Hill, NC 
Betsy Tuttle-Newhall, Chapel Hill, NC 
Joy Vermillion, Winston-Salem, NC 
Mary Helen Young, Malibu, CA 



Ex-Officio Members 

Zachary T. Smith, Lifetime Trustee Liaison, Winston-Salem, NC 
Donna Boswell, Trustee Liaison, Washington, DC 



2 5 9 



BOARD OF VISITORS 



The Board of Visitors 

Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy 



Janice W. Calloway, Greenwich, CT 
Robert E. Chappell, Horsham, PA 
Victor N. Daley, Des Moines, IA 
Edwin A. Dalrymple Jr., Charlotte, NC 
John P. Davis, Weston, CT 
Moira E. Davis, New York, NY 
Frederick W. Eubank, Charlotte, NC 
John J. Fosina, New York, NY 
Dennis Hatchell, Winston-Salem, NC 
William F. Hickey, New York, NY 
Gregory B. Hunter, Winston-Salem, NC 
A. Dale Jenkins, Raleigh, NC 
Patrick G. Jones, Atlanta, GA 
Davin E. Juckett, Charlotte, NC 
Gregory M. Keeley, New York, NY 
John Keener, Charlotte, NC 
Bradley D. Kendall, Lawrenceville, GA 
John B. Maier II, New York, NY 



Morris D. Marley, Winston-Salem, NC 

Aubrey L. Martin, Atlanta, GA 

Kimberly D. McCaslin, McLean, VA 

Charles L. Melman, Charlotte, NC 

George F. Mikes, New York, NY 

Caroline Murray, Raleigh, NC 

Robert L. Reid, Charlotte, NC 

Dennis R. Reigle, Woodstock, IL 

Richard A. Riley, Chicago, IL 

Harold O. Rosser, New York, NY 

Robert H. Samson, Albany, NY 

Mitesh B. Shah, Atlanta, GA 

Kenneth C. Sharp, Charlotte, NC 

Clay Small, Piano, TX 

Cynthia Evans Tessien, Winston-Salem, NC 

Robert W. Thorburn, Raleigh, NC 

Mark A. Tullis, Atlanta, GA 

Gererdus Vos, Greensboro, NC 



BOARD OF VISITORS x60 



The Administration 




years following name indicate year of hire/year of appointment to 
current position 



University 

Thomas K. Hearn Jr. (1983, 1983) 

BA, Birmingham-Southern; BD, Southern 
Baptist Theo. Seminary; PhD, Vanderbilt 

Nathan O. Hatch (2005, 2005) 
AB, Wheaton College; 
AM, PhD, Washington University (St. Louis) 

Richard H. Dean (1986, 1998) 
BA, Virginia Military Institute; 
MD, Medical College of Virginia 

William C. Gordon (2002, 2002) 

BA, MA, Wake Forest; PhD, Rutgers 

John P. Anderson (1984, 1984) 
BS, MS, PhD, Georgia Tech.; 
MBA, Alabama (Birmingham); 
MAEd, Wake Forest 

William B. Applegate (1999, 2002) 
BA, MD, University of Louisville; 
MPH, Harvard 

Sandra Combs Boyette (1981, 1997) 
BA, UNC-Charlotte; MEd, Converse; 
MBA, Wake Forest 

Douglas L. Edgeton (2000, 2000) 
BS, Alabama (Tuscaloosa); 
MBA, MPH, Alabama (Birmingham) 

James Reid Morgan (1979, 2002) 
BA, JD, Wake Forest 

Louis R. Morrell (1995, 1995) 

BS, Babson College; MBA, Massachusetts 

Kenneth A. Zick (1975, 1989) 
BA, Albion; JD, Wayne State; 
MLS, Michigan 



President 

13th President of Wake Forest University 
effective July i, 2005 

Senior Vice President for Health Affairs 

and President, Wake Forest University 

Health Sciences 

Provost 
Vice President for Finance and Administration 



Dean, School of Medicine and 

Senior Vice President, Wake Forest University 

Health Sciences 

Vice President for University Advancement 



Senior Vice President for 
Health Affairs, Finance and Administration 

Vice President and General Counsel 

Vice President for Investments 
and Treasurer 

Vice President for Student Life and 
Instructional Resources 



26l ADMINISTRATION 



College 



Deborah L. Best (1972, 2004) 

BA, MA, Wake Forest; PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Linda McKinnish Bridges (2001, 2001) 
BA, Meredith College; 
PhD, MDiv, Southern Baptist Theological Seminary 

Toby A. Hale (1970, 1997) 

BA, Wake Forest; MDiv, Duke; EdD, Indiana 

William S. Hamilton (1983, 1983) 
BA, MA, PhD, Yale 

PaulN. Orser ( 1989, 1994) 

BS, Wake Forest; MS, PhD, Emory 

W. Douglas Bland (1975, 2000) 
BA, MA, Wake Forest 

Jane H. Caldwell (1999, 1999) 

BA, UNC-Greensboro; MA, Wake Forest 



Provost 

William C. Gordon (2002, 2002) 

BA, MA, Wake Forest; PhD, Rutgers 

Samuel T Gladding (1990, 1998) 
BA, MAEd, Wake Forest; 
MA, Yale; PhD, UNC-Greensboro 

Mark Welker (1987, 2004) 

BS, UNC-Chapel Hill; PhD, Florida State 

Graduate School 

Gordon A. Melson (1991, 1991) 
BS, PhD, Sheffield (England) 

Cecilia H. Solano (1977, 1999) 

BA, Harvard; MA, PhD, Johns Hopkins 



School of Law 



Dean of the College 
Associate Dean 



Associate Dean and 
Dean of the Summer Sessions 

Associate Dean 



Associate Dean and Dean of Freshmen 

Associate Athletic Director and 
Assistant to the Dean of the College 

Director of Academic Counseling 

for Student- Athlete Services and 

Assistant to the Dean of the College 



Provost 
Associate Provost 

Associate Provost for Research 

Dean of the Graduate School 
Associate Dean of the Graduate School 



Robert K. Walsh (1989, 1989) 
BA, Providence; JD, Harvard 

H. Miles Foy III (1984, 2000) 
BA, UNC-Chapel Hill; 
MA, Harvard; JD, Virginia 

Ann Setien Gibbs (2000, 2000) 
BS, Virginia; JD, Richmond 

Deborah L. Parker (1984, 2000) 
BA, MA, UNC-Greensboro; 
JD, Wake Forest 



Dean of the School of Law 
Executive Associate Dean, Academic Affairs 

Associate Dean, External Affairs and Administration 

Associate Dean for Students and 
Professor of Legal Writing 



ADMINISTRATION 262 



Marian F. Parker (1999, 2002) 

BA, UNC-Greensboro; JD, Wake Forest; 
MSLS, UNC-Chapel Hill 

James C. Cook (1992, 1992) 

BS, South Carolina; JD, Wake Forest 

Kim M. Fields (2001, 2001) 
BS, Southwestern Louisiana 

Jean K. Holmes (1985, 1989) 

Margaret C. Lankford (1990, 1990) 
BS, UNC-Greensboro 

Melanie E. Nutt (1969, 1984) 

Edward S. Raliski (1988, 1999) 
BA, Wake Forest 

LeAnn P. Steele (1977, 1987) 
BMu, Salem 

Linda J. Taylor (1983, 1985) 
BS, UNC-Greensboro 



Associate Dean for Information Services, 

Director of Professional Center Library, 

and Professor of Law 

Director of Continuing Legal Education 

Director of Career Services 

Activities Coordinator 
Budget Director 

Director of Admissions and Financial Aid 
Director of Law School Information Services 

Registrar 

Director of Professional and Public Relations 



Babcock Graduate School of Management 

Ajay Patel (1993, 2004) 
BS, St. Joseph's College; 
MBA, University of Baltimore; 
PhD, University of Georgia 

J. Kendall Middaugh II (1987, 1999) 
BBA, George Washington; 
PhD, Ohio State 

Chet Miller (2000, 2004) 

BA, PhD, University of Texas (Austin) 

Nathaniel Irvin II (2001, 2001) 

BA, MA, University of South Carolina; 
DMA University of North Texas 

Patrica B. Divine (1984, 1998) 

BS, Virginia; MALS, Wake Forest 

Daniel S. Fogel (2003, 2003) 
BS, MA, Pennsylvania State; 
PhD, University of Wisconsin 

Kim Westmoreland (2003, 2003) 
BA, Duke; MBA, Wake Forest 

Kevin C. Bender (1999, 1999) 

BS, Alleghany College; MBA, Wake Forest 

Jamie Barnes (1998, 1998) 

AA, Wesley, Delaware; MBA Wake Forest 

Melissa N. Combes (1996, 1996) 

BA, Washington College; MBA, Wake Forest 

Debbie Cox (1997, 2002) 

BS, Radford; MBA, Wake Forest 



Dean and 
Babcock Research Professor of Finance 



Associate Dean of Management Education 

Associate Dean for Faculty and Alumni Affairs 
Assistant Dean for MBA Student Development 



Assistant Dean of External Relations and 
Program Development 

Assistant Dean and Dean of Charlotte Program 



Assistant Dean for Full-time Admissions 
and Career Management 

Executive Director of Career 
Management Center 

Director of Evening and Executive 
MBA Programs — Winston-Salem 

Director of MBA Development/ 
Babcock School/W. Calloway School 

Director of Finance and Administration 



263 



ADMINISTRATION 



Leslye A. Gervasi (1997, 1997) 
BS, Nazareth College; 
MA, State University of New York 

Stacy P. Owen (1999, 2003) 
BS, MS, NC State 

John Owen (1996, 1999) 
BS, Wake Forest 



Director, MBA Program — Charlotte 



Director, Full-time MBA Program 
and Student Affairs 

Director of Information Technology 



Wake Forest School of Medicine 

Richard H. Dean (1986, 1998) 
BA, Virginia Military Institute; 
MD, Medical College of Virginia 

William B. Applegate (1999, 2002) 
BA, MD, University of Louisville; 
MPh, Harvard School of Public Health 

Douglas L. Edgeton (2000, 2000) 
BS, Alabama (Tuscaloosa); 
MBA, MPH, Alabama (Birmingham) 

Thomas J. Pulliam (2002, 2002) 
BS, Stanford; 
MD, Bowman Gray School of Medicine 

Patricia L. Adams (1979, 2005) 
BA, Duke; MD, Wake Forest 

G. Douglas Atkinson (1994, 1994) 
BS, Drake; MBA, Xavier 

Johannes M. Boehme II (1978, 1990) 

BA, Southern College; MBA, Wake Forest; 
PhD, Western 

J. Kevin Bokeno (1997, 2001) 
BA, BS, Heidelberg College; 
MS, Michigan State 

Edward Carter (1993, 1993) 
BS, Western Michigan; 
MS, San Diego State 

J. Mac Ernest HI (1982, 2005) 
BA, William Carey College; 
MD, Mississippi 

Denise Fetters (1998, 1998) 
BS, Washington National 

Michael L. Freeman (1993, 2001) 
BS, Bradley; 
MBA, University of Iowa 

Terry L. Hales Jr. (1996, 2002) 
BS, Appalachian State; 
MBA, Wake Forest 

Peter R. Hoffmann (2001, 2003) 
AB, MD, MPhil, Columbia 



President and Chief Executive Officer 



Senior Vice President and Dean 



Senior Vice President for 
Finance and Administration, 
and Chief Operations Officer 

Vice President for Professional Affairs 



Chief of Professional Services 

Vice President for Networks 

Associate Dean for Academic Computing 
and Information Services 

Vice President for Public Relations and Marketing 



Vice President for 
Facilities Planning and Construction 

Associate Dean for Student Services 



Associate Vice President for Wake Forest University 
Physicians Business Operations 

Vice President for Strategic Planning 



Vice President for Financial Planning 
and Chief Financial Officer 

Vice President for Clinical Operations 



ADMINISTRATION 264 



Vice President for Human Resources 



Ronald L. Hoth (1992, 1992) 
BS, Loyola College 

Brenda Latham-Sadler (1990, 2002) 
BS, Pace; MD, Wake Forest 

Douglas E. Lischke (1999, 2003) 

BA, Georgia Southern; MBA, Valdosta State (Georgia) 

Michael P. Lischke (2000, 2001) 
BA, MPh, Emory; EdD, Temple 

Paul M. LoRusso (1987, 1987) 

BS, Syracuse; MBA, Florida State 

Paula M. Means (2004, 2004) 
BS, Kent State; MPA, Roosevelt 

Laurie Molloy (1998, 2004) 

BS, St. Cloud State (Minnesota); 
MBA, Wake Forest 

Lewis H. Nelson III (1976, 1985) 
BS, NC State; MD, Wake Forest 

K. Patrick Ober (1979, 2002) 
BS, Michigan State; 
MD, University of Florida College of Medicine 

Patricia H. Petrozza (1984, 2001) Associate Dean for Graduate Medical Education 

BS, Chestnut Hill College; 
MD, Jefferson Medical College, Thomas Jefferson 



Assistant Dean for Student Services, 
Director of Minority Programs 

Controller 

Director, Northwest AHEC 

Vice President for Information Services 

Assistant Dean for Research 

Assistant Dean for Resource Management 



Associate Dean for 
Medical Student Admissions 

Associate Dean for Education 



Joanne Ruhland (1988, 1988) 

BS, Gardner Webb; MBA, Appalachian State 

Sally A. Shumaker (1990, 2004) 
BA, Wayne State; 
MA, PhD, University of Michigan 

Audrey E. Stone (2005, 2005) 

BA, Regis College; MA, Penn State 

Rick C. Weavil (1985, 2002) 
BS, UNC-Chapel Hill 

E. Parks Welch III (1991, 2000) 

BS, UNC-Chapel Hill; MBA, Wake Forest; 
MLS, UNC-Greensboro 



Associate Vice President for 
Governmental Relations 

Associate Dean for Research 



Interim Vice President for Development 
and Alumni Affairs 

Associate Vice President 
for Wake Forest University Physicians Finance 

Director, Coy C. Carpenter Library 



Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy 



Jack E. Wilkerson Jr. (1989, 1997) 
BS, Bob Jones; PhD, Texas 

J. Kline Harrison (1990, 1999) 
BS, Virginia; PhD, Maryland 

Gordon E. McCray (1994, 2002) 

BS, Wake Forest; MBA, Stetson; PhD, Florida State 

Helen Akinc (1987, 1999) 

BA, UNC-Chapel Hill; MBA, SUNY (Binghamton) 

Katherine S. Hoppe (1993, 1996) 
BA, Duke; MBA, Texas Christian; 
PhD, UNC-Greensboro 



Dean of the Wayne Calloway School 
of Business and Accountancy 

Associate Dean 

Associate Dean 

Assistant Dean for 
Student Professional Affairs 

Assistant Dean for 
Student Academic Affairs 



265 



ADMINISTRATION 



Terry A. Baker (1998, 1999) 

BA, Miami of Ohio; MS, MBA, Chicago; 
PhD, Kentucky 



Director of Graduate Studies 



Divinity School, Wake Forest University 

Bill J. Leonard (1996, 1996) 

BA, Texas Wesleyan; MDiv., Southwestern Baptist 
Theological Seminary; PhD, Boston 

Ginny Bridges Ireland (2004, 2005) 
BS, Georgia Southern; 
MRE, Southwestern Baptist Theological Seminary 

Katherine E. Amos (2002, 2002) 
BA, Lenoir Rhyne; 

MRE, Lutheran Theological Southern Seminary; 
MS, PhD, Florida State 

Jill Crainshaw (1999, 2002) 

BA, Wake Forest; MDiv, Southeastern Baptist 
Theological Seminary; PhD, Union Theological Seminary 

Donna K. Haley (2002, 2002) 

BS, Mercer; MBA, Georgia College & State 



Dean of the Divinity School 



Acting Director of Admissions 



Associate Dean of Academic Affairs 



Associate Dean for 
Vocational Formation 

Registrar of the Divinity School 



Admissions and Financial Aid 

Martha Blevins Allman (1982, 2001) 
BA, MBA, Wake Forest 

Tamara L. Blocker (1999, 2001) 
BS, Florida State; 
MA, University of Central Florida 

James F. Clarke (1999, 2001) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Arron Marlowe-Rogers (2002, 2002) 
BS, JD, Wake Forest 

Candice Mathis (2002, 2004) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Dawn E. Calhoun (1999, 1999) 
BA, Wake Forest 



Director of Admissions 

Associate Director of Admissions 
and Coordinator of Admissions Technology 

Associate Director of Admissions 
and Volunteer Programs Coordinator 

Assistant Director of Admissions and 
Coordinator of Early Decision and Transfer Admissions 

Assistant Director of Admissions 
and Coordinator of Multicultural Admissions 

Assistant Director of Admissions 
and Coordinator of North Carolina Admissions 



Todd M. Achilles (2001, 2004) 
BS, Wake Forest 

Milesh Patel (2005, 2005) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Courtney H. Pieczynski (2002, 2002) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Andrew W Rigsby (2003, 2003) 
BA, Wake Forest 

William T Wells (1997, 1997) 

BA, Wake Forest; MAT, MEd, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Thomas O. Phillips (1982, 2003) 

BA, MA, Wake Forest; PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 



Assistant Director of Admissions Marketing 



Admissions Counselor 



Admissions Counselor 



Admissions Counselor 



Director of Financial Aid 



Director of Wake Forest Scholars 



ADMINISTRATION 266 



Paul M. Gauthier (2003, 2003) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Milton W. King (1992, 1997) 
BA, MBA, Wake Forest 

Jonathan H. Hartness (1998, 1998) 
BA, Southern Mississippi 

Terri E. LeGrand (2005, 2005) 
BS, Iowa State; JD, Wake Forest 

Benjamin L. May (2002, 2005) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Christina V. Crisp (2004, 2004) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Liz Coggins (2004, 2004) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Lisa A. Myers (1996, 2000) 

Neville G. Watkins (1998, 1998) 

BA, Randolph-Macon Women's College; 
MA, Virginia 



Associate Director of Merit-Based Scholarships 

Associate Director of Financial Aid 

Assistant Director of Financial Aid 

Assistant Director of Financial Aid 

Assistant Director of Financial Aid 

Financial Aid Counselor 

Scholarship Counselor 

Student Employment Coordinator 
Assistant Director of Financial Aid 



Athletics 

Ron Wellman (1992, 1992) 

BS, MS, Bowling Green State 

Barbara Walker (1999, 1999) 

BS, MAEd, Central Missouri State 

W Douglas Bland (1975, 2000) 
BA, MA, Wake Forest 

Barry Faircloth (2001, 2001) 
BS, Wake Forest 

Craig Keilitz (1996, 2001) 

BS, Central Michigan; MA, Ohio 

Dwight Lewis (2000, 2000) 
BA, MA, Chicago State 

Dean Buchan (2000, 2000) 
BA, UNC-Wilmington 

Greg Collins (1997, 1997) 
BS, Kansas State; 
MA, University of Richmond 

Samantha Huge (2002, 2002) 
BA, Gordon College; 
JD, Campbell 

Dave Marmion (2001, 2001) 

BS, Wake Forest; MS, Florida State 

Rebecca Ward (1967, 2001) 



Director of Athletics 

Senior Associate Athletic Director/SWA 

Associate Athletic Director for Administration 
and Assistant to the Dean of the College 

Associate Athletic Director for Development 

Associate Athletic Director for 
Marketing and Promotions 

Associate Athletic Director for Student- Athlete Services 
Assistant Athletic Director for Media Relations 
Assistant Athletic Director for Sports Medicine 

Assistant Athletic Director for Compliance 

Assistant Athletic Director for Finance 

Assistant Athletic Director for Special 
Projects and Human Resources 



267 ADMINISTRATIO] 



Career Services 



William C. Currin (1988, 1988) 
BA, Wake Forest; 
BD, Southeastern Baptist Theo. Seminary 

Carolyn A. Couch (1997, 2000) 

BS, Meredith College; MA, Appalachian State 

Patrick Sullivan (1997, 2000) 
BA, MBA, Wake Forest 

Shan Woolard (2001, 2001) 

BA, Salem College; MS, UNC-Greensboro 

Chaplain's Office 

Timothy L. Auman (2003, 2003) 

BA, Wofford College; MDiv, Duke 

Rebecca G. Hartzog (1999, 1999) 
BA, Samford; MDiv, Southern 
Baptist Theological Seminary 

Finance and Administration 



Director of Career Services 

Associate Director of Career Services 
Assistant Director 
Assistant Director 



Chaplain 

Associate Chaplain and 
Baptist Campus Minister 



Vice President for Finance and Administration 



Vice President for Investments 
and Treasurer 

Controller 



John P. Anderson (1984, 1984) 
BS, MS, PhD, Georgia Tech.; 
MBA, Alabama (Birmingham); MAEd, Wake Forest 

Louis R. Morrell (1995, 1995) 

BS, Babson College; MBA, Massachusetts 

Maureen L. Carpenter (1997, 1997) 

BS, St. John Fisher College; MBA, Wake Forest 

Jay Dominick (1991, 1996) Assistant Vice President for Information Systems 

BS, UNC-Chapel Hill; MA, Georgetown; and Chief Information Officer 

MBA, Wake Forest 

Ralph D. Pedersen (2000, 2000) Director of Human Resources 

BS, University of Utah; 
MS, George Washington 

William C. Sides Jr. (1994, 1994) Director of Facilities Management 

BS, NC State 



Graylyn International Conference Center 



John Wise (2002, 2002) 

BS, University of Wisconsin 

Heath Carter (1998,2001) 
BS, NC State 

Scott Emerson (1995, 1995) 
BS, MBA, Appalachian State 



General Manager 

Director of Sales/Marketing 

Manager of Finance and Administration 



ADMINISTRATION 2.68 



Information Systems 



Jay L. Dominick (1991, 1996) 
BS, UNC-Chapel Hill; 
MA, Georgetown; MBA, Wake Forest 

Nancy R. Crouch (1992, 2001) 
BA, Virginia Tech; 
MAEd, Wake Forest 

Jamie L. Barras (2000, 2003) 

BS, University of Richmond; MBA, Wake Forest 

Anne Yandell Bishop (1981, 2001) 

BA, MA, UNC-Greensboro; MBA, Wake Forest 

R. Kriss Dinkins (1990, 2003) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Michael Todd Edwards (1995, 2003) 
BS, NC State; MBA, Wake Forest 

Lynda Goff (1991, 2003) 

BA, Southern California (Fullerton) 

John D. Henderson (1998, 1999) 
BBA, Campbell 

Danny M. Kemp (2003, 2003) 
BS, MBA, Mississippi State 

C. Lee Norris( 1995, 2003) 

BA, MA, South Carolina; MBA, Wake Forest 



Assistant Vice President for Information Systems 
and Chief Information Officer 



Assistant Chief Information Officer 

Director of Project Management 

Director of Research and Development 

Director of Support and Outreach Services 

Director of Media Solutions 

Director of Technology Initiatives 

Director of Administration 

Director of Software Solutions 

Director of Information 
Technology Infrastructure 



Institutional Research 

Ross A. Griffith (1966, 1993) 

BS, Wake Forest; MEd, UNC-Greensboro 

Adam Shick (2001, 2001) 

BS, US Merchant Marine Academy; MA, Wake Forest 

Investments and Treasurer 

Louis R. Morrell (1995, 1995) 

BS, Babson College; MBA, Massachusetts 

Nancy K. Cox (2000, 2003) 
BA, UNC-Greensboro 

Craig O. Thomas (2003, 2003) 
BS, Alfred; MS, Syracuse 



Director of Institutional Research 
and Academic Administration 

Assistant Director of 
Institutional Research 



Vice President for Investments 
and Treasurer 

Assistant Treasurer — Trusts 
Assistant Treasurer — Endowment 



Legal Department 

J. Reid Morgan (1979, 2002) 
BA, JD, Wake Forest 

Donna H. Hamilton (1988, 1988) 
AB, Drury; JD, Wake Forest 

Anita M. Conrad (1999, 1999) 

BA, University of Akron; JD, Wake Forest 



Vice President and General Counsel and 
Secretary of the Board of Trustees 

Counsel 
Counsel 



269 



ADMINISTRATION 



DinaJ. Marty (2001, 2001) 
BA, Drake; JD, Wake Forest 

K. Carter Cook (2004, 2004) 
BS, MBA, JD, Wake Forest 

Libraries 

Lynn Sutton (2004, 2004) 

AB, MLS, University of Michigan; PhD Wayne State 

Deborah A. Nolan (1997, 2004) 

BA, Wittenberg; MLS, University of Pittsburgh 

Marian F. Parker (1999, 1999) 
BA, UNC-Greensboro; 
MSLS, UNC-Chapel Hill; JD, Wake Forest 

E. Parks Welch III (1991, 2000) 

BS, UNC-Chapel Hill; MBA, Wake Foreset; 
MLS, UNC-Greeensboro 

Registrar 

Dorothy A. Sugden (1987, 1999) 

BA, Salem College; MA, Wake Forest 

Donna K. Haley (2002, 2002) 
BS, Mercer; 
MBA, Georgia College 6c State 



Assistant Counsel 
Assistant Counsel 



Director of the 
Z. Smith Reynolds Library 

Associate Director of the 
Z. Smith Reynolds Library 

Director of the Professional Center Library 
and Professor of Law 

Director of the Coy C. Carpenter Library 



Registrar 

Associate Registrar and 
Registrar of the Divinity School 



Student Life 



Kenneth A. Zick (1975, 1989) 

BA, Albion; JD, Wayne State; MLS, Michigan 

Harold R. Holmes (1987, 1988) 
BS, Hampton; MBA, Fordham 

Mary T. Gerardy (1985, 1993) 

BA, Hiram; MEd, Kent State; MBA, Wake Forest; 
MA, PhD, The Fielding Graduate Institute 

Ricardo D. Hall (2000, 2003) 

BBA, MEd, Ohio; PhD, Clemson 

James R. Buckley (1996, 2001) 
BS, MEd, Clemson 

Timothy L. Auman (2003, 2003) 

BA, Wofford College; MDiv, Duke 

Rebecca G. Hartzog (1999, 1999) 
BA, Samford; 
MDiv, Southern Baptist Theological Seminary 

William C. Currin (1988, 1988) 
BA, Wake Forest; 
BD, Southeastern Baptist Theo. Seminary 

Carolyn A. Couch (1992, 2001) 

BS, Meredith College; MA, Appalachian State 



Vice President for Student Life 
and Instructional Resources 

Associate Vice President and 
Dean of Student Services 

Associate Vice President 
for Student Life 

Associate Dean/Judicial Officer 

Director of the Benson University Center 

University Chaplain 

Associate Chaplain/ 
Baptist Campus Minister 

Director of Career Services 
Associate Director of Career Services 



ADMINISTRATION 



270 



Barbee Myers Oakes (1989, 1995) 

BS, MA, Wake Forest; PhD, Tennessee 

Connie L. Carson (1986, 1993) 

BS, MEd, NC State; MBA, Wake Forest 



Director of Multicultural Affairs 
Director of Residence Life and Housing 
Associate Director of Housing 



Tim Burton (1993, 1996) 

BS, MEd, University of Maryland-College Park 

Donna McGalliard (2000, 2000) 

BA, NC State; MEd, UNC-Greensboro; 
EdD, Florida State 

Tricia L. Richerson (1998, 2003) 
BS, Murray State; 
MEd, University of Louisville 

Denise J. Williard (2000, 2000) 
BS, Mississippi College; 
MS, Mississippi State 

Michael Ford (1981, 1988) 
BA, Wake Forest; 
MDiv, Gordon-Conwell Theo. Seminary 

Charidy Hight (2003, 2003) 
BS, MEd, Iowa State 

Cecil D. Price (1991, 1991) 
BS, MD, Wake Forest 

Sylvia T. Bell (1981, 1988) 

RNC, N.C. Baptist Hosp. School of Nursing 

Natascha L. Romeo (1990, 1990) 
BS, South Carolina; 
MEd, UNC-Greensboro 

Regina G. Lawson (1989, 1992) 
BS, UNC-Wilmington 

Kenneth W Overholt (1994, 1994) 

BS, Michigan State; MA, Central Michigan 

Marianne A. Schubert (1977, 1986) 
BA, Dayton; 
MA, PhD, Southern Illinois 

Johnne W. Armentrout (1982, 1989) 
BA, William and Mary; 
MAEd, Wake Forest 

Van D. Westervelt (1998, 1998) 

BS, University of Maryland (College Park); 
MA, UNC-Chapel Hill; MS, Duke; 
PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Michael P. Shuman (1997, 1997) Assistant Director of the Learning Assistance Center 

BA, Furman; 
MEd, University of South Carolina 



Associate Director of Residence Life 



Associate Director of Greek Affairs/ 
Conference Programs 

Assistant Director of Residence Life 



Director of Student Development 



Assistant Director of Student Development 
and Coordinator of Volunteer Services 

Director of the Student Health Service 



Associate Director for Administration, 
Student Health Service 

Health Educator 



Chief of University Police 
Assistant Chief of University Police 
Director of the University Counseling Center 

Assistant Director of the University Counseling Center 

Director of the Learning Assistance Center 



Summer Session 

Toby A. Hale (1970, 1997) 

BA, Wake Forest; MDiv, Duke; EdD, Indiana 



Dean of Summer Sessions 
and Associate Dean of the College 



271 ADMINISTRATION 



University Advancement 



Sandra Combs Boyette (1981, 1997) 
BA, UNC-Charlotte; MEd, Converse; 
MBA, Wake Forest 

Mark Lee Aust (1994, 1998) 
BS, MBA, Wake Forest 

Robert T.Baker (1978, 1991) 

BA, MS, George Peabody (Vanderbilt) 

Maggie Barrett (2004, 2004) 

BA, Mary Washington College 

Kenneth S. Bennett (1997, 1997) 
BA, William and Mary 

James R. Bullock (1985, 1997) 
BA, MBA, Wake Forest 

Gene T. Capps (2002, 2002) 
BA, MA, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Betsy Chapman (1999, 1999) 
BA, MA, Wake Forest 

Cathy B. Chinlund (1986, 1998) 
BS, East Carolina 

Mary Dawne Clark (1999, 2005) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Emily Cockerham (2000, 2000) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Melissa N. Combes (1996, 1996) 

BA, Washington College; MBA, Wake Forest 

Kevin P. Cox (1990, 1998) 

BA, Texas A&M Commerce; 
MA, Wake Forest 

David Davis (1998, 1998) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Vada Lou Earle (1999, 1999) 

BA, Wake Forest; MS, Russell Sage College 

Mary Margaret Evans (2005, 2005) 
BA, University of Missouri 

Mary Craven Hines (2003, 2005) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Anne K.Hodges (1987, 1999) 

Shelley S. Holden (2004, 2004) 
BA, JD, Wake Forest 

Kerry M. King (1989, 2001) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Jessica Koman (2002, 2002) 

BFA, Maryland Institute College of Art 

Sarah Wall Lucy (2003, 2003) 

BA, Wheaton College; MBA, Wake Forest 



Vice President for University Advancement 

Director of Wake Forest Clubs 

Assistant Vice President and 
Director of Development 

Media Relations Officer 

University Photographer 

Assistant Vice President and 
Director, The Campaign for Wake Forest 

Executive Director, 
The Wake Forest College Birthplace Society Inc. 

Director of Alumni and Parent Programs 

Director of Advancement Records and 
Technology Operations 

Director of Annual Support/College Fund 

Associate Director of the College Fund 

Director of Development/ 
Babcock School/W. Calloway School 

Assistant Vice President for Public Affairs and 
Director of Media Relations 

Technical Development Manager 

Travel and Reunion Director 

Director of Corporate and Foundation Relations 

Assistant Director of Constituent Relations 

Director of Campaign Administration 

Assistant Director of Development and 
Alumni Relations/School of Law 

Associate Director of Creative Services 

Senior Graphic Designer 

Assistant Director of Development and 
Alumni Relations/Babcock School 



ADMINISTRATION 



272 



Holly H. Marion (2004, 2004) 

BA, East Carolina; MA, UNC-Charlotte 

Joy L.Martin (2001, 2001) 
BS, High Point 

Benjamin May (2002, 2005) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Jacob McConnico (2002, 2002) 
BA, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Brad Mcllwain (1999, 1999) 
BA, Guilford 

Minta A. McNally (1978, 1997) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Kelly Meacham (2003, 2003) 
BS, Wake Forest 

Cameron Meador (2003, 2003) 
BA, MAEd, Wake Forest 

Robert D. Mills (1972, 1997) 
BA, MBA, Wake Forest 

Allen H. Patterson Jr. (1987, 1987) 
BS, Wake Forest 

Cherin C. Poovey (1987, 2003) 
BA, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Jennifer Richwine (1999, 1999) 
BA, Wake Forest 

William T. Snyder (1989, 1998) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Loyd Wade Stokes Jr. (1997, 1997) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Michael Strysick (1999, 1999) 
BA, University of Minnesota; 
MA, PhD, Binghamton 

Cheryl V. Walker (1989, 1998) 
BA, Wake Forest 



Lloyd A. Whitehead (1995, 1998) 
BA, Central Florida 

Tammy Wiles (1991, 1998) 
BS, High Point 



Director of Development and Alumni Relations/ 

School of Law 

Manager of Prospect Research 



Assistant Director of Development and 
Alumni Relations/Calloway School 

Media Relations Officer 

Major Gifts Officer 

Assistant Vice President and Director of 
Alumni Activities and Volunteer Programs 

Assistant Director of the College Fund 

Director of Gift Stewardship 

Associate Vice President for University Advancement 

Director of Planned Giving 



Assistant Vice President and Director of Creative Services 

Director of Special Events and Constituent Relations 

Director of Advancement Technologies 

Director of Development/ 
Divinity School 

Director of Communication 

Associate Director of Media Relations 

Director of Electronic Communication 

Assistant Director of Advancement Records and 
Technology Operations 



Wake Forest University Theatre and Dance 

John E. R. Friedenberg (1988, 1998) 

BA, Wake Forest; MFA, Carnegie-Mellon 

R. Trevor Anderson (2002, 2002) 
BA, Lynchburg College 

Nina Maria Lucas (1996, 1996) 
BFA, Ohio State; MFA, UCLA 



Director of the University Theatre 



Technical Director 



Director of Dance 



273 



ADMINISTRATION 



Leslie Collins (2001, 2001) 

Lisa Weller (1993, 1993) 

BFA, NC School of the Arts 

Other Administrative Offices 

Stephen Whittington (2002, 2002) 

AB, University of Chicago; MA, PhD, Penn State 

C. Kevin Bowen (1994, 1996) 

BS, Tennessee Tech; MM, Louisville; 
PhD, Florida State 

Paul Bright (2004, 2004) 

BFA, University of South Carolina 

Victor Faccinto (1978, 1978) 

BA, MA, California State (Sacramento) 

Mark E. Good (1995, 2005) 
BS, MBA, Wake Forest 

Brian Gorelick (1984, 1984) 

BA, Yale; MM, Wisconsin (Madison); 
DMA, Illinois 

R.Kent Greer (2001, 2001) 
BA, MA, Baylor 

Leigh Hatchett (1999, 1999) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Peter D. Kairoff (1988, 1995) 
BA, California (San Diego); 
MM, DMA, Southern California 

Doris A. McLaughlin (2000, 2000) 

BS, NC Central; MPA, UNC-Charlotte 

Paul N. Orser (1989, 1998) 

BS, Wake Forest; MS, PhD, Emory 

Lillian Shelton (1985, 1998) 
BA, St. Andrews College 

Martine Sherrill (1985, 1989) 
BFA, MLS, UNC-Greensboro 

Ross Smith (1984, 1984) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Pia Christina Wood (1999, 1999) 
BA, College of William and Mary; 
MIBS, University of South Carolina; 
MA, University of New Mexico; 
PhD, Graduate Institute for International 
Studies, Geneva, Switzerland 



Audience Services Coordinator 
Costume Studio Supervisor 



Director of the Museum of Anthropology 
Director of Bands 

Assistant Gallery Director 

Director of the Hanes Art Gallery 

Associate Compliance Officer 

Director of Choral Ensembles 

International Student Adviser 

Study Abroad Adviser 

Coordinator of the Venice Program 

Director of Equal Opportunity 

Coordinator of the London Program 

Director of the Secrest Artists Series 

Visual Resources Librarian 
and Curator of Print Collection 

Debate Coach 
Director of International Studies 



ADMINISTRATION 



274 



The Undergraduate Faculties 




Date following name indicates year of appointment. 



Helen W. Akinc ( 1987) 

BA, UNC-Chapel Hill; (W. 

MBA, SUNY (Binghamton) 

Umit Akinc (1982) 

BS, Middle East Tech. (Ankara); (W. 

MBA, Florida State; 
PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Jane W. Albrecht (1987) 

BA, Wright State; MA, PhD, Indiana 

George R. Aldhizer III (2001) 

BS, BA, University of Richmond; (W. 

PhD, Texas Tech 

Rebecca W. Alexander (2000) 
BS, University of Delaware; 
PhD, University of Pennsylvania 

Brian Allen (1977) 

BA, East Anglia; MA, PhD, London 

Edward E.Allen (1991) 
BS, Brigham Young; 
MA, PhD, California (San Diego) 

David J. Anderson (1992) 

BA, Denison; MS, Michigan; 
PhD, Pennsylvania 

John P. Anderson (1984) 

BS, MS, PhD, Georgia Tech; 

MBA Alabama (Birmingham); MAEd, Wake Forest 

Paul R.Anderson (1990) 

BS, Wisconsin (Madison); 

MA, PhD, California (Santa Barbara) 

Sharon Andrews (1994) 

BA, UNC-Chapel Hill; MFA, UNC-Greensboro 

John L. Andronica (1969) 

BA, Holy Cross; MA, Boston College; 
PhD, Johns Hopkins 

Maya Angelou (1982) 

LittD, Smith, Lawrence, Columbia College 
(Chicago), Atlanta, Wheaton; 
LHD, Mills, Wake Forest, Occidental, 
Arkansas, Claremont, Kean 

Elizabeth M. Anthony (1998) 

BA, Duke; MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 



Instructor in Business 
Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Thomas H. Davis Chair of Business 
Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 



Associate Professor of Romance Languages 

(Spanish) 

Associate Professor of Accountancy 
Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Assistant Professor of Chemistry 



Lecturer in Art History (London) 
(Department of Art, Part-time) 

Associate Professor of Mathematics 



Professor of Biology 

Professor of Counseling 

Professor of Physics 

Associate Professor of Theatre 
Professor of Classical Languages 

Reynolds Professor of American Studies 



Lecturer in Romance Languages 
(French) 



275 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



Leslie Armeniox (2004) 

MA, Hahnemann Medical College; 
PhD, UNC-Greensboro 

Johnne Armentrout (1989) 

BA, William & Mary; MAEd, Wake Forest 

Thomas A. Arcury (1999) 
BA, Duquense; 
MA, PhD, University of Kentucky 

Miriam A. Ashley-Ross (1997) 
BS, Northern Arizona; 
PhD, University of California (Irvine) 

Jorge Aviles-Diz (2004) 

BA, MA, Universidad de Salamanca, Spain 

James F. Baker III (2004) 

BS, Appalachian State; MA, Webster 

R.Scott Baker (2001) 

BA, Evergreen State College; 
MA, Tufts; PhD, Columbia 

Terry A. Baker (1998) 

BA, Miami; MS, University of Illinois; 
MBA, University of Chicago 
PhD, University of Kentucky 

Wanda Balzano (2004) 

BA, MA, University of Naples, Italy; 
MA, PhD, University College, Dublin 

Sarah E. Barbour (1985) 

BA, Maryville; Diplome de Langue et 
de Civilisation Franchises, Paris; 
MA, PhD, Cornell 

Adrian Bardon (2002) 

BA, Reed College; MA, University of Washington; 
PhD, University of Massachusetts (Amherst) 

James P. Barefield (1963) 

BA, MA, Rice; PhD, Johns Hopkins 

Bernadine Barnes (1989) 

BA, Illinois (Urbana-Champaign); 
MA, Pittsburgh; PhD, Virginia 

Phillip G. Batten (1991) 

BA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill; 

MA, Yale Divinity School; MA, Wake Forest 

H. Kenneth Bechtel (1981) 
BA, MA, North Dakota; 
PhD, Southern Illinois (Carbondale) 

Robert C. Beck (1959) 
BA, PhD, Illinois 

Reda Bedeir (2004) 

BA, MA, Ain Shams; 
PhD, Al-Azhar 



Adjunct Assistant Professor of Counseling 
(Fall 2004) 

Instructor in Counseling 

Adjunct Professor of Anthropology 

Associate Professor of Biology 

Instructor in Romance Languages 

Assistant Professor of Military Science 

Assistant Professor of Education 



PricewaterhouseCoopers Faculty Fellow and 

Associate Professor of Accountancy 

(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Women's and Gender Studies 

(Fall 2004) 

Associate Professor of Romance Languages 

(French) 



Assistant Professor of Philosophy 
(Leave, Fall 2004) 

Wake Forest Professor Emeritus of History 

(Part-time) 

Associate Professor of Art 



Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology 
(Part-time) 

Associate Professor of Sociology 



Professor of Psychology 

Visiting Egyptian Fulbright Scholar 
(Fall 2004) 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



276 



S.Douglas Beets (1987) 
BS, Tennessee; 
MAcc, PhD, Virginia Poly. Inst. & SU 

Margaret C. Bender (2000) 

BA, Cornell; MA, PhD, University of Chicago 

Justin Bennett (2004) 
BA, MA, Miami 

Kenneth S. Berenhaut (2000) 

BA, MS, University of Manitoba (Canada); 
MA, PhD, Georgia 

Donald B. Bergey ( 1978) 
BS, MA, Wake Forest 

Michael J. Berry (1985) 
BS, Jacksonville State; 
MA, Southeastern Louisiana; PhD, Texas A&M 

Deborah L. Best (1972, 1978) 
BA, MA, Wake Forest; 
PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

ZannaBeswick(1987) 

BA, Hons, Bristol (England) 

Ulrich Bierbach (1999) 

MS, PhD, University of Oldenburg (Germany) 

Wayne R. Bills (2001) 

BA, Brigham Young; MA, Washington State 

Janice Blackburn (1996) 

BS, Campbell; MA, Wake Forest 

Robert R. Bliss (2004) 
BS, Purdue; 
MBA, PhD, University of Chicago 

Terry D. Blumenthal (1987) 

BS, Alberta (Edmonton); MS, PhD, Florida 

Ronald Bobroff (2001) 

BA, University of Pennsylvania; 

MSc, London School of Economics; MA, PhD, Duke 

SylvainH. Boko (1997) 

BA, Grinnell; PhD, Iowa State 

Keith D. Bonin (1992) 

BS, Loyola; PhD, Maryland 

Susan Harden Berwick (1982) 

BM, BME, Baylor; PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Janet Boseovski (2004) 

BSc, University of Toronto; MA, McGill; 
PhD, Queen's 

John D.Bourland (1996) 

BS, MS, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

C. Kevin Bowen ( 1994) 

BS, Tennessee Tech; MM, Louisville; 
PhD, Florida State 



Professor of Accountancy 
W Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation Fellow 
and Associate Professor of Anthropology 

Instructor in Romance Languages 

Sterge Faculty Fellow and 
Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

Instructor in Health and Exercise Science 
(Part-time) 

Professor of Health and Exercise Science 



Wake Forest Professor of Psychology 

Lecturer in Theatre (London) 

Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

Adjunct Instructor in Communication 

Instructor in Mathematics 

EM. Kirby Chair of Business Excellence 
(W Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Professor of Psychology 

Visiting Assistant Professor of History 



Associate Professor of Economics 



Professor of Physics 



Professor of Music 



Visiting Assistant Professor of Psychology 



Adjunct Assistant Professor of Physics 

Director of Bands 
(Department of Music) 



277 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



Easley Professor of Religion 



Professor of English and 
Director of Women's and Gender Studies 



Stephen B.Boyd (1985) 

BA, Tennessee; MDiv, ThD, Harvard Divinity School 

Anne Boyle (1986) 

BA, Wilkes College; MA, PhD, Rochester 

R. Saylor Breckenridge (2001) Assistant Professor of Sociology 

BA, MA, PhD, University of Arizona (Leave, Spring 2005) 

Sheri A. Bridges (1996) Associate Professor of Business 

BA, South Florida; (W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

MA, Texas (Dallas); PhD, Stanford 



Michaelle L. Browers (2000) 

BA, Whitman; MA, Virginia; PhD, Minnesota 

Bernard A. Brown II (2002) 
BS, PhD, NC State 

Carole L.Browne (1980) 

BS, Hartford; PhD, Syracuse 

Robert A. Browne (1980) 

BS, MS, Dayton; PhD, Syracuse 

Peter H. Brubaker ( 1994) 
BS, E. Stroudsburg; 
MA, Wake Forest; PhD, Temple 

Peter Brunette (2004) 
BA, MA, Duquesne; 
PhD, University of Wisconsin (Madison) 

Christy M. Buchanan (1992) 

BA, Seattle Pacific; PhD, Michigan 

Jennifer J. Burg (1993) 

BA, Elizabethtown College; MA (English), 
MA (French), Florida; PhD, Central Florida 

Susan Bussey (2003) 

BA, Austin College; MA, PhD, Washington 

Jams Caldwell (1997) 

BS, Whitworth College; MD, Northwestern; 
MA, PhD, University of Washington 

M. Keith Callahan (2004) 

BS, Morehead State; MS, Auburn 

Alan Cameron (1989) 

BA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill; MAEd, Wake Forest 

Daniel A. Cahas (1987) 

BS, Tecnologico de Monterrey (Mexico); 
MS, Georgia Tech; PhD, Texas (Austin) 

Eric D.Carlson (1995) 

BS, Michigan State; MA, PhD, Harvard 

Richard D. Carmichael (1971) 

BS, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, Duke 

ChristaG. Carollo (1985) 

BA, UNC-Greensboro; MA, Duke 

SimoneM. Caron (1991) 

BA, Bridgewater State; MA, Northeastern; 
PhD, Clark 



Assistant Professor of Political Science 

Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

Professor of Biology 

Professor of Biology 
(Leave, Fall 2004) 

Associate Professor of 
Health and Exercise Science 

Reynolds Professor in Film Studies 

Associate Professor of Psychology 

Associate Professor of Computer Science 
(Leave, 2004-2005) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of English 

Assistant Professor of English 

Professor of Military Science 
Adjunct Assistant Professor of Education 
Associate Professor of Computer Science 

Associate Professor of Physics 

Professor of Mathematics 

Senior Lecturer in German 

Associate Professor of History 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



278 



Bonnie Carr (2004) 

BA, Hamilton College; MA, PhD, Washington 

Jacqui Carrasco (1999) 

BA, University of California (Los Angeles); 
MM, DMA, SUNY (Stony Brook) 

David Carroll (2003) 

BSc, NC State; PhD, Wesleyan 

Stewart Carter (1982) 

ME, Kansas; MS, Illinois; PhD, Stanford 

Douglas Casson (2002) 

BA, Colorado College; MA, PhD, Duke 

Justin Catanoso (1993) 

BA, Pennsylvania State; MA, Wake Forest 

Latifa Chahoua (2004) 

BS, University of Marat (Morocco); 

MS, PhD, Paul Sabatier University (France) 

Frederick H. Chen (2000) 

BS, University of Wisconsin (Madison); 
MA, PhD, University of Chicago 

Connie Lee Chesner (2001) 

BA, Appalachian State; MA, Wake Forest 

Maria A. Chiari(1981) 

Arts degree, PhD, Universita degli 
Studi di Venezia (Padova e Trieste); 
Diploma, Scuola di Archivistica, Paliografia 
e Diplomatica dell'Archivio di Stato di Venezia 

Hanya Chrispeels (2004) 

BA, University of California (Santa Cruz); 
PhD, Stanford 

Jonathan H. Christman (1983) 

AB, Franklin and Marshall; MFA, Massachusetts 

Teresa Ciabattari (2001) 
BS, Santa Clara; 
MA, PhD, University of Washington 

David Coates (1999) 

BA, York; PhD, Oxford 

John E. Collins (1970) 

BS, MS, Tennessee; MDiv, Southeastern Baptist 
Theo. Seminary; MA, PhD, Princeton 

Ray Collins (2004) 

Diploma, London Academy of Music and Dramatic 
MFA, City University of New York 

Christa L. Colyer (2004) 

BSc, Trent University (Canada); 
MSc, University of Guelph (Canada); 
PhD, Queen's University (Canada) 

William E.Conner (1988) 

BA, Notre Dame; MS, PhD, Cornell 



Visiting Assistant Professor of English 
Assistant Professor of Music 

Associate Professor of Physics 

Professor of Music 
(Leave, Spring 2005) 

Visiting Assistant Professor in Political Science 

Lecturer in Journalism 
(Department of English, Part-time) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Chemistry 



Assistant Professor of Economics 
(Leave, Fall 2004) 

Adjunct Instructor in Communication 

Lecturer in Art History (Venice) 
(Department of Art, Part-time) 



Adjunct Assistant Professor of Biology 



Associate Professor of Theatre 

Assistant Professor of Sociology 
(Leave, Fall 2004) 

Worrell Professor of Anglo-American Studies 
(Leave, Fall 2004) 

Professor of Religion 



Art; 



Adjunct Instructor in Theatre 
Associate Professor of Chemistry 



Professor of Biology 
(Leave, Fall 2004) 



279 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



Jule M.Connolly (1985) 

BA, UNC-Chapel Hill; MEd, South Carolina 

Gregory Cook (1999) 

BS, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Valerie C.Cooper (2001) 
BS, MDiv, Howard 

Fanchon Cordell (1986) 

Corrado Corradini (1998) 

Licenciatura, Universidad de Alcala de Henares (Spain); 
PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

James F. Cotter (2001) 



Instructor in Mathematics 
(Part-time) 

Assistant Professor of Physics 

Assistant Professor of Religion 

Adjunct Instructor in Dance 
(Ballet, Part-time) 

Lecturer in Romance Languages 
(Italian) 

Associate Professor of Business 



BSCE, New Mexico State; 

MBA, Indiana; PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Allin F. Cottrell (1989) 

BA, Oxford (Merton College); PhD, Edinburgh 

Ann C. Cunningham (1999) 
BA, Erskine College; 
MAT, PhD, University of South Carolina 

Patricia M. Cunningham (1978) 

BA, Rhode Island; MS, Florida State; 
EdS, Indiana State; PhD, Georgia 

James F. Curran (1988) 

BAAS, Delaware; MA, PhD, Rice 

Jane Kathleen Curry (1998) 

BFA, Illinois (Urbana-Champaign); MA, Brown; 
PhD, City University of New York 

Dale Dagenbach (1990) 

BA, New College; MA, PhD, Michigan State 

Jian Dai (2004) 

BEng, Shanghai Jiao Tong University (China); 
MS, Chinese Academy of Sciences (China); 
PhD, Wake Forest 

Mary M.Dalton (1986) 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, UNC-Greensboro 

Robin Daniel (2002) 

BA, St. Andrews Presbyterian College; 
EdS, MS, PhD, UNC-Greensboro 

Brook M.Davis (1997) 

BA, Wake Forest; MFA, Virginia Commonwealth; 
PhD, Maryland (College Park) 

James Davis (2004) 

BA, Carson-Newman College 
MFA, UNC-Greensboro 

Stephen W.Davis (1991) 
BA, MA, Wake Forest 

Bama Lutes Deal (2002) 
BA, MA, Florida State 



(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Professor of Economics 
(Leave, Spring 2005) 

Assistant Professor of Education 



Wake Forest Professor of Education 

Professor of Biology 
Associate Professor of Theatre 

Professor of Psychology 
Visiting Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

Assistant Professor of Communication 

Adjunct Assistant Professor of Counseling 
(Fall 2004) 

Assistant Professor of Theatre 
(Leave, Spring 2005) 

Adjunct Assistant Professor of Art 
(Spring 2005) 

Adjunct Instructor in Psychology 
(Part-time) 

Adjunct Instructor in Music 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 280 



Mary K. DeShazer (1982, 1987) 
BA, Western Kentucky; 
MA, Louisville; PhD, Oregon 

Arun P. Dewasthali (1975) 

BS, Bombay; MS, PhD, Delaware 

John J. Dinan(2001) 

BS, MA, PhD, Virginia 

Ronald V. Dimock Jr. (1970) 

BA, New Hampshire; MS, Florida State; 
PhD, California (Santa Barbara) 

Patricia Dixon (1986) 

BM, NC School of the Arts; MM, UNC-Greensboro 

James H. Dodding ( 1979) 

Diploma, Rose Bruford College of Speech and 
Drama (London); Cert., Birmingham University; 
Cert., Westhill Training College (Birmingham); 
Diploma, Theatre on the Balustrade (Prague) 

Christopher Dometrius (2003) 

BA, Texas Tech; MA, PhD, NC State 

Jonathan E. Duchac (1993) 

BBA, MAcc, Wisconsin (Madison); 
PhD, Georgia 

Yomi Durotoye (1994) 

BS, University of Ibadan; 
MA, Georgia State; PhD, Duke 

C. Drew Edwards (1980) 

BA, Furman; MA, Wake Forest; 
PhD, Florida State 

BashirEl-Beshti(1990) 

BA, Tripoli University (Libya); 

MA, Colorado State; PhD, California (Berkeley) 

Leo Ellison Jr. (1957) 

BS, MS, Northwestern State 

Gerald W Esch ( 1965) 

BS, Colorado College; MS, PhD, Oklahoma 

Paul D. Escort (1988) 

BA, Harvard; MA, PhD, Duke 

Andrew V. Ettin (1977) 

BA, Rutgers; MA, PhD, Washington (St. Louis) 

Herman E. Eure (1974) 

BS, Maryland State; PhD, Wake Forest 

Robert H.Evans (1983) 

BA, Ohio Wesleyan; MS, New Hampshire; 
PhD, Colorado 

Margaret Ewalt (2001) 
BA, Colby College; 
MA, PhD, University of Virginia 



Professor of English and 

Women's and Gender Studies 

(London, Spring 2005) 

Associate Professor of Business 
(W Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Zachary T. Smith Associate Professor of Political Science 



Wake Forest Professor of Biology 



Lecturer in Music 



Professor of Theatre 



Visiting Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

Merrill Lynch Associate Professor of Accounting 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Senior Lecturer in Political Science 
and International Studies 

Adjunct Associate Professor of Psychology 

(Part-time) 

Associate Professor of English 
(Leave, Spring 2005) 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Health and 
Exercise Science (Part-time) 

Charles M. Allen Professor of Biology 

Reynolds Professor of History 
(Leave, 2004-2005) 

Professor of English 

Professor of Biology 

Professor of Education 
(Vienna, Spring 2005) 

Assistant Professor of Romance Languages 

(Spanish) 



28l UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



Professor of Business 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 



Associate Professor of Art 



Reynolds Professor of Biology 



Visiting Assistant Professor of Economics 



Stephen Ewing (1971) 
BS, Howard Payne; 
MBA, Baylor; PhD, Texas Tech. 

David L. Faber (1984) 

AA, Elgin; BFA, Northern Illinois; 
MFA, Southern Illinois 

Susan Fahrbach (2003) 

BA, University of Pennsylvania; 
PhD, Rockefeller 

Rushad Faridi (2004) 

BA, University of Dhaka; MA, PhD, Virginia Tech 

Susan L. Faust (1992) Adjunct Instructor in Communication 

BA, MA, Arkansas (Fayetteville) (Part-time) 

Jacquelyn S. Fetrow (2003) Reynolds Professor of Computational Biophysics 

BS, Albright College; 
PhD, Pennsylvania State University College of Medicine 

Bonnie Field (2004) Visiting Assistant Professor of Political Science 

BA, University of California (Berkeley); 
MA, PhD, University of California (Santa Barbara) 

David Finn (1988, 1995) 

BS, Cornell; MFA, Massachusetts College of Art 

Gloria Fitzgibbon (2001) 

BA, PhD, University of California (Berkeley); 
MA, California State University (San Francisco); 
PhD, University of California (Berkeley) 



Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation Fellow and 
Associate Professor of Art 

Visiting Assistant Professor of History 



William W.Fleeson (1996) 

BA, Wisconsin; PhD, Michigan 

Robert E. Fly (2003) 

BBA, Texas Tech; MA, Michigan State 

Steven Folmar (1992) 

BA, MA, PhD, Case Western Reserve 

James L.Ford (1998) 

MTS, Vanderbilt; MA, PhD, Princeton 

Mary F Foskett (1997) 
BA, New York; 
MDiv, Union Theo. Seminary; PhD, Emory 

Johnnie Foye (1995) 

BA, Virginia Union; MSS, US Sports Academy 

Dean Franco (2001) 

BA, University of California (Irvine); 

MA, California State; 

PhD, The University of Southern California 

Donald E. Frey (1972) 

BA, Wesleyan; MDiv, Yale; PhD, Princeton 

John E. R. Friedenberg (1988) 

BA, Wake Forest; MFA, Carnegie Mellon 

Mary L.Friedman (1987) 

BA, Wellesley; MA, PhD, Columbia 



Ollen R. Nalley Associate Professor of Psychology 
(Leave, 2004-2005) 

Instructor in Business 
(W Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Lecturer in Anthropology 

Associate Professor of Religion 

Zachary T Smith Associate Professor of Religion 

Instructor in Health and Exercise Science 

Assistant Professor of English 
(Leave, Fall 2004) 



Professor of Economics 
(Leave, Fall 2004) 

Director of University Theatre and 
Lecturer in Theatre 

Associate Professor of Romance Languages 

(Spanish) 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 282 



Assistant Professor of Computer Science 
(Leave, Fall 2004) 

Assistant Professor of Romance Languages 



Assistant Professor of Political Science 
(Leave, Fall 2004) 

Assistant Professor of Romance Languages 

(Spanish) 

Assistant Professor of Psychology 



Errin W. Fulp (2000) 

BS, MS, PhD, NC State 

J. Michael Fulton ( 2004) 
BA, Washington State 
MA, PhD, University of Arizona 

Pete Furia (2002) 

BA, Haverford; PhD, Princeton 

Ola Furmanek (1999) 

BA, MA, Jagiello University, Cracow, Poland; 
PhD, University of Nebraska, Lincoln 

R. Michael Furr (2004) 

BA, College of William and Mary; 

MS, Villanova; PhD, University of California (Riverside) 

Candelas S. Gala (1978) Wake Forest Professor of Romance Languages 

BA, Salamanca (Spain); MA, PhD, Pittsburgh (Spanish) 

Celia Garzon-Arrabal ( 2004) Instructor in Romance Languages 

BA, University of Granada (Spain); 
MA, UNC-Chapel Hill 

F. Curtis Gaston (2004) Visiting Lecturer in Communication 

BA, UNC-Greensboro; MA, Duke; 
MFA, UNC-Greensboro 

Cynthia M. Gendrich (1998) Junior Faculty Fellow and Associate Professor of Theatre 

BFA, Illinois Wesleyan; MA, PhD, Missouri 

Jennifer Gentry (2003) Adjunct Instructor in Art 

BFA, Carnegie Mellon University; BA, Wake Forest; 
MA, Johns Hopkins 

J. Whitfield Gibbons (1971) Adjunct Professor of Biology 

BS, MA, Alabama; PhD, Michigan State 

David A. Gilbert (2003) Instructor in Business 

BS, MEd, Valdosta State College; (W Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

MBA, University of Tennessee (Knoxville) 

Steven M.Giles (1998) 

BA, Northern Kentucky; 

MA, Bowling Green State; PhD, University of Kentucky 

Michele K.Gillespie (1999) 
BA, Rice; PhD, Princeton 

Samuel T Gladding (1990) 

BA, MAEd, Wake Forest; MA, Yale; 
PhD, UNC-Greensboro 

Stavroula Glezakos (2004) 

BA, PhD, University of California (Los Angeles) 

Thomas S. Goho (1977) 



Assistant Professor of Communication 
(Spring 2005) 

Kahle Associate Professor of History 

Professor of Counseling 

Assistant Professor of Philosophy 



BS, MBA, Penn State; 
PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Louis R.Goldstein (1979) 

BM, Oberlin; MFA, California 
Inst, of the Arts; DMA, Eastman 



Associate Professor of Business 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 



Professor of Music 



283 UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



Luis Gonzalez (1997) 

BA, U de Medellin (Colombia); 

MA, West Virginia; PhD, California-Davis 

Brian L.Gorelick (1984) 

BA, Yale; MM, Wisconsin (Madison); 
DMA, Illinois 

George Graham (2003) 

BA, Fordham; MA, Western Ontario; PhD, Brandeis 

Steve Gunkel (2004) 

BA, MA, Washington State; PhD, Indiana 

Martin Guthold (2001) 

BS, University Ulm, Germany; 
MA, PhD, University of Oregon 

Renee Gutierrez (2003) 

BA, MS, MA, University of Virginia 

William Hacker (2004) 

BA, Brown; MA, PhD, Cornell 

David Hagy (1995) 

BM, Indiana; MM, MMA, DMA, Yale 

Leigh Ann Hallberg (2001) 

BA, Mount Union College; MFA, University of Colorado 

William S. Hamilton (1983) 
BA, MA, PhD, Yale 

Claire Holton Hammond (1978) 

BA, Mary Washington; PhD, Virginia 

J. Daniel Hammond (1978) 

BA, Wake Forest; PhD, Virginia 

Beverlye H. Hancock (1996) 

AB, Meredith; MA, Wake Forest 

James S.Hans (1982) 

BA, MA, Southern Illinois; PhD, Washington 

Anne E. Hardcastle (2002) 

BA, Texas A&M; MA, PhD, University of Virginia 

Hannah M. Hardgrave (1985) 

AB, Brown; PhD, University of Chicago 

KatyJ. Harriger(1985) 

BA, Edinboro State; MA, PhD, Connecticut 

Catherine T. Harris (1980) 

BA, Lenoir-Rhyne; MA, Duke; PhD, Georgia 

J. Kline Harrison (1990) 

BS, Virginia; PhD, Maryland 

James M. Hastings (2002) 

BA, Reed; MA, PhD, Wisconsin (Madison) 

Angela Hattery (1998) 

BA, Carleton College; MS, PhD, Wisconsin 

Stephanie Hawkins (2003) 

BA, University of Nevada; MA, Wake Forest; 
PhD, SUNY-Buffalo 



Assistant Professor of Romance Languages 

(Spanish) 

Associate Professor of Music 
and Director of Choral Ensembles 

A.C. Reid Professor of Philosophy 

Adjunct Assistant Professor of Sociology 

Assistant Professor of Physics 
(Leave, Fall 2004) 

Instructor in Romance Languages 

(Spanish) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of English 

Director of Orchestra 
(Department of Music) 

Adjunct Assistant Professor of Art 

Professor of Russian 

Professor of Economics 

Professor of Economics 

Adjunct Instructor in Anthropology 

Wake Forest Professor of English 
(Venice, Spring 2005) 

Assistant Professor of Romance Languages 
(Spanish) (Leave, Spring 2005) 

Lecturer in Philosophy 
(Part-time) 

Professor of Political Science 
(Leave, Spring 2005) 

Professor of Sociology 



Professor of Business 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of History 

Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation Fellow 
and Associate Professor of Sociology 

Visiting Assistant Professor of English 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



284 



Michael David Hazen (1974) 
BA, Seattle Pacific; 
MA, Wake Forest; PhD, Kansas 

Terry C. Hazen (1988) 

BS, MS, Michigan State; PhD, Wake Forest 

Richard E.Heard (1996) 
BM, Southern Methodist; 
MA, California (Santa Barbara) 

Thomas K. Hearn Jr. (1983) 

BA, Birmingham-Southern; BD, Southern 
Baptist Theo. Seminary; PhD, Vanderbilt 

JacC. Heckelman (1996) 

BA, Texas; PhD, Maryland 

Paul Hecht (2003) 

BA, Amherst; MFA, MA, PhD, Cornell 

Donald Helme (2003) 

BA, Michigan State; MA, Eastern Michigan; 
PhD, University of Kentucky 

Donna A. Henderson (1996) 

BA, Meredith; MAT, James Madison; 
PhD, Tennessee 

J. Edwin Hendricks (1961) 

BA, Furman; MA, PhD, Virginia 

Marcus B. Hester (1963) 

BA, Wake Forest; PhD, Vanderbilt 

Deborah Hill (1995) 

BA, MS, University of Colorado 

Michael Hill (2001) 

BA, Howard; MA, PhD, Harvard 

Yvonne L. Hinson (1997) 

BS, MBA, UNC-Charlotte; 
PhD, Tennessee 

Willie L. Hinze( 1975) 

BS, MA, Sam Houston State; 
PhD, Texas A&M 

E. Clayton Hipp Jr. (1991) 
BA, Wofford; 
MBA, JD, South Carolina 

Alix Hitchcock (1989) 

BFA, UNC-Greensboro; MA, New York 

Kenneth G. Hoglund (1990) 

BA, Wheaton; MA, PhD, Duke 

Jefferson Holdridge (2002) 
BA, San Francisco State; 
MA, PhD, University College (Dublin, Ireland) 

Natalie A. W Holzwarth (1983) 

BS, Massachusetts Inst, of Tech.; PhD, Chicago 



(W. 



(W. 



Professor of Communication 

Adjunct Professor of Biology 
Associate Professor of Music 

Professor of Philosophy 



McCulloch Family Fellow and 
Associate Professor of Economics 

Visiting Assistant Professor of English 



Assistant Professor of Communication 

Associate Professor of Counseling 

Professor of History 

Professor of Philosophy 

Visiting Instructor in Education 

Assistant Professor of English 

PricewaterhouseCoopers Faculty Fellow and 

Associate Professor of Accountancy 

Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Wake Forest Professor of Chemistry 



Senior Lecturer in Business 
Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Instructor in Art 
(Part-time) 

Professor of Religion 

Assistant Professor of English 
(Leave, Spring 2005) 

Professor of Physics 



285 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



Adjunct Instructor in American Ethnic Studies 



Beth Hopkins (2003) 
BA, Wake Forest; 
Juris-prudence, College of William and Mary 

Katherine S. Hoppe (1993) 

BA, Duke; MBA, Texas Christian; 
PhD, UNC-Greensboro 

Michael Horn (1998) 
BS, Florida 

FredL. Hortonjr. (1970) 
BA, UNC-Chapel Hill; 
BD, Union Theological Seminary; PhD, Duke 

William L. Hottinger (1970) 

BS, Slippery Rock; MS, PhD, Illinois 

Fredric T.Howard (1966) 

BA, MA, Vanderbilt; PhD, Duke 

Hugh N.Howards (1997) 

BA, Williams; MA, PhD, California (San Diego) 

Linda S. Howe (1993) 

BA, MA, PhD, Wisconsin 

Michael L.Hughes (1984) 
BA, Claremont McKenna; 
MA, PhD, California (Berkeley) 

Michael J. Hyde (1994) 

BS, Pittsburgh; MA, PhD, Purdue 

Simeon O. Ilesanmi (1993) 

BA, University of Ife (Nigeria); PhD, Southern Methodist 

Ernest S. Jarrett (1996) 

BA, UNC-Chapel Hill; MA, UNC-Greensboro 

Janine M. Jennings (1998) 
BS, University of Toronto; 
PhD, McMaster University (Hamilton, Ontario, Canada) 

Mark Jensen (1993) 

BA, Houston Baptist; 

MDiv, PhD, Southern Baptist Theological Seminary 

Debra R. Jessup (1996) Adjunct Assistant Professor of Business 

BA, Georgetown; JD, Wake Forest (W Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Miaohua Jiang (1998) Associate Professor of Mathematics 

BS, Wuhan University (China); 
MS, East China Normal University (China); PhD, Penn State 

David J. John (1982) 

BS, Emory and Henry; MS, PhD, Emory 

A. Daniel Johnson (1998) 

BS, UNC-Charlotte; PhD, Wake Forest 



Lecturer in Business 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Lecturer in Journalism 
(Department of English, Part-time) 

Albritton Professor of the Bible 
(Department of Religion) 

Professor Emeritus of Health and Exercise Science 

(Part-time) 

Professor of Mathematics 

Sterge Faculty Fellow and 
Associate Professor of Mathematics 

Associate Professor of Romance Languages 
(Spanish) (Leave, 2004-2005) 

Professor of History 



University Distinguished Chair in Communication Ethics 
and Professor of Communication 

Associate Professor of Religion 



Instructor in Communication 



Assistant Professor of Psychology 



Adjunct Associate Professor of Religion 



Erik C.Johnson (2005) 

BA, PhD, University of Maine 

Lynne Johnson (2004) 

BA, MA, University of Wisconsin (Madison) 
MA, PhD, University of Maryland 



Associate Professor of Computer Science 
Lecturer in Biology 
Assistant Professor of Biology 



Assistant Professor of Art 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 286 



Professor of Chemistry 

Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

Assistant Professor of Education 
(Leave, Fall 2004) 



Bradley T.Jones (1989) 

BS, Wake Forest; PhD, Florida 

Paul B. Jones (2000) 

BS, Oklahoma State; PhD, Duke 

Raymond Jones (2001) 
BA, UNC-Chapel Hill; 
MA, Wake Forest; PhD, University of Virginia 

Paul E. Juras (1991) Associate Professor of Accountancy 

BBA, MBA, Pace; PhD, Syracuse (W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Claudia Thomas Kairoff (1986) Professor of English 

BA, College of Notre Dame of Maryland; (Leave, 2004-2005) 

MA, Virginia; PhD, Brandeis 

Peter D. Kairoff (1988) Professor of Music 

BA, California (San Diego); (Leave, Fall 2004) 

MM, DMA, Southern California 

Jay R. Kaplan (1981) Professor of Anthropology and 

BA, Swarthmore; MA, PhD, Northwestern Adjunct Professor of Psychology 

Pamela R. Karr (1998) Instructor in Counseling 

BA, MAEd, Wake Forest 

Marina Kcrmar (2004) Visiting Associate Professor of Communication 

BA, Fairleigh Dickinson; 

MA, Annenberg School of Communication, University of Pennsylvania; 
PhD, University of Wisconsin (Madison) 



R. Scott Keith (2004) 

BS, MBA, Wake Forest 

Judy K. Kem( 1987) 

BA, Western Kentucky; MA, Louisville; 
PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Charles H. Kennedy (1985) 

BA, Eckerd; AM, MPP, PhD, Duke 

Ralph C. Kennedy ffl (1976) 

BA, PhD, California (Berkeley) 

William C. Kerr (1970) 

BS, Wooster; PhD, Cornell 

Mary L.Kesel (2001) 

BA, State University of New York; 
MSW, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Daniel B. Kim-Shapiro (1996) 

BA, Carleton College; MS, Southern Illinois; 
PhD, California (Berkeley) 

Charles A. Kimball (1996) 

BS, Oklahoma State; MDiv, Southern 
Baptist Theo. Seminary; ThD, Harvard 

Angela Glisan King (1995) 

BA, Pennsylvania; PhD, Cornell 

S.Bruce King (1995) 

BS, West Virginia; PhD, Cornell 

Wayne King (1993) 

BA, UNC-Chapel Hill 



Instructor in Business 

Associate Professor of Romance Languages 

(French) 

Professor of Political Science 

Associate Professor of Philosophy 

Professor of Physics 
(Leave, Fall 2004) 

Adjunct Instructor in Business 



Z. Smith Reynolds Faculty Fellow 
and Associate Professor of Physics 

Professor of Religion 



Senior Lecturer in Chemistry 

Associate Professor of Chemistry 

Associate Professor of Journalism 
(Department of English) 



287 UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



Ellen E. Kirkman( 1975) 

BA, Wooster; MA, MS, PhD, Michigan State 

Scott W.Klein (1991) 

AB, Harvard; BA, MA, Cambridge; 
MA, MPhil; PhD, Yale 

LeeG. Knight (1979, 2000) 

BS, Western Kentucky; (W 

MA, PhD, University of Alabama 

Robert Knott (1975) 

BA, Stanford; MA, Illinois; PhD, Pennsylvania 

Dilip K. Kondepudi (1987) 

BS, Madras (India); MS, Indian Institute 
of Technology (Bombay); PhD, Texas 

Kathleen A. Kron ( 1991) 

BS, MS, Michigan State; PhD, Florida 

Grace Ku (2002) 

Assoc. Degree, Chih Lee College of Business 

Philip F.Kuberski( 1989) 

BA, MA, PhD, California (Irvine) 

Raymond E. Kuhn ( 196 8) 

BS, Carson-Newman; PhD, Tennessee 

James Kuzmanovich (1972) 

BS, Rose Polytechnic; PhD, Wisconsin 

Marlon Kuzmick (2004) 

BA, University of British Columbia; 
MA, University of Sussex; MA, Cornell 

Abdessadek Lachgar (1991) 

BS, MS, PhD, University of Nantes (France) 

Hugo C.Lane (1973) 

Licenciate of the Biological Sciences, 
Doctorate of the Biological Sciences, Geneva 

PageH. Laughlin(1987) 

BA, Virginia; MFA, Rhode Island School of Design 

MichaelS. Lawlor ( 1986) 

BA, Texas (Austin); PhD, Iowa State 

Mahendra Lawofl (2004) 

BS, Calicut University (India); 
MA, University of Hawaii; 
PhD, University of Pittsburgh 

MarkR. Leary (1985) 

BA, West Virginia Wesleyan; MA, PhD, Florida 

Wei-chin Lee (1987) 

BA, National Taiwan University; 
MA, PhD, Oregon 

Win-chiat Lee (1983) 

BA, Cornell; PhD, Princeton 

Andrew Leiter (2004) 

BA, University of Alabama; 
MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 



Professor of Mathematics 
Associate Professor of English 

Hylton Professor of Accountancy 
Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Professor of Art 

Wake Forest Professor of Chemistry 



Professor of Biology 

Instructor in Chinese 
(Part-time) 

Professor of English 

Wake Forest Professor of Biology 

Professor of Mathematics 

Visiting Instructor in English 

Professor of Chemistry 
Professor of Biology 

Professor of Art 

Professor of Economics 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Political Science 

Wake Forest Professor of Psychology 
Professor of Political Science 

Associate Professor of Philosophy 
Visiting Assistant Professor of English 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 288 



Visiting Assistant Professor of Romance Languages 

(Spanish) 

Adjunct Professor of Religion 



Associate Professor of Humanities 

Adjunct Instructor in Communication 
(Fall 2004) 

Associate Professor of History 

Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology 

Professor of Music 

Lecturer in Music 
(Part-time) 

Cooper Family Fellow in Information Systems 

and Assistant Professor 

(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Professor of Philosophy 



Ana Leon-Tavora (2002) 

BA, MA, PhD, University of Seville 

Bill J. Leonard (1996) 

BA, Texas Wesleyan; MDiv., Southwestern 
Baptist Theo. Seminary; PhD, Boston University 

Candyce Leonard (1996) 

BA, Texas Wesleyan; MEd, Louisville; 
PhD, Indiana 

Janel Leone (2004) 

BA, Franklin 8e Marshall College 
MS, PhD, Penn State 

Jeffrey D. Lerner ( 1994) 

BA, MA, PhD, Wisconsin (Madison) 

Max Levine (2003) 

PhD, Pennsylvania State University 

David B.Levy (1976) 

BM, MA, Eastman; PhD, Rochester 

Kathryn Levy (1988) 
BM, Eastman 

Bruce R. Lewis (2002) 
BS, Eastern Kentucky; 
MS, New Mexico State; PhD, Auburn 

Charles M.Lewis (1968) 

BA, Wake Forest; ThM, Harvard; PhD, Vanderbilt 

John H. Litcher (1973) Professor Emeritus of Education 

BS, Winona State; MA, PhD, Minnesota (Part-time) 

Gary Ljungquist (2004) Adjunct Professor of Women's and Gender Studies 

BA, Clark; PhD, Cornell (Fall 2004) 

John T. Llewellyn (1990) Associate Professor of Communication 

AB, UNC-Chapel Hill; MA, Arkansas; 
PhD, Texas 

Dan S. Locklair (1982) Professor of Music 

BM, Mars Hill; SMM, Union Theological Seminary; and Composer-in-Residence 

DMA, Eastman 

Charles F. Longino Jr. (1991) 

BA, Mississippi; MA, Colorado; 
PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Alyssa Lonner (2003) 

BA, Technische Universitot Braunschweig; 
MA, Westfalische Wilhelms-Universita Miinster; 
PhD, Washington 

Pat C. W. Lord (2000) 

BS, NC State; PhD, Wake Forest 

Dorothea Lotter (2001) 

Diploma, Free University of Berlin; 
MA, PhD, University of Munich 

Allan D. Louden (1985) 

BA, Montana State; MA, Montana; 
PhD, Southern California 



Wake Forest Professor of Sociology 



Assistant Professor of German and Russian 



Visiting Assistant Professor of Biology 

Adjunct Assistant Professor of Philosophy 
(Spring 2005) 

Associate Professor of Communication 



28Q UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



David M.Lubin( 1999) 

BA, Ohio State; MA, PhD, Yale 

Nina Maria Lucas (1996) 

BFA, Ohio State; MFA, UCLA 

Francis P. Ludwig (2000) 

BFA, South Dakota; MFA, Iowa 

Jed Macosko (2004) 

BS, MIT; PhD, University of California (Berkeley) 

Barry G.Maine (1981) 

BA, Virginia; MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Michael Malouf (2004) 

BA, New York; MA, NC State; 
MA, MPhil, PhD, Columbia 

Allen Mandelbaum (1989) 

BA, Yeshiva; MA, PhD, Columbia 

William M. Marcum (1996) 

BA, Furman; MA, UNC-Greensboro; 
PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Milorad R. Margitic' (1978) 

MA, Leiden (Netherlands); PhD, Wayne State 



Charlotte C. Weber Professor of Art 

Associate Professor of Dance 

(Department of Theatre & Dance) 

(Leave, Spring 2005) 

Associate Professor of Theatre 

Assistant Professor of Physics 

Professor of English 

Visiting Assistant Professor of English 

W. R. Kenan Jr. Professor of Humanities 



Anthony P. Marsh (1996) 

BPE, MED, Western Australia; 
PhD, Arizona State 

Dale R.Martin (1982) 
BS, MS, Illinois State; 
DBA, Kentucky 

John Martin (2003) 

BA, Rice; MA, University of Chicago 

George E. Matthews Jr. (1979) 
BS, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Darlene R. May (2005) 
BA, MA, PhD, Indiana 

J. GaylordMay (1961) 

BS, Wofford; MA, PhD, Virginia 

Kathryn Mayers (2003) 

BA, SUNY (Binghamton); 

MA, PhD, University of Wisconsin (Madison) 

Grant P. McAllister (2001) 

BA, MA, PhD, University of Utah 

Anita K. McCauley (2002) 

BS, Elon College; PhD, Wake Forest 

Kent McConnell (2004) 

BA, Westminster College; MDiv, Yale; 
ThM, Princeton Theological Seminary; 

Leah P. McCoy (1990) 

BS, West Virginia Inst, of Tech.; 

MA, Maryland; EdD, Virginia Poly. Inst. & SU 



Citibank Faculty Fellow and 

Associate Professor of Business 

(W Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Professor of Romance Languages 
(French) (Dijon, Fall 2004) 

Associate Professor of Health and Exercise Science 



Wayne Calloway Professor of Accountancy 
(W Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Visiting Instructor in English 

Professor of Physics 

Adjunct Assistant Professor of Classical Languages 
(Arabic) (Spring 2005) 

Professor of Mathematics 

Assistant Professor of Romance Languages 

(Spanish) 

Assistant Professor of German 

Director of Microscopy and 
Adjunct Assistant Professor of Biology 

Visiting Instructor in History 
Associate Professor of Education 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



290 



Gordon E. McCray (1994) 
BS, Wake Forest; 
MBA, Stetson; PhD, Florida State 

Todd McFall (2004) 

BS, Miami (Ohio); PhD, NC State 

Thomas W. McGohey (1990) 
BA, MA, Michigan State; 
MFA, UNC-Greensboro 

Denise Johnson McManus (2001) 
BSBA, University of Alabama; 
MBA, PhD, Auburn 

Jill Jordan McMillan (1983) 

BA, Baylor; MA, Arkansas; PhD, Texas 

John McNally (2001) 
BA, Southern Illinois; 
MFA, University of Iowa; PhD, University of Nebraska 

Veronique M. McNelly (2002) 
BA, MA, University of Virginia 

Jane Mead (1996) Poet-in-Residence and Associate Professor of English 

BA, Vassar; MA, Syracuse; 
MFA, Iowa 

Gordon A. Melson ( 1991) 

BS, PhD, Sheffield (England) 



BellSouth Mobility Technology 

Associate Professor of Business 

(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Visiting Instructor in Economics 
Lecturer in English 



Exxon-Wayne Calloway Faculty Fellow and 

Assistant Professor of Business 

(W Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Professor of Communication 



Assistant Professor of English 



Instructor in Romance Languages 
(French) 



(Leave, 2004-2005) 
Professor of Chemistry 



Batja Mesquita (1997) 

BA, MA, PhD, Amsterdam (The Netherlands) 

Stephen P. Messier (1981) 

BS, MS, Rhode Island; PhD, Temple 

William K.Meyers (1988) 

BA, Washington; MA, PhD, Chicago 

Soledad Miguel-Prendes (1993) 
Licenciatura, Oviedo; 
MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Shannon L. Mihalko (1999) 

BS, Wake Forest; MS, PhD, Illinois 

Christian Miller (2004) 

BA, Princeton; MA, PhD, Notre Dame 

Ellen Ruth Miller (2002) 
BA, George Washington; 

Gary D.Miller (1996) 

BS, Kansas; MS, Kansas State; 
PhD, California (Davis) 

Timothy E. Miller (2003) 

BS, Mississippi State; PhD, Vanderbilt 

Joseph O. Milner (1969) 

BA, Davidson; MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

AnandaMitra(1994) 

B Tech, Indian Inst, of Technology (Kharagpur); 
MA, Wake Forest; PhD, Illinois (Urbana) 



Associate Professor of Psychology 
(Leave, 2004-2005) 

Professor of Health and Exercise Science 

Associate Professor of History 

Associate Professor of Romance Languages 

(Spanish) 

Dunn-Riley Jr. Professor and 
Associate Professor of Health and Exercise Science 

Assistant Professor of Philosophy 

Assistant Professor of Anthropology 
MA, New York; PhD, Washington 

Associate Professor of Health and Exercise Science 



Adjunct Assistant Professor of Computer Science 

Professor of Education 

Associate Professor of Communication 



29I 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



Kimberly Moore (2004) 
BA, UNC-Greensboro 
MFA, University of Nevada 

John C. Moorhouse (1969) 

BA, Wabash; PhD, Northwestern 

Patrick E. Moran ( 1989) 

BA, MA, Stanford; MA, National 
Taiwan University; PhD, Pennsylvania 

Roberta Morosini (2000) 

DEA, University of Rennes II, France; 
PhD, McGill University, Montreal 

Donald J. Moser (1995) 

BS, LTC (Ret), U.S. Military Academy (West Point); 
MBA, Long Island 

William M. Moss (1971) 

BA, Davidson; PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Gloria K. Muday (1991) 

BS, Virginia Poly. Inst, and SU; PhD, Purdue 

Stephen Murphy (1987) 

BA, Canisius; MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Michelle J. Naughton 

BA, PhD, University of Iowa 

Lynn Neal (2003) 

BA, Houghton Collge; MTS, Duke; 
MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Debbie W. Newsome (1999) 
BA, Oklahoma Baptist; 
MEd, Wake Forest; PhD, UNC-Greensboro 

Linda N.Nielsen (1974) 
BA, MS, EdD, Tennessee 

Mary Niepold (2003) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Patricia A. Nixon (1999) 
BS, Boston; 
MA, PhD, University of Pittsburgh 

Ronald E. Noftle ( 196 7) 

BS, New Hampshire; PhD, Washington 

James L. Norris III (1989) 

BS, MS (Science), MS (Statistics), NC State; 
PhD, Florida State 

Monique O'Connell (2004 ) 

BA, Brown; PhD, Northwestern 

Felicitas Opwis (2003) 

BA, University of Tubingen, Germany; 

MA, Albert Ludwigs University of Freiburg; PhD, Yale 

Janet Orenstein (2003) 

BA, MMA, Julliard; DMA, State University of New York 



Adjunct Instructor in Theatre 
Fall, 2004 

Archie Carroll Professor of Ethical Leadership 
(Department of Economics) 

Associate Professor of Chinese 
(East Asian Languages and Cultures) 

Assistant Professor of Romance Languages 

(Spanish) 

Adjunct Instructor in Military Science 



Professor of English 

Professor of Biology 

Associate Professor of Romance Languages 

(French) 

Adjunct Professor of Women's and Gender Studies 
Visiting Assistant Professor of Religion 

Assistant Professor of Counseling 

Professor of Education 

Visiting Instructor in English (Journalism) 

Associate Professor of Health and Exercise Science 

Professor of Chemistry 
Professor of Mathematics 

Assistant Professor of History 



Adjunct Professor of Religion and 

Adjunct Professor of History 

(Fall 2004) 

Visiting Lecturer in Music 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



292 



Dee Oseroff-Varnell (1996) 
BA, MA, PhD, Washington 

Beatrice Ottersbock 

BA, Chatham College; 
MA, PhD, Pittsburgh 

Gillian Rose Overing (1979) 
BA, Lancaster (England); 
MA, PhD, SUNY (Buffalo) 

Anthony S. Parent Jr. (1989) 

BA, Loyola; MA, PhD, California (Los Angeles) 

Perry L. Patterson (1986) 

BA, Indiana; MA, PhD, Northwestern 

V. Paul Pauca (2002) 

BS, MS, Wake Forest; PhD, Duke 

Benjamin Paz (2004) 

BME, University of Minnesota; MBA, Stanford 

Mary L. B. Pendergraft (1988) 
BA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

David P. Phillips (1994) 

BA, Cornell; M.Arch., Washington; 
MA, PhD, Pennsylvania 

John R. Pickel (1997) 
BFA, Indiana State; 
MFA, Cranbrook Academy of Art 

Jesus Pico-Argel (1999) 

BA, Universidad del Atlantico (Columbia); 
MA, Arkansas 

Robert J. Plemmons (1990) 

BS, Wake Forest; PhD, Auburn 

Danielle Powell (2004) 

BA, James Madison; MA, Wake Forest 

James T.Powell (1988) 

BA, Emory; MPhil, MA, PhD, Yale 

Jason Powell (2004) 

BA, Trinity; MSt, DPhil, Oxford 

Kersti Powell (2004) 

BA, University of Tallinn; 

MA, University of Tartu; MSt, DPhil, Oxford 

Jenny Puckett (1995) 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, Middlebury 

Frank Quina (2004) 

BS, Stetson; PhD, Caltech 

Teresa Radomski (1977) 

BM, Eastman; MM, Colorado 

YasukoT Railings (1998) 

BA, Seinan Gakuin University, Fukuoka, Japan; 
MA, Ohio 



Adjunct Assistant Professor of Communication 

(Part-time) 

Lecturer in Art History (Vienna) 
(Department of Art, Part-time) 

Professor of English 

Associate Professor of History 

Professor of Economics and Lecturer in Russian 

Assistant Professor of Computer Science 

Instructor in Business 

Associate Professor of Classical Languages 

Associate Professor of Japanese 
(East Asian Languages and Cultures) 

Associate Professor of Art 
(Leave, Spring 2005) 

Lecturer in Romance Languages 
(Spanish) 

Reynolds Professor of Mathematics and 
Computer Science 

Adjunct Instructor in Communication 
(Fall 2004) 

Associate Professor of Classical Languages 
Visiting Assistant Professor of English 
Visiting Assistant Professor of English 



Instructor in Romance Languages 
(Spanish) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
(Spring 2005) 

Professor of Music 

Senior Lecturer in East Asian 
Languages and Cultures 



293 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



Thomas H. Ramsey (2003) 
BS, Grove City College; 
MBA, University of Pittsburg 

Amy E. Randel (1999) 
BA, Brown; 
PhD, University of California-Irvine 

Annette L. Ranft (1999) 

BS, Appalachian State; MS, Georgia 
Tech.; PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Nagesh Rao (2000) 

BS, MA, St. Joseph's College, India; 
MA, Syracuse; PhD, Brown 

Sarah Raynor (2003) 
BS, Yale, PhD, MIT 

Mary Lynn B. Redmond (1989) 
BA, EdD, UNC-Greensboro; 
MEd, UNC-Chapel Hill 

W. Jack Rejeski Jr. (1978) 

BS, Norwich; MA, PhD, Connecticut 

Paul M. Ribisl( 1973) 

BS, Pittsburgh; MA, Kent State; 
PhD, Illinois 

Jessica Richard (2002) 

BA, Goucher; MA, PhD, Princeton 



Instructor in Business 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Coca-Cola Faculty Fellow and 

Assistant Professor of Business 

(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Exxon-Wayne Calloway Faculty Fellow and 

Associate Professor of Business 

(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Assistant Professor of English 
(Leave, 2004-2005) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

Associate Professor of Education 



Wake Forest Professor of Health and Exercise Science; 
Adjunct Professor of Psychology 

Wake Forest Professor of Health and Exercise Science 



Assistant Professor of English 
(Leave, Fall 2004) 

Professor of Psychology 



Charles L. Richman ( 196 8) 

BA, Virginia; MA, Yeshiva; PhD, Cincinnati 

Albert Rives (2002) Visiting Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

BS, Wake Forest; PhD, University of Wisconsin (Madison) 

Donald P. Robin (1997) J. Tylee Wilson Chair of Business Ethics 

BS, MBA, PhD, Louisiana State (W Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 



E. Brady Robinson (2005) 

BFA, Maryland Institute, College of Art 
MFA, Cranbrook Academy of Art 

Kenneth Wayne Robinson (1998) 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, University of Kentucky 

Stephen B. Robinson (1991) 

BA, PhD, California (Santa Cruz) 

Stephane Robolin (2004) 
BA, Tulane; MA, Duke 

Randall G. Rogan ( 1990) 

BA, St. John Fisher College; 
MS, PhD, Michigan State 

Marielba Rojas (2001) 

BS, MS, Simon Bolivar University, Venezuela; 
MA, PhD, Rice 

Luis Roniger (2003) 

Licenciate in Sociology, 

Universidad Nacional de Buenos Aires; 

MA, PhD, Hebrew University of Jerusalem 



Visiting Assistant Professor of Art 



Adjunct Instructor in Anthropology 



Professor of Mathematics 



Visiting Instructor in English 



Associate Professor of Communication 



Assistant Professor of Mathematics 



Reynolds Professor of Political Science 
and Latin American Studies 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



294 



Karen L. Roper (1999) 
BA, Southwestern; 
MA, PhD, University of Kentucky 

Leah Roy (2002) 

BFA, University of Montana; 
MFA, University of Wisconsin 

Susan Z.Rupp( 1993) 

BA, Grinnell; AM, Harvard; 
MA, PhD, Stanford 

Akbar Salam (2003) 

BS, PhD, University of London 

FredR. Salsburyjr. (2002) 
BS, University of Chicago; 
PhD, University of California (Berkeley) 

Dennis Sampson (2000) 
BA, South Dakota State; 
MFA, University of Iowa 

Maria Teresa Sanhueza (1996) 
BA, MA, Concepcion (Chile); 
PhD, Michigan (Ann Arbor) 

Peter Santago (1989) 

BS, Virginia Poly. Inst, and SU; 
PhD, NC State 

Maria Dolores Santamaria (2004) 
MA, University of South Carolina 
PhD, Universidad Autonoma de Madrid 

James A. Schirillo ( 1996) 

BA, Franklin &c Marshall; PhD, Northeastern 

Marianne A. Schubert (1977) 

BA, Dayton; MA, PhD, Southern Illinois 

Katie Scott (1985) 
BA Hons., London 

Richard D. Sears (1964) 

BA, Clark; MA, PhD, Indiana 

Catherine E. Seta (1987) 

BA, MA, PhD, UNC-Greensboro 

Brandy Bright Shapiro (1984) 

Kurt C. Shaw (1987) 

BA, Missouri; MA, PhD, Kansas 

Lori A. Sheppard (2003) 

BA, MA, Wake Forest; PhD, Michigan State 

Yaohua Shi (2002) 

BA, Shanghai Foreign Languages Institute; 
MA, Clark; PhD, Indiana 

Carol A. Shively (1990) 

BA, Hiram; MA, PhD, California (Davis) 



Assistant Professor of Psychology 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Theatre 

Associate Professor of History 

Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
Assistant Professor of Physics 

Visiting Poet-in-Residence 



Associate Professor of Romance Languages 

(Spanish) 

Adjunct Associate Professor of Physics 



Instructor in Romance Languages 



Associate Professor of Psychology 

Lecturer in Counseling 
(Part-time) 

Lecturer in Art History (London) 
(Department of Art, Part-time) 

Adjunct Professor of Political Science 
(Spring 2005) 

Associate Professor of Psychology 

Lecturer in Dance 
(Ballet, Part-time) 

Associate Professor of German and Russian 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Psychology 

Assistant Professor of 

East Asian Languages and Cultures 

(Leave, Spring 2005) 

Professor of Psychology 



295 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



Evelyn Shockley (2001) 
BA, Northwestern; 
JD, University of Michigan; MA, PhD, Duke 

Peter M. Siavelis ( 1996) 

BA, Bradley; MA, PhD, Georgetown 

Diann Sichel (2003) 

BFA, University of Utah; 
MFA, University of Colorado 

Gale Sigal (1987) 

BA, City College (New York); 

MA, Fordham; PhD, CUNY (Graduate Center) 

Alycia K. Silman (2003) 

BA, Westminster College; MA, Wake Forest; 
PhD, UNC-Greensboro 

Miles R. Silman (1998) 

BA, Missouri; PhD, Duke 

Wayne L. Silver (1985) 

BA, Pennsylvania; PhD, Florida State 

Jeanne M. Simonelli 

BA, MA, PhD, University of Oklahoma; 

MPH, Oklahoma University Health Sciences Center 

Shona Simpson (1997) 
BS, PhD, Duke 

Robert Simpson (1997) 



Assistant Professor of English 
(Leave, Fall 2004) 

Hultquist Junior Faculty Fellow and 

Associate Professor of Political Science 

(Leave, 2004-2005) 

Assistant Professor of Theatre and Dance 



Professor of English 
(Leave, 2004-2005) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Psychology 



Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation Fellow 
and Associate Professor of Biology 

Professor of Biology 
(Leave, Fall 2004) 

Professor of Anthropology 



Adjunct Assistant Professor of English 
(Spring 2005, Part-time) 

Adjunct Instructor in Dance 
(Social Dance, Part-time) 

Professor of History 



Michael L. Sinclair (1968) 

BA, Wake Forest; AM, PhD, Stanford 

Cyndi Skaar (2003) 

BS, BA, University of Minnesota; 
MBA, Wake Forest 

William W Sloan Jr. (1994) 

BA, Davidson; MA, Wake Forest; 
PhD, Miami (Ohio) 

Earl Smith (1996) 

BA, SUNY (Stony Brook); 
MA, PhD, Connecticut 

J. Howell Smith (1965) 

BA, Baylor; MA, Tulane; PhD, Wisconsin 

Kathy B.Smith (1981) 

BA, Baldwin-Wallace; MA, PhD, Purdue 

Margaret Supplee Smith (1979) 

BS, Missouri; MA, Case Western Reserve; PhD, Brown 

Teresa Smith (2004) Adjunct Professor of Women's and Gender Studies 

BS, MA, PhD, University of Florida (Fall 2004) 

William K. Smith (1998) Charles H. Babcock Chair of Botany 

BS, MS, California State; 
PhD, California (Los Angeles) 



Instructor in Business 
(W Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology 
(Part-time) 

Rubin Professor of American Ethnic Studies 
and Professor of Sociology 

Professor of History 

Professor of Political Science 



Wake Forest Professor of Art 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



296 



Joseph Soares (2003) 

BA, Rutgers; MA, PhD, Harvard 

Cecilia H. Solano (1977) 

BA, Harvard; MA, PhD, Johns Hopkins 

Morten Solvik (2003) 

BA, Cornell; PhD, University of Pennsylvania 

Deborah Kim Muller Spencer (2002) 

BPA, Oklahoma City; MEd, Central Oklahoma 

Brian P. Steele (2004) 

BS, USMA (West Point) 

Lisa Sternlieb (1997) 

BA, Vassar College; MA, New York; 
PhD, Princeton 

Michelle D. Steward (2004) 

BA, MBA, University of West Florida; 
PhD, Arizona State 

Loraine Moses Stewart (1991) 

BA, MA, North Carolina Central; 
EdD, UNC-Greensboro 

Eric R. Stone (1994) 

BA, Delaware; MA, PhD, Michigan 

David H.Stroupe( 1990) 

BS, Wake Forest; MA, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Michael Strysick (1999) 

BA, University of Minnesota; 
MA, PhD, Binghamton 

Elaine K. Swartzentruber (1999) 
BA, University of Colorado; 
MA, Chicago Theological Seminary; PhD, Emory 

Robert L. Swofford (1993) 

BS, Furman; PhD, California (Berkeley) 

Brian Tague (1995) 

ScB, AB, Brown; PhD, California (San Diego) 

Ian M.Taplin (1985) 

The College of Architecture, Oxford (England); 

BA, York (England); MPhil, Leicester (England); PhD, 

Kendall B. Tarte ( 1996) 
BA, MA, PhD, Virginia 

Paul Thacker (2003) 

BS, Tulane; MA, PhD, Southern Methodist 

Rebecca Thomas (1993) 

BA, MA, California (Los Angeles); PhD, Ohio State 

Stan J. Thomas (1983) 

BS, Davidson; PhD, Vanderbilt 

Clark Thompson (2001) 

BA, JD, PhD, University of Virginia 

Harry B. Titus Jr. (1981) 

BA, Wisconsin (Milwaukee); MFA, PhD, Princeton 



Associate Professor of Sociology 

Associate Professor of Psychology 

Lecturer in Music 
(Vienna) 

Adjunct Instructor in Dance 
(Jazz and Tap, Part-time) 

Assitant Professor of Military Science 

Associate Professor of English 
(Leave, Spring 2005) 

Assistant Professor of Marketing 

Associate Professor of Education 

Associate Professor of Psychology 

Instructor in Health and Exercise Science 

Adjunct Assistant Professor of English 
(Spring 2005, Part-time) 

Assistant Professor of Religion 

Professor of Chemistry 
Associate Professor of Biology 

Professor of Sociology 

Brown 

Assistant Professor of Romance Languages 

(French) 

Assistant Professor of Anthropology 

Associate Professor of German 

Associate Professor of Computer Science 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Philosophy 

Professor of Art 



297 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



Walter R.Todd Jr. (2003) 

BA, Middle Tennessee State 

Todd C. Torgersen (1989) 

BS, MS, Syracuse; PhD, Delaware 

Ralph B. Tower (1980) 

BA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill; 
MBA, Cornell 

Chad Trevitte (2004) 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Matthew Troy (2004) 

BM, UNC-Greensboro 

Maria-Encarna Moreno Turner (1999) 
BA, MA, Brigham Young 

William H. Turkett Jr. (2004) 
BS, College of Charleston; 
PhD, University of South Carolina 

Lukasz Turski (2004) 

Abituriat Jan Zamoyski (Warsaw); 

MSc, Warsaw University; PhD, Warsaw Technical 

Kamil Burak Ucer (2004 ) Research Associate Professor of Physics 

BSEE, Middle East Technical University, Ankaara, Turkey; 
MSEE, Princeton; PhD, University of Rochester 

Robert WUlery Jr. (1971) 



Assistant Professor of Military Science 

Associate Professor of Computer Science 

Wayne Calloway Professor of Taxation 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of English 

Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music 
(Fall 2004) 

Instructor in Romance Languages 
(Spanish) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Computer Science 



Visiting Professor of Physics 
(Fall 2004) 



BA, MA, PhD, Yale 

Robert L. Utleyjr. (1978) 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, Duke 

01gaValbuena(1996) 

BA, Irvine; MA, PhD, SUNY (Buffalo) 

Laura J. Veach (1999) 

BA, MEd, Wake Forest; 

PhD, University of New Orleans 

Cynthia Villagomez (2000) 

AB, San Diego; MA, PhD, UCLA 

Antonio Carlo Vitti (1986) 
BA, MA, Wayne State; 
PhD, Michigan 

Ana M. Wahl (2002) 

BS, Creighton; MA, PhD, Indiana 

Scott Walker (2002) 

BA, University of Miami; MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Rodney W.Wallace (2003) 
BS, North Carolina A&T; 
MS, Central Michigan University 

Gregory Warrington (2003) 

BA, Princeton; PhD, Harvard 

Robert Waters (2004) 

BA, UNC-Greensboro; 

MM, PhD, University of Maryland 



Professor of Classical Languages 

Associate Professor of Humanities 

Associate Professor of English 

Assistant Professor of Counseling 

Assistant Professor of History 
(Leave, Fall 2004) 

Professor of Romance Languages 
(Italian) 

Assistant Professor of Sociology 

Visiting Assistant Professor of English 

Assistant Professor of Military Science 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



298 



Eric K. Watts (1996) 

BA, MA, Cincinnati; PhD, Northwestern 

Sarah L. Watts (1987) 

BA, Oklahoma College of Liberal Arts; 
MA, PhD, Oklahoma 

Julie H. Wayne (2003) 

BS, Furman; (W 

MS, PhD, University of Georgia (Athens) 

Mary R. Wayne-Thomas (1980) 

BFA, Pennsylvania State; MFA, Ohio State 

Peter D. Weigl ( 1968) 

BA, Williams; PhD, Duke 

David P. Weinstein(1989) 

BA, Colorado College; MA, Connecticut; 
PhD, Johns Hopkins 

Mark E.Welker (1987) 

BS, UNC-Chapel Hill; PhD, Florida State 

Byron R. Wells (1981) 

BA, MA, Georgia; PhD, Columbia 

Helga A. Welsh (1993) 

MA, PhD, University of Munich 

G.Page West III (1995) 

BA, Hamilton; MBA, Dartmouth; (W. 

PhD, Colorado (Boulder) 

Larry E. West (1969) 

BA, Berea; PhD, Vanderbilt 

Dorothy M. Westmoreland (2002) 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, University of Cincinnati; 
JD, Wake Forest 

Robert M. Whaples ( 1991) 

BA, Maryland; PhD, Pennsylvania 

M.Stanley Whitley (1990) 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, Cornell 

Jon Whitman (2004) 

BA, Columbia; BPhil, Oxford; MA, PhD, Harvard 

Stephen L. Whittington (2002) 
AB, University of Chicago; 
MA, PhD, Penn State 

Krista Wiegand (2004) 

BA, MA, American; ABD, Duke 

UlrikeWiethaus(1991) 

Colloquium at Kirchliche Hochschule 
(Berlin, Germany); MA, PhD, Temple 

Elisabeth d'Empaire Wilbert (1999) 
BA, MA, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Jack E. Wilkerson Jr. (1989) 

BS, Bob Jones; PhD, Texas (W 



Associate Professor of Communication 
(Leave, Spring 2005) 

Professor of History 



Adjunct Assistant Professor 
Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Associate Professor of Theatre 

Professor of Biology 
(Leave, Spring 2005) 

Associate Professor of Political Science 



Wake Forest Professor of Chemistry 

Professor of Romance Languages 
(French) (Dijon, Fall) 

Associate Professor of Political Science 

Benson-Pruitt Associate Professor of Business 
Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Professor of German 

Adjunct Instructor in Classical Languages 

Professor of Economics 

Professor of Romance Languages 
(Spanish) 

Visiting Hebrew University Scholar (English) 

(Fall 2004) 

Adjunct Associate Professor of Anthropology 
and Director of the Museum of Anthropology 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Political Science 

Professor of Humanities 
(Leave, 2004-2005) 

Instructor in Romance Languages 
(Spanish) 

Professor of Accountancy 
Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 



299 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



Alan J. Williams (1974) 
BA, Stanford; PhD, Yale 

Richard T.Williams (1985) 

BS, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, Princeton 

David C. Wilson (1984, 1987) 
BS, Wake Forest; MAT, Emory 

Eric Wilson (1998) 

BA, Appalachian State; MA, Wake Forest; 

PhD, The Graduate School and University Center, CUNY 

James A. Wilson Jr. (2002) 

BS, Texas (Austin); MPS, Cornell; MA, PhD, Princeton 

Tracy Wilson (2003) 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, Appalachian State 

Yue-Ling Wong (2001) 

BS, Hong Kong Baptist College; 
PhD, University of Texas (Austin) 

Frank B.Wood (1971) 
BA, MA, Wake Forest; 
MDiv, Southeastern Baptist Theo. Seminary; PhD, Duke 

John H.Wood (1985) 

BS, Ohio; MA, Michigan State; PhD, Purdue 

Pia Christina Wood (1999) 

BA, College of William and Mary; 

MIBS, University of South Carolina; 

MA, University of New Mexico; 

PhD, Graduate Institute for International Studies, Geneva, Switzerland 



Professor of History 

Reynolds Professor of Physics 

Instructor in Mathematics 
(Part-time) 

Z. Smith Reynolds Faculty Fellow and 
Associate Professor of English 

Assistant Professor of History 

Instructor in Education 

Lecturer in Digital Media 

Adjunct Professor of Psychology 

Reynolds Professor of Economics 
Associate Professor of Political Science 



Instructor in Health and Exercise Science 



Sharon K. Woodard ( 1998) 

BS, Central Michigan; MS, Wake Forest 

Jennifer Wooten (2001) 

BA, Stetson University; MA, UNC-Chapel Hill 

David Yamane (2005) 

BA, University of California (Berkeley) 

MS, PhD, University of Wisconsin (Madison) 

Itza A. Zavala Garrett (2004) 

Licenciada en letras Universidad Autonoma de Queretaro, Mexico; 
MA, University of Westhern Michigan 

Clifford W Zeyl (1997) Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation Fellow and 

BSc, University of Guelph; Associate Professor of Biology 

MSc, PhD, McGill 

Margaret D. Zulick (1991) Associate Professor of Communication 

BM, Westminster Choir College; 
MA, Earlham School of Religion; 
MTS, Garrett-Evangelical Theological Seminary; PhD, Northwestern 



Instructor in Romance Languages 
(Spanish) 

Assistant Professor of Sociology 



Instructor in Romance Languages 
(Spanish) 



UNDERGRADUATE FACULTIES 



300 



Dates following names indicate period of service. 



Emeriti 




Charles M. Allen (1941-1989) 

BS, MS, Wake Forest; PhD, Duke 

Ralph D. Amen (1962-1993) 
BA, MA, Northern Colorado; 
MBS, PhD, Colorado 

John William Angell (1955-1990) 

BA, Wake Forest; STM, Andover Newton; 
ThM, PhD, Southern Baptist Theo. Seminary 

James P. Barefield (1963-2004) 

BA, MA, Rice; PhD, Johns Hopkins 

Richard C. Barnett (1961-1994) 

BA, Wake Forest; MEd, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Harold M. Barrow (1948-1977) 

BA, Westminster; MA, Missouri; PED, Indiana 

John V. Baxley (1968-2004) 

BS, MS, Georgia Tech; PhD, Wisconsin 

* Russell H. Brantley Jr. (1953-1987) 
BA, Wake Forest 

Robert W. Brehme (1959-1995) 

BS, Roanoke; MS, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

David G. Brown (1990-2003) 
AB, Denison; PhD, Princeton 

George McLeod Bryan (1956-1987) 

BA, MA, Wake Forest; BD, PhD, Yale 

Shasta M. Bryant (1966-1987) 

BA, MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Julian C. Burroughs Jr. (1958-1994) 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, Michigan 

John A. Carter Jr. (1961-1997) 

BA, Virginia; MA, PhD, Princeton 

Dorothy Casey (1949-1988) 
BS, UNC-Greensboro; 
MA, UNC-Chapel Hill 

David W. Catron (1963-1994) 

BA, Furman; PhD, George Peabody 



Professor Emeritus of Biology 
Professor Emeritus of Biology 

Easley Professor Emeritus of Religion 

Wake Forest Professor Emeritus of History 

Professor Emeritus of History 

Professor Emeritus of Physical Education 

Wake Forest Professor Emeritus of Mathematics 

Director of Communication Emeritus 

Professor Emeritus of Physics 

Provost Emeritus 

Professor Emeritus of Religion 

Professor Emeritus of Romance Languages 

Professor Emeritus of Speech Communication 

Professor Emeritus of English 

Associate Professor Emerita of 
Health and Sport Science 

Professor Emeritus of Psychology 



"Died February 13, 2005 



30I 



EMERITI 



Leon P. Cook Jr. (1957-1993) 
BS, Virginia Poly. Inst. & SU; 
MS, Tennessee 

Leon H. Corbett Jr. (1968-2002) 
BA, JD, Wake Forest 

Nancy J. Cotton (1977-2002) 

BA, Texas; MA, Wisconsin; PhD, Columbia 

Cyclone Covey (1968-1988) 
BA, PhD, Stanford 

* Marjorie Crisp (1947-1977) 

BS, Appalachian; MA, George Peabody 

Robert H. Dufort (1961-1999) 
BA, PhD, Duke 

John S. Dunkelberg (1983-2001) 
BS, Clemson; 
MBA, PhD, South Carolina 

John R.Earlef 1963-2001) 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Eddie V. Easley (1984-1999) 
BS, Virginia State; 
MS, PhD, Iowa State 

Leo Ellison Jr. (1957-1999) 

BS, MS, Northwestern State 

Thomas M. Elmore (1962-1996) 
BA, Wake Forest; 
MA, George Peabody; PhD, Ohio State 

David K.Evans (1966-1998) 

BS, Tulane; PhD, California (Berkeley) 

Jack D. Fleer (1964-2002) 

BA, Oklahoma Baptist; MS, Florida State; 
PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Doyle R. Fosso (1964-1995) 

AB, PhD, Harvard; MA, Michigan 

**RalphS. Fraser (1962-1988) 

BA, Boston University; MA, Syracuse; 
PhD, Illinois 

Caroline Sandlin Fullerton (1969-1990) 
BA, Rollins; MFA, Texas Christian 

Kathleen M. Glenn (1974-1998) 
BA, MA, PhD, Stanford 

Balkrishna G. Gokhale (1960-1990) 
BA, MA, PhD, Bombay 

Thomas F. Gossett (1967-1987) 

BA, MA, Southern Methodist; PhD, Minnesota 



Associate Professor Emeritus of Accounting 
(W Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Vice President and Counsel Emeritus 

Professor Emerita of English 

Professor Emeritus of History 

Associate Professor Emerita 
of Physical Education 

Professor Emeritus of Psychology 

Kemper Professor Emeritus of Business 
(W Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Professor Emeritus of Sociology 

Professor Emeritus of Business 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Health 
and Exercise Science 

Professor Emeritus of Education 

Professor Emeritus of Anthropology 
Professor Emeritus of Political Science 

Professor Emeritus of English 



Lecturer Emerita in SCTA 
(Theatre Arts) 

Wake Forest Professor Emerita of Romance Languages 

Professor Emeritus of History 
and Asian Studies 

Professor Emeritus of English 



"Died February 13,2005 
'Died October 19, 2004 



EMERITI 



302 



Paul M. Gross Jr. (1959-1987) 
BS, Duke; PhD, Brown 

William H. Gulley (1966-1987) 

BA, MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Emmett Willard Hamrick (1952-1988) 
BA, UNC-Chapel Hill; PhD, Duke 

Phillip J. Hamrick Jr. (1956-1995) 
BS, Morris Harvey; PhD, Duke 

Carl V.Harris (1956-1989) 

BA, Wake Forest; BD, STM, Yale; PhD, Duke 

Lucille S. Harris (1957-1991) 
BA, BM, Meredith 

Elmer K. Hayashi (1973-2004) 
BA, California (Davis); 
MS, San Diego State; PhD, Illinois 

Roger A. Hegstrom (1969-2001) 
BA, St. Olaf; AM, PhD, Harvard 

Robert M. Helm (1940-2002) 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, Duke 

David A. Hills (1960-1996) 
BA, Kansas; MA, PhD, Iowa 

George M. Holzwarth (1983-2004) 
BA, Wesleyan; MS, PhD, Harvard 

William L. Hottinger (1970-1996) 

BS, Slippery Rock; MS, PhD, Illinois 

Delmer P. Hylton (1949-1991) 
BS, MBA, Indiana 

Mordecai J. Jaffe (1980-1998) 

BS, City College (New York); PhD, Cornell 

Patricia Adams Johansson (1969-1998) 
BA, Winston-Salem State; 
MA, Wake Forest 

Harry L. King Jr. (1960-1981) 
BA, Richmond; 
MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Lula M. Leake (1964-1997) 
BS, Louisiana State; 
MRE, Southern Baptist Theological Seminary 

John H. Litcher (1973-2004) 

BS, Winona State; MA, PhD, Minnesota 

Robert W. Lovett (1962, 1968-2001) 
BA, Oglethorpe; MAT, PhD, Emory 

James A. Martin Jr. (1983-2003) 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, Duke; PhD, Columbia 

Dolly A. McPherson (1974-2001) 

BA, Southern; MA, Boston University; PhD, Iowa 

Harry B. Miller (1947-1983) 
BS, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 



Professor Emeritus of Chemistry 

Professor Emeritus of Sociology 

Albritton Professor Emeritus of Religion 

Professor Emeritus of Chemistry 

Professor Emeritus of Classical Languages 

Instructor Emerita in Music 

Professor Emeritus of Mathematics 

Wake Forest Professor Emeritus of Chemistry 

Worrell Professor Emeritus of Philosophy 

Professor Emeritus of Psychology 

Professor Emeritus of Physics 

Professor Emeritus of Health and Exercise Science 

Professor Emeritus of Accounting 
(W. Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

Professor Emeritus of Biology 

Associate Dean of the College Emerita 
and Lecturer Emerita in English 

Professor Emeritus of Romance Languages 



Associate Vice President for 
Academic Affairs Emerita 

Professor Emeritus of Education 

Professor Emeritus of English 

University Professor Emeritus 

Professor Emerita of English 

Professor Emeritus of Chemistry 



303 



EMERITI 



Carlton T. Mitchell (1961-1991) 
BA, Wake Forest; BD, Yale; 
STM, Union Theo. Seminary; PhD, New York 

Carl C.Moses (1964-1991) 

AB, William and Mary; MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Thomas E. Mullen (1957-2000) 
BA, Rollins; MA, PhD, Emory 

John E. Parker Jr. (1950-1987) 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, Syracuse 

Philip J. Perricone (1967-2003) 

BS, MA, Florida; PhD, Kentucky 

Margaret R. Perry (1947-1998) 
BS, South Carolina 

*Percival Perry (1939, 1947-1987) 

BA, Wake Forest; MA, Rutgers; PhD, Duke 

Elizabeth Phillips (1957-1989) 

BA, UNC-Greensboro; MA, Iowa; 
PhD, Pennsylvania 

Lee Harris Potter (1965-1989) 

BA, MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Herman J. Preseren (1953-1983) 

BS, California State (Pennsylvania); 
MA, Columbia; PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Gregory D. Pritchard (1968-1994) 

BA, Oklahoma Baptist; BD, Southern 
Baptist Theo. Seminary; PhD, Columbia 

Beulah L. Raynor (1946-1979) 

BA, East Carolina; MA, Wake Forest 

J. Don Reeves (1967-1994) 

BA, Mercer; BD, ThM, Southern Baptist 
Theo. Seminary; EdD, Columbia 

Leonard P. Roberge (1974-2002) 

BA, New Hampshire; MA, Atlanta; EdD, Maine 

Mary Frances Robinson (1952-1989) 
BA, Wilson; MA, PhD, Syracuse 

Paul S. Robinson (1952-1977) 
BA, Westminster; BM, Curtis; 
MSM, DSM, Union Seminary 

Eva M. Rodtwitt (1966-1997) 
Cand Philol, Oslo (Norway) 

Wilmer D. Sanders (1954-1957, 1964-1992) 
BA, Muhlenberg; MA, PhD, Indiana 

John W Sawyer (1956-1988) 

BA, MA, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, Missouri 



Professor Emeritus of Religion 

Professor Emeritus of Politics 

Dean of the College Emeritus and 
Professor Emeritus of History 

Professor Emeritus of Education 
and Romance Languages 

Professor Emeritus of Sociology 

Registrar Emerita 

Professor Emeritus of History 

Professor Emerita of English 

Professor Emeritus of English 
Professor Emeritus of Education 

Professor Emeritus of Philosophy 

Associate Professor Emerita of English 
Professor Emeritus of Education 

Professor Emeritus of Education 

Professor Emerita of Romance Languages 

Professor Emeritus of Music 

Lecturer Emerita in Romance Languages 

Professor Emeritus of German 

Professor Emeritus of Mathematics 
and Computer Science 



Died August 5, 2004 



EMERITI 



304 



Richard D. Sears (1964-2002) Professor Emeritus of Political Science 

BA, Clark; MA, PhD, Indiana 

Ben M. Seelbinder (1959-1988) Professor Emeritus of Mathematics 

BA, Mississippi Delta State; 
MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Timothy F. Sellner (1970-2003) Professor Emeritus of German 

BA, PhD, Michigan; MA, Wayne State 

Dudley Shapere (1984-2002) Reynolds Professor Emeritus 

BA, MA, PhD, Harvard of Philosophy and History of Science 

Howard W. Shields (1958-2001) Professor Emeritus of Physics 

BS, UNC-Chapel Hill; MS, Pennsylvania State; PhD, Duke 

Robert N. Shorter (1958-1999) Professor Emeritus of English 

BA, Union; MA, PhD, Duke 

*David L. Smiley (1950-1991) Professor Emeritus of History 

BA, MA, Baylor; PhD, Wisconsin 

Blanche C. Speer (1972-1984) Associate Professor Emerita of Linguistics 

BA, Howard Payne; MA, PhD, Colorado 

Henry Smith Stroupe (1937-1984) Dean of the Graduate School Emeritus 

BS, MA, Wake Forest; PhD, Duke and Professor Emeritus of History 

Thomas C. Taylor (1971-2003) Professor Emeritus of Accountancy 

BS, MA, UNC-Chapel Hill; (W Calloway School of Business and Accountancy) 

PhD, Louisiana State 

Harold C. Tedford (1965-1998) Professor Emeritus of Theatre 

BA, Ouachita; MA, Arkansas; PhD, Louisiana State 

Stanton K. Tefft (1964-2000) Professor Emeritus of Anthropology 

BA, Michigan State; MS, Wisconsin; 
PhD, Minnesota 

Anne S. Tillett (1956-1986) Professor Emerita of Romance Languages 

BA, Carson-Newman; MA, Vanderbilt; 
PhD, Northwestern 

George W. Trautwein (1983-1996) Director of Instrumental Ensembles Emeritus 

BMus, Oberlin; MMus, Cleveland (Department of Music) 

Institute; MusD, Indiana 

Marcellus E. Waddill (1962-1997) Professor Emeritus of Mathematics 

BA, Hampden-Sydney; MA, PhD, Pittsburgh 

J. Van Wagstaff (1964-1992) Professor Emeritus of Economics 

BA, Randolph-Macon; MBA, Rutgers; PhD, Virginia 

David S. Weaver (1977-2002) Professor Emeritus of Anthropology 

BA, MA, Arizona; PhD, New Mexico 

George P. Williams Jr. (1958-1999) Professor Emeritus of Physics 

BS, Richmond; MS, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

John G. Williard (1958-1994) Vice President and Treasurer Emeritus 

BS, UNC-Chapel Hill 



Died December 27, 2004 

2Q5 EMERITI 



Edwin G. Wilson (1951-2002) Provost Emeritus and Professor Emeritus of English 

BA, Wake Forest; AM, PhD, Harvard 

Donald H. Wolfe (1968-2000) Professor Emeritus of Theatre 

BS, MS, Southern Illinois; PhD, Cornell 

J. Ned Woodall (1969-2003) Professor Emeritus of Anthropology 

BA, MA, Texas; PhD, Southern Methodist 

Raymond L. Wyatt (1956-1992) Professor Emeritus of Biology 

BS, Wake Forest; MA, PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

W Buck Yearns Jr. (1945-1988) Professor Emeritus of History 

BA, Duke; MA, Georgia; PhD, UNC-Chapel Hill 

Richard L. Zuber (1962-2000) Professor Emeritus of History 

BS, Appalachian; MA, Emory; PhD, Duke 



EMERITI 



306 



The Committees of the Faculty 






The committees listed represent those in effect during the academic year 
2004-2005. Each committee selects its own chair except where the chair 
is designated. dates noted are year of term expiration. 



Executive Committees 

The Committee on Academic Affairs 

Non-voting. Dean of student services, associate deans of the College, and one undergraduate 
student. Voting. Dean of the College; dean of the Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy; 2007 Edward Allen, James Norris; 2006 Mary DeShazer, Mary Foskett; 2005 Anne 
Boyle, Carole Browne, and one undergraduate student. 

The Committee on Admissions 

Non-voting. Director of admissions, two members from the administrative staff of the Office of the 
Dean of the College, and one undergraduate student. Voting. Dean of the College; 2007 David 
Faber, Kathy Kron; 2006 Bernadine Barnes, Eric Watts; 2005 Jacqueline Carrasco, Rick Matthews, 
and one undergraduate student. 

The Committee on Scholarships and Student Aid 

Non-voting. One undergraduate student. Voting. Dean of the College, director of financial aid, two 
members from the administrative staff of the Office of the Dean of the College; 2007 Clay Hipp, 
Teresa Radomski; 2006 Fredric Howard, Anthony Parent; 2005 David John, Brian Tague, and one 
undergraduate student. 

The Committee on Curriculum 

Voting. Provost, dean of the College, dean of the Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy, registrar, and the chairs of each department of the College as follows: Division I. 
(Humanities) Education, History, Military Science, Philosophy, Religion. Division II. (Humanities 
and Literature) Classical Languages, English, German, Romance Languages, East Asian Languages 
and Cultures. Division III. (Humanities and Fine Arts) Art, Music, Theatre and Dance. Division IV. 
(Social and Behavioral Sciences) Anthropology, Communication, Economics, Political Science, 
Psychology, Sociology. Division V. (Natural Science, Mathematics, and Computer Science) Biology, 
Chemistry, Computer Science, Health and Exercise Science, Mathematics, Physics. 



307 



COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY 



Advisory Committees 

The Committee on Academic Planning 

Non-voting. Provost, dean of the Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy, and one 
undergraduate student. Voting. Dean of the College, director of the Z. Smith Reynolds Library, one 
undergraduate student, and 2008 David Finn; 2007 Hugh Howards; 2006 Dilip Kondepudi, Byron 
Wells; 2005 Anthony Parent, Daniel Hammond, and one undergraduate student. 

The Committee on Athletics 

Non-voting. Director of athletics and one undergraduate student. Voting. Vice president for 
investments and treasurer, dean of the College, faculty representative to the Atlantic Coast 
Conference; one undergraduate student; and 2009 Carole Browne, Michael Lawlor; 2008 Ralph 
Kennedy, David Levy; 2007 Mary Friedman, Charles Kimball; 2006 Wayne Silver, Bruce King; 
2005 Jill McMillan, Kathy Smith, and one undergraduate student. 

The Committee on Nominations 

Voting. 2007 Margaret Smith, Kline Harrison; 2006 Jane Albrecht, Michael Lawlor, Win-Chiat 
Lee; 2005 Olga Valbuena, Helga Welsh. 

The Committee on Library Planning 

Non-voting. Provost, dean of the Graduate School, one undergraduate student, and one graduate 
student. Voting. One faculty representative from each academic division of the College, dean of the 
College, one faculty representative from the Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy, 
the director of the Z. Smith Reynolds Library, one undergraduate student, and one graduate 
student. 

The Committee on Information Technology 

Non-voting. Provost, dean of the Graduate School, vice president for student life and instructional 
resources, vice president for finance and administration, and one undergraduate student. Voting. 
Dean of the College or the dean's designate, dean of the Wayne Calloway School of Business and 
Accountancy or the dean's designate, the director of the Z. Smith Reynolds Library, a representa- 
tive from Information Systems, one undergraduate student, and six elected members of the 
undergraduate faculties, including at least one from each of the five academic divisions of the 
College. 

2007 William Marcum, Stan Thomas; 2006 John Pickel, Terry Blumenthal; 2005 Ralph Kennedy, 
Kurt Shaw. 

The Committee on First-Year Seminars 

Non-voting. Dean of freshmen. Voting. Dean of the College, and 2007 Mary Friedman, 
Leah McCoy; 2006 Douglas Beets, Angela King; 2005 Sharon Andrews, Mary M. Dalton. 



COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY 



308 



Special Committees 

The Committee on Publications 

Voting. Dean of the College, vice president for investments and treasurer, director of creative 
services, three faculty advisers of the Old Gold and Black, The Student, and the Howler; and 2007 
Scott Klein, Howell Smith; 2006 Teresa Radomski, Ian Taplin; 2005 Bill Kerr, Paul Juras. 

The Committee for Teacher Education 

Voting. Dean of the College, dean of the Graduate School, chair of the Department of Education; 
and 2007 Simone Caron, Gary Miller; 2006 Brian Gorelick, Paul Jones, Cynthia Villagomez; 2005 
Gillian Overing. 

The Committee for the ROTC 

Voting. Dean of the College, ROTC coordinator, professor of military science; and 2007 Randall 
Rogan; 2006 Jack Rejeski; 2005 Charles Lewis. 

The Committee on Orientation and Lower Division Advising 

The dean of freshmen, the chair of Orientation and Lower Division Advising (who shall serve as 
chair) individuals designated by the vice president for student life and instructional resources to 
represent the division of student life, the president of student government or his or her designate, 
at least six members from the College and the Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accoun- 
tancy faculties, to be invited by the chair in consultation with the Nominations Committee, to 
serve renewable four-year terms, and other persons from the administration and student body 
whom the chair shall invite to serve. A majority of the committee shall be composed of members of 
the College and the Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy faculties. 2004-05 Chair, 
Perry Patterson. 

The Committee on Open Curriculum 

Dean of the College, the coordinator of the Open Curriculum Program and members of the faculty 
who are appointed as Open Curriculum advisers. 2004-05 Chair, Barry Maine. 

The Committee on the Teaching and Learning Center 

Six elected members of the faculty, one from each of the five academic divisions of the College and 
one from the Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy; 2007 Patricia Cunningham, 
Angela King; 2006 Teresa Sanhueza, Jonathan Duchac; 2005 Stewart Carter, Batja Mesquita. 

joint Faculty /Administration Committees 

The Joint Admissions Committee 

Dean of the College, director of admissions, provost, and three faculty members of the Committee 
on Admissions. 



309 



COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY 



Other Committees on which the Faculty Enjoys Representation 

The Committee on Capital Planning 

Non-voting. Provost, vice president for investments and treasurer, vice president for finance and 
administration, and one undergraduate student. Voting. Dean of the College, dean of the Wayne 
Calloway School of Business and Accountancy, one undergraduate student; and 2008 Charles 
Kennedy, Sarah Watts; 2007 Mary Wayne-Thomas; 2006 Thomas Goho, James Kuzmanovich; 
2005 Allan Louden, Mary Pendergraft. 

The Judicial Council 

Administration. 2006 Kenneth A. Zick; 2005 William S. Hamilton, Toby Hale. Faculty. 2009, 
Simone Caron; 2008 James Curran; 2007 Clay Hipp, Richard Heard; 2006 Douglas Beets; 2005 
John Llewellyn, Ellen Kirkman, and three undergraduate students. 

The Committee on Student Life 

Dean of the College or the dean's designate, dean of student services, a designated member of the 
administration; 2007 Helen Akinc; 2006 Richard Carmichael, Soledad Miguel-Prendes, and three 
undergraduate students. 

Members of the Honor and Ethics Council 

2007 Mary DeShazer, Michael Hyde, Deborah Newsome, Robert Utley; 2006 Susan Borwick, 
Donald Robin, Lisa Sternlieb; 2005 Sylvain Boko, John Dinan, James Norris, Alan Williams. 

Faculty Marshals 

Douglas Beets, Mary Foskett, Don Frey, Miaohua Jiang, John Llewellyn, Stephen Robinson. 

University Senate 

President, senior vice president, the deans of the several schools, the associate dean of the Wake Forest 
University School of Medicine, the director of the Z. Smith Reynolds Library, the secretary of the 
University, and, with the consent of the Senate, any person holding the position of vice president of the 
University or equivalent rank, and six staff representatives from the School of Medicine and the College, 
and the following: 
Representatives of the College: 2008 Andrew Ettin, Dilip Kondepudi, Jill McMillan; 2007 Katy 
Harriger, Harry Titus, David Weinstein; 2006 Robert Browne, Eric Carlson, Bob Evans; 2005 
Charles H. Kennedy, Gloria Muday, Paul Ribisl. 
Representatives of the Wayne Calloway School of Business and Accountancy: 2008 Dale Martin; 

2007 Sheri Bridges, 2006 Yvonne Hinson. 
Representatives of the Graduate School: 2008 Suzy Torti; 2006 Greg Shelness; 2005 Dale Dagenbach. 
Representatives of the School of Law: 2008 Simone Rose; 2006 Tom Roberts; 2005 Alan Palmiter. 
Representatives of the Babcock Graduate School of Management: 2008 Michelle Roehm; 2007 Jeff 

Smith; 2005 Scott Shafer. 
Representatives of the Wake Forest School of Medicine: 2008 Nancy Jones; 2007 Amy McMichael, 

Joseph Tobin, Ronald Zagoria; 2006 Michael Olympio; 2005 Louis Argenta. 
Representatives of the Divinity School: 2007 Neal Walls. 

Institutional Review Boar d 

Designated person from The Office of Research Programs and Partnership, Lori Messer; standing 
member, Anthony Marsh, Henny Wakefield; chair, Robert Evans, Steven Folmar, Angela Hattery 
Michael Hazen, Deborah Newsome, Annette Scippio (outside member), Cathy Seta. 



COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY 



3IO 



Index 




academic affairs 307 

academic calendar 27 

accountancy program 245 

accreditation 11 

activity fee 22 

administration 261 

admission, W. Calloway School 246 

admission deposit 23 

admission of students with disabilities 21 

admission of transfer students 21 

admission procedures 19 

advanced placement 21 

advising 27 

advisory committees 308 

aid programs, financial 55 

American ethnic studies 72, 111 

anthropology 73 

application fee 23 

application for admission 20 

early decision 20 
Arabic languages 96 
AROTC 175 
art 77 

art history 78 

studio art 81 
attendance 28 
auditing courses 29 

B 

Beta Gamma Sigma, National Honor Society 249 

biology 84 

Board of Trustees 36,258 

Board of Visitors 259 

W. Calloway School 260 
Buildings and Grounds 7 
business program 245 



cable television 9 

calendar 27 

Center for International Studies 59 

Certificate in French for Business 212 

Certificate in Spanish for Business 212 

Certificate in Spanish Interpreting 212 

Certificate in Spanish TransVLocalization 212 

certification to teach Latin 96 

chemistry 91 

Chinese 111 

classical languages 95 

seminars 98 
classics 98 

classification, student 28 
CLEP 21 
committees 

special 309 
committees of the faculty 307 
committee on 

academic affairs 307 

academic planning 308 

admissions 307 

athletics 308 

curriculum 307 

first-year seminars 308 

information technology 308 

library planning 308 

nominations 308 

scholarships and student aid 307 
communication, major 99 
complaints 16 
composition condition 66 
computer science, major 104 



311 



INDEX 



computing 

basic principles 15 

privacy 15 

systems monitoring 15 

violations/disciplinary actions 16 
Computing Rights and Responsibilities 15 
core requirements 64 
counseling, grad program 107 
courses of instruction 257 

W. Calloway School 249 
course load 68 
course repetition 31 
cultural diversity requirement 66 
cultural resource preservation, 
interdisciplinary minor 107 

D 

dance 237 

dean's list 31 

declaring a major 67 

degrees offered 63 
engineering 70 

in forestry and environmental studies 70 
Latin-American studies, coop, program 70 

descriptions of courses 71 

dining program 22 

directed reading 34 

discrimination complaints 12 

distance learning courses 34 

divisional requirements 65 

double majors 68 

dropping a course 29 

dual enrollment courses 34 



early Christian studies, 

interdisciplinary minor 108 
early decision, application 20 
East Asian languages and cultures 109 
East Asian studies, interdisciplinary minor 113 
economics, major 115 
education, major 119 
emeriti 301 

engineering, degrees offered 70 
English, major 125 
enrollment 257 



environmental program 132 
environmental science 132 
environmental studies 133 
environmental studies, degrees offered 70 
Equity in Athletics Disclosure Act 12 
examinations 30 
exchange programs 55 
expenses 22 



fees 

admission 23 

application 23 

auditing 29 

improper check in/out fee 24 

library 23 

music instruction 23 

refunds 25 

residence lock core change 24 

returned check 23 

room change 23 

study abroad 24 

vehicle registration 24 
film studies 134 
finance program 245 
financial aid 24, 36 

eligibility and academic progress 36 

federal 36,55 

institutional 36 

loans 55 

other aid programs 55 

outside assistance 56 

student employment 56 

veteran's benefits 56 
first-year seminar 243 
food services 22 
foreign area studies 59, 69 

Spanish studies 232 

German studies 140 

Italian studies 162 
forestry, degrees offered 70 
France, semester in 216 
French 213 
French exchange scholarship 55 



INDEX 



312 



German 136 

German exchange scholarship 55 

German studies 140 

global trade and commerce studies 141 

grade point 30 

grade reports 31 

grading 30 

graduation distinctions 31 

Greek 96 

H 

health and exercise science, major 142 
health and exercise science requirement 66 
Health Information Summary form 19 
health policy and administration 145 
Higher Education Act (HEA) 25 
history, major 147 
history of Wake Forest University 17 

presidents 18 
honors study 58 
Honor System 14, 15, 16, 17, 32 
housing 26 
humanities 112,153 

I 

immunizations 19 

incomplete grade (I) 30 

independent study 34 

individual study 34 

information systems 8, 15 

Intensive Summer Language Institute 212 

interdisciplinary honors 58, 158 

interdisciplinary minors 68 

American ethnic studies 72 

cultural resource preservation 107 

early Christian studies 108 

East Asian studies 113 

environmental science 132 

environmental studies 133 

film studies 134 

global trade and commerce studies 141 

health policy and administration 145 

humanities 153 

international studies 160 



Latin- American studies 165 

linguistics 166 

medieval studies 173 

neuroscience 184 

Russian and East European studies 227 

urban studies 239 

women's and gender studies 240 
international students 59 
international studies 112, 160 
internships 34 
Italian 216 

Italian exchange program 55 
Italian studies 162 

J 

Japanese 113 
journalism 163 



languages across the curriculum 164 

Latin 97 

La tin- American studies 165 

cooperative degree program 70 
Learning Assistance Center 21 
libraries 10 

course offering (LIB 100) 243 

fees 23 

professional center 10 

Z. Smith Reynolds 10 
linguistics 166 
loans 55 

M 

majors 
accountancy 245 
anthropology 73 
art 77 
biology 84 
business 247 
chemistry 91 
Chinese 109 
classical studies 95 
communication 99 
computer science 104 
declaration of 67 



3 I 3 



majors (cont.) 

double 68 

East Asian languages and cultures 109 

economics 115 

education 119 

English 125 

finance 247 

French 211 

German 136 

Greek 95 

health and exercise science 142 

history 147 

Japanese 109 

Latin 96 

listing of recognized majors 67 

mathematical business 247 

mathematical economics 115,169 

mathematics 168 

meeting requirements 68 

music 
history/theory/composition 178 
performance 177 

philosophy 185 

physics 189 

political science 193 

psychology 200 

religion 204 

Russian 136 

sociology 228 

Spanish 211 

theatre 233 
mathematical business program 245 
mathematics 168 
medical insurance 23 
medical technology, degrees offered 69 
medieval studies, interdisciplinary minor 173 
Middle East and South Asia studies 174 
military science 175 
minors 

anthropology 73 

art history 77 

biology 84 

chemistry 92 

Chinese 110 

classical studies 95 

communication 99 



dance 237 

economics 115 

education 121 

English 126 

French 211 

German 136 

Greek 95 

history 147 

Italian 211 

Japanese 110 

journalism 163 

mathematics 169 

Middle East and South Asia studies 174 

music 178 

philosophy 186 

physics 190 

political science 194 

psychology 200 

religion 204 

Russian 138 

sociology 228 

Spanish 211 

statistics 169 

studio art 77 

theatre 233 
minor degrees 68 

interdisciplinary 68 
music 177 

music history, theory, and composition 179 
music instruction fees 23 

N 

Near Eastern languages and literature 209 
neuroscience 184 

North Carolina Legislative Tuition Grant 56 
not reported grade (NR) 30 

o 

off-campus housing policy 27 
Office of 

financial and accounting services 25 

parking management 24 

residence life and housing 26 

student financial aid 26 



314 



open curriculum 58 

orientation 27 

overseas programs, approval of 34 



parking regulations 24 
part-time students 28 
part-time tuition 22 
pass/fail grading 30 
performance study, music 182 
philosophy, major 185 
physics, major 189 
policies 

computing policy 15 

off-campus housing policy 27 
political science, major 193 
probation 32 
procedures 19 

admission 19 
proficiency in the use of English requirement 66 
psychology, major 200 



quantitative reasoning requirement 66 

R 

refunds 24 

of Non-Title IV Program Funds Policy 26 

of Title IV Program Funds 25 
registration 27 
religion, major 204 
repeating a course 31 
requirements for continuation 32 

W. Calloway School 247 
requirements for degrees 

basic 64 

cultural diversity requirement 66 

divisional 65 

general 63 

health and exercise science 66 

proficiency in the use of English 66 

quantitative reasoning requirement 66 
requirements for graduation 

W. Calloway School 247 



requirements for readmission 33 

Romance languages 211 

room charges 22 
improper check out/in fee 24 
residence lock core change fee 24 
room change fee 23 

Russian 136, 138 

Russian and East European studies 227 



scholarships 38 

senior testing 69 

sociology, major 228 

Spain, semester or year in 224 

Spanish, major 218 

Spanish exchange scholarship 55 

Spanish studies 232 

special committees 309 

special programs 58 

Statement of Purpose 13 

student complaints 16 

student employment 56 

Student Health Service 33 

immunizations 19 
student teaching 120 
study abroad 59 

Austria 59 

Benin 59 

Center for International Studies 59 

China 61 

Cuba 60 

England 60 

exchange programs 55 

fee 24 

France 60,216 

in non-Wake Forest programs 62, 64 

Italy 60 

Japan 61 

Mexico 60 

Spain 61,224 

Venice 218 

Vienna 138 
study at Salem College 58 
Summer Session 33 



315 



INDEX 



teacher education program 

admission requirements 119 

exit requirements 120 
teacher licensure 119 
teaching area requirements 120 
Technology Center (ITC) 11 
telephone service 9 
theatre and dance 233 
Title IV Program Funds Policy 24 

refunds 25 
traffic fines 24 
transcripts 31 
transfer credit 34, 64 

W. Calloway School 246 
transfer students, admission 21 
tuition 22 
tuition deposit 23 

u 

undergraduate faculties 275 

undergraduate schools 12 

urban studies, interdisciplinary minors 239 



V 

vehicle registration 24 
Venice, semester in 218 
veteran's benefits 56 

w 

Wayne Calloway School 22, 27, 29, 244 

admission 67, 246 

core purpose 245 

courses of instruction 249 

degree programs 63 

requirements for continuation 247 

requirements for graduation 247 

senior honors program 248 

transfer of credit 246 
withdrawal from the University 24, 30 
women's and gender studies, 

interdisciplinary minor 240 
Writing Center 67 



Z. Smith Reynolds Library 10 



INDE 



X 3l6 



Notes 



317 



NOTES 



Notes 



NOTES 



3 l8 



Notes 



319 



NOTES 



The Bulletins of Wake Forest 




The undergraduate bulletin is 
published by the office of 
Creative Services, Room 220 
Reynolda Hall, Reynolda Campus. 
Kim McGrath, bulletin editor, 
e-mail: mcgratka@wfu.edu 

The information in this bulletin applies to the 
academic year 2004-2005 and is accurate and 
current, to the extent possible, as of March 23, 
2005. The University reserves the right to change 
programs of study, academic requirements, teach- 
ing staff, the calendar, and other matters described 
herein without prior notice, in accordance with 
established procedures. 

Wake Forest University is committed to 
administer all educational and employment 
activities without discrimination because of race, 
color, religion, national origin, age, sex, veteran 
status, handicapped status or disability as 
required by law. The University has adopted a 
procedure for the purpose of resolving discrimina- 
tion complaints. Inquiries or concerns should be 
directed to Harold Holmes, dean of student 
services, at (336) 758-5226; dean of the College, 
at (336) 758-5312; or Doris McLaughlin, 
assistant director of human resources, director of 
equal employment opportunity, and Title IX 
coordinator, at (336) 758-4814. In addition, Wake 
Forest rejects hatred and bigotry in any form and 
adheres to the principle that no person affiliated 
with Wake Forest should be judged or harassed on 
the basis of perceived or actual sexual orientation. 
In affirming its commitment to this principle, 
Wake Forest does not limit freedom of religious 
association or expression, does not presume to 
control the policies of persons or entities not affili- 
ated with Wake Forest, and does not extend 
benefits beyond those provided under other 
policies of Wake Forest. 



The Undergraduate Schools 

Director of Admissions and 
Financial Aid 
P.O. Box 7305 

Winston-Salem, NC 27109-7305 
(336) 758-5201 

The Graduate School 

Dean of the Graduate School 
P.O. Box 7487 

Winston-Salem, NC 27109-7487 
(336) 758-5301 

The School of Law 

Director of Admissions 
P.O. Box 7206 

Winston-Salem, NC 27109-7206 
(336) 758-5437 

The Babcock Graduate School 
of Management 

Director of Admissions 
P.O. Box 7659 

Winston-Salem, NC 27109-7659 
(336) 758-5422 

The Wake Forest University 
School of Medicine 

Associate Dean for Admissions 
Medical Center Blvd. 
Winston-Salem, NC 27157-1090 
(336) 716-4265 

The Summer Session 

Dean of the Summer Session 
P.O. Box 7866 

Winston-Salem, NC 27109-7866 
(336) 758-5664 



The Undergraduate Bulletin is printed in Canada. 



BULLETINS 



320 



WAKE FOREST 



UNIVERSITY 



Director of Admissions 
Post Office Box 7305 
Winston-Salem, NC 27109-7305 



Periodicals 
U.S. Postage 

PAID 

Winston-Salem, NC 
USPS 078-320